LINGVA LATINA

A Companion to
Roma Aeterna

Based on Hans Ørberg’s Instructions, with Vocabulary and Grammar

LINGVA LATINA

A Companion to
Roma Aeterna

Based on Hans Ørberg’s Instructions, with Vocabulary and Grammar

Jeanne Marie Neumann

In memoriam

David Morgan

1960–2013

excepto quod non simul esses, cetera laeta

A Focus book
Focus an imprint of
Hackett Publishing Company

Copyright © 2016 by Hackett Publishing Company, Inc.

All rights reserved
Printed in the United States of America

19 18 17 16                   1 2 3 4 5 6 7

For further information, please address

Hackett Publishing Company, Inc.

P.O. Box 44937

Indianapolis, Indiana 46244-0937

www.hackettpublishing.com

Cover design by Brian Rak
Interior design by Elizabeth L. Wilson
Composition by Integrated Composition Systems, Inc.

Library of Congress Cataloging-in-Publication Data

Names: Neumann, Jeanne Marie, author. | Oerberg, Hans H. (Hans Henning), 1920–2010. Instructions. | Oerberg, Hans H. (Hans Henning), 1920–2010.

Lingua Latina per se illustrata. Pars II, Roma Aeterna.

Title: Lingua latina: a companion to Roma aeterna: based on Hans Ørberg’s

Instructions, with vocabulary and grammar / Jeanne Marie Neumann.

Description: Indianapolis; Cambridge: Hackett Publishing Company, Inc., 201y. | “A Focus book.”

Identifiers: LCCN 2016032292 | ISBN 9781585108411 (pbk.)

Subjects: LCSH: Latin language—Grammar. | Latin language—Textbooks.

Classification: LCC PA2080.2 .N48 2016 | DDC 478.2/421—dc23

LC record available at http://lccn.loc.gov/2016032292

PRC ISBN: 978-1-58510-878-7

Titles of Related Interest Available from Hackett Publishing

Jeanne Marie Neumann, Lingua Latina: A Companion to Familia Romana, Second Edition.

Hans H. Ørberg, Lingua Latina: Pars I: Familia Romana.

Hans H. Ørberg, Lingua Latina: Pars II: Roma Aeterna.

Table of Contents

The page numbers in curly braces {} correspond to the print edition of this title.

Introduction

Overview of RŌMA AETERNA

Key Foundations of the RŌMA AETERNA Text

The Companion

Pacing for RŌMA AETERNA

Using RŌMA AETERNA for Review

Abridging RŌMA AETERNA

Partitioning the Book and Thematic Readings

To the Student: Reading Long Sentences

Style

Stylistic Analysis of Latin Prose: A Checklist

PARS PRIMA

XXXVI: TRICESIMVM SEXTVM: RŌMA AETERNA

I. RĒS GRAMMATICAE NOVAE: NEW SYNTAX

Subordinate Clauses in Indirect Discourse

Dative of Purpose (datīvus fīnālis)

II. RĒS GRAMMATICAE FŪSIUS EXPLICĀTAE: EXPANSION AND REFINEMENT OF SYNTAX INTRODUCED ELSEWHERE

Gerund/Gerundive

Dīcitur and nārrātur with Nominative + Infinitive Perfect

Ablative of Place

Ablative of Separation (ablātīvus sēparātiōnis)

Comparison of Adjectives

III. DĒMONSTRĀTIŌ VERBŌRUM: EXPLANATION OF WORDS AND PHRASES AT THE LEXICAL LEVEL

Vēnīre, vēndĕre || perīre, perdĕre

Fierī potest

1st Declension Dative/Ablative in -ābus

Summus, medius, infimus

IV. RECĒNSIŌ: REVIEW MATERIAL

Genitive of Description (genetīvus quālitātis)

Ut Clauses

Meter

V. POINTS OF STYLE: INFORMATION ABOUT THE LANGUAGE OF THE AUTHOR UNDER CONSIDERATION

Accumulation of Genitives

XXXVII: TRICESIMVM SEPTIMVM: TROIA CAPTA (Vergil)

I. RĒS GRAMMATICAE NOVAE

Historical Present

Origin (ablātīvus origīnis)

Origin (ablātīvus causālis)

II. RĒS GRAMMATICAE FŪSIUS EXPLICĀTAE

Temporal Conjunctions

Dum

Ubi

Ut

Priusquam and antequam

Cum

Noun Clauses of Result

Alternate 2nd Person Singular Ending -re = -ris

Greek Names

Dative with Compound Verbs

Dative of Interest/Reference

III. DĒMONSTRĀTIŌ VERBŌRUM

Iuvāre

Verbs Formed from the Adjective plēnus

Poenās dare

Fās

Dative with the Impersonal certum

IV. RECĒNSIŌ

Dative with Adjectives

Summary of Temporal Conjunctions

Alter…alter and alius…alius

Indirect Commands

V. POINTS OF STYLE

XXXVIII: DVODEQVADRAGESIMVM: PIVS AENEAS (Vergil)

II. RĒS GRAMMATICAE FŪSIUS EXPLICĀTAE

Reflexive Pronouns in Indirect Questions

Dative of Separation/Disadvantage

III. DĒMONSTRĀTIŌ VERBŌRUM

Verbs That Take an Ablative of Means

Praestāre

Verbal Nouns

Greek Names in Latin

Prōnōmen -cumque

Prōnōmen -met

Adjectives with the Genitive

Certiōrem facere/certiōr fierī

XXXIX: VNDEQVADRAGESIMVM: KARTHAGO (Vergil)

I. RĒS GRAMMATICAE NOVAE

Relative Clauses with the Subjunctive (To Be Continued in Further Chapters)

Relative Clauses of Purpose: Quī = ut is

Relative Causal Clauses: Quī = cum is

Descriptive Relative Clauses

Ut as an Interrogative Adverb

II. RĒS GRAMMATICAE FŪSIUS EXPLICĀTAE

Wishes

Accusative of Exclamation

Ablative of Respect

Ablative of Comparison

III. DĒMONSTRĀTIŌ VERBŌRUM

Obviam īre

Ablative with comitātus

XL: QVADRAGESIMVM: INFELIX DIDO (Vergil)

II. RĒS GRAMMATICAE FŪSIUS EXPLICĀTAE

Impersonal Passive of Intransitive Verbs

Impersonal Verbs

Dubitāre (nōn dubitō quīn)

Posse

Wishes

Personal Pronouns: Genitives

Quīn

Dum + the Subjunctive

III. DĒMONSTRĀTIŌ VERBŌRUM

Compounds of stāre

IV. RECĒNSIŌ

Locative

Interrogative Pronouns in Exclamations

V. POINTS OF STYLE

Understanding Participles

XLI: VNVM ET QVADRAGESIMVM: ORIGINES (Livy)

I. RĒS GRAMMATICAE NOVAE

Potential Subjunctive (Negative: nōn)

Indefinite Potential Subjunctive

II. RĒS GRAMMATICAE FŪSIUS EXPLICĀTAE

Subjunctive in Conditions

III. DĒMONSTRĀTIŌ VERBŌRUM

Cōnstat (Impersonal)

Convenit (Impersonal)

4th Declension Verbal Nouns (Continued)

IV. RECĒNSIŌ: USES OF THE SUBJUNCTIVE

In Independent Clauses

Rhetorical Questions

Summary of Conditions

Conditions in ōrātiō oblīqua (Indirect Discourse)

Examples

V. POINTS OF STYLE

Variātiō (Variation of Expression)

XLII: ALTERVM ET QVADRAGESIMVM: BELLVM ET PAX (Livy)

II. RĒS GRAMMATICAE FŪSIUS EXPLICĀTAE

Implied Indirect Discourse/Subjunctive of Reported Reason

Descriptive Relative Clauses (Continued from Cap. XXXIX)

Priusquam/antequam with Subjunctive

III. DĒMONSTRĀTIŌ VERBŌRUM

Indefinite Pronouns

Cum…tum

IV: RECĒNSIŌ

Result vs. Purpose

A Note on Sequence of Tense in Result Clauses

Summary of Expressions of Purpose

V. POINTS OF STYLE

Perfect Tense 3rd Person Plural

-um = -ōrum

Perfect Participles

Uti/utī for ut

XLIII: QVADRAGESIMVM TERTIVM: ROMA ET ALBA (Livy)

II. RĒS GRAMMATICAE FŪSIUS EXPLICĀTAE

Posse, oportēre, dēbēre

Fore/forem (esse)

Conditions in Ōrātiō oblīqua

Sequence of Tense

Ablative of Degree of Difference

Pronoun Change from Direct to Indirect Discourse

III. DĒMONSTRĀTIŌ VERBŌRUM

Superlatives in -limus, -a, -um

Uter, uterque

Utrimque

Velut

Rēs repetere

IV. POINTS OF STYLE

Variātiō

XLIV: QVADRAGESIMVM QVARTVM: REGES ET REGINAE (Livy)

I. RĒS GRAMMATICAE NOVAE

Historical Infinitive

II. RĒS GRAMMATICAE FŪSIUS EXPLICĀTAE

Omission of esse

Partitive Genitive with Neuter Pronoun

Dative by Attraction

Locative/Ablative of Plural Place Names

III. DĒMONSTRĀTIŌ VERBŌRUM

Quam prīmum

Ferre

IV. RECĒNSIŌ

Ablative Absolute

Impersonal Passive (Cap. XL): Examples

XLV: QVADRAGESIMVM QVINTVM: ROMA LIBERATA (Livy)

II. RĒS GRAMMATICAE FŪSIUS EXPLICĀTAE

Gerund/Gerundive

Supine

Futūrum esse ut/fore ut

III. DĒMONSTRĀTIŌ VERBŌRUM

Opus est + ablative

Difficulter

IV. RECĒNSIŌ

Historical Infinitive (Cap. XLIV): Examples

Ablative Absolute: Examples

Adjectives with Genitive: Examples

XLVI: QVADRAGESIMVM SEXTUM: POST REGES EXACTOS (Eutropius)

I. RĒS GRAMMATICAE NOVAE

Genitive of the Charge

II. RĒS GRAMMATICAE FŪSIUS EXPLICĀTAE

Indicative in Contrafactual Conditions

V. POINTS OF STYLE

Indirect Commands: Resolutions of the Senate

The Language of Eutropius

Tamquam/quasī

Perfect/Pluperfect Passive

Gerundive for Future Passive Infinitive

XLVII: QVADRAGESIMVM SEPTIMVM: GRAECI ET ROMANI (Aulus Gellius)

III. DĒMONSTRĀTIŌ VERBŌRUM

Impersonal constat

Idioms

Libra/pondus

Comparative: “Too”

V. POINTS OF STYLE

Gerund/Gerundive: Archaic Spelling

Ablative: Examples

Euphemisms

Variatio

XLVIII: DVODEQVINQVAGESIMVM: BELLVM PVNICVM SECVNDVM (Livy)

I. RĒS GRAMMATICAE NOVAE

Clauses of Hindering

II. RĒS GRAMMATICAE FŪSIUS EXPLICĀTAE

Potential Subjunctive (Negative, nōn)

Relative Comparative Clauses

IV. RECĒNSIŌ

Fear Clauses

V. POINTS OF STYLE

Technical Vocabulary: Referre, cēnsēre, sententia, senātūs cōnsultum

Note on Style

XLIX: VNDEQVINQVAGESIMVM: HANNIBAL (Nepos)

II. RĒS GRAMMATICAE FŪSIUS EXPLICĀTAE

Quō + Comparative + Subjunctive: Relative Purpose Clause

Syncopated Forms

III. DĒMONSTRĀTIŌ VERBŌRUM

Dōnum/dōnāre/dōnō dare

Operam dare

L: QVINQVAGESIMVM: GRAECIA LIBERATA (Livy)

II. RĒS GRAMMATICAE FŪSIUS EXPLICĀTAE

Genitive of Possession: Characteristic

LI: VNVM ET QVINQVAGESIMVM: SCIPIO AEMILIANVS (Livy/Sallust)

III. DĒMONSTRĀTIŌ VERBŌRUM

Dē vocābulīs faciendīs

V. POINTS OF STYLE

LII: ALTERVM ET QVINQVAGESIMVM: IVGVRTHA (Sallust)

III. DĒMONSTRĀTIŌ VERBŌRUM

Potīrī

Impersonal rēferre

Dē vocābulīs faciendīs

IV. RECĒNSIŌ

Quam + Superlative: Examples

V. POINTS OF STYLE

Features of Sallust’s Latin

LIII: QVINQVAGESIMVM TERTIVM: MARIVS ET SVLLA (Eutropius/Cicero)

II. RĒS GRAMMATICAE FŪSIUS EXPLICĀTAE

Locative Ablative

III. DĒMONSTRĀTIŌ VERBŌRUM

Nouns in -ennium

Nouns in -duum

Numerical Adverbs

LIV: QVINQVAGESIMVM QVARTVM: CN. POMPEIVS MAGNVS (Cicero)

I. RĒS GRAMMATICAE NOVAE

Heroclitic Nouns

II. RĒS GRAMMATICAE FŪSIUS EXPLICĀTAE

Rhetorical Questions

III. DĒMONSTRĀTIŌ VERBŌRUM

Agitur dē, rēs agitur

Extrēmus

Cōnsulere + Dative

LV: QVINQVAGESIMVM QVINTVM: DE RE PVBLICA (Cicero)

II. RĒS GRAMMATICAE FŪSIUS EXPLICĀTAE

Velle + Subjunctive

Oportēre, necesse est + Subjunctive

Ethical Dative

III. DĒMONSTRĀTIŌ VERBŌRUM

Semi-deponents

LVI: QVINQVAGESIMVM SEXTVM: SOMNIVM SCIPIONIS (Cicero/Horace)

I. RĒS GRAMMATICAE NOVAE

Epexegetical Genitive

III. DĒMONSTRĀTIŌ VERBŌRUM

Quaeso

Impersonal Verb Interest

V. POINTS OF STYLE

Neuter for Adverb

PARS ALTERA

XXXVI: TRICESIMVM SEXTVM: ROMA AETERNA

I. ØRBERG’S INTRODUCTION

II. AUXILIA LEGENDĪ

Palātium et Capitōlium: 1–57

Forum Rōmānum: 58–184

Urbs marmorea: 185–263

Urbis incendium et domus area Nerōnis: 264–295

Imperātōrēs Flāviī: 296–320

Trāiānus et Hadriānus: 321–352

Orbis caput: 353–370

III. VOCĀBULA

XXXVII: TRICESIMVM SEPTIMVM: TROIA CAPTA (Vergil)

I. ØRBERG’S INTRODUCTION

II. AUXILIA LEGENDĪ

Aborīginēs: 1–19

Equus Trōiānus: 20–88

Somnium Aenēae: 89–124

Priamus: 125–180

Anchīsēs: 181–240

Creūsa: 241–285

III. VOCĀBULA

XXXVIII: DVODEQVADRAGESIMVM: PIVS AENEAS (Vergil)

I. ØRBERG’S INTRODUCTION

II. AUXILIA LEGENDĪ

Penātēs: 1–47

Mare Īonium: 48–74

Andromachē et Helenus: 75–129

Mōns Aetna: 130–213

III. VOCĀBULA

XXXIX: VNDEQVADRAGESIMVM: KARTHAGO (Vergil)

I. ØRBERG’S INTRODUCTION

II. AUXILIA LEGENDĪ

Iūnō: 1–26

Tempestās: 27–90

Venus genetrīx: 91–156

Dīdō rēgīna: 157–268

Cupīdō: 269–316

III. VOCĀBULA

XL: QVADRAGESIMVM: INFELIX DIDO (Vergil)

I. ØRBERG’S INTRODUCTION

II. AUXILIA LEGENDĪ

Flamma amōris: 1–45

Fāma vēlōx: 46–69

Nūntius deōrum: 70–164

Rogus Dīdōnis: 165–268

Excerpta Aenēidis: 269–299

III. VOCĀBULA

XLI: VNVM ET QVADRAGESIMVM: ORIGINES (Livy)

I. ØRBERG’S INTRODUCTION

II. AUXILIA LEGENDĪ

Trōiānī et Latīnī: 1–48

Alba condita: 49–68

Rōmulus et Remus: 69–137

Rōma condita: 138–157

Sacra Herculis īnstitūta: 158–196

Gemellī expositī: 197–231

III. VOCĀBULA

XLII: ALTERVM ET QVADRAGESIMVM: BELLVM ET PAX (Livy)

I. ØRBERG’S INTRODUCTION

II. AUXILIA LEGENDĪ

Fascēs et secūrēs: insignia imperiī: 1–19

Sabīnae raptae: 20–55

Spolia opīma: 56–97

Bellum Sabīnum: 98–173

Fidēnātēs et Vēientēs victī: 174–220

Rōmulus cōnsecrātus: 221–253

Interrēgnum: 254–280

Numa Pompilius rēx: 281–353

Rapina Sabīnārum: 354–377

Mulierēs pācem faciunt: 378–393

III. VOCĀBULA

XLIII: QVADRAGESIMVM TERTIVM: ROMA ET ALBA (Livy)

I. ØRBERG’S INTRODUCTION

II. AUXILIA LEGENDĪ

Albānīs bellum indictum: 1–40

Trigeminōrum pugna: 41–121

Amor immātūrus: 122–181

Mettiī perfidia ac supplicium: 182–265

Alba dīruta: 266–298

Sabīnī dēvictī: 299–318

Tullus fulmine ictus: 319–335

Causa Horātiī: 336–358

III. VOCĀBULA

XLIV: QVADRAGESIMVM QVARTVM: REGES ET REGINAE (Livy)

I. ØRBERG’S INTRODUCTION

II. AUXILIA LEGENDĪ

Iūs fētiāle: 1–90

Lucumō et Tanaquīl: 91–139

L. Tarquinius Prīscus rēx: 140–223

Iuvenis indolis rēgiae: 224–246

Servius Tullius rēx factus: 247–306

Cēnsus īnstitūtus: 307–357

Tullia ferōx: 358–451

Fīlia Impia (Ovidius: Fāstī. Ex librō VI): 452–473

III. VOCĀBULA

XLV: QVADRAGESIMVM QVINTVM: ROMA LIBERATA (Livy)

I. ØRBERG’S INTRODUCTION

II. AUXILIA LEGENDĪ

Tarquinius Superbus: 1–25

Turnus Herdōnius: 26–89

Gabiī dolō captī: 90–167

Respōnsum ōrāculī: 168–195

Uxor castissima: 196–228

Lucrētia violāta: 229–273

Rēgēs exāctī: 274–343

Hostis prō hospite (Ovidius: Fāstī. Ex librō II versūs 785–852): 345–413

III. VOCĀBULA

XLVI: QVADRAGESIMVM SEXTVM: POST REGES EXACTOS (Eutropius)

I. ØRBERG’S INTRODUCTION

II. AUXILIA LEGENDĪ

Consuls et dictātōrēs: 1–123

Post urbem captam: 124–180

Samnītēs: 181–214

Pyrrhus: 215–305

Bellum Pūnicum prīmum: 306–430

Iānus iterum clausus: 431–473

Spolia Opima Tertia (Aenēis VI.855–56): 475–477

III. VOCĀBULA

XLVII: QVADRAGESIMVM SEPTIMVM: GRAECI ET ROMANI (Aulus Gellius)

I. ØRBERG’S INTRODUCTION

II. AUXILIA LEGENDĪ

Graeci et Rōmānī (Ex Aulī Gelliī ‘Noctium Atticārum’ librō XVII capitulum XXI): 1–165

Librī Sibyllīnī (Ex Aulī Gelliī ‘Noctium Atticārum’ librō I capitulum XIX): 166–193

Dē iūre iūrandō (Ex Aulī Gelliī ‘Noctium Atticārum’ librō XI capitulum VI): 194–206

III. VOCĀBULA

XLVIII: DVODEQVINQVAGESIMVM: BELLVM PVNICVM SECVNDVM (Livy)

I. ØRBERG’S INTRODUCTION

II. AUXILIA LEGENDĪ

Iūs iūrandum Hannibalis [Ex librō XXI]: 1–90

Saguntum exscissum: 91–218

Bellum Carthāginiēnsibus indictum: 219–253

Iter Hannibalis in Italiam: 254–271

Lacus Trasumennus [Ex periochā librī XXII et ex librō XXII]: 272–388

Q. Fabius Māximus Cūnctātor [Ex periochā librī XXII]: 389–406

Cannae [Ex Eutropiī Breviāriī librō III et ex Līviō librō XXII]: 407–592

Māgō nūntius victōriae [Ex librō XXIII]: 593–681

Mārcellus et Scīpiō [Ex Periochā librōrum XXIII–XXX]: 682–777

Reditus Hannibalis atque clādēs [Ex librō et Periochā librī XXX]: 778–865

III. VOCĀBULA

XLIX: VNDEQVINQVAGESIMVM: HANNIBAL (Nepos)

I. ØRBERG’S INTRODUCTION

II. AUXILIA LEGENDĪ

Hannibal, Hanilaris fīlius, Karthāginiēnis: 1–255

Scīpiō et Hannibal [Ex T. Līviī librī XXXV Periochā]: 256–275

III. VOCĀBULA

L: QVINQVAGESIMVM: GRAECIA LIBERATA (Livy)

I. ØRBERG’S INTRODUCTION

II. AUXILIA LEGENDĪ

Philippus [Ex librīs et periochā librōrum XXXI–XXXIV]: 1–97

Triumphus Flāminīnī [Ex librō XXXIV]: 98–128

Antiochus [Ex librīs et periochā librōrum XXXV–XXXVIII]: 129–275

Perseus victus [Ex librīs et periochā librōrum XL–XLV]: 276–383

Perseus captus [Ex librō XLV]: 384–506

Macedonia prōvincia [Ex librō XLV]: 507–601

Fortūna pūblica et prīvāta [Ex librīs et periochā librōrum XLV]: 602–676

Graecia Capta [Q. Horātius Flaccus: Epistulae II.1.156–157]: 677–680

III. VOCĀBULA

LI: VNVM ET QVINQVAGESIMVM: SCIPIO AEMILIANVS (Livy/Sallust)

I. ØRBERG’S INTRODUCTION

II. AUXILIA LEGENDĪ

Bellum Pūnicum tertium: 1–118

Bellum Achāicum: 119–138

Hispānia pācāta: 139–215

Gracchī et lēgēs agrāriae: 216–279

Cīvitas Dīlacerāta [Ex C. Sallustiī Crispī ‘Bellō Iugurthīnō’]: 280–326

III. VOCĀBULA

LII: ALTERVM ET QVINQVAGESIMVM: IVGVRTHA (Sallust)

I. ØRBERG’S INTRODUCTION

II. AUXILIA LEGENDĪ

III. VOCĀBULA

LIII: CAPITVLVM QVINQVAGESIMVM TERTIVM: MARIVS ET SVLLA

I. ØRBERG’S INTRODUCTION

II. AUXILIA LEGENDĪ

Bellum Cimbricum: 1–28

Bellum sociāle: 29–48

Bellum Mithridāticum prīmum: 49–104

Bellum cīvīle: 105–152

Sertōrius: 153–187

Bellum Mithridāticum tertium: 188–275

M. Tullius Cicerō [Ex M. Tulliī Cicerōnis ‘Brūtō’ sīve ‘Dē clārīs ōrātōribus’]: 276–412

III. VOCĀBULA

LIV: QVINQVAGESIMVM QVARTVM: CN. POMPEIVS MAGNVS (Cicero)

I. ØRBERG’S INTRODUCTION

II. AUXILIA LEGENDĪ

Quirītēs! 1–19

Dē genere bellī: 20–178

Dē magnitūdine bellī: 179–272

Dē imperātōre dēligendō: 273–536

Finis Mithridatis [Ex T. Liviī librōrum C–CIII Periochīs]: 537–569

Finis Pompēiī [Ex Eutropiī Breviāriī librō VI]: 570–617

III. VOCĀBULA

LV: QVINQVAGESIMVM QVINTVM: DE RE PVBLICA (Cicero)

I. ØRBERG’S INTRODUCTION

II. AUXILIA LEGENDĪ

Persōnae: 1–10

Fēriae Latīnae (from Book I): 11–156

Dē tribus rērum pūblicārum generibus: 157–242

Dē vetere rē pūblicā Rōmānā (from Book II): 243–471

III. VOCĀBULA

LVI: QVINQVAGESIMVM SEXTVM: SOMNIVM SCIPIONIS (Cicero/Horace)

I. ØRBERG’S INTRODUCTION

II. AUXILIA LEGENDĪ

Masinissa senex: 1–19

Fātōrum via: 20–60

Mors et vīta: 61–113

Cursūs stēllārum: 114–139

Cantus sphaerārum: 140–170

Angustiae terrārum: 171–231

Dē glōriā aeternā et animō immortālī: 232–298

Integer Vītae: 299–325

III. VOCĀBULA

Ørberg’s Latin–English Vocabulary II

Ørberg’s Grammatica Latina

Index

Titles of Related Interest Available from Hackett Publishing

{xxi} Introduction

OVERVIEW OF RŌMA AETERNA

In the second book of his work On Oratorical Education (Īnstitūtiō Ōrātōria), Quintilian (Mārcus Fabius Quintiliānus, first century AD) suggests narratives for those beginning their rhetorical education:

I, in fact, would like [students] to read the best authors—both as first authors and for the rest of their lives, but further still, of those best authors I’d have them read all those most straightforward and particularly lucid: for example, I’d have them read Livy in their boyhood rather than Sallust. Although Sallust is the greater writer of history, one needs to be already advanced in order to understand him. Cicero, as it seems to me at least, is both delightful for those just starting out and is also fairly clear; he can not only advance their understanding but also become a favorite. Next, as Livy advises, I would choose authors based on resemblance of each to Cicero.

Ego optimōs quidem et statim et semper, sed tamen eōrum candidissimum quemque et maximē expositum velim, ut Līvium ā puerīs magis quam Sallustium (et hic historiae maior est auctor, ad quem tamen intellegendum iam prōfectū opus sit). Cicerō, ut mihi quidem vidētur, et iūcundus incipientibus quoque et apertus est satis, nec prōdesse tantum sed etiam amārī potest: tum, quem ad modum Līvius praecipit, ut quisque erit Cicerōnī simillimus.

Hans Ørberg’s RŌMA AETERNA follows Quintilian’s plan. The book begins with Ørberg’s own admirable prose (Caps. XXXVI to XL). Cap. XXXVI helps the instructor assess student strengths and weaknesses. This chapter effortlessly brings students back to their Latin after the inevitable break from Latin over summer or winter vacations. It also introduces critical new syntax. Students {xxii} first learn, for example, about subordinate clauses in indirect discourse in Cap. XXXVI.

Caps. XXXVII–XL offer a prose retelling of the early books of Vergil’s (Pūblius Vergilius Marō) Aeneid. These chapters are a good bridge from FAMILIA RŌMĀNA to the unadapted selections in RŌMA AETERNA. A prose narrative, instead of verse, is prudent: although students are often enticed into reading more Latin through the offer of poetry, without a solid foundation in Latin prose, they will not be able to appreciate the special voice that Latin verse offers. The prose is in part closely modeled on Vergil’s language, interspersed with verse excerpts from the Aeneid.

Caps. XLI–XLV introduce the Roman historian Livy’s (Titus Līvius) ab Urbe Conditā. Ørberg’s adaptation enables the student to become gradually accustomed to Livy’s prose style. The Latin grows increasingly less adapted until Cap. XLV.222, after which the student reads unadapted—although not unabridged—Livy. Cap. XLV is the transitional chapter, and, if one chapter is to introduce students to unadapted ancient texts, it is a good place to start.

While the predominant author for Caps. XLI to LI is Livy—either in his own words, Ørberg’s adaptation, or the periochae (later summaries of the lost books of Livy’s history)—we are also introduced to other authors who have contributed to our understanding of Roman history: Eutropius (Caps. XLVI and LIII), Aulus Gellius (Cap. XLVII), Cornēlius Nepōs (Cap. XLIX). While the styles of these writers differ from Livy’s, the change from chapter to chapter will not present any obstacle to the reader.

At the end of Cap. LI, however, we are introduced to Sallust (Sallustius Crīspus), presented, as Quintilian advised, after the reader has a good amount of experience with Latin prose. Sallust is, as Quintilian warned, more difficult to understand. Some rudimentary remarks, not only about individual style but also about generic expectations, can be found in the section on style at the end of this introduction as well as in the Points of Style sections in individual chapters.

KEY FOUNDATIONS OF THE RŌMA AETERNA TEXT

Marginalia

The instructor might need to remind (read: hound) students about the marginalia, truly a sine quā nōn of reading the text as well as an invaluable aid to the mastery of Latin vocabulary. Synonyms in the margins connect new words with familiar ones and encourage students to absorb Latin as a genuine language instead of a lot of unrelated morphemes. The information in the margins also keeps the reader focused on Latin and not English translation.

{xxiii} Grammatica Latīna

The GRAMMATICA LATĪNA that conclude the chapters in RŌMA AETERNA differ from those of FAMILIA RŌMĀNA. The first GRAMMATICA LATĪNA section does not occur until Cap. XLVIII, in which it offers a synopsis of verb themes (verbī themata) of the principal parts;[1] Cap. XLIX, a synopsis of syncopation (dē verbīs contractīs);[2] and Cap. L, ōrātiō oblīqua et recta, indirect and direct speech).[3] From Cap. LI onward, the sections offer useful information about the vocabulary formation (dē vocābulīs faciendīs):

• prefixes (praeverbia, Cap. LI)

• suffixes and verbs from nouns (suffīxa, verba ē nōminibus, Cap. LII)

• adjectives from nouns (adiectīva ē nōminibus, Cap. LIII)

• nouns from verbs (nōmina ē verbīs, Cap. LIV)

• feminine abstract nouns from adjectives (nōmina fēminīna ex adiectīvīs, Cap. LV)

• inchoative verbs (verba inchoātīva, Cap. LVI)

This last GRAMMATICA LATĪNA section also contains an explanation of the Sapphic stanza, further explained here in the companion; a review of Cap. XXXIV of FAMILIA RŌMĀNA would be helpful to students.

The value of the GRAMMATICA LATĪNA lies not only in the useful information provided but also in its efficacy in showing students how to talk about Latin Latīnē. While the Companion has its own value, moving students toward the target language remains the essential objective of LINGUA LATINA PER SE ILLUSTRATA (LLPSI). The excerpt from Dōnātus’s Ars Minor in Cap. XXXV of FAMILIA RŌMĀNA affords one model for the target language; the GRAMMATICA LATĪNA, however, remain the most important resource.

THE COMPANION

Format of the Companion

This book comprises two main parts: RĒS GRAMMATICAE for all chapters, followed by the reading helps, or AUXILIA LEGENDĪ, which are preceded by an Introduction to the chapter. As in the Companion to FAMILIA RŌMĀNA, a vocabulary concludes each chapter. A full vocabulary concludes the book.

{xxiv} Pars Prīma: Rēs Grammaticae

Students learned a great deal of Latin grammar in FAMILIA RŌMĀNA. There is still quite a bit to be introduced in RŌMA AETERNA. Some of the material finetunes what students have already learned; many concepts critical to the understanding of Latin are introduced here for the first time. The material in each chapter has been organized into five categories (note: not all chapters contain all five categories):

I.    RĒS GRAMMATICAE NOVAE: new syntax.

II.   RĒS GRAMMATICAE FŪSIUS EXPLICĀTAE: expansion and refinement of syntax introduced elsewhere.

III.  DĒMONSTRĀTIŌ VERBŌRUM: explanation of words and phrases at the lexical level.

IV.  RECĒNSIŌ: review material.

V.   POINTS OF STYLE: information about the language of the author under consideration.

Pars Prima and Pars Altera both contain new syntax. Pars Altera puts syntax into a larger context by referring students to what else they have learned elsewhere about, e.g., cum clauses (Cap. XXXVII). Although they will learn in Cap. XXXVII more about cum plus the subjunctive (which is “new” syntax), putting this in the context of what they already know about cum plus the indicative will foster a sense of larger perspective on how Latin works. Categorizing material has been, at times, difficult, and some may disagree with my decisions.

Pars Altera: Introduction and Auxilia Legendī

The introductions to each chapter come from Hans Ørberg. They have been in places altered and/or supplemented. The AUXILIA LEGENDĪ aim to be faithful to the spirit of the book. Historical and stylistic notes are limited to those that facilitate reading and expedite mastery of the language. Information contained in the marginalia is generally not repeated in the reading helps. In other words, the reading notes are just that: help in reading the text. The commentary is not scholarly and brings in contextual information only where it seemed necessary to understanding what is going on in the Latin text.

Vocābula can be found at the end of the reading notes for individual chapters (as well as a full vocabulary at the end of the book).

{xxv} Notes on vocabulary presentation:

Nouns

• Gender is given for all 3rd declension nouns; for other declensions (since their gender is fairly regular), gender is given only if other than the norm (e.g., 1st declension masculine) or the noun is plural.

• Nouns that are substantives from the adjective are generally placed with adjectives, with a footnote giving their alternative status as nouns.

Verbs

• The principal parts of 1st and 4th conjugation verbs are quite regular. The full four parts are listed only when they deviate from the norm.

• For compound verbs, the root verb is given when needed to guide the formation of the secondary system (e.g., circumdare (< dare):

Principal parts will follow the root, with stem changes (e.g., adigere from ad-agere; redimere from red-emere).

Principal parts are given for compounds from an unfamiliar root.

An arbitrary exception has been made for the compounds from cadere (-cidere) and caedere (-cīdere).

PACING FOR RŌMA AETERNA

RŌMA AETERNA was composed as a continuation of FAMILIA RŌMĀNA. Although some readers will want—and have the necessary time—to read the text cover to cover, the companion is designed to facilitate selection. A good deal of repetition in the reading notes is one result: the companion does not take for granted that everyone has read and remembered everything that went before, and the notes will generally reference the chapter (of RŌMA AETERNA or FAMILIA RŌMĀNA) where a concept is discussed. Since the two parts of Lingua Latina (FAMILIA RŌMĀNA and RŌMA AETERNA) were written sequentially, chapters are referred to by number alone. For example, in the following, XIII.52 means FAMILIA RŌMĀNA, Cap. XIII, line 52:

Lūna ‘nova’ esse dīcitur (XIII.52): “the moon is said to be ‘new.’”

{xxvi} Caps. I–XXXV can be found in part one, FAMILIA RŌMĀNA, while Caps. XXXVI–LV are found in part two, RŌMA AETERNA.

When the reference is to chapter alone, more clarity is needed, e.g.:

• dignus + ablative (Cap. XIX)

• You learned the ablative of comparison in Cap. XXIV.

• rēgnī rērumque tuārum: genitive with oblītōs (Caps. XXV, XXXII): i.e., Caps. XXV and XXXII

References to line numbers in the chapter under review appear without the chapter number. For example, if you are reviewing Cap. XXXVI in this volume, line references to RŌMA AETERNA Cap. XXXVI will appear as, e.g., “l.105,” for line 105 whereas line references to other chapters will include chapter number. For example, FAMILIA RŌMĀNA Cap. XXV, line 88 will appear as “XXV.88” and RŌMA AETERNA XL, line 50 will appear as “XL.50.”

RŌMA AETERNA can be approached in several ways. Ideally, the reader will make his or her way through the book at a comfortable pace, absorbing the Latin in the way Ørberg intended. This approach makes the most sense for an independent learner or for homeschooling. At the high school level, RŌMA AETERNA could provide material for Latin III (Caps. XXXVI–XLV/XLVI) and IV (Caps. XLVI/XLVII–LVI), complementing Latin I and II (FAMILIA RŌMĀNA). Those chapter breaks are somewhat arbitrary, but Cap. XXXVI provides an excellent review to begin the school year, as do either Cap. XLVI (Eutropius) or Cap. XLVII (Aulus Gellius). A two-year reading of RŌMA AETERNA provides a rigorous program of Latin.

USING RŌMA AETERNA FOR REVIEW

In addition to the valuable PENSA at the close of each chapter, RŌMA AETERNA supplies much material in itself to help students review. Sentences can be chosen and manipulated to remind students of the knowledge that might not be currently active in their minds. Here are some examples, for the sake of review, of different ways of construing a sentence:

At puer Ascanius ācrī equō vectus iam eōs praeterit aprum aut leōnem quaerēns. (Cap. XL.51–53)

• Participle → relative clause

At puer Ascanius, qui ācrī equō vehebatur, iam eōs praeterit aprum aut leōnem quaerēns.

{xxvii} • Participle → independent clause

At puer Ascanius ācrī equō vectus iam eōs praeterit et aprum aut leōnem quaerit.

• Participle → causal clause

At puer Ascanius ācrī equō vectus iam eōs praeterit quia (or quod, propterea quod) aprum aut leōnem quaerit.

• Participle → purpose (final) clause

At puer Ascanius ācrī equō vectus iam eōs praeterit ut aprum aut leōnem quaerat.[4]

• Direct statement → indirect statement

Vergilius narrat puerum Ascanium ācrī equō vectum tum eōs praeterīre aprum aut leōnem quaerentem.

• Direct statement → indirect question

Nescīmus cur puer Ascanius ācrī equō vectus iam eōs praetereat aprum aut leōnem quaerēns.

• Direct statement → indirect command

Pater Aeneas puerum Ascanium monet nē ācrī equō vectus sē iam praetereat aprum aut leōnem quaerēns.

Pater Aeneas puerō Ascaniō imperat nē ācrī equō vectus sē iam praetereat aprum aut leōnem quaerēns.

Students can be asked to find syntax covered in FAMILIA RŌMĀNA, either singly or in groups.

ABRIDGING RŌMA AETERNA

RŌMA AETERNA is clearly not a book that can be read in one course. For those who must abridge the book, there are a variety of ways in which RŌMA AETERNA can be adapted. A selection might prove to be most useful for various environments, especially at the college level. The instructor will be able to pick and choose from the great wealth of material suitable for the intermediate level.

If RŌMA AETERNA is to be used following FAMILIA RŌMĀNA in a course of unadapted Latin, some important syntax from the early chapters needs to be mastered. The full reading of the early chapters can be omitted, and the companion {xxviii} can be used, in conjunction with the text, to teach the essential grammar. Cap. XXXVII, for example, can be used to review temporal clauses in addition to the new grammar. In teaching new grammar, it is helpful to use the examples in the Companion to go back to the text and read not only the sentence containing the new grammar but the context as well.

The instructor can choose an early chapter featuring necessary syntax as an introduction to the course and to essential grammar not found in FAMILIA RŌMĀNA. The instructor can manipulate sentences to introduce concepts not found in the chapter. For example, in Cap. XXXVI we read the following about the gates of the temple of Janus (ll.101–105):

Illa aedēs duās iānuās vel portās habet, quae tum dēmum clauduntur cum per tōtum imperium populī Rōmānī terrā marīque pāx facta est—id quod per septingentōs annōs inter Rōmulum et Augustum bis tantum ēvenit.

To demonstrate a few possibilities:

• cum circumstantial (Cap. XXXVII): The sentence above, as written, shows cum temporal with the indicative. Changed to circumstantial, it could read: Cum Rōmānī bella gerant, iānuae aedis Iānī patent.

• Descriptive relative clause (Cap. XXXIX): Nēmō est quī velit portās aedis Iānī aperīrī.

• Wishes (Cap. XXXIX): Utinam pax fiat et portae aedis Iānī claudantur!

Instead of, or in addition to, manipulating sentences, the instructor could pick out illustrative examples of the grammar to be mastered from the text. Of course, the instructor could just use the Companion to find sentences, but it is more natural to see the sentences in context, perhaps looking at what precedes and follows. For example, the first part of the sentence above could be used to demonstrate cum temporal with the indicative:

Illa aedēs duās iānuās vel portās habet, quae tum dēmum clauduntur cum per tōtum imperium populī Rōmānī terrā marīque pāx facta est.

And compared to the following sentences from Cap. XXXVII:

Graecī enim, cum urbem vī expugnāre nōn possent, dolō ūsī sunt (ll.23–24)

{xxix} Trōiānī vērō, cum Graecōs Argōs in patriam suam āvectōs esse arbitrārentur, tum dēmum post tot annōs portās aperuērunt atque exīre ausī sunt. (ll.30–32)

Another approach to abridging chapters uses excerpts from them in class as reading comprehension exercises. For example, Cap. XLI begins:

Iam prīmum omnium cōnstat Troiā captā Aenēam domō profugum prīmō in Macedoniam vēnisse, inde in Siciliam dēlātum esse, ab Siciliā classe ad Laurentem agrum tenuisse. Ibi ēgressī Troiānī, quibus ab immēnsō prope errōre nihil praeter arma et nāvēs supererat, cum praedam ex agrīs agerent, Latīnus rēx Aborīginēsque quī tum ea tenēbant loca, ad arcendam vim advenārum armātī ex urbe atque agrīs concurrunt.

One way of approaching this passage without translating is to have students respond to questions. Projecting the text on a screen so that all are looking up and looking at it at the same time makes the exercise easier and quicker (and also saves you from seeing only the tops of students’ heads). One way of doing this is:

1. Instructor reads aloud, slowly.

2. Student reads aloud, with (minimum) pronunciation correction from instructor.

3. Instructor reads aloud in a natural reading voice (that is, inflected for meaning).

Here is a sampling of questions to give a sense of things the instructor can ask (more examples, of course, can be gleaned from Pensum C):

• Versū secundō, quid significat “cōnstat?”

(īnspice marginālia)

• Cur Aenēas profugus est?

• Quis Trōiam cēpit?

(must be remembered from previous chapters)

• Quo prīmō vēnit Aenēas?

• Ad quōs aliōs locōs vēnit Aenēas?

{xxx} • Versū quintō quid significat tenēre? Quod vocābulum subaudītur?

(īnspice marginālia)

• Quid (versū quintō/sextō) significat ‘immēnsus error’?

Idem est ac ‘magnum iter,’ id est, Trōiānī errābant.

• Quid supererat iter/error?

• Quid significat ‘praeda’?

• Quis est Latīnus?

• Dīc (vv. 8–9) ‘ad arcendam vim’ aliō modō.

(īnspice marginālia)

• Dīc (v. 8) ‘loca tenēbant’ aliō modō.

e.g., in illīs locīs habitābant

• Advena est nōmen commūne (id est: et masculīnum et feminīnum). De quibus duōbus vocābulīs venit?

ad + venīre

• Dīc ‘virī armātī’ aliīs verbīs.

virī quī arma gerunt/portant, etc.

PARTITIONING THE BOOK AND THEMATIC READINGS

At over four hundred pages, RŌMA AETERNA seems a formidable tome. The following lists are offered as samples of how one might selectively approach the book.

Review and New Grammar

Five chapters (XXXVI–XL)

Cap. XXXVI: The City of Rome

Cap. XXXVII: Vergil, Aeneid II

Cap. XXXVIII: Vergil, Aeneid III

Cap. XXXIX: Vergil, Aeneid I

Cap. XL: Vergil, Aeneid IV

{xxxi} Introduction to Livy

Five chapters (XLI–XLV)

Cap. XLI: Livy, ab Urbe Conditā I/Ovid, Fāstī

Cap. XLII: Livy, ab Urbe Conditā I

Cap. XLIII: Livy, ab Urbe Conditā I/Cicero, dē Inventiōne

Cap. XLIV: Livy, ab Urbe Conditā I/Ovid, Fāstī VI

Cap. XLV: Livy, ab Urbe Conditā I/Ovid, Fāstī II

The Punic Wars: Hannibal

Two chapters (XLVIII–XLIX)

Cap. XLVIII: Livy, ab Urbe Conditā XXI–XXX

Cap. XLIX: Cornelius Nepos, Hannibal (unadapted)

Rome in the East

Three chapters (L–LII)

Cap. L: Livy, ab Urbe Conditā XXXI–XLV

Cap. LI: Livy, ab Urbe Conditā XLV

Cap. LII: Sallust, Bellum Iugurthīnum

Later Latin

Three + chapters (XLVI, XLVII, LIII, LIV)

Cap. XLVI: Eutropius, Breviārum Historiae Rōmānae/Aeneid VI

Cap. XLVII: Aulus Gellius, Noctēs Atticae I, XI

Caps. LIII and LIV: Eutropius, Breviārum Historiae Rōmānae

Cicero

Three chapters (LIV–LVI)

Cap. LIV: Cicero, prō Lēge Mānīliā

Cap. LV: Cicero, dē Rē Pūblicā

Cap. LVI: Cicero, Somnium Scīpiōnis

{xxxii} Comparative Historical Style

Cap. XLVIII: Livy, ab Urbe Conditā

Cap. LII: Sallust, Bellum Iugurthīnum

Comparative Genres

Cap. XLVIII/L: History

Cap. XLIX: Biography

Cap. LIV: Oratory

Cap. LV/LVI: Political Philosophy

The chapters on Hannibal and the Second Punic War (Caps. XLVIII and XLIX) could be treated as a separate book or combined with the three chapters on the Romans in the East (L–LII). The three chapters on Cicero, with or without additional passages, would make a great reader.

The late Latin writers might be kept on their own or compared to earlier prose. When we have both Livy and the periochae, students can learn much about Livy’s style by comparing the two—as well as get a sense of how much a tragedy the lost books of Livy presents.

The presentation of history offers a good sweep of the events of the foundation and growth of Rome during the Republic. RŌMA AETERNA brings us from the mythological foundations (Aeneas) to Cicero’s remarkable ideal of the rēs pūblica and his vision of the men who contributed to the state’s flourishing. This scope cannot be achieved without abridging several books of Livy and at times focusing on a not particularly lively string of great men and their battles. An additional problem is the reliance on the periochae of Livy, the writing style of which is decidedly inferior to that of the historian himself. By presenting those chapters first and adding some extended passages (some of the highlights), the book would accomplish the goal of an overview of history while still engaging students in some interesting narratives. Supplementing the periochae in Cap. L with notable passages from Livy (perhaps in English) would enrich the narrative, for example:

Book XXXI.1: Livy on the long narrative of the war with Carthage and the transition to Macedon.

Book XXXI.7: Publius Sulpicius’ speech on why the Romans should fight Philip (refers both to Hannibal and Pyrrhus).

Book XXXII.24: Flamininus attacks Elatia.

{xxxiii} Book XXXIII.12: Quinctius and the safety of Greece (how to keep Greece strong enough after the Romans leave—good for thinking about political ramifications of intervention/imperialism).

Book XXXIII.21: Death (and eulogy) of Attalus.

Book XXXIII.32–33: Flamininus announces freedom for Greece at the Isthmian Games.

TO THE STUDENT: READING LONG SENTENCES

Consider the following sentence (Cap. XXXVI.10–15):

Palātium prīmum mūnītum est, sed ea moenia quadrāta, quibus Rōmulus, prīmus rēx Rōmānōrum, Palātium mūnīvisse dīcitur iam prīdem periērunt, neque ūlla casa restat ex illā urbe antīquissimā, quae ā fōrmā moenium ‘Rōma quadrāta’ appellābātur, praeter ‘casam Rōmulī’ strāmentō tēctam.

What might seem daunting at first becomes simpler with rereading and compartmentalizing. Read through the sentence, taking note of endings and structure markers, such as:

• coordinating conjunctions (et, atque/ac, sed, neque/nec, vel, etc.)

• subordinating conjunctions (antquam/postquam, cum, dum, si, etc.)

• relative pronouns/relative clauses

• prepositional phrases

• words/phrases in apposition

Looking at endings and markers will help you determine the relationship of words to each other and the structure of the sentence. A single underline indicates subject (and its modifiers, including predicate nominatives and adjectives); a double marks the verb; words in bold are conjunctions and relative pronouns; parentheses mark prepositional phrases; and brackets mark off relative clauses:

Palātium prīmum mūnītum est, sed ea moenia quadrāta, [quibus Rōmulus, prīmus rēx Rōmānōrum, Palātium mūnīvisse dīcitur] iam prīdem periērunt, neque ūlla casa restat (ex illā urbe antīquissimā), [quae (ā fōrmā moenium) ‘Rōma quadrāta’ appellābātur], (praeter ‘casam Rōmulī’ strāmentō tēctam).

{xxxiv} With practice you will be able to “mark” (parse) sentences in your head as you read. By reading through even a very long and complex sentence carefully several times, you can arrive at its meaning without translating. A few more suggestions:

• Latin sentences are not random—they are designed to move as they do, expressing meaning in the order the author chooses.

• Focus at first on structure and endings, before English meaning of the word. Often students will go through and identify vocabulary and then make up a meaning that seems to fit the context.

• Do not fret about relative pronouns that are not nominative or accusative (e.g., quibus above—you won’t know that it’s an ablative until you understand the rest of the clause). It is often impossible to determine what their role in the sentence is until you have reviewed the rest of the clause.

• Do not write out an English translation!

Time consuming!

You will make mistakes. Once you have written out your translation, it will make sense to you, and you will have a harder time understanding how it can be wrong.

You will be tempted to look at your English instead of the Latin.

You won’t learn Latin by writing out and memorizing translations. You will learn Latin only by continuing to read Latin!

• Do not write the English meaning of a Latin word in your text! Your eye will go to the English, and you will learn nothing.

The following lengthy and complex sentence comes from Cicero’s speech in Cap. LIV.56–64:

Quī posteā cum māximās aedificāsset ōrnāssetque classēs exercitūsque permagnōs quibuscumque ex gentibus potuisset comparāsset et sē Bosporānīs fīnitimīs suīs bellum īnferre similāret, usque in Hispāniam lēgātōs ac litterās mīsit ad eōs ducēs quibuscum tum bellum gerēbāmus, ut, cum duōbus in locīs disiūnctissimīs māximēque dīversīs ūnō cōnsiliō ā bīnīs hostium cōpiīs bellum terrā marīque gererētur, vōs ancipitī contentiōne districtī dē imperiō dīmicārētis.

{xxxv} This complex period[5] can be made easier by separating out the subordinate clauses; the following dissection of the period is offered as an example, in which there are parentheses around phrases, brackets around clauses; the subject is underlined once and the verb twice; important reading signals are bolded. The order has been changed to reflect levels of subordination:

• Quī posteā

cum māximās aedificāsset ōrnāssetque classēs exercitūsque permagnōs comparāsset

• [quibuscumque (ex gentibus) potuisset]

et similāret

• sē Bosporānīs fīnitimīs suīs bellum īnferre

• usque (in Hispāniam) lēgātōs ac litterās mīsit

(ad eōs ducēs)

• [quibuscum tum bellum gerēbāmus]

• ut vōs ancipitī contentiōne districtī (dē imperiō) dīmicārētis

cum (duōbus in locīs disiūnctissimīs māximēque dīversīs) ūnō cōnsiliō (ā bīnīs hostium cōpiīs) bellum (terrā marīque) gererētur.

Here is a rewritten simplification of the sentence:

Mithradātēs maximās classēs aedificāvit ōrnāvitque; exercitusque permagnōs quibuscumque ex gentibus poterat comparāvit; simulāvit sē Bosporānīs fīnitimīs suīs bellum īnferre. Deinde (i.e., posteā) usque in Hispāniam lēgātōs ac litterās mīsit ad eōs ducēs quibuscum tum bellum gerēbāmus. [Hoc fēcit] ut, cum duōbus in locīs disiūnctissimīs maximēque dīversīs ūnō cōnsiliō ā bīnīs hostium cōpiīs bellum terrā marīque gererētur, vōs ancipitī contentiōne districtī dē imperiō dīmicārētis.

STYLE

RŌMA AETERNA offers chronological glimpses into the history of the Roman Republic. The readings, however, fall into various genres: history (Livy, Sallust), historical epitome (Eutropius, periochae), oratory (Cicero), biography (Nepos), political philosophy (Cicero), and miscellany (Aulus Gellius).

{xxxvi} “Genre” stems from genus, “type”; genres are different categories of literature with particular stylistic expectations. The requirements of each genre differ, but each has its foundations in the principles of rhetoric. “Every speech, moreover,” wrote Quintilian, “consists of content and words: discovery (inventiō) must focus on the matter at hand, expression (ēlocūtiō) in the choice of words, arrangement (conlocātiō) in both, which memory (memoria) holds in its grasp (and) the delivery (āctiō) distinguishes.”[6] Although Quintilian was writing about oratory, his words are broadly applicable. Each writer devises an argument from his sources, picks what he wants to say (inventiō), and arranges the material (conlocātiō or distribūtiō). Each must then choose the best way of phrasing his thoughts (ēlocūtio, which also involves conlocātiō). Authors gave public readings of their works, and so, like the orator, the author needed to express himself not only with vocal intonation but also with appropriate gesture. Delivery was physically strenuous.

Despite public readings, some genres are directed more toward a listening audience and others toward readers. Livy’s style, for example, is very different from that of Sallust. Quintilian calls Livy’s smooth abundance “milky richness” (illa Līuī lactea ūbertās). He labels Sallust’s style compressed and choppy—“illa Sallustiāna brevitās et abruptum sermōnis genus”—a style that would sail over the heads of listeners but be less likely to trip up a reader with plenty of time to digest his meaning (“quod ōtiōsum fortasse lēctōrem minus fallat, audientem trānsuolat”). You can notice for yourself the difference between works primarily meant to be heard instead of read when you read Cicero’s speech for Pompey in Cap. LIV.

We should look for variation of style within a genre, even within the work of one author. Livy’s books, for example, are usually talked about in “decades,” referring not to time but to groups of books. Caps. XLI–XLV in your reading come from the first decade (indeed, from the first book) and are considered more poetic in style than the later books. You can decide what that might mean by comparing the styles for yourself.

Livy and Sallust differ in the goal of their history as well. Livy’s continuous history begins from the foundation of the city (ab Urbe Conditā), while Sallust’s history of the war with Jugurtha focuses on a political narrative of Rome’s war against Numidia (111–105 BC). In contrast to both, Eutropius’s fourth-century Breviārium Historiae Rōmānae aims to narrate the greatest amount of history as succinctly as possible (the periochae are brief, like the Breviārium, but their aim is to summarize Livy’s ab Urbe Conditā).

{xxxvii} All of our authors received training in rhetoric, sound principles applicable not only to speeches but to any kind of composition. Consider Cicero’s statement (a bit fuller than that of Quintilian above) in a youthful work on rhetoric, dē Inventiōne: inventiō is the “thinking out” of things that are true or very like the truth, which can make the case credible; dispositiō is the orderly arrangement of those things that have been “thought out”; ēlocūtiō is the adapting of words and sentences to the material as thought out; memoria is the mind’s solid grasp of the arguments and words pertaining to the material as thought out; prōnuntiātiō is the physical adaptation of the body to the voice in accordance with the dignity of the arguments and words.[7]

Sometimes we have other ancient sources with which to compare our texts and thus get some idea of the inventiō and dispositiō of our authors. For the most part, however, a narrower scope confines our evaluation of prose style: the dispositiō of material within a section of a work (What does the author include? What might he have included that he did not? What other ways might he have arranged it?) and the ēlocūtiō, or choice and arrangement of words and expression of ideas. As for performance, we have only our imaginations to help us. When reading, consider the arrangement of the material: How does Livy, for example, present episodes from early Roman history for their greatest dramatic effect? What details does he include, and in what order? How does he embellish the narrative? What view of Roman history does his work present?

You know by experience that, although Latin word order is much more fluid than that of English, there are definite patterns. The subject and its modifiers tend to come first (S), then the object and its modifiers (O), while the verb and its modifiers tend to come last (V). Latin word order can express emphasis in a way similar to that of the human voice. The emphatic parts of a sentence are the beginning and the end. A variety of ways of transposing natural word order, known as hyperbaton (Greek: ὑπερβατόν) or trānsgressiō (Latin), renders Latin flexible and pleasing. As Quintilian says, it’s important to find the place in the sentence where words fit most effectively (Īnstitūtiō Ōrātōria 8.62).

Writers also made use of various figures of expression that call attention to language by altering accustomed usage. There were many handbooks of figures (figūrae, Latin; σχῆμα, Greek). The enumeration and elucidation of figures lie beyond the scope of this introduction, but some of them you can notice without formal training. For example, you will be able to mark in your reading lists {xxxviii} without conjunctions (asyndeton) or lists with an abundance of conjunctions (polysyndeton).

The best way to determine the prose style of an author is to, first, pay attention to the way each author expresses himself and then compare the mode of one with another. And the best way to know how an author expresses himself is to ask questions. Professor Timothy J. Moore, the John and Penelope Biggs Distinguished Professor of Classics at Washington University in St. Louis, kindly has permitted me to reprint his checklist for considering Latin prose style (below).

RŌMA AETERNA gives you a variety of prose styles that will greatly enhance your appreciation of Latin verse: once you are familiar with the way prose authors tend to write, you will be able to see how much word order contributes to the beauty of poetry, whose word choice and word order is more varied than that of prose.

STYLISTIC ANALYSIS OF LATIN PROSE: A CHECKLIST

I. Morphology and Orthography

• What choices has the author made between alternate forms and spelling (e.g., ere or erunt in the 3rd plural perfect active indicative; is or es in the accusative plural 3rd declension)?

• Are any forms or spelling used which you might not expect in a prose author of this period (e.g., quum for cum, qui for quo)?

II. Diction

• Are words or phrases used here which are rare elsewhere in this author? in this period? in this genre? in prose? in Latin?

• Are there words or phrases which seem to reflect the formulaic language of law, diplomacy, government, or religion?

• Are there words or phrases which seem archaic, poetic, or colloquial?

• Are any words or phrases repeated in the passage, or is diction deliberately varied?

• To what extent does the author use metaphorical expressions?

• Are any expressions particularly effective in their imagery?

• What words does the author choose to make transitions from one sentence to another?

{xxxix} • Does the author prefer abstract or concrete nouns?

• What choices has the author made between synonyms?

III. Syntax

• What syntactical features stand out (e.g., historical infinitives, impersonal passives, repeated grammatical elements)?

• Which sentences are long, which short?

• How are the longer sentences constructed?

Are clauses strung along paratactically, or hypotactically?

How are clauses subordinated (e.g., with participles, or with conjunctions)?

Which thoughts occur in the main clauses, which in subordinate clauses?

Do the clauses follow one another by an easily comprehensible logic, or must the reader work to piece the sentences together?

Are the sentences “periodic,” i.e., longer, carefully constructed sentences whose full meaning is kept somewhat in suspense until the end of the sentence?

How are clauses arranged according to rhythm and length?

Has the author placed the longest clauses last?

Does the author show concern for the rhythm of phrases, especially the last phrase of each sentence (clausula)?

Does the author use pairs, tricola, or other numbers of clauses?

To what extent does the author use parallelism in arranging his clauses?

• Word order

How are words, phrases, and clauses arranged for emphasis? Remember that the first and last positions in the sentence are most emphatic.

What other effects has the author produced through manipulation of the order of words (e.g., juxtaposition of contrasting words, hyperbaton, chiasmus)?

{xl} IV. General

• Does the passage provide echoes of previous authors in diction or phraseology? Do these echoes seem to be deliberate or unconscious?

• Has the author said only what is necessary to make his point (brevitas), or are unnecessary words, phrases, and sentences added (copia)?

• Reported speech

Which speeches in the passage are reported indirectly, which directly?

To what extent are the syntax and diction of the speeches manipulated to characterize speakers?

• Aside from reported speeches, does the author provide the perspective of anyone besides himself (e.g., through descriptions of reactions)?

• Does the author use any rhetorical tropes (e.g., anaphora, apostrophe, asyndeton, zeugma)?

V. What Is the Effect of All This?

Some passages for comparison:

1. Second Punic War vs. War with Jugurtha

a. Livy: Cap. XLVIII.1–11

b. Sallust: Cap. LII.1–6

2. Comparison of Character

a. Livy on Hannibal: Cap. XLVIII.43–58

b. Sallust on Jugurtha: Cap. LII.24–31

3. Military Qualities

a. Sallust representing the speech of C. Marius: Cap. LII.457–518

b. Cicero on Pompey: Cap. LIV.286–345

4. Livy vs. Periochae

a. Periochae: Cap. XLVIII.274–275

Hannibal, per continuās vigiliās in palūdibus oculō āmissō, in Etrūriam vēnit.

{xli} b. Livy: Book XXII.2.10

Ipse Hannibal aeger oculīs ex vernā prīmum intemperiē variante calōrēs frīgoraque, elephantō, quī ūnus superfuerat, quō altius ab aquā exstāret, vectus, vigiliīs tamen et noctūrnō ūmōre palustrīque caelō gravante caput et quia medendī nec locus nec tempus erat alterō oculō capitur.

Vocabulary

vernus, -a, -um: springtime (< ver, veris (n.))

intemperies, -ēi (f.): inclemency

variāre: to change, to vary (varius)

ex-stāre: stand above

ūmor, -ōris (m.): liquid, moisture

paluster, -tris, -tre: swampy

gravāre: to burden, oppress (gravis)

____________

1. See Cap. XXII of the Companion to FAMILIA RŌMĀNA.

2. See also Cap. XLII of this companion.

3. See also Cap. XLII of this companion.

4. Sequence of tense after the historic present (as here in praeterit) sometimes follows the primary sequence (as above), sometimes the secondary.

5. A period signifies a long, carefully constructed sentence, often marked by several subordinate clauses, that generally does not complete the full thought until it has reached the end.

6. Īnstitūtiō Ōrātōria 8. preface: Ōrātiōnem porrō omnem constāre rēbus et verbīs: in rēbus intuendam inventiōnem, in verbīs ēlocūtiōnem, in utrāque conlocātiōnem, quae memoria complecteretur, āctiō commendāret.

7. Inventiō est excōgitātiō rērum vērārum aut vērī similium, quae causam probābilem reddant; dispositiō est rērum inventārum in ōrdinem distribūtiō; ēlocūtiō est idōneōrum verbōrum [et sententiārum] ad inventiōnem accommodātiō; memoria est firma animī rērum ac verbōrum ad inventiōnem perceptiō; prōnūntiātiō est ex rērum et verbōrum dignitāte vōcis et corporis moderātiō.

{1}   PARS PRIMA

XXXVI: TRICESIMVM SEXTVM: RŌMA AETERNA[1]

I. RĒS GRAMMATICAE NOVAE: NEW SYNTAX

Subordinate Clauses in Indirect Discourse

When an indirect discourse (known as ōrātiō oblīqua)[2] contains a subordinate relative clause, the verb in that clause will be in the subjunctive,[3] following the rule you learned in Cap. XXVIII, repeated here.

If the main verb is primary (present, future, sometimes perfect),[4] the verb in the subordinate subjunctive clause will be either present (incomplete action) or perfect (completed action).

If the main verb is secondary (imperfect, perfect, pluperfect), the verb in the subordinate subjunctive clause will be either imperfect (incomplete action) or pluperfect (completed action). Secondary sequence is also called historical, that is, referring to the past.

{2} In table form:

Main Clause Verb(s)

Subordinate Clause Verb(s)

Incomplete Action

Completed Action

Primary Tense

Present Subjunctive

Perfect Subjunctive

Secondary Tense

Imperfect Subjunctive

Pluperfect Subjunctive

E.g.:

[Augustus] glōriātus sit ‘marmoream sē relinquere urbem quam latericiam accēpisset’ (ll.229–230)

Accēpisset is

subjunctive because:

• it is the verb in a subordinate clause in indirect statement introduced by glōriātus sit.

pluperfect because:

• the main verb glōriātus sit is perfect.

• the action of the subordinate verb (accēpisset) is prior (completed) to the action of the main verb.

Dative of Purpose (datīvus fīnālis)

Latin can combine two datives, a dative of purpose (datīvus fīnālis) and a dative of reference, into a construction called “double dative.” Most often the double dative is found with a form of the verb esse. In this chapter, we see it with venīre:

[Castor et Pollux] saepius Rōmānīs in proeliīs auxiliō vēnērunt. (ll.139–140)

The dative auxiliō shows for what purpose Castor and Pollux have come, and the dative Rōmānīs shows the people for whom they have come. Auxiliō is one of the words commonly found in the double dative. Some other examples of the double dative are:

cui bonō est?: for whom (cui: reference) is it good/an advantage (bonō: purpose)?

praesidiō exercituī esse: to be a source of protection (praesidiō: purpose) to the army (exercituī: reference)

{3} II. RĒS GRAMMATICAE FŪSIUS EXPLICĀTAE: EXPANSION AND REFINEMENT OF SYNTAX INTRODUCED ELSEWHERE

Gerund/Gerundive

You first met the gerund, or verbal noun, in Cap. XXV:

Ibi nāvis mea parāta est ad nāvigandum (XXV.93–94): “for sailing”

Parāta sum ad fugiendum (XXV.97)

In addition to ad + the accusative of the gerund to express purpose (as above), the gerund is found in the genitive, dative,[5] and as an ablative of cause or, as below, of means:

Rōmānī cotīdiē in thermās illās celebrēs lavātum eunt atque ibīdem corpora exercent natandō, currendō, luctandō (ll.247–249): “…They exercise by swimming, running, wrestling.”[6]

You first met the gerundive, or verbal adjective, in Cap. XXXI. There you learned that the gerundive is a passive adjective that expresses an action that the noun is suited for or fit for, e.g.:

Vīvant omnēs fēminae amandae (XXXI.172–173): amandae here means “lovable,” “fit to be loved.”

The gerundive can also be joined with a form of the verb “to be,” a construction which indicates something that is to be done. This construction, often called the passive periphrastic, can be impersonal (the first example below) and personal (the second example):

In summā Sacrā viā īnfrā clīvum Palātīnum est arcus Titī, dē quō mox dīcendum erit (ll.171–172):

dīcendum est is impersonal: literally the relative clause means, “about which there will soon have to be a speaking.”

{4} Inter cētera Domitiānī opera memorandum est stadium in campō Mārtiō factum (ll.318–319):

“Among the rest of Domitian’s works, the running track made in the Campus Martius must be mentioned (stadium memorandum est).”

We also see the gerundive used in this way—expressing what is to be done to something—when used with the object of certain verbs. In this chapter, we see several examples of the gerundive used with the object of cūrāre:

Pompēius…theātrum aedificandum cūrāvit (ll.196–197): Pompey “attended to a theatre which was to be built” conveys roughly the same idea as Pompeius cūrāvit ut theātrum aedificāretur.

viam Appiam mūniendam cūrāvit (l.253)

novum forum faciendum cūrāvit (l.325)

In Cap. XXXVII, you’ll see the same construction with the verbs dare and offerre:

[Euandrō] Faunus…arva colenda dedit. (ll.12–14)

Tum subitō māter Venus…fīliō sē videndam obtulit. (ll.186–187)

Dīcitur and nārrātur with Nominative + Infinitive Perfect

In Cap. XIII, you learned that with passive verbs of speaking, hearing, etc.,[7] we find nominative and infinitive instead of accusative and infinitive:

Lūna ‘nova’ esse dīcitur (XIII.52, “the moon is said to be ‘new’”)

In this chapter, we find the same construction with the perfect infinitive. The passives dīcitur and nārrātur with nominative and infinitive perfect state what is reported to have taken place, e.g.:

Rōmulus…Palātium mūnīvisse dīcitur (ll.11–12): “Romulus…is said to have fortified the Palatine.”

quī sē…praecipitāvisse nārrātur (ll.65–66)

ōlim rēgēs Rōmānī habitāvisse dīcuntur (ll.117–118)

{5} Aedēs Concordiae antīqua eō tempore aedificāta esse dīcitur. (ll.147–148)

gēns Iūlia ā Venere orta esse dīcitur (ll.209–210)

Nerō…dīcitur iniisse domesticam scaenam et cecinisse Trōiae incendium. (ll.266–269)

The same construction is seen with other verbs that introduce indirect statement:

Templum Mārtis Ultōris nōminātum est, quod ille deus mortem Caesaris ultus esse pūtābatur. (ll.221–223)

Ablative of Place

Although place where is usually expressed by the ablative with a preposition, in a few phrases in Latin, the preposition in is not used. One of these phrases is:

terrā marīque (l.103, “on land and sea”)

Ablative of Separation (ablātīvus sēparātiōnis)

The ablative of separation[8] is generally found with a preposition. There are many instances, however, when the ablative alone (without a preposition) is used for separation:

Mēdus surgere cōnātur, nec vērō sē locō movēre potest. (XVI.140–141)

Īnfāns neque somnō neque cibō carēre potest (XX.5–6)

Iūlia dīcit “sē patre suō carēre nōlle.” (XX.140–141)

servīs meīs imperābō ut tē agrīs meīs pellant (XXVII.89)

servitūte līberābantur (XXXII.6)

In this chapter, we find more examples of the ablative of separation without a preposition:

…tōta vallis…domibus vacua facta esset (ll.277–278)

Iuppiter, arce suā cum tōtum spectat in orbem (l.362): “from his citadel.”

{6} Comparison of Adjectives

In this chapter, we meet adjectives whose comparatives and/or superlatives deviate from the general rule.[9] These forms follow rules as well (which are given only when of practical use):

Magnificus, -a, -um:

comparative: magnificentior (ll.44, 245)

superlative: magnificentissimus (l.19)

vetus (stem veter-):[10]

superlative: veterrimus (l.100)

Adjectives in -eus, -ius, and -uus (except -quus) are compared using magis and māximē:

magis necessārius

māximē idōneus

māximē arduus (l.27)

III. DĒMONSTRĀTIŌ VERBŌRUM: EXPLANATION OF WORDS AND PHRASES AT THE LEXICAL LEVEL

Vēnīre, vēndĕre || perīre, perdĕre

The verb vēn-īre (“to be sold”) serves as passive of vēn-dere (“to sell”). The two verbs are compounds of īre and dare with vēnum, “sale,” so vēnīre[11] means “to go to sale” or “be sold” and vēndere means “to give to sale” or “sell.”

Nunc autem mercēs in vīcīs et in aliīs forīs vēneunt (ll.75–76): “Now however, merchandise is sold in the streets (i.e., neighborhoods) and in other squares.”

…bovēs aliaeque pecudēs vēneunt (ll.177–178): “are sold”

{7} You have met another pair of verbs that works the same way: perdere (Cap. XXIII) and perīre (Cap. XXVII). Perīre, “to be destroyed,” is the passive of perdere, “to destroy”:

Nōnne tibi satis fuit vestem tuam novam perdere? (XXIII.72–73)

Nōlō pecūniam meam perdere! (XXIII.146–147)

“Pereat quī nescit amāre! Bis tantō pereat quisquis amāre vetat!” (XXXI.196–197)

Nec omnēs īnfantēs expositī pereunt (XXXI.148)

Fierī potest

The regular way in Latin to say “is possible” is fierī potest, literally “it is able to become/happen”:[12]

tantīs dīvitiīs exōrnāvit ut nihil magnificentius fierī posset (ll.43–44)

neque vērō id sine auxiliō deōrum, praecipuē Mārtis, fierī posse arbitrābātur (l.213)

Both of these sentences are completed by a direct object (nihil, id), but fierī posse can also be completed by a noun clause:

fierī potest ut: “it is possible (that)”

non fierī potest ut: “it is impossible (that)”

1st Declension Dative/Ablative in -ābus

In Cap. XIV, you learned that the dative and ablative plural of duo, duae, duo is duōbus, duābus, duōbus. The ending -ābus also distinguishes the gender of two easily confused nouns: deus/dea and fīlius/fīlia. The ending -ābus in dative and ablative plural of dea and fīlia makes it possible to distinguish between the feminine and masculine:

Iūnōnī et Minervae, duābus māximīs deābus (ll.39–40)

Sex virginēs Vestālēs ex fīliābus Rōmānōrum illūstrium (ll.111–112)

porticus duodecim diīs et deābus cōnsecrāta (ll.160–161)

{8} Summus, medius, infimus

The adjectives summus (“top of”), medius (“middle of”), and īnfimus (“bottom of”) agree with their noun:

medius

in mediō marī: “in the middle of the sea”

in mediō forō (ll.63, 329)

summus

summum Iāniculum (l.26): “the top of Janiculum”

in summā Arce (l.53)

in summā Sacrā viā (l.171)

in summā columnā (l.336)

īnfimus

in īnfimō Capitōliō (ll.55–56): “at the foot of the Capitol”

ad īnfimum Argīlētum (l.100)

IV. RECĒNSIŌ: REVIEW MATERIAL

Genitive of Description (genetīvus quālitātis

You met the genitive of quality/description in Cap. XIX. A noun and adjective in the genitive case add a qualifying description, often giving details of number or measurement:

Quīntus est puer septem annōrum. (XIX.33–34)

adulēscēns vīgintī duōrum annōrum erat (XIX.39–40)

In this chapter, we meet more examples, also detailing measurement:

opus arcuātum passuum sexāgintā (ll.257–258)

…habet longitūdinem passuum quadrāgintā sex mīlium quadringentōrum sex (ll.260–261)

{9} Ut Clauses

The two-letter ut offers several interpretative possibilities, three included in this chapter:

Adverb of manner (Cap. IX) (see also ut…ita: Cap. XIX)

Nec vērō ‘arx’ nōmen huius montis proprium est, nam aliī quoque montēs arduī nātūrā et opere mūnītī ‘arcēs’ dīcuntur, ut summum Iāniculum, quod trāns Tiberim situm est. (ll.23–26)

Caesar enim, ut plērīque prīncipēs Rōmānī, post mortem in deōrum numerō habētur et ‘dīvus’ vocātur. (ll.123–124)

Hoc templum antīquissimum SENATVS POPVLVSQVE ROMANVS INCENDIO CONSVMPTVM RESTITVIT, ut in fronte īnscrīptum est. (ll.134–137)

Multae viae ex omnibus urbis partibus in forum ferunt, ut Argīlētum, Sacra via, Nova via (ll.166–167)

…ut versibus nārrat Ovidius (l.184)

…ut suprā dictum est (ll.317–318)

Purpose clauses (Cap. XXVIII)

Ad hoc templum imperātor victor post triumphum ascendit, ut Iovī Optimō Māximō sacrificium faciat. (ll.48–50)

Multī ōrātōrēs illūstrēs in Rōstra ascendērunt, ut ōrātiōnēs ad populum habērent. (ll.91–93)

Result clauses (Cap. XXIX)

Postrēmō Domitiānus templum Iovis Capitōlīnī incendiō cōnsūmptum refēcit atque tantīs dīvitiīs exōrnāvit ut nihil magnificentius fierī posset (ll.42–44).

…tot et tanta nova opera marmorea aedificāvit ut iūre glōriātus sit ‘marmoream sē relinquere urbem quam latericiam accēpisset’ (ll.228–230).

{10} …quae ita aurō atque gemmīs splendēbat ut iūre ‘domus aurea’ nōminārētur (ll.280–281).

Nerō ipse domum suam perfectam ita probāvit ut ‘se’ dīceret ‘quasi hominem tandem habitāre coepisse!’ (ll.287–289)

Videāmus nunc quōmodo haec urbs mīrābilis ā parvā orīgine ad tantam magnitūdinem tantamque glōriam pervēnit ut caput orbis terrārum appellētur (ll.335–338).

Meter

There is a good amount of original verse in this and the following chapters. You should review Cap. XXXIV before proceeding. Here, to assist you in learning to read two common Latin meters, are some of the lines scanned:

ll.164–165: dactylic hexameter

Iūnō, Vēstă, Mĭnērvă, Cĕrēs, Dīānă, Vĕnūs, Mārs, Mērcŭrĭūs, Iŏvĭ’, Nēptūnūs, Vulcānŭs, Ăpōllō.[13]

ll.182–183: elegiac couplet

cōnstĭtŭītquĕ sĭbī quœ– ‘Māxĭmă’ dīcĭtŭr ārām (hexameter)

hīc ŭbĭ pārs ūrbīs || dē bŏvĕ nōmĕn hăbēt (pentameter)

V. POINTS OF STYLE: INFORMATION ABOUT THE LANGUAGE OF THE AUTHOR UNDER CONSIDERATION

Accumulation of Genitives

A genitive can depend on another genitive. A good example can be seen in the expression:

cum multitūdine omnis generis pecudum ac ferārum (ll.286–287)

The genitive of description omnis generis qualifies pecudum ac ferārum, which are partitive genitives: a great number of farm animal and wild animals (partitive) of every type (quality/description).

____________

1. For an explanation of the line number references convention, see p. xxvi.

2. That is, an indirect statement, which you first learned as the accusative and infinitive construction.

3. The verb can be in the indicative even in indirect statement, when the speaker wishes to stress the factual basis of the clause or when the clause just explains something in the indirect statement (so doesn’t really belong to the indirect statement).

4. When the perfect tense emphasizes the current state resulting from the action, it is a primary tense; e.g., fenestra clausa est: the window has been closed (secondary) the window is closed (primary).

5. The gerund is rare in the dative case.

6. In the example above, lavātum is a SUPINE (Cap. XXII). Lavātum eunt means (literally) “they go for the purpose of washing” or, in better English, “they go to wash.”

7. That is, the verbs that will introduce an accusative and infinitive construction.

8. Caps. VI, XVI, XX, XXVII, XXXII.

9. Caps. XII, XIII, XVIII (including Rēcēnsiō), XIX, XXIV.

10. Vetus (“old”) is a 3rd declension adjective (Cap. XXXI) of one termination (Cap. XIX).

11. Vēnīre, “to sell,” is distinguished from vĕnīre, “to come,” by the long vowel in the present system. (In the perfect system, vĕnīre also has a long vowel in the stem [vēnisse], but context easily gives the sense.)

12. Possibilis, possibile first appears in Quintilian (first century AD) to translate the Greek δυνατόν; it does not, in classical Latin, replace fīerī posse.

13. Although Iūppiter is the usual nominative, Iovis is also occasionally found. At the time that Ennius was writing (turn of the third to the second century BC), the final s was often unpronounced if the next word began with a consonant.

{11} XXXVII: TRICESIMVM SEPTIMVM: TROIA CAPTA (Vergil)[1]

I. RĒS GRAMMATICAE NOVAE

Historical Present

In an account of past or “historical” events, the verbs are normally in the past tense or preterite (whether perfect, imperfect, or pluperfect). Occasionally, the present tense (called the “historical present”) is used in main clauses to make the description more vivid and dramatic. The tense in dependent clauses is often past (and always past when the conjunction is cum). English conversation often employs a vivid present as well, switching from the past to the present for vivid and dramatic narration: “We were finished eating when we heard a noise. So I go outside to see what is happening. And I hear more noises. And then I see…”

The narration of the serpents attacking Lāocoōn in line 53 and those following opens with a perfect tense (turbātī sunt) but then moves to the historical present: natant, prōspiciunt, petunt, edunt, etc. Note that the preterite returns in the dependent clauses, an acknowledgment that the action takes place in the past:[2]

Cum terram attigissent…Trōiānōs perterritōs prōspiciunt (ll.57–58)

…tum patrem ipsum, quī miserīs fīliīs auxiliō veniēbat, corripiunt (ll.60–61)

{12} Origin (ablātīvus origīnis)

The ablative of source or origin is a subset of the ablative of separation.

Anchīsā et Venere deā nātus (l.91): “born ‘from’ Anchises and Venus”

nāte deā (l.99): “born of/from a goddess”

Origin (ablātīvus causālis)

The ablative of cause is used without a preposition, often with verbs of emotion; it is a subset of the ablative of means.[3]

īrā permōtus (l.169): “moved by anger”

II. RĒS GRAMMATICAE FŪSIUS EXPLICĀTAE

Temporal Conjunctions

Dum

The conjunction dum (first introduced in Cap. X) generally takes the present tense (indicative),[4] even if the main clause is in the preterite:

Dum Latīnus in Italiā in pāce diūturnā rēgnat, Trōia seu Īlium, clārissima Asiae urbs, post bellum decem annōrum tandem ā Graecīs capta est. (ll.21–23)

Ita dum populus incertus in contrāriās sententiās dīviditur, Lāocoōn, Neptunī sacerdōs, ab summā arce dēcurrēns cīvēs suōs monuit nē Danaīs cōnfīderent. (ll.41–43)

Dum Lāocoōn ad āram taurum immolat, subitō duo anguēs ingentēs ab īnsulā Tenedō per mare tranquillum ad lītus natant. (ll.54–56)

Dum haec aguntur, Trōiānī sine cūrā dormiēbant. (l.90)

Ergō parte mūrōrum dēstrūctā māchina illa hostibus armātīs plēna magnō labōre in urbem trahitur fūnibus, dum puerī {13} puellaeque carmina sacra canunt et fūnem manū contingere gaudent. (ll.72–75)

Quā rē perturbātus dum Aenēās celeriter ē nōtā viā discēdit, Creūsa incerta cōnstitit neque marītum aberrantem sequī potuit. (ll.251–253)

Tālia dīcēns fīxus eōdem locō haerēbat, dum fīlius et parvus nepōs omnisque domus multīs cum lacrimīs eī suādent ‘nē omnēs suōs sēcum perderet’ (ll.199–202)[5]

Ubi

We have already seen ubi as a temporal conjunction with the indicative in the combination ubi prīmum (= cum prīmum, “as soon as”):

Ubi prīmum redēmptus est, ipse nāvēs armāvit. (XXXII.175–177)

sed ubi prīmum equum ligneum in lītore collocātum vīdērunt, stupentēs cōnstitērunt et mōlem equī mīrābantur. (ll.34–36)

Ubi by itself can also mean “when,” as we see in this chapter:

Ubi iam ad antīquam domum patriam pervēnit, Anchīsēs pater…ex patriā captā fugere recūsāvit. (ll.193–195)

Haec ubi dicta dedit, lacrimantem et multa volentem / dīcere dēseruit, tenuēsque recessit in aurās. (ll.276–277)

Ut

The conjunction ut and ut prīmum may be used in the same way as ubi and ubi prīmum:

Rēx Priamus senex, ut prīmum forēs frāctās et hostēs in mediīs aedibus vīdit, manibus īnfīrmīs arma capit. (ll.150–151)

Ut Aenēam cōnspexit venientem et arma Trōiāna agnōvit, rē incrēdibilī exterrita palluit animusque eam relīquit. (XXXVIII.83–85)

{14} Priusquam and antequam[6]

You first met priusquam in Cap. XXXI. There it was used with the future perfect indicative:

Profectō eum verberābō atque omnibus modīs cruciābō, sī eum invēnerō priusquam Italiam relīquerit. (XXXI.63–65)

Neque enim mihi fās est rēs sacrās tangere priusquam manūs caede cruentās flūmine vīvō lāverō. (XXXVII.238–240)

Like postquam, however, priusquam is often found with the perfect, just like antequam:[7]

Caesar autem, priusquam ita necātus est, nōn sōlum vetera opera refēcerat, sed etiam nova cōnstituerat. (XXXVI.204–205)

Ergō Mārtī deō templum vōvit priusquam proelium commīsit cum Brūtō et Cassiō. (XXXVI.213–215)

Antequam illae basilicae exstrūctae sunt, tabernae in forō erant… (XXXVI.72–73)

Priusquam, antequam, and postquam are often split:

Nec prius respexit quam ad tumulum templumque Cereris pervēnit. (XXXVII.253–255)

…tum omnem gregem in silvam ēgit, nec prius dēstitit quam septem ingentia corpora humī iacēbant. (XXXIX.71–72)

Sed velim prius terra mē dēvoret vel Iuppiter mē fulmine percutiat, quam pudōrem solvō aut fidem fallō.[8] (XL.15–17)

Cum

The conjunction cum (Cap. XXIX) is both temporal and causal and merits a fuller explanation than the conjunctions above.

Cum is followed by the indicative when it:

refers to the present or future and means “when” (often almost the same as “if”):

{15} Cum avis volat, ālae moventur. (X.15)

Cum syllabae iunguntur, vocābula fīunt. (XVIII.29)

Cum vocābula coniunguntur, sententiae fīunt. (XVIII.29–30)

refers strictly to “the time when”; you will sometimes find temporal markers in the sentence as well (e.g., eō tempore, tum, tunc, iam, etc.):

Quī nūper Athēnās vēnerat neque ibi fuerat cum urbs ā rēge Mīnōe expugnāta est. (XXV.52–53)

Aedēs Concordiae antīqua eō tempore aedificāta esse dīcitur cum post longam discordiam quae populum Rōmānum dīvīserat in duās factiōnēs. (XXXVI.147–149)

refers to repeated action (cum iterātīvum) and means “when” in the sense of “whenever” (Cap. XXIX):

Semper gaudeō cum dē līberīs meīs cōgitō. (XXIX.47)

…tū numquam mē salūtābās, cum mē vidēbās (XIX.99–100)

signals that the focus of the sentence is the cum clause, not the main clause; the cum clause in this construction, called cum inversum, follows the main clause and often marks a sudden occurrence:[9]

Tālia exclāmāns omnem domum gemitū complēbat—cum subitō mīrābile prōdigium vīsum est. (ll.218–219)

Iam portīs appropinquābant atque salvī esse vidēbantur, cum Anchīsēs per umbram prōspiciēns “Fuge, mī fīlī!” exclāmat. (ll.248–250)

Cum is followed by the subjunctive when it refers to:

the circumstances (cum circumstantial): the clause tells us what took place at the same time as (imperfect) or previous to (pluperfect) something else, as in this example:

Cum iam sōl occidisset et nox obscūra terram tegeret, Trōiānī fessī somnō sē dedērunt. (ll.83–84)

{16} Occidisset shows prior time—the sun had set—while tegeret shows the night was covering the earth at the same time as the Trojans went to sleep.

the cause (cum causāle): when the cum clause explains the reason (can take any tense of the subjunctive):

Graecī enim, cum urbem vī expugnāre nōn possent, dolō ūsī sunt. (ll.23–24)

nunc omnis aura, omnis sonus terret, cum pariter fīliō patrīque timeat (l.247)

concessive/adversative: when cum means “although” (often tamen is found in the main clause). Otherwise, context will show whether cum is adversative.

Noun Clauses of Result

In Cap. XXVII, you learned about subjunctive noun clauses with verba cūrandī, such as facere ut and efficere ut. These clauses are consecutive and explanatory: they grow out of and explain their introductory words. Mōs est ut will also introduce a noun clause of result:

mōs Rōmānōrum est ut mēnse Decembrī diēbus fēstīs quī dīcuntur Sāturnālia servī in convīviīs cum dominīs discumbant. (XXXVII.6–8)

The clause ut discumbant explains what the custom (mōs) is. Some other examples of phrases that are followed by these clauses are:

accidit ut: “it happens that” (perfect: accīdit ut, “it happened that”)

ēvenit ut: “it turns out, results that” (perfect: evēnit ut, “it turned out that”)

fit ut: “it happens that”

fierī potest ut: “it is possible that”

Alternate 2nd Person Singular Ending -re = -ris

The 2nd person singular passive has an alternate ending -re instead of -ris. Hecuba ends her summons to Priam to take refuge by the altar with these words:

Haec āra tuēbitur omnēs—aut moriēre simul! (ll.158–159)

{17} The ē of moriēre is long because moriēre is the future tense of the deponent verb morī, while moriĕre would be the present tense.

Possibilities for a verb ending in -ēre (remember to check for contextual clues!):

All conjugations

3rd person plural perfect active indicative (alternate ending: see Cap. XXXIX, XLII):

• conticuēre (XXXIX.304) = conticuērunt (syncopated ending)

2nd conjugation

present active infinitive:

• habēre: “to have”

• movēre: “to move”

2nd person singular present passive/deponent:

• habēre: “you are considered”[10] = habēris

• cōnfitēre: “you confess” (deponent: cōnfitērī) = cōnfitēris

present passive/deponent imperative, singular:

• cōnfitēre: “confess!”

3rd conjugation

2nd person singular future passive/deponent:

• sequēre: “you will follow” = sequēris

• moriēre: “you will die” = moriēris

• amplectēre: “you will embrace” = amplectēris

Possibilities for a verb ending in -ere (3rd conjugation)

present active infinitive:

īnspicere: “to examine”

corripere: “to seize”

2nd person singular present passive/deponent:

corripere: “you are being seized” = corriperis

sequere: “you are following” = sequeris

moriere: “you are dying” = morieris

amplectere: “you are embracing” = amplecteris

{18} present passive/deponent imperative, singular:

sequere: “follow!”

amplectere: “embrace!”

Greek Names

1. In -ās (e.g., Aenēās), most follow the 1st declension in Latin:

acc.

-am or -an

Aenēam (or Aenēan)

gen./dat.

-ae

Aenēae

abl.

-ā

Aenēā

voc.

-ā

Aenēā

In -ēs

Most (e.g., Herculēs, Achillēs, Ulixēs—Greek Hēraklēs, Achilleus, Odysseus) follow the 3rd declension:

acc.

em or -ēn

Herculem (or Herculēn)

gen.

-is

Herculis

dat.

-ī

Herculī

voc.

-ē

Herculē

Some (e.g., Anchīsēs) follow the lst declension

acc.

-ēn or -am

Anchīsēn (or Anchīsan)

gen./dat.

-ae

Anchīsae

abl.

-ā or -e

Anchīsā (or Anchīse)

Dative with Compound Verbs

Compound verbs (i.e., verbs that consist of a stem and a prefix) often take a dative. This is true of both transitive and intransitive verbs.

Intransitive verbs (like superesse, “survive”) will take the dative alone:

superesse: Nōlō urbī captae superesse, “I refuse to outlive a captured city.” (l.198)

prōdesse: Nihil enim vīneīs magis prōdest quam sōl et calor. (XXVII.121–122)

{19} praeesse: Agricola…ipse nōn sum, sed multīs agricolīs praesum. (XXX.32–33)

deesse: Certus ac vērus amīcus est quī numquam amīcō suō deest. (XXXII.115–116)

Transitive verbs (like circumdare, “surround”) take an accusative (the object of the transitive verb) and a dative:

circumdare: [anguēs] collō longa corpora sua circumdant (l.63): “the snakes wrap their long bodies [accusative] around his neck [dative].”[11]

Praeficere[12] (“put x [accusative] in charge of y [dative]”):

[Mīlitēs armātī] quibus praefectī erant Ulixēs et Pyrrhus. (ll.26–27)

Pontifex māximus…cēterīs omnibus sacerdōtibus Rōmānīs praefectus est. (XXXVI.118–120)

addere: Si tibi certum est Trōiae peritūrae tē tuōsque addere. (XVIII.204–205)

Dative of Interest/Reference

The dative case shows that someone or something has a stake in the sentence. Grammar books have many subcategories for the dative case, but if you keep in mind the idea that the verb concerns or affects the person invoked in the dative case, you can work out the best relationship. For example:

…cum pariter fīliō patrīque timeat (l.247): “…because he fears equally for his son and father.”

Aeneas is afraid, and his father and son are the people for whom he is afraid. Compare Laocoon’s words:

Quidquid id est, timeō Danaōs—et dōna ferentēs! (l.49)

In this sentence, timēre takes an accusative: Laocoon fears the Greeks; were the case dative (i.e., timeo Danaīs), he would fear for them.

{20} III. DĒMONSTRĀTIŌ VERBŌRUM

Iuvāre

Iuvāre can mean “to help,” as you have already seen:

Diīs iuvantibus spērō eum brevī sānum fore. (XXXIV.9–10)

When iuvāre means “to be of use” and “to please,” it is generally used impersonally:

Quid iuvat deōs invocāre. (XXVI.32)

Quid iuvat mē lūgēre, ō dulcis coniūnx. (l.268)

Sī pereō, hominum manibus periisse iuvābit. (XXXVIII.174)

Sīc, sīc iuvat īre sub umbrās. (XL.263)

Verbs Formed from the Adjective plēnus

You have already learned (Cap. VII) that the adjective plēnus can take either the genitive or the ablative, e.g.:

māchina…hostibus armātīs plēna (ll.72–73)

hic saccus plēnus mālōrum est (VII.43–44)

Verbs formed from plēnus can also take a genitive or an ablative, e.g., complēre (Cap. XXX), supplēre (Cap. XLIII), implēre (Cap. XVI):

mīlitibus armātīs complēvērunt (ll.25–26)

rēgia tōta hostibus armātīs complētur (ll.148–149)

Poenās dare

The noun poena denotes the penalty paid for an offense; the plural is used in the phrase poenās dare (+ dative: “pay the penalty to”) which is equal to the passive pūnīrī (+ ab…“be punished by”), e.g.:

servus fugitīvus dominō poenās dat

= servus fugitīvus ab dominō pūnītur.

‘Lāocoontem poenās meritās Minervae dedisse’ dīcunt (l.69)

‘poenās Minervae dedisse’ = ā Minervā pūnītum esse.

{21} Fās

The indeclinable neuter fās denotes what is right by divine law, the will of the gods; it occurs mainly in the impersonal phrase fās est (“it is right/fitting”), which introduces an accusative + infinitive construction like that of indirect discourse.

Neque enim mihi fās est rēs sacrās tangere priusquam manūs caede cruentās flūmine vīvō lāverō. (ll.238–240)

Nōn sine nūmine deōrum haec ēveniunt, nec fās est tē hinc comitem portāre Creūsam. (ll.268–270)

Dative with the Impersonal certum

Certum est = “it is decided” + dative (“by whom”). In the phrase certum mihi est + infinitive (“I have decided”), the dative shows who made the decision:

Sī tibi certum est Trōiae peritūrae tē tuōsque addere. (ll.204–205)

IV. RECĒNSIŌ

Dative with Adjectives

The same principle (the dative indicating reference) can be seen with some adjectives: many of the Latin adjectives with the dative are coupled with to or for in English as well.

You are already familiar with the following adjectives that take the dative:

amīcus (“friendly to”)

inimīcus (“hostile to”)

necessārius (“necessary to/for”)

nōtus (“known to”)

ignōtus (“unknown to”)

grātus (“pleasing to/grateful to”)

proximus (“near to/next to”)

cārus (“dear to”)

{22} In this chapter, we see more examples:

mātūrus: sōla in rēgiā erat fīlia, nōmine Lāvīnia, iam mātūra virō. (ll.16–17)

benignus: Minervae, deae Trōiānīs benignae. (ll.36–37)

gravis: nec mihi grave erit hoc onus. (ll.233–234)

sacer: In mediō marī Aegaeō est īnsula Apollinī sacra, nōmine Dēlos. (XXXVIII.18)

Summary of Temporal Conjunctions

Conjunction

Meaning

Usual tense of the indicative[13]

antequam

before

perfect, future perfect

cum prīmum

as soon a

perfect

dum

while

present

postquam

after

perfect

priusquam

before

perfect, future perfect

simul atque

as soon as

perfect

ubi

when

perfect

ubi prīmum

as soon as

perfect

ut

when

perfect

ut prīmum

as soon as

perfect

Alter…alter and alius…alius

You first met the idiom alius…alius in Cap. X, where you learned that the idiom means “some…others” as in this chapter, where aliī…aliī…aliī offers several sets of reactions to the same situation:

Aliī eum ut dōnum Minervae, deae Trōiānīs benignae, sacrātum intrā mūrōs dūcī et in arce locārī iubēbant, aliī dōnum Graecōrum suspectum in mare praecipitandum et flammīs ūrendum esse cēnsēbant, aliī interiōrem equī partem īnspicere volēbant. (ll.36–40)

{23} Alter, altera, alterum (Cap. XIV) (“one…the other”) can be used, as in this chapter, to mean “one another”:

Ascanium puerum et patrem meum uxōremque alterum in alterīus sanguine trucīdātōs. (ll.210–211)

Aeneas does not want to see his son, father, and wife killed, one in the blood of another.[14]

Indirect Commands

You encountered verba postulandī (verbs that require or command) in Cap. XXVII:

Ille graviter gemēns Aenēam monuit ‘ut deōs Penātēs urbis Trōiae caperet atque ex urbe incēnsā fugeret’ (ll.96–98)

Hōc audītō Aenēās iuvenēs audācēs, quōs pugnandī cupidōs videt, paucīs verbīs hortātur ut sē arment et strictīs gladiīs in media hostium arma moritūrī sē praecipitent. (ll.115–118)

…eīque suāsit ut celeriter domum ad suōs fugeret (ll.187–188)

Lāocoōn, Neptunī sacerdōs, ab summā arce dēcurrēns cīvēs suōs monuit nē Danaīs cōnfīderent. (ll.41–42)

These noun clauses, introduced by ut or nē and completed by the subjunctive (present or imperfect, as the clause represents incomplete action), are signaled by a word of asking, requiring, or demanding. The case depends on the verb used. It is helpful to memorize the constructions as phrases:

• Dative (intransitive verbs): imperāre eī ut; persuādēre eī ut

• Ablative + ab (the following verbs suggest “seek from”): quaerere ab eō ut; petere ab eō ut; postulāre ab eō ut

• Accusative: rogāre eum ut; ōrāre eum ut; monēre eum ut; hortārī eum ut

{24} V. POINTS OF STYLE

The Latin “sandwich”: Latin word order helps you to read phrases for meaning, often enclosing words that go together with a clause in the middle. This creates bookends or, in a different image, a kind of sandwich effect. A new thought does not start until the current one closes.

Aliī eum ut (dōnum Minervae, deae Trōiānīs benignae, sacrātum) intrā mūrōs dūcī et in arce locārī iubēbant, aliī (dōnum Graecōrum suspectum) in mare praecipitandum et flammīs ūrendum esse cēnsēbant, aliī interiōrem equī partem īnspicere volēbant. (ll.36–40)

Everything between dōnum and sacrātum belongs to the same thought and forms the subject of dūcī and locārī; similarly, Graecōrum falls between dōnum and suspectum (the subject of praecipitandum and ūrendum) because it is part of the same thought.

parva duōrum fīliōrum corpora complexī (l.59)

The object of complexī is parva corpora; putting duōrum fīliōrum between the noun and the adjective facilitates the sense.

Ergō (parte mūrōrum dēstrūctā) (māchina illa hostibus armātīs plēna) magnō labōre in urbem trahitur fūnibus. (ll.72–73)

Cassandra, fīlia Priamī virgō (cui rēs futūrās praedīcentī) nēmō umquam crēdēbat. (l.78)

The relative pronoun and present participle enclose the object of the participle and complete a thought (l.78).

____________

1. For an explanation of the line number references convention, see p. xxvi.

2. The use of secondary tenses (imperfect and pluperfect subjunctive), does not, therefore, break the rule for the Sequence of Tense as outlined in Cap. XXXVI.

3. Cf. Cap. XXVI: the gerund can be used as an ablative of means or emotion: fessus sum ambulāndō, XXVI.24.

4. In Cap. XLI, you will learn that the conjunction dum can also take the subjunctive, when it looks toward a future action that it anticipated (“until,” “long enough for”).

5. In this last example, the verb in the indirect command (perderet) is in secondary sequence, even though suādent is in the present. The main verb (haerēbat) is past, and the sequence follows the main verb (instead of the subordinate dum clause).

6. In Cap. XLII you will learn that antequam and priusquam also take the subjunctive.

7. Cap. XV. Note that antequam and priusquam can also take the present tense in positive sentences (i.e., those without a negative).

8. The present tense with antequam/priusquam is rare.

9. Compare the force of the two English sentences: “When I was reading, the phone rang,” and “I was reading when the phone rang.” In both sentences, the focus of the sentence is on the phone ringing.

10. Remember that habērī (Cap. XXVIII) often means “be held,” “be considered.” Cf. XXXVI.30, 125.

11. With the ablative, the same idea would be expressed differently: collum longis corporibus (ablative of means) suis circumdant: “they wrap around his neck with their long bodies.”

12. In the examples from our text, there is no accusative because the verb is passive.

13. antequam, priusquam, and dum also take the subjunctive (Cap. XLI: dum, and Cap. XLII: antequam, priusquam).

14. As you learned in Cap. XIV, alter refers to one of two options; although three are listed here, it translates “one in the blood of the other.”

{25} XXXVIII: DVODEQVADRAGESIMVM: PIVS AENEAS (Vergil)[1]

II. RĒS GRAMMATICAE FŪSIUS EXPLICĀTAE

Reflexive Pronouns in Indirect Questions

You learned about indirect questions in Cap. XXIX. In indirect questions, as in indirect commands, a reflexive pronoun refers to the subject of the main verb (the person asking):

Māter interrogat ‘cūr sē vocet fīlia sua?’ = Māter: “Cūr mē vocat fīlia mea?”

Aeneas…quaesivit ‘quae perīcula sibi vitanda essent?’ (ll.101–103) = Quae perīcula mihi vitanda sunt?

Dative of Separation/Disadvantage

The dative of reference when used with verbs that mean “take away” such as adimere (l.69), can mean “from”:

…clipeum, quem cuidam hostī adēmerat: “the shield, which he had taken away from a certain enemy”

{26} III. DĒMONSTRĀTIŌ VERBŌRUM

Verbs That Take an Ablative of Means

There are five deponent verbs that are completed by an ablative of means. In Caps. XXVII and XXX, you learned two of them, ūtī and fruī:

Quī arat arātrō ūtitur; quī metit falce ūtitur; quī serit manū suā ūtitur. (XXVII.20–22)

Orontēs…vītā rūsticā nōn fruitur. (XXX.35)

In this chapter, you find two more deponent verbs with the ablative, potīrī (“take possession of”) and vescī (“feed on”):

Polydōrum obtruncāvit et aurō vī potītus est. (l.14)

Helenum, Priamī fīlium, rēgnō Ēpīrī potītum esse (l.76–77)

Helenum Chāoniā, parte Ēpīrī extrēmā, potītum esse (l.95)

Polyphēmus, quī carne et sanguine hominum miserōrum vescitur (l.181)

The fifth, fungī (“discharge,” “complete”), you will meet in Cap. XLIII (in a compound, dēfungī) and XLIV:

Et ille dēfungī proeliō festīnat (XLIII.106–107).

Māiōrem partem aetātis eius quā cīvīlibus officiīs fungantur. (XLIV.152–153)

Summary:

ūtor, ūtī, ūsum esse

use, enjoy

fruor, fruī, fructum esse

enjoy

fungor, fungī, functum esse

discharge, complete

potior, potīrī, potītum esse

take possession of

vescor, vescī

feed (on), eat

{27} Praestāre

Like iuvāre (Cap. XXXVII), praestāre can also be used personally and impersonally:

Personally:

Officium meum praestābō sīcut cēterī mīlitēs Rōmānī (XXXIII.80–81): “I will fulfill my duty just as the rest of the Roman soldiers.”

…ex tribus prīmīs generibus longē praestat…rēgium (LIV.217–218): “Monarchy is by far the best of the three types.”

When used impersonally, praestāre means “it is preferable/better”:

Praestat tōtam Siciliam longō cursū circumīre quam semel Scyllam īnfōrmem vidēre et saxa illa resonantia experīrī. (ll.118–120)

Verbal Nouns

Instead of postquam sōl occidit, you find post sōlis occāsum (ll.132–133), and instead of antequam sōl ortus est, you find ante sōlis ortum (l.163). The sense is the same, but occāsus, -ūs and ortus, -ūs are 4th declension nouns formed from the supine stems of the verbs occidere and orīrī. These nouns look like the perfect passive participle; for example, metus, -ūs (fear) looks like the participle of metuere (to fear).

In this way, many verbal nouns are formed, e.g.:

cantus, -ūs < canere: “singing,” “music”

cursus, -ūs < currere: “running,” “race,” “course”

cāsus, -ūs < cadere: “fall,” “chance,” “accident”

exitus, -ūs < exīre: “exit,” “end”

rīsus, -ūs < rīdēre: “laughter,” “laugh”

ductus, -ūs < dūcere: “leadership,” “command”

gemitus, -ūs < gemere: “groan”

ululātus, -ūs < ululāre: “howling”

lūctus, -ūs < lūgēre: “grief, mourning”

flētus, -ūs < flēre (l.169): “weeping”

versus, -ūs < vertere (“line,” i.e., a “turn” in writing): “verse”

{28} Greek Names in Latin

The Latin ending -us (2nd declension) corresponds to Greek -os (ος). Usually Greek names in -os have -us in Latin and follow the 2nd declension. The gender of the following Greek places is feminine, of the Greek men’s names, masculine:

Olympus, -ī (f.)

Rhodus, -ī (f.)

Ēpīrus, -ī (f.)

Daedalus, -ī (m.)

Īcarus, -ī (m.)

Priamus, -ī (m.)

Sometimes -os is retained in Latin, as we have seen in the names of some Greek islands. When the -os is retained, the accusative also has the Greek ending -on. Note that the gender of these nouns is feminine:

Samos, -ī (f.)

Chios, -ī (f.)

Lesbos, -ī (f.)

Lēmnos, -ī (f.)

Tenedos, -ī (f.)

Dēlos, -ī (f.) (l.19)

Zacynthos, -ī (f.) (l.63)

Most Latinized Greek names of islands, towns, and countries ending in -us and -os are feminine:

Dēlō relictā (l.23)

Greek nouns in Latin may end in -a (1st declension), e.g.:

Eurōpa

Crēta

Ariadna

Helena

{29} Or in -ē, e.g.:

Samē

Andromachē

Greek nouns in -ē have the following endings:

genitive in -ēs: Samēs, Andromachēs

accusative in -ēn: Samēn, Andromachēn

ablative in -ē: Samē, Andromachē

Prōnōmen -cumque

Adding -cumque to quī, quae, and quod makes the pronoun (or adjective) indefinite:

In quāscumque terrās mē abdūcite! (ll.170–171): “Take me away to whatever lands you want!…to any lands whatever!”

Quaecumque es, sīs nōbīs fēlīx (l.104): “Whoever you are…”

Quīcumque es, dīs caelestibus cārus esse vidēris. (l.143)

Prōnōmen -met

The ending -met can be added to personal pronouns for emphasis, e.g.:

Egomet vīdī eum in medīo antrō iacentem. (l.182)

Dūrāte, et vōsmet rēbus servāte secundīs! (XXXIX.86)

et ipsa mēmet super eōs iēcissem (XL.232)

Adjectives with the Genitive

Of adjectives that take the genitive, you know plēnus (Cap. VII), cupidus (Cap. XXV), and studiōsus (Cap. XXVI). Now you find the genitive with:

potēns (“powerful,” “having power over,” “having control of”): dī maris et terrae tempestātumque potentēs (l.141)

ignārus (“ignorant of”): ignārī viae (l.156)

memor (“remembering,” “mindful of”): memor veteris bellī (XXXIX.7)

{30} Certiōrem facere/certiōr fierī

The idiom certiōrem facere/certiōr fierī means “to inform/to be informed”; some of the common constructions that complete certiōrem facere aliquem (aliquem = person informed) are:

absolutely (by itself):

mē certiōrem faciet: “he will inform me.”

dē + the ablative:

patrem suum dē rē certiōrem facit (l.43): “he informed his father about (dē + ablative) the matter.”

alicuius reī (genitive):

certiorem me sui consilii fēcit: “He informed me of his intention.” (Cicero, Ad Atticum 9.2)

accusative and infinitive:

Iūlia patrem suum certiōrem facit sē domī esse: “Julia informed her father that she was home.”

Remember (Cap. XXVI) that the passive of facere is fierī:

cum ā virō ipsō certior fierī cuperet classe in portū relictā ad urbem prōgrediēbātur. (l.79)

____________

1. For an explanation of the line number references convention, see p. xxvi.

{31} XXXIX: VNDEQVADRAGESIMVM: KARTHAGO (Vergil)[1]

I. RĒS GRAMMATICAE NOVAE

Relative Clauses with the Subjunctive (To Be Continued in Further Chapters)

There is a good reason why you learned relative clauses so early in your study of Latin (Cap. III): they are ubiquitous in Latin; in order to read Latin well, you might as well get used to them early! In relative clauses, the verb is normally in the indicative, but the subjunctive is used in relative clauses in several circumstances. For example, relative clause can further explain:

purpose (relative clauses of purpose)

reason (relative causal clauses)

result or tendency (relative clauses of result/tendency)

Relative Clauses of Purpose: Quī = ut is

You have learned that the meaning of quī, quae, and quod can carry more weight than just “who” or “that.” At the beginning of a sentence, quī acts as a connective and a demonstrative (quī = et is, Cap. XXV):

Quī postquam ad rēgīnam adductī sunt, Īlioneus, māximus eōrum, sīc ōrsus est (l.203) = “And after they…”

{32} Quī can also mean ut is (“who” = “so that he”); when quī = ut is, the verb is in the subjunctive, just as it is in “regular” purpose clauses. In the following sentence, for example, quī does not describe Achates; it tells us Aeneas’s purpose in sending him ahead to the ships:

Aenēās autem ad nāvēs praemittit Achātēn, quī Ascaniō haec nūntiet eumque in urbem dūcat. (ll.263–264)

= ut Ascaniō haec nuntiet…dūcat

Relative Causal Clauses: Quī = cum is

When a relative clause gives the reason (quī = cum is) behind the main clause, the verb is in the subjunctive.[2]

…dīs caelestibus cārus esse vidēris, quī ad urbem Karthāginem advēneris (ll.144–145): “…you seem to be dear to the heavenly gods, since you have come to the city of Carthage” (quī…advēneris = quoniam…advenistī).

Descriptive Relative Clauses

The subjunctive is also found in a relative clause referring to the general character of the antecedent. Such clauses are also called Generic Clauses, Relative Clauses of Characteristic, and Relative Clauses of Tendency.[3]

This type of clause is especially common with indefinite or negative antecedents, as in Cap. XXXVI.363: nīl nisi Rōmānum quod tueātur habet.

Other triggers for generic descriptive clauses:

est quī/sunt quī:

Ille est quī hoc dicit: “That is the man who is saying this” (states the fact: indicative).

Est quī hoc dīcat: “There is the kind of man who would say this” (states a tendency: subjunctive).

nēmō est quī:

nēmō est quī hoc dīcat: “There is no one who would say this.”

{33} Notā bene:

Indirect questions can look like a relative clause with the subjunctive. In both examples below, the clauses represent questions:

Posterō diē, ut prīmum lūx orta est, pius Aenēās exīre cōnstituit et nova loca explōrāre atque quaerere quī hominēs incolerent. (ll.92–94): “Aeneas decided…to find out what people lived there” (“What people live here?”).

Quaecumque es…doceās nōs quō sub caelō et quibus in ōrīs versēmur. (ll.104–105)

Ut as an Interrogative Adverb

Ut may be used as an interrogative adverb (= quōmodo, e.g., ut valēs? “how are you?”), chiefly in indirect questions explaining how something has happened—or just stating the fact that it has happened, e.g.:

(Aenēās) nārrāvit quae ipse vīderat: ut Graecī Trōiam īnsidiīs cēpissent atque incendissent, ut ipse…fūgisset et…errāvisset (ll.311–314): “…how the Greeks had taken Troy by artifice and set it afire, how he himself had fled…and wandered.”

II. RĒS GRAMMATICAE FŪSIUS EXPLICĀTAE

Wishes

The present subjunctive is used to express wishes for the future:

Vīvat fortissimus quisque! Vīvant omnēs fēminae amandae! (XXXI.172–173): We would say, “Long live every very brave man! Long live all lovable women!”

Quisquis amat valeat! Pereat quī nescit amāre! Bis tantō pereat quisquis amāre vetat! (XXXI.196–197)

sīs nōbīs fēlīx (l.104): “May you be propitious to us!”

{34} Wishes are often introduced by ut or utinam:

Utinam aliquandō līber patriam videam! (XXXII.157)

Utinam salvī in Graeciam perveniant! (XXXII.223)

Utinam nē pīrātae mē…occīdant! (XXXII.179–180)

The imperfect subjunctive is used to express an unfulfilled wish (one that didn’t come true) in the present (as you learned in Cap. XXXIII):

Atque utinam rēx ipse…afforet Aenēās! (ll.227–228)[4]

“And I wish that King Aeneas himself…were here” (but he isn’t).

“Would that King Aeneas himself…were here.”

The pluperfect subjunctive indicates a wish that didn’t come true in the past (Cap. XXXIII):

Utinam ego quoque in campīs Īliacīs animam prō patriā effūdissem! (ll.36–37)

“I wish that I too had poured out my life for my fatherland on the fields of Troy” (but I didn’t).”

“Would that I had,” etc.

In the next chapter (XL), you will see that velle ut can also express a wish (or act of will).

Accusative of Exclamation

You learned the accusative of exclamation in Familia Rōmāna:

Exclāmat magister: “Ō, discipulōs improbōs…!” (XV.23)

Mē miseram! (XXXIV.74)

{35} The accusative + infinitive can be used in the same way. The wounded and vindictive goddess Juno, who has seen Minerva sink the ships of Ajax because he raped Cassandra in her temple, exclaims:

“Mēne rēgem Teucrōrum ab Italiā āvertere nōn posse?” (ll.16–17): “Am I not able…?!”

Ablative of Respect

You are already familiar with the ablative of respect:

Nec modo pede, sed etiam capite aeger est. (XI.55)

Ille vir pessimus tē dignus nōn erat! (XIX.110)

Nympham suam fōrmā pulcherrimam (ll.25–26)

Dīdō rēgīna, fōrmā pulcherrima (l.193)

The ablative of respect points to the specific point in which the adjective is true. It can also be used with verbs:

(Hannibal) praestitisse cēterōs imperātōrēs prūdentiā (XLIX.4–5): “Hannibal surpassed all other generals in intelligence.”

One important use of the ablative of respect is with the supine, familiar to you from Cap. XXII:

Nōmen meum nōn est facile dictū (XXII.43) = “My name is not easy to say.”

mīrābile dictū! (l.167) = “miraculous to tell about!”

Ablative of Comparison

You learned the ablative of comparison in Cap. XXIV:

Nunc pēs dexter māior est pede laevō. (XXIV.30)

dictō citius (l.56): “sooner than spoken”

{36} The ablative of comparison can be used, as in the examples below, as a different way of giving a superlative:

Aenēā nēmō fortior fuit (“no one was braver than Aeneas”) = Aenēās omnium fortissimus fuit.

Aenēās, quō nēmō iūstior fuit nec…fortior = quī omnium iūstissimus fuit et fortissimus. (ll.210–211)

Fāma quā nōn aliud malum ūllum vēlōcius est (XL.62–63)

III. DĒMONSTRĀTIŌ VERBŌRUM

Obviam īre

Obviam (ob viam) is an adverb (“toward”) frequently used with forms of īre:

Cui māter Venus in media silvā obviam iit (ll.96–97)

Ablative with comitātus

Comitārī is a deponent verb meaning “to accompany.” The participle comitātus, -a, -um can be used in a passive sense with the ablative to mean “accompanied by”:

ipse ūnō Achātē comitātus graditur (l.95)

magnā iuvenum catervā comitāta (l.194)

____________

1. For an explanation of the line number references convention, see p. xxvi.

2. Compare the causal use of cum, which also takes the subjunctive (see Cap. XXXVII).

3. These are originally derived from the potential subjunctive, about which you will learn in Cap. XLI.

4. The imperfect subjunctive of esse (i.e.: essem, essēe, esset, etc.) has an alternate form, shown here in the compound afforet (= ad + foret: forem, forme, foret, etc.). Fore (without endings) = futūrum esse (Cap. XXXIII).

{37} XL: QVADRAGESIMVM: INFELIX DIDO (Vergil)[1]

II. RĒS GRAMMATICAE FŪSIUS EXPLICĀTAE

Impersonal Passive of Intransitive Verbs

Intransitive verbs, like venīre, pugnāre, and tacēre, as you know, are not completed by an accusative direct object. Therefore, they are not normally found in the passive voice, unless, as in the examples below, they are being used impersonally (Cap. XXXIII):

Cum complūrēs hōrās…pugnātum esset (XXXIII.119–121): “When there had been fighting for many hours (literally: it had been fought).”

Hīc vērō ācerrimē pugnābātur (XXXVII.135): “But here there was very fierce fighting” (literally: “It was being very vehemently fought”).

Postquam in altōs montēs ventum est… (l.50)

The impersonal passive is also found in the gerundive, e.g., the passive periphrastic:

Tacendum est (XXXI.178)

{38} Impersonal Verbs

You have learned (Cap. XXIII) the impersonal verb pudēre, one of a small group of verbs (see below for list) that are used impersonally and construed with the accusative and either the genitive or infinitive. In other words, we find:

3rd person singular verb + accusative of person concerned (or “subject”) and either:

a genitive of person/thing affected (or “object”)

an infinitive that completes the thought

With the accusative of person and infinitive:

Nōnne tē pudet hoc fēcisse? Profectō mē pudet hoc ā meō fīliō factum esse. (XXIII.79–80)

Nōnne tē pudet pauperī magistrō mercēdem negāre? (XXIII.138–139)

With the accusative of person and genitive of thing:

Puerum pudet factī suī. (XXIII.82)

Other verbs that follow the pattern of pudet are:

taedet (expressing disgust)

Taedet eam vītae (l.167) = taedet eam vīvere: “she is tired of life.”

Fēminae Trōiānae, cum eās longī errōris taedēret, nāvēs incendērunt. (ll.281–282)

paenitet (expressing regret)

nec tē paenitēbit nōbīs auxilium tulisse (XXXIX.212–213): “it will not cause you regret to have brought us aid.”

Numquam, rēgīna…mē paenitēbit tuī meminisse (tuī here is the objective genitive with meminisse, not paenitēbit) (ll.123–124)

Aenēās plērāsque fēminās, quamquam eās iam factī suī paenitēbat, in Siciliā relīquit… (ll.283–286)

{39} piget (expressing revulsion or displeasure)

Sī vōs piget cōnūbiī inter vōs, in nōs vertite īrās. (XLII.155–156)

(see also example under miseret)

miseret (expressing pity)[2]

mea mater, tuī mē miseret; meī piget: “My mother, I pity you, I am chagrined at myself” (Cicero, quoting the poet Ennius in de Divinatione, Book I.66).

Although we don’t find the impersonal miseret in our book, we do find the verb miserērī (“have pity on”).[3] Like oblīvīscī (Cap. XXV) and meminisse (Cap. XXXII), miserērī is followed by an objective genitive:

“miserēre meī” (l.112): “Take pity on me!”

Dubitāre (nōn dubitō quīn)

You are accustomed to seeing dubitāre used as both an intransitive and a transitive verb:

lūlius, quī Mārcum discipulum pigerrimum esse scit, iam dē verbīs eius dubitāre incipit. Aemilia vērō nihil dubitat, sed omnia crēdit! (XXI.129–131)

Hoc nōn dubitō (XXV.69)

And with indirect questions:

dubitō num haec fābula vēra sit (XXIX.116–117)

original question: num haec fābula vēra est?

Dubitō num ego tam diū famem ferre possim. (XXX.45–46)

valdē dubitō num pecūniā suā mē redimere velint (XXXII.98–99)

Ego quoque dubitāre coeperam num nūntius vērum dīxisset. (XXXIII.112–113)

{40} In this chapter, you see a different construction, nōn dubitō + quīn[4] and an indirect question:

Equidem nōn dubitō quīn deā nātus sit (l.8): “Indeed, I have no doubt that he is born of a goddess.”

Taken as separate clauses, you can see how the construction arose:

quīn deā nātus sit?: “why shouldn’t he be born of a goddess?”

equidem nōn dubitō: “I am certainly not in doubt.”

Summary:

• Dubitō num suggests nōn crēdō; num tells you that the original interrogative (see first example above) was “num,” expecting a “no” answer.

• Dubitō an, like haud sciō an and nesciō an (XXXII.84), suggests “I am inclined to think.” An is a disjunctive conjunction, meaning it states or implies two choices (“is the story true or false?”). If we are given only one option instead of two, that is probably the option the speaker thinks is the case, e.g.:

dubitō num haec fābula vēra sit = “This story isn’t true is it?” “I doubt that it is true.”

dubitō an haec fābula vēra sit = “I am inclined to think that it is true.”

Nōn dubitō quīn is equivalent to crēdō.

Posse

The subjunctive can be used to signal possibility (as you will learn in Cap. XLI). But because posse (“to be able”) has the force of possibility in its meaning, we often find it in the indicative where we might expect the subjunctive. So, for example, in the present contrafactual condition in lines 10–12:

Nisi certum mihi esset nūllī virō coniugiō mē iungere, postquam prīmus amor mē morte fefellit, huius ūnīus amōrī forsitan succumbere potuī!

{41} We might expect the imperfect subjunctive possem (instead of the perfect indicative potuī) to complete the contrafactual thought. Because potuī means “I could have,” it implies “I could have (but in fact I didn’t).”

We saw a similar example of this use of posse in the indicative instead of subjunctive in Cap. XXIV:

Mīror tē crūs nōn frēgisse. Facile os frangere potuistī. (ll.32–33)

While an English translation would run “I am amazed that you did not break your leg. You could have easily broken a bone,” the Latin actually says, “You were able to break a bone.” The implication is that, although there was the possibility of breaking a bone in the past, it didn’t happen.

Wishes

The RECĒNSIŌ at the end of Cap. XXXIX reviewed wishes. In this chapter, you see another way of expressing a wish: the subjunctive of velle with the subjunctive (with or without the conjunction ut):

Sed velim prius terra mē dēvoret vel Iuppiter mē fulmine percutiat, quam pudōrem solvō aut fidem fallō. (ll.15–17)

Personal Pronouns: Genitives

In Cap. XXIX, you learned that the personal pronouns show two forms for the genitive plural:

nostrum, vestrum: partitive

nostrī, vestrī: objective

Whether partitive (Cap. XII) or objective (Cap. XXV), we use the same form for the singular: meī, tuī. You have already seen that the genitive of personal pronouns is used for the partitive:

quis vestrum? “Who of you?”

…vīta omnium nostrum servāta est: “the life of all of us” (XXIX.37–38)

nēmō nostrum periit: “no one of us” (XXIX.39)

{42} But the genitive of the personal pronouns is mostly used in the objective sense:

memoriam tuī: “memory of you” (l.119)

meī…imāgō: “an image (i.e., ghost) of me” (l.257)

Remember that instead of a possessive genitive, Latin uses the possessive adjectives meus, tuus, noster, vester.

Quīn

The adverb quīn:

With the 2nd person of the present indicative, quīn expresses a request or order (= age, cur nōn?):

Quīn aperiēs? = aperī! (XXII.29)

When followed by an imperative, quīn is emphatic (= cur nōn?), as when Dido bids herself:

Quīn morere, ut merita es. (l.197)

Quīn mē admittis? (XXII.32)

With etiam, quīn shows emphasis (“indeed”):

Quīn etiam hībernō tempore classem ōrnās et per mediōs Aquilōnēs nāvigāre properās! (ll.108–109)

Quīn etiam clāmāre ausus est maestusque ‘Creūsam’ iterum iterumque vocāvit. (XXXVII.264–265)

As a conjunction (meaning “but that, but”), quīn occurs after negative expressions of doubt and is followed by the subjunctive, e.g.:

Equidem nōn dubitō quīn deā nātus sit. (l.8, see above on dubitāre)

{43} Dum + the Subjunctive

Cap. XXXVII reviewed the syntax of the conjunction dum with the indicative, meaning “when” in the sense of “while.” The subjunctive, not the indicative, follows the conjunction dum when the clause indicates what is expected or intended. Here it means “when” in the sense of “until,” “long enough for”:

Quid moror? an dum frāter Pygmaliōn mea moenia dēstruat aut Iarbās, rēx Gaetūlōrum, captam mē abdūcat?: “What am I waiting for? Or (should I wait) until my brother Pygmalion destroys my walls or Iarbas, the king of the Gaetuli, leads me away captured?” (ll.115–117)

Moram brevem petit ‘dum fortūna sē dolēre doceat’: not “while” but “until” (l.162)

In these examples, dum looks toward an anticipated event rather than focusing on an event going on at the same time as another event (as it does with the indicative).

Dum with the subjunctive can also mean “as long as,” “provided that.” In this sense, dum is frequently accompanied by modo: dummodo. You will meet this construction in Cap. XLIV:

Tanaquīl…oblītaque amōris patriae, dummodo virum honōrātum vidēret (XLIV.109–111): “Tanaquil…forgetful of her love of fatherland, provided that she might see her husband honored.”

III. DĒMONSTRĀTIŌ VERBŌRUM

Compounds of stāre

At the end of the chapter, you will notice that the principal parts for compounds do not always follow the same pattern of orthography. You will find:

(obstō) obstāre, obstitisse, obstātum

(circumstō) circumstāre, circumstetisse

The difference is in the preposition that compounds the verbs. Disyllabic prepositions, like circum, will have a third principal part in -stetī while monosyllabic prepositions, like ob, will have a third principal part in -stitī. These differences stem from natural Latin speech patterns.

{44} IV. RECĒNSIŌ

Locative

Remember that for names of cities, towns, and small islands, as well as for domus, rūs, and humus, instead of in + the ablative, Latin uses the locative. A review of the locative endings:

Interrogative Pronouns in Exclamations

In Cap. VIII, you learned that quam used in exclamations means “how.” In Cap. XXVI and Cap. XXXVII, you saw that the interrogative pronouns and adjectives beginning with qu- may also be used in exclamations:

“Ō, quot parvae īnsulae in marī ingentī sunt!” (XXVI.91–92)

Ecce eī in somnō appāruit maestissimus Hector, fīlius Priamī mortuus—sed quālis erat, quantum mūtātus ab illō Hectore quī ex tot proeliīs victor redierat! (XXXVII.92–94)

This chapter offers more examples:

“Quālis hospes tēctīs nostrīs successit, quam nōbilis, quam fortis!…quam ille fātīs iactātus est! Quae bella exhausta nārrābat!” (ll.7–10)

“Quanta erit potentia Poenōrum, quanta glōria tua, soror, si cum duce Trōiānōrum tē coniūnxeris!” (ll.29–30)

Quō tum dolōre Dīdō afficiēbātur…Quōs gemitūs dabat! (ll.156–157)

{45} V. POINTS OF STYLE

Understanding Participles

Remember you can adapt the way you interepret participles to fit the way your own language works:

Dum…rēx Gaetūlōrum, captam mē abdūcat:

Literally: “Until the king of the Gaetuli leads me, having been captured, away”

“Until the king of the Gaetuli leads me away as a captive”

“Until the king of the Gaetuli captures me and leads me away”

____________

1. For an explanation of the line number references convention, see p. xxvi.

2. Only the active misereor, miserērī, occurs in FAMILIA RŌMĀNA or RŌMA AETERNA, not the impersonal miseret.

3. See above on the impersonal use of the active form miseret, which also takes the genitive.

4. For quīn, see Cap. XXII and below, under adverbs.

{46} XLI: VNVM ET QVADRAGESIMVM: ORIGINES (Livy)[1]

I. RĒS GRAMMATICAE NOVAE

Potential Subjunctive (Negative: nōn)

Another important use of the independent subjunctive is the potential subjunctive. While the volitive subjunctive expresses will and the optative expresses desire, the potential subjunctive denotes possibility (what might or could happen).

Indefinite Potential Subjunctive

The potential subjunctive can be used to make a general statement not tied to any particular person. English generalizes by saying either “one” (e.g., “One needs to see the pyramids to appreciate how big they are”) or “you” (e.g., “you really had to be there” means “anyone who was not there wouldn’t get it”).

The generalizing potential in Latin is chiefly 2nd person singular and imperfect:

hīc ubi nunc fora sunt, lintrēs errāre vidērēs (l.207): “you/one might have seen…”

[eōs] sēnsisse putārēs (l.221): “you/one would have thought…”

The imperfect tense above suggests “you would have seen/thought had you been there”; that is, it refers to what might or could have been/happened.

Further uses of the potential subjunctive are introduced in Cap. XLVIII.

{47} II. RĒS GRAMMATICAE FŪSIUS EXPLICĀTAE

Subjunctive in Conditions

You have already seen the subjunctive in contrafactual, or unreal, conditions (Cap. XXXIII), referring to the present (imperfect subjunctive) or the past (pluperfect subjunctive):

Sī Mercurius essem ālāsque habērem…in Italiam volārem! (XXXIII.73–75): “If I were Mercury and I had wings, I would fly into Italy!”

Sī iam tum hoc intellēxissem, certē patrem audīvissem nec ad bellum profectus essem (XXXIII.181–182): “If I had at that time understood this, I would certainly have listened to my father and I would not have set out for war.”

The present subjunctive in a condition is potential and refers to a vague future, what might or could happen. Such conditions are variously labeled “future less vivid,” “ideal,” and, from their usual English translation, “should-would” conditions:

Ō dea, sī ā prīmā orīgine repetēns labōrēs nostrōs nārrem, ante vesperum fīnem nōn faciam! (XXXIX.133–135): “if I should tell…I would not make an end.”

III. DĒMONSTRĀTIŌ VERBŌRUM

Cōnstat (Impersonal)

In Cap. VIII, you learned one meaning of cōnstāre: to cost:

Hic ānulus centum nummīs cōnstat. (VIII.59)

The verb cōnstāre can also be used impersonally; cōnstat followed by accusative + infinitive states a fact: “it is certain,” “it is an established fact that…”:

cōnstat Trōiā captā Aenēam domō profugum prīmō in Macedoniam vēnisse. (ll.2–3)

{48} Convenit (Impersonal)

You met convenit as “fit” in Cap. VIII:

Tanta gemma ad tam parvum ānulum nōn convenit (VIII.81–82): “Such a big jewel does not fit such a small ring” (“is not suitable for”)

…sciēbat et tempus quō ipse eōs sustulisset ad id tempus convenīre (ll.120–121)

Also note the impersonal use of convenīre about an agreement between two people:

inter frātrēs convēnit ut (l.145): “it was agreed between the brothers,” “the brothers agreed that…”

That which is agreed upon may be the subject of convenīre, e.g.:

Pāx ita convēnerat ut Etrūscīs Latīnīsque fluvius Albula, quem nunc Tiberim vocant, fīnis esset (ll.66–68): “peace had been agreed on in such a way that…”

Both of the examples given show the construction as convenit ut, but, as is true of many Latin verbs, convenit will be found with more than one construction (e.g., accusative and infinitive).

lacrimāre puerō Rōmānō nōn convenit (XV.63–64): “it is not fitting/suitable, for a Roman boy to cry.”

4th Declension Verbal Nouns (Continued)

This chapter introduces more 4th declension verbal nouns (see Cap. XXXVIII):

discessus < discēdere

adventus < advenīre

partus < parere

vāgītus < vāgīre

{49} Some 4th declension verbal nouns are found only in the ablative (ablative of cause, Cap. XXXVII) with a genitive or possessive pronoun: for example, iussū:

iussū rēgis (l.119)

iussū meō

IV. RECĒNSIŌ: USES OF THE SUBJUNCTIVE

In Independent Clauses

You have already learned several uses for the independent subjunctive.

• eliberative questions (Cap. XXIX); negative: nōn

Quid faciam? Quid spērem? (XXIX.22–23): “what should I do? What can I hope for?”

Quid facerem? = “What was I to do?”

• Negative commands (Cap. XXXII); negative: nē

Nē timueris! Nē timueritis!! (XXXII.215, 199 = nōlī/nōlīte timēre): “Don’t be afraid!”

• Volitive subjunctive:[2] act of will; negative: nē

Hortatory subjunctive (Cap. XXX)

Triclīnium intrēmus! (XXX.86–87): “Let’s go into the dining room!”

Gaudeāmus atque amēmus (XXXI.173): “Let us rejoice and let us love”

Jussive subjunctive (Cap. XXXI)

Quisquis fēminās amat, pōculum tollat et bibat mēcum! (XXXI.176–177): “Whoever loves women, let him lift his cup and drink with me!”

• Optative subjunctive: wish/desire (Cap. XXXI); negative: nē

Vīvat fortissimus quisque! Vīvant omnēs fēminae amandae! (XXXI.172–173)

{50} Utinam salvī in Graeciam perveniant! (XXXII.223): “I hope they arrive safe into Greece!”/“May they arrive safe into Greece.”

Utinam nē pīrātae mē…occīdant! (XXXII.179–180): “May the pirates not kill me”/“I hope the pirates don’t kill me.”

Utinam ego Rōmae essem! (XXXIII.67): “I wish I were at Rome”/“Would that I were at Rome.”

Utinam patrem audīvissem! (XXXIII.66): “I wish I had listened to my father”/“Would that I had listened to my father.”

Rhetorical Questions

In Cap. XXIX, you learned about deliberative questions. Rhetorical questions are also usually in the subjunctive; the subjunctive here is potential and the assumed answer is “no” or “no one,” i.e., “Who could ____?” “No one.”

Quis enim rem tam veterem prō certō affīrmet? (ll.53–54): “For who could confirm such an old affair for certain?”

Quis crēdat puerīs nōn nocuisse feram? (l.228): “Who would believe that a wild beast did not harm the boys?”

Quis genus Aenĕadum, quis Trōiae nesciat urbem? (XXXIX.219): “Who could not know the family of the Aeneadii, who could not know the city of Troy?”

Summary of Conditions

Conditions refer to the present, past, or future. When they refer to facts, they take the indicative; otherwise they take the subjunctive. The difference between the indicative and the subjunctive in a condition can be seen in the excerpt from Ovid’s Fāstī that concludes the book (ll.213–216). When the slaves bring the newborns Romulus and Remus to the bank of the Tiber, one exclaims (ll.397–400):

Sī genus arguitur vultū, nisi fallit imāgō,

nescioquem in vōbīs suspicor esse deum.

At sī quis vestrae deus esset orīginis auctor

in tam praecipitī tempore ferret opem.

{51} The first sentence is a statement of fact and uses the indicative: based on their appearance, the slave suspects the children have some sort of divine parentage. In the second (present contrafactual), the slave expresses doubt about the divinity of Romulus and Remus: if they were the children of a god, that god would bring help.

Conditions can be summarized as follows:

{52} Conditions in ōrātiō oblīqua (Indirect Discourse)

In Cap. XXXVI you learned that in indirect discourse the verb in a subordinate clause will be in the subjunctive according to sequence of tense. When conditions are reported, they generally follow this same rule:

• The apodosis (the “then” clause) is a main clause so it changes to subject accusative and verb infinitive.

• The protasis (the “if” clause) is a subordinate clause and the verb goes into the subjunctive.

Sequence of Tense

Main Verb

Subordinate Verb

incomplete action

completed action

present & future tense

present subjunctive

perfect subjunctive

past tense

imperfect subjunctive

pluperfect subjunctive

Examples

Let’s look at some examples, based on a line from the Roman poet Horace:[3] Rēx est sī rectē facit: “he is a king if he behaves correctly.”

Indicative Conditions

Present: The tense of the verb in the protasis depends on the main verb:

Rēx est sī rectē facit → Putō eum rēgem esse sī rectē faciat.

Rēx est sī rectē facit → Putābam eum rēgem esse sī rectē faceret.

Past: The tense of the verb in the protasis depends on the main verb.

Rēx erat sī rectē fēcit → Putō eum rēgem fuisse sī rectē fēcerit.

Rēx erat sī rectē fēcit → Putābam eum rēgem fuisse sī rectē fēcisset.

Future:

• Future in both clauses

Rēx erit sī rectē faciet → Putō eum rēgem fore/futūrum esse sī rectē faciat.

Rēx erit sī rectē faciet → Putābam eum rēgem fore/futūrum esse sī rectē faceret.

{53} • Protasis future perfect/apodosis future (Cap. XLI):

Rēx erit sī rectē fēcerit → Putō eum rēgem fore/futūrum esse sī rectē fēcerit.

Rēx erit sī rectē fēcerit → Putābam eum rēgem fore/futūrum esse sī rectē fēcisset.

Notā bene: A protasis in the future perfect represents something that will happen before the action in the apodosis (Cap. XXX); in ōrātiō oblīqua it becomes:

• perfect subjunctive in primary sequence

• pluperfect subjunctive in secondary sequence

Subjunctive Conditions

Ideal (“should…would”): present subjunctive in both clauses becomes:

Rēx sit sī rectē faciat → Putō eum rēgem fore/futūrum esse sī rectē faciat

Rēx sit sī rectē faciat → Putābam eum rēgem fore/futūrum esse sī rectē faceret

Notā bene: In ōrātiō oblīqua, future indicative and future ideal conditions look the same.

Contrafactual Present (“were…would be”): imperfect subjunctive in both clauses becomes:

Rēx esset sī rectē faceret → Putō eum rēgem futūrum fuisse sī rectē faceret

Rēx esset sī rectē faceret → Putābam eum rēgem futūrum fuisse sī rectē faceret

Contrafactual Past (“were…would be”): pluperfect subjunctive in both clauses becomes:

Rēx fuisset sī rectē fēcisset → Putō eum rēgem futūrum fuisse sī rectē fēcisset

Rēx fuisset sī rectē fēcisset → Putābam eum rēgem futūrum fuisse sī rectē fēcisset

{54} Notā bene:

• The form futūrum fuisse is used only here: in the apodoses of contrafactual conditions in ōrātiō oblīqua.

• The rules for sequence of tense are violated in these conditions:

Present contrafactual keeps imperfect subjunctive in the protasis regardless of leading verb.

Past contrafactual keeps pluperfect subjunctive in the protasis regardless of leading verb.

• These oddities make recognizing a reported contrafactual condition quite easy.

Iterative Subjunctive: in general conditions, the imperfect and pluperfect subjunctive can be found in the protasis of a condition when the action is habitual or recurrent; the apodosis is indicative, e.g., Cap. LI.199–201:

Quem mīlitem extrā ōrdinem dēprehendit, sī Rōmānus esset, vītibus, sī extrāneus (sc. esset), virgīs cecīdit.

V. POINTS OF STYLE

Variātiō (Variation of Expression)

The 3rd person plural can be used in a general sense, as vocant here:

…fluvius Albula, quem nunc Tiberim vocant, fīnis esset (ll.66–68):
“…the river Albula, which they now call the Tiber”

“They (i.e., people) call” (cf. ut āiunt, XXIV.61). We do the same in English, e.g., “they say that…” when we don’t have anyone in particular in mind. The following are different ways of saying the same thing in Latin:

• Priōrī Remō auspicium vēnisse dīcitur (l.147): “The bird sign is said to have come to Remus first” = Priōrī Remō auspicium vēnisse dicunt:

“They say that the bird sign came to Remus first.”

• quem nunc Tiberim vocant = qui nunc Tiberis vocātur (l.67)

• Ea…mītis fuisse dīcitur = eam mītem fuisse nārrant (ll.100–101)

• Aenēam Trōiā vēnisse dīcitur/nārrātur = Aenēam Trōiā vēnisse dīcunt/nārrant

____________

1. For an explanation of the line number references convention, see p. xxvi.

2. Jussive and hortatory are both volitive subjunctives; they express an act of will (hortatory in 1st person, jussive in 3rd).

3. Horace Epistles I.1.59–60: Rēx eris sī rectē faciēs.

{55} XLII: ALTERVM ET QVADRAGESIMVM: BELLVM ET PAX (Livy)[1]

II. RĒS GRAMMATICAE FŪSIUS EXPLICĀTAE

Implied Indirect Discourse/Subjunctive of Reported Reason

Indirect discourse (ōrātiō oblīqua) does not always have a clear “signal” telling readers that a sentence is reporting another’s words or thoughts. We have already seen many examples of extended indirect discourse and examples where the reader needs to pay attention to the leading verb.

The subjunctive is frequently employed in causal clauses that would otherwise take the indicative to indicate that the writer offers someone else’s reason. In other words, the causal clause becomes a virtual indirect statement:

Īdem nefāstōs diēs fāstōsque fēcit, quia aliquandō nihil cum populō agī ūtile futūrum esset. (ll.323–324)

Livy is reporting Numa’s reason for dividing the days into fāstī and nefāstī. Were Livy giving his own reason, he would have used the indicative (futūrum est or simply erit).

Descriptive Relative Clauses (Continued from Cap. XXXIX)

When relative clauses state facts about the antecedent, they are followed by the indicative. But as we have seen with both purpose and result clauses (Cap. XXXIX), quī can sometimes be the equivalent of ut is. Such clauses describe something about the nature of the antecedent, and, like result clauses, have their origin in the potential subjunctive. Descriptive relative clauses, like result clauses, do not describe a fact, but rather a tendency, quality, or design.

The best way to understand these clauses is to look at examples.

{56} In some relative clauses, the subjunctive indicates result or quality, as in:

sōlī centum cīvēs nōbilēs erant quī senātōrēs creārī possent (l.17, virtually the same as tam nōbilēs…ut…possent)

Invēnī ratiōnem, Anna, quae mihi reddat eum aut amōre eius mē solvat (XL.175–177)

not “a way of thinking that is either returning Aeneas to me or freeing me from love of him”

but “a way of thinking that could return…or free” (ratiōnem ut)

After the adjective dignus, such a relative clause is common, as it describes the natural consequence of being worthy (or unworthy: indignus) (for natural consequence, see Recēnsiō below):

sī rēgem dignum quī secundus ab Rōmulō numerētur creāveritis, auctōrēs fīent (ll.276–278): “worthy to be numbered second after Romulus”

As you saw in Cap. XXXIX, descriptive relative clauses are especially common after indefinite antecedents:

Fuisse crēdō tum quoque aliquōs quī ‘rēgem ā patribus interēmptum esse’ clam arguerent. (ll.241–242)

Priusquam/antequam with Subjunctive

You have already learned the temporal conjunctions postquam, antequam, and priusquam with the present or future perfect indicative (Cap. XXXI) and with the perfect indicative (Cap. XXXVII) to express what actually will happen or has happened before the action of the main clause. The conjunctions priusquam and antequam may be followed by the subjunctive to indicate what is anticipated; there is an element of purpose to the clause.

Prius/ante quam with the

Indicative →

• present/future perfect: what will happen before the action of the main verb

• perfect: what actually did happen before the action of the main verb

{57} Subjunctive →

• present (primary sequence) or imperfect (secondary sequence) subjunctive: what could happen before the expected or anticipated action of the main verb occurs

Examples:

Fidēnātēs…priusquam (urbs) tam valida esset quam futūra esse vidēbātur, properant bellum facere (ll.184–186): “The people of Fidenae, before the city could become as strong as it seemed it would be, hasten to make war.”

Note here, as usual, the subjunctive is in secondary sequence because the present properant is historical (Cap. XXXVII).

Fidēnātēs, prius paene quam Rōmulus equitēsque quī cum eō erant circumagerent equōs, terga vertērunt atque oppidum repetēbant (ll.201–203): “The people of Fidenae, almost before Romulus and the cavalry who were with him could turn their horses around, turned their backs and were returning to the town.”

priusquam forēs portārum oppōnerentur, Rōmānī velut ūnō agmine in oppidum irrūpērunt. (ll.205–206)

Prius igitur quam alter—nec procul aberat—cōnsequī posset, et alterum Cūriātium cōnficit. (XLIII.107–109)

Priusquam inde dīgrederentur, Tullus Mettiō imperat… (XLIII.123)

III. DĒMONSTRĀTIŌ VERBŌRUM

Indefinite Pronouns

In addition to the indefinite pronouns quīcumque, quaecumque, and quodcumque, “whoever, whatever” (Cap. XXXVIII), the pronouns quī-quae-quod/quid can combine with other words as well to form other indefinite pronouns. These pronouns are variations on a theme and mean essentially the same thing: “whoever/whatever you please/want, anyone/anything”:

quīlibet, quaelibet, quodlibet/quidlibet = quī-quae-quod/quid + libet

libet: “it is pleasing”

{58} quīvīs, quaevīs, quodvīs/quidvīs = quī-quae-quod/quid + vīs

vīs: “you will/want”

As with the -cumque pronouns, quīcumque, quaecumque, and quodcumque, only the quī, quae, quod/quid declines:

quīlibet homō (l.13): “any person you will” = “anyone at all”

cuilibet fīnitimārum cīvitātum bellō par (ll.21–22): “equal in war to whichever of the neighboring states.”

Cum…tum

The conjunctions cum…tum join two items, underscoring the second:

Cum vestem purpuream induit, tum līctōrēs duodecim sūmpsit, quī fascēs et secūrēs gerentēs rēgī anteīrent. (ll.6–8)

Movet rēs cum multitūdinem, tum ducēs. (l.160)

IV: RECĒNSIŌ

Result vs. Purpose

• Purpose clauses are also called “final” clauses because the clause indicates the end (fīnis) in sight for the action in the main clause. Purpose clauses are related to the volitive subjunctive (e.g., jussive and hortatory).

• Result clauses are also called “consecutive” clauses because the clause indicates what follows (cōnsequī) either actually or naturally from the action in the main clause. Result clauses come originally from the potential subjunctive (Cap. XLI); the clause states the natural potential of the main clause.

Notice that in purpose and result clauses the sequence is incomplete:

• A present/future tense main verb is followed by a present subjunctive.

• A past tense main verb is followed by an imperfect subjunctive.

{59} Purpose clauses are negated by nē; result by ut nōn:

Negative Purpose

Negative Result

that…not

nē

ut…nōn

that…no one

nē quis

ut…nēmo

that…nothing

nē quid

ut…nihil

that…never

nē umquam

ut…numquam

Words that signal result clauses:

tantus, -a, -um

so great

adjective of magnitude, quantity

tālis, tāle

of such a sort

adjective of quality

eius modī

of such a sort

descriptive genitive

tot

so many

adjective of quantity

sīc

in this way

adverb

ita

so, in such a way

adverb

adeō

so far, to such an extent

adverb

tam

so

adverb: only w/adjs. & advs.

A Note on Sequence of Tense in Result Clauses

We tend to think of a result clause as showing something that did happen as a result of the activity in the main clause—e.g., “I studied so hard that I got an A,” where “I got an A” is what actually happened. Latin often sees the relationship differently—e.g., “I studied so hard that the natural result was an A.” That is, the stress is not on the achievement of the result, but that the result was a natural potential or outgrowth of the activity of the verb or adverb. The leading verb is the cause of the result. Hence, the sequence in result clauses is usually the same as purpose clauses: uncompleted action.

Look at each of the following examples from this chapter:

Ab illō vīribus datīs, tantum valuit urbs Rōma ut in quadrāgintā deinde annōs tūtam pācem habēret (ll.223–224): “The city grew so strong (tantum valuit) that the natural consequence was peace.”

Cum hoc sēnsissent patrēs, populō concēdendum esse cēnsuērunt—ita tamen ut nōn plūs iūris darent quam retinērent (ll.269–271): “The senators voted to concede in such a way (ita…ut) that they could retain power.”

{60} Iam rēs Rōmāna adeō erat valida ut cuilibet fīnitimārum cīvitātum bellō pār esset (ll.21–22): “Rome was so strong (adeō valida) that the inevitable outcome was its equality in war.”

The perfect subjunctive can be used in result clauses when the speaker wishes to stress the result as something completed, as a fact, e.g. Cap. LI. 7881:

Masinissa…adeō…in senectā viguit ut post sextum and ocōgēsimum annum filium genuerit: “Masinissa was so vigorous in his old age that he fathered a son after his 86th year.”

Summary of Expressions of Purpose

Latin expresses purpose in a variety of ways:

1. an ut/nē-clause with the subjunctive, e.g.,

• Ut hominēs agrestēs novum rēgem verērentur, ipse sē augustiōrem fēcit īnsignibus imperiī. (ll.4–5)

• nē vāna urbis magnitūdō esset… (l.10)

• ut arx potius vī quam dolō capta esse vidērētur (ll.106–107)

• ne quis impūne patriam suam prōderet (l.108)

• Ut Sabīnīs tamen aliquid darētur, cīvēs Rōmānī ‘Quirītēs’ ā Curibus appellātī sunt. (l.164)

• Vēientēs…ēgressī sunt, ut potius aciē certārent quam inclūsī dē tēctīs moenibusque dīmicārent. (ll.213–215)

• Nē huic fāmae plēbs crēderet, Proculus Iūlius, senātor nōbilissimus, in contiōnem prōdiit. (ll.242–243)

• …putābat itūrōsque ipsōs ad bella, nē rēge absente sacra neglegerentur (ll.328–329)

• hīs, ut assiduae templī sacerdōtēs essent, stipendium dē pūblicō statuit (ll.332–333)

• Cētera quoque omnia pūblica prīvātaque sacra pontificī mandāvit, ut esset quem plēbs cōnsuleret, nē rītus neglegerentur. (ll.340–342)

{61} 2. a relative clause with subjunctive (where quī = ut is, Cap. XXXIX), e.g.,

• Rōmulus ex cōnsiliō patrum lēgātōs ad vīcīnās gentēs mīsit, quī societātem cōnūbiumque nōvō populō peterent. (ll.24–26)

• līctōrēs duodecim sūmpsit, quī fāscēs et secūrēs gerentēs rēgī anteīrent. (ll.6–7)

• Rōmulus ex cōnsiliō patrum lēgātōs ad vīcīnās gentēs mīsit, quī societātem cōnūbiumque nōvō populō peterent. (ll.24–26)

• Iānum ad īnfimum Argīlētum fēcit, quī apertus bellum, clausus pācem esse indicāret. (ll.306–307)

3. Quō + comparative + subjunctive: relative purpose clause (introduced in Cap. XLIX)

4. the supine in -um (accusative) (Caps. XXII, XXXVI), e.g.,

• Huius fīlia virgō forte aquam petītum extrā moenia ierat. (ll.103–104)

• Eā clāde coāctī Vēientēs pācem petītum legātōs Rōmam mittunt. (ll.219–220)

5. ad + gerund/gerundive (Caps. XXVI, XXXVI), e.g.,

• Hodiē plūs temporis ad nārrandum nōn habeō. (XXVI.10–11)

• Haud longum tempus nōbīs reliquum est ad vīvendum. (XXVI.28)

• Ūna via nōbīs patet ad fugiendum. (XXVI.36)

• signō datō iuventūs Rōmāna ad rapiendās virginēs (ll.41–42)

• Inde ad foedus faciendum dūcēs prōdeunt. (l.161)

• ad turbandam omnium pācem (l.346)

• ad arcendam vim (XLI.8)

6. causā, grātiā + a preceding genitive of gerund/gerundive (Cap. XXVI), e.g.:

• lēgātōs mīsit pācis petendae causā/grātīa

• lēgātōs mīsit pācem petendī causā/grātīa

7. future participle after verbs of motion:

• Ille in Italiam trāiēcit bellum cīvīle gestūrus adversus Norbānum et Scīpiōnem cōnsulēs (LIII.114–116)

{62} V. POINTS OF STYLE

Perfect Tense 3rd Person Plural

Instead of the ending -ērunt in the past perfect (3rd pers. plur.), you sometimes find the older form -ēre, both in poetry and in prose. Book II of the Aeneid begins Conticuēre omnēs… (XXXIX.304). Livy is fond of this form, as the many examples from this chapter show:

convēnēre = convēnērunt (l.34)

necāvēre = necāvērunt (l.106)

tenuēre = tenuērunt (l.114)

subiēre = subiērunt (l.118)

restitēre = restitērunt (l.135)

ēripuēre = ēripuērunt (l.205)

rediēre = rediērunt (l.210)

audīvēre = audīvērunt (l.213)

The alternate form can be very useful for writing verse, as these two lines in the meter of the elegiac couplet from Ovid show:

sīc īllae tĭmŭērĕ |vĭrōs sĭnĕ lēgĕ rŭēntēs = illae timuērunt (l.364, a hexameter line)

(raptae) īn tērrām pŏsĭtō || prōcŭbŭērĕ gĕnū = prōcubuērunt (l.385, a pentameter line)

-um = -ōrum

Other archaic forms are -um for -ōrum in deum:

pater deum hominumque = pater deōrum hominumque (l.128)

X mīlia sēstertium = mīlia sēstertiōrum[2]

{63} Perfect Participles

In Ablative Absolute

The perfect participle is a passive form and states what has or had been done (in English rendered by a clause beginning “after…” or “when…” or “because”). Livy often uses an ablative absolute with the perfect participle, and there are thirty examples of ablative absolutes in this chapter alone, e.g.:

rēbus dīvīnīs rīte factīs (l.2)

vocātāque ad concilium multitūdine (l.2)

cīvitāte ita auctā (l.15)

plērīsque rogitantibus (l.29)

turbātō per metum lūdicrō (l.43)

duce hostium occīsō (ll.71–72)

Of Deponent Verbs

Livy also uses the nominative of the perfect participle of deponent verbs (passive form with active meaning) agreeing with the subject in order to tell what someone has or had done (or does/did), e.g.:

(Rōmulus) ēgressus (l.192): “Romulus, having gone out”

ipse cum parte māiōre atque omnī equitātū profectus (ll.193–194): “he himself, having set out with the larger part [of the soldiers] and all the cavalry”

subitō exortī Rōmānī (l.199): “the Romans, having suddenly sprung up”

persecūtus (l.217): “having pursued” or “after pursuing”

locūtus (l.251): “after he said [these things]”

ausī (l.287): “daring”

deōs…precātus (l.295): “having invoked the gods,” “after he invoked the gods”

rēgnō potītus (l.303): “having gained mastery of the kingdom”

ratus (l.305): perfect participle of rērī, “thinking” or “as he thought”

{64} Uti/utī for ut

Uti/utī instead of ut is found mostly in elevated style, as in the augur’s prayer:

Iuppiter pater,…uti tū signa nōbīs certa dēclārēs inter eōs fīnēs quōs fēcī. (ll.298–301)

…exercitus inclāmat Cūriātiīs uti opem ferant frātrī (XLIII.103–104)

…Tullus Mettiō imperat uti iuventūtem in armīs habeat (XLIII.123–124)

____________

1. For an explanation of the line number references convention, see p. xxvi.

2. Cf. l.32: X mīlia sēstertium = X mīlia sēstertiōrum: 10 thousand sesterces. With mīlia you will regularly find sēstertium, not sēstertiōrum.

{65} XLIII: QVADRAGESIMVM TERTIVM: ROMA ET ALBA (Livy)[1]

II. RĒS GRAMMATICAE FŪSIUS EXPLICĀTAE:

Posse, oportēre, dēbēre

You have met the past tense of posse with a present infinitive:

Miror te crus non fregisse. Facile os frangere potuisti (XXIV.32–33): “I’m amazed you did not break your leg. You could easily have broken a bone.”

Notice that Latin uses the past tense of posse with a present infinitive, the marker that shows the action of the verb as ongoing and incomplete (see Cap. XL). This is the usual construction with verbs that show what is fitting, necessary, or possible. We find the same construction at the end of this chapter:

Tamen ā frātre indemnātam necārī nōn oportuit. (ll.353–354)

For such verbs in contrafactual conditions, see Cap. XLVI.

Fore/forem (esse)

The verb esse has an alternate imperfect subjunctive:

forem = essem

forēs = essēs

foret = esset

forent = essent

{66} No alternate form is found for essēmus and essētis.

This form looks a good deal like the alternate future active infinitive, fore, which you met in Cap. XXXIII:

aciēs spectāculō fore Etrūscīs (ll.59–60)

‘ibi imperium fore unde victōria fuerit’ (ll.70–71)

Conditions in Ōrātiō oblīqua

In Cap. XXXVI you learned that in indirect discourse the verb in a subordinate clause will be in the subjunctive according to sequence of tense. When conditions are reported, they generally follow this same rule:

• The apodosis (the “then” clause) is a main clause so it changes to subject accusative and verb infinitive.

• The protasis (the “if” clause) is a subordinate clause and the verb goes into the subjunctive.

Sequence of Tense

Main Verb

Subordinate Verb

incomplete action

completed action

present & future tense

present subjunctive

perfect subjunctive

past tense

imperfect subjunctive

pluperfect subjunctive

Here we consider the three examples in ōrātiō oblīqua from this chapter:

• “Mixed condition” in ōrātiō oblīqua: protasis future, apodosis present-perfect, primary sequence (ll.22–25):

Illī prīmum sē pūrgāre cōnantur: ‘sē invītōs aliquid quod displiceat Tullō dictūrōs esse: rēs repetītum sē vēnisse; nisi reddantur, bellum indīcere iussōs esse.’

Direct statement: Invītī aliquid quod displicet Tullō dīcēmus: rēs repetītum vēnimus; nisi reddentur, bellum indīcere iussī sumus.

Notā bene: the future of the protasis comes from context: a present (redduntur) would, in ōrātiō oblīqua, also go into the present subjunctive.

{67} • Future condition in ōrātiō oblīqua, historical present, with the indirect command (imperat uti…habeat) in primary sequence to continue the vividness of the historical present, foret and dīgrederentur in secondary sequence (ll.123–125):

Priusquam inde dīgrederentur, Tullus Mettiō imperat uti iuventūtem in armīs habeat: ‘sē eōrum operā ūsūrum, sī bellum cum Vēientibus foret.’

Direct statement: eōrum operā ūtar, sī bellum cum Vēientibus erit.

• Protasis of a future condition in ōrātiō oblīqua, secondary sequence, with the apodosis implied (ll.328–331):

Iam hominēs eum statum rērum quī sub Numā rēge fuerat dēsīderantēs, ūnam opem aegrīs corporibus relictam esse crēdēbant: sī veniam ā dīs impetrāvissent.

Direct statement: sī veniam ā dīs impetrāverimus [opem aegrīs corporibus habēbimus: i.e., the apodosis must be supplied from “they believed that one resource was left for their sick bodies”].

Ablative of Degree of Difference

The ablatives multō and paulō can be used before a comparative to indicate the degree of difference (Cap. XVI), for example, multō melior: “much better” (“better by much”).

We have already seen tantus and quantus used alone or as correlatives (Cap. VIII); they are also used as ablatives of degree of difference either alone (tantō melior: “so much the better”), or combined with quantō:

quantō longior, tantō melior (“the longer the better”)

Other correlative ablatives of degree of difference:

eō and quō

quō propior es, eō magis scīs (ll.57–58): “to the degree that you are closer, the better you know”

{68} Other examples:

eō māiōre cum gaudiō quod prope metum rēs fuerat (l.117): “with so much the greater joy because the situation had been close to fear”

eo magis (XLIV.143)

Pronoun Change from Direct to Indirect Discourse

When a statement is reported, the perspective changes, just as it does in English.

Julia: “I’d like to read this book now” = mihi placet hunc librum nunc legere.

“She said she would like to read that book at that time (then)” = dīxit sibi placēre illum librum eō tempore (tunc) legere.

Note the shift of pronouns from direct to indirect statement, and vice versa:

Direct Statement:

“Diī patriī, patria ac parentēs omnēsque cīvēs vestra arma nunc, vestrās manūs intuentur.”

Indirect Statement: vestra, vestrās changes to illōrum (ll.26–28)

‘deōs patriōs, patriam ac parentēs omnēsque cīvēs illōrum tunc arma, illōrum intuērī manūs!’ (ll.78–80)

Indirect Statement (ll.124–125)

‘sē eōrum operā ūsūrum, sī bellum cum Vēientibus foret’

Direct Statement:

‘vestrā operā ūtar, sī bellum cum cum Vēientibus erit’

{69} III. DĒMONSTRĀTIŌ VERBŌRUM

Superlatives in -limus, -a, -um

In addition to facilis and difficilis there are four other adjectives that form superlatives in -limus, -a, -um:

cīvīlī bellō simillimum (l.30)

Uter, uterque

You learned the pronouns uter and uterque in Cap. XIV. Like neuter and alter, uter and uterque are used about two things or people taken separately. Normally these pronouns are singular, e.g.:

uter…populus (ll.26–27)

utrīusque populī (l.63)

When plural forms occur, they refer to two groups of persons or things, “both parties.” Such plurals are quite common in referring to two contending peoples, e.g.:

utrī utrīs imperent (l.64)

cum utrīque suōs adhortārentur (l.78)

utrīque suōs mortuōs sepeliunt (l.118)

cum bellum utrīque summā ope parārent (l.304)

{70} Utrimque

From uterque is formed the adverb utrimque (“from/on both sides”). This adverb occurs frequently when fighting is described, e.g.:

utrimque lēgātī…missī sunt (ll.13–14): “envoys were sent from both sides.”

bellum utrimque omnibus vīribus parābatur (ll.29–30): “war was being prepared on both sides with all their force.”

instrūctī utrimque stābant (l.51)

cōnsēderant utrimque prō castrīs duo exercitūs (ll.81–82)

Velut

Velut (Cap. XXVIII) means “as, as if” and is here used in two different contexts:

Modifying a single word:

īnfēstīsque armīs velut aciēs ternī iuvenēs (ll.84–85): “the young men like (as) a battle line”

pulvisque velut nūbe omnia implēverat (ll.278–279): “dust, as if by a cloud, had filled everything”

Velut working in similes: velut captōs relinquerent deōs (l.285)

Modifying an ablative absolute:

velut dīs quoque simul cum patriā relictīs (l.316)

Rēs repetere

Rēs repetere: to seek reparations or compensation:

Utrimque lēgātī eōdem ferē tempore ad rēs repetendās missī sunt. (ll.13–14)

Iniūriae et rēs nōn redditae, quae ex foedere repetītae sunt. (ll.52–54)

{71} IV. POINTS OF STYLE

Variātiō

For the sake of variation, Latin writers sometimes replace an adjective-noun combination with an abstract noun combined with a genitive. Horatius Senior first refers to tam dēfōrme spectāculum (adjective/noun, l.170) and later to tantā foeditāte suppliciī (noun + noun, l.178); the description of Mettius’s horrifying punishment ends: āvertēre omnēs ab tantā foeditāte spectāculī oculōs (noun + noun, l.265).

____________

1. For an explanation of the line number references convention, see p. xxvi.

{72} XLIV: QVADRAGESIMVM QVARTVM: REGES ET REGINAE (Livy)[1]

I. RĒS GRAMMATICAE NOVAE

Historical Infinitive

In vivid narration, the present indicative is often substituted for the past (Cap. XXXVII). The present infinitive can be employed in the same way, and this historical infinitive also has the force of the indicative (imperfect 3rd person). The subject of the historical infinitive is nominative, not accusative. Livy uses the historical infinitive frequently:

(Tullia) alterum Tarquinium admīrārī, ‘eum virum esse’ dīcere ‘ac rēgiō sanguine ortum’; spernere sorōrem quod virō audācī nūpta ipsa audāciā carēret; nūllīs verbōrum contumēliīs parcere. (ll.374–377)

ab scelere ad aliud scelus spectāre mulier. Nec nocte nec interdiū virum conquiēscere patī (ll.383–385)

Hōc muliebrī furōre īnstīnctus Tarquinius circumīre et conciliāre sibi patrēs. Admonēre Tarquiniī Prīscī beneficiī ac prō eō grātiam repetere. Allicere dōnīs iuvenēs. Cum ingentia pollicendō, tum rēgis crīminibus, omnibus locīs crēscere. (ll.402–406)

Notā bene: Because the historical infinitive has the force of an imperfect indicative, subordinate clauses follow secondary, not primary sequence. In the first example above, note:

…admīrārī…dīcere…spernere sorōrem quod virō audācī nūpta ipsa audāciā carēret

{73} Historical infinitives (nominative + infinitive: vivid narration) often shift into indirect speech (accusative + infinitive: reported speech). In your text, such shifts are marked by single quotes (‘). Such punctuation is not usual in Latin texts; you’ll need to pay attention to the shift. Study the passage below (383–389):

Iam enim ab scelere ad aliud scelus spectāre mulier. Nec nocte nec interdiū virum conquiēscere patī, nē grātuīta praeterita parricīdia essent: ‘nōn sibi dēfuisse marītum cum quō tacita servīret—dēfuisse virum quī sē rēgnō dignum esse putāret, quī meminisset sē esse Prīscī Tarquiniī fīlium, quī habēre quam spērāre rēgnum māllet!’

• Iam enim ab scelere ad aliud scelus spectāre mulier:

historical narration: nominative subject + infinitive verb

= Iam enim ab scelere ad aliud scelus spectābat mulier.

• Nec nocte nec interdiū virum conquiēscere patī, nē grātuīta praeterita parricīdia essent:

historical narration: subject left unstated, followed by a negative purpose clause in secondary sequence (because the historical infinitive represents the imperfect)

= Nec nocte nec interdiū virum conquiēscere patiebātur, nē grātuīta praeterita parricīdia essent.

• ‘nōn sibi dēfuisse marītum cum quō tacita servīret—dēfuisse virum quī sē rēgnō dignum esse putāret, quī meminisset sē esse Prīscī Tarquiniī fīlium, quī habēre quam spērāre rēgnum māllet!’:

indirect statement representing what she was saying to her husband, containing:

a purpose clause (cum…servīret)

three relative clauses of character or tendency (Cap. XXXIX/XLII): not “I lack a husband who thinks…” but “I lack the kind of husband who would think himself worthy of the kingdom.”

= (in the original present tense) ‘nōn mihi dēest marītus cum quō tacita serviam—dēest vir quī sē rēgnō dignum esse putet, quī meminerit sē esse Prīscī Tarquiniī fīlium, quī habēre quam spērāre rēgnum mālit.’

{74} II. RĒS GRAMMATICAE FŪSIUS EXPLICĀTAE

Omission of esse

The auxiliary verb esse is often omitted in the future infinitive and in the perfect infinitive passive, e.g.:

sē…habitūrum (ll.20–21) = sē…habitūrum esse

in novō populō…futūrum locum (ll.112–114) = futūrum esse

Tatium…rēgem factum, et Numam…in rēgnum accītum (148–151) = factum esse…accītum esse

In the 3rd person of the perfect passive, est, sunt are apt to be left out by Livy, e.g.:

Aventīnum novae multitūdinī datum (ll.71–72) = datum est

Quibus…in valle Murciā datae sēdēs. Iāniculum quoque urbī adiectum (ll.78–79) = datae sunt…adiectum est

totidem centuriae factae. Quīnta classis aucta (l.324) = factae sunt…aucta est

Partitive Genitive with Neuter Pronoun

The partitive genitive may depend on certain neuter pronouns but only in the nominative or accusative, such as multum and paulum (Cap. XVI), aliquid, nihil, quid (Cap. XXIX), e.g.:

Mettiō nōn plūs animī erat quam fideī (XLIII.202)

quid reī esset (ll.266–267)

quid hoc…reī est? (l.424)

quidquid agrī (l.198)

Dative by Attraction

When a dative of possession (Cap. XII) is used with a name (i.e., nōmen eī est), the name itself is usually dative, not predicate nominative, because the name has been “attracted to” (or drawn into) the dative of possession. We see two examples in this chapter:

{75} puerō egentī post avī mortem nātō ab inopiā ‘Egeriō’ nōmen datum est (ll.103–104):[2]

= Egerius nōmen datum est; the dative ‘Egeriō’ agrees with the dative puerō

cui Serviō Tulliō fuit nōmen (l.226)

= cui Servius Tullius fuit nōmen; the dative Serviō Tulliō agrees with the dative of possession cui

Locative/Ablative of Plural Place Names

The name of the Etruscan town Tarquiniī is plural. Therefore the ablative Tarquiniīs can mean both “from Tarquinii” (l.93, ablative of separation) and “at Tarquinii” (l.95, locative)—context will make it clear. Sometimes for clarity Livy puts ab before a town name, e.g.:

cōnsilium migrandī ab Tarquiniīs (l.111)

Nōn…ab Corinthō nec ab Tarquiniīs (l.391)

III. DĒMONSTRĀTIŌ VERBŌRUM

Quam prīmum

As you learned in Familia Rōmāna (Cap. XXVII), quam + superlative (with or without posse) denotes the highest possible degree. As prīmum is the superlative of prius, the phrase quam prīmum means “as soon as possible”:

Tarquinius postulābat ut quam prīmum comitia rēgī creandō fierent. (ll.143–144)

Ferre

To describe the “handing down” (or “tradition”), we are accustomed to seeing dīcitur (Cap. XIII) and nārrātur (Cap. XXXVI), in addition to dīcunt and nārrant (Cap. XLI); the verbs trāditur (“is handed down,” “is reported”) and fertur (= nārrātur) are used in the same way:

accēpisse id augurium laeta dīcitur Tanaquīl (l.122)

ōrātiōnem dīcitur habuisse (l.146)

{76} Foedum inhūmānumque inde trāditur scelus: Tullia per patris corpus carpentum ēgisse fertur (ll.445–447)

caput ārsisse ferunt (ll.226–227)

fāma ferēbat (l.351)

IV. RECĒNSIŌ

Ablative Absolute

The ablative absolute is widely used with the perfect participle (forty examples in this chapter), but it also occurs frequently with the present participle, e.g., when stating during whose reign something happened (Cap. XVI):

Tullō rēgnante (l.13): “while Tullus was reigning”

Ancō rēgnante (l.92)

Spernentibus Etrūscīs (l.108): “when the Etruscans were saying in scorn that…”

ventōque iuvante (l.184): “with the wind helping”

necessitāte iam et ipsā cōgente ultima audēre (l.432): “now that even necessity itself was compelling him to do the most daring things”

Impersonal Passive (Cap. XL): Examples

bellum fierī erat cōnsēnsum (l.50)

aliquamdiū ibi variā victōriā pugnātum est (l.73)

Ad Iāniculum forte ventum erat (l.118)

Prīmō dubiā victōriā, magnā utrimque caede pugnātum est (ll.174–175)

Additae huic classī duae fabrum centuriae, quae sine armīs stipendia facerent (ll.317–318)

ad fīnēs eōrum vēnit unde rēs repetuntur (ll.25–26)

____________

1. For an explanation of the line number references convention, see p. xxvi.

2. Egerius was the name given to Lucumo’s nephew because he was egēns (“indigent”).

{77} XLV: QVADRAGESIMVM QVINTVM: ROMA LIBERATA (Livy)[1]

II. RĒS GRAMMATICAE FŪSIUS EXPLICĀTAE

Gerund/Gerundive

In this chapter there are some examples of the gerund in the genitive or ablative with an object in the accusative:

mōrem…senātum cōnsulendī (l.16): “the custom of consulting the Senate”

interrogandō exspectandōque respōnsum nūntius fessus (l.144): “the messenger, tired of asking and waiting for an answer”

āvertendō noxam (l.266): “by turning away the guilt”

auctorque arma capiendī (l.293): “and who prompted them to take up arms”

In most cases, however, the construction is altered so that the noun is in the genitive or ablative and the verb form, now a gerundive, agrees with the noun as an adjective, e.g.:

vēndendā praedā (ll.94–95) = vēndendō praedam

libīdō Lucrētiae stuprandae (l.226) = libīdō Lucrētiam stuprandī

{78} In this chapter we also find the gerundive construction in the dative with the adjective intentus:

fundāmentīs templī iaciendīs aliīsque urbānīs operibus intentum (l.100)

intentus perficiendō templō (l.160)

Only the gerundive, never the gerund with an object, is found with a preposition (ad, de, in):

dē renovandō foedere (ll.78–79)

ad forōs in circō faciendōs cloācamque Māximam agendam[2] (ll.166–167)

in fossās cloācāsque exhauriendās dēmersae (ll.311–312): “submerged in the digging of ditches and sewers”

The gerund is, of course, found without objects as well:

cupīdō scīscitandī (l.185): gerund without an object

Supine

As you learned in Cap. XXIII, the accusative supine occurs with verbs of motion like īre, venīre, and mittere:

praedātum īret (l.128)

mittit scīscitātum (ll.138–139)

exsulātum…iērunt (ll.334–335)

In the above examples the verb itself expresses the motion, but motion can also be implied, as in the accusative supine of nūbēre in this example:

fīliam nūptum dat (l.24)

Giving one’s daughter away to be married includes the sense of her leaving her father’s house for her husband’s, that is, motion.

{79} Futūrum esse ut/fore ut

In Familia Romāna (Cap. XXXII) you learned the future passive infinitive, which is formed from the supine and īrī (the present passive infinitive of īre):

Ego eum nec mūtātum esse nec posthāc mūtātum īrī crēdō (ll.118–119)

Latin writers, however, tend to avoid the future passive infinitive, instead using futūrum (esse) ut or its equivalent, fore ut, plus the subjunctive. For example:

‘brevī futūrum ut ā portīs Gabīnīs sub Rōmāna moenia bellum trānsferātur’ (ll.118–120)

That is, writers often prefer futūrum ut…bellum trānsferātur instead of the future passive bellum translātum īrī. The same line could have been written with fore ut:

‘fore ut bellum transferātur’

III. DĒMONSTRĀTIŌ VERBŌRUM

Opus est + ablative

The impersonal phrase opus est means “there is need of”; the thing needed is in the ablative:

‘opus esse colloquiō’ (Caps. XLIII, XLVI–XLVII)

ita factō mātūrātōque opus esse (l.251): the ablative perfect participles of fierī and mātūrāre are equivalent to neuter abstract nouns.

Difficulter

The irregular adverb difficulter is formed from difficilis:

Haud difficulter persuāsit Latīnīs… (ll.79–80)

{80} IV. RECĒNSIŌ

Historical Infinitive (Cap. XLIV): Examples

Notice these further examples of the historical infinitive with subject nominative (see Cap. XLIV):

Ibi, cum ‘dē aliīs rēbus assentīre sē veteribus Gabīnīs’ dīceret, identidem bellī auctor esse et in eō sibi praecipuam prūdentiam assūmere… (ll.122–124)

tum ūniversī Gabīnī Sextum Tarquinium dīvīnitus sibi missum ducem crēdere (l.133)

Apud mīlitēs vērō, cum pariter perīcula obīret ac labōrēs tolerāret praedamque benignē largīrētur, tantā cāritāte esse ut nōn pater Tarquinius potentior Rōmae quam fīlius Gabiīs esset. (ll.134–137)

Suam quisque laudāre mīrīs modīs (l.211)

Cum pavida ex somnō mulier nūllam opem, prope mortem imminentem vidēret, tum Tarquinius fatērī amōrem, ōrāre, miscēre precibus minās, versāre in omnēs partēs muliebrem animam. (ll.239–242)

Ablative Absolute: Examples

There are several examples of the ablative absolute (Cap. XVI) with the present participle:

illō adiuvante (l.118)

sequente nūntiō (ll.141–142)

pōtantibus hīs (ll.208–209)

sōle parante (l.347)

exsecrantibus quācumque incēdēbat invocantibusque parentum Furiās virīs mulieribusque (ll.325–326): “men and women cursing her wherever she walked and invoking the Furies who avenge parents”

{81} We also find the ablative absolute with

adjectives:

• īnsciā multitūdine (l.130)

• rē imperfectā (l.144)

• īnsciō Collātīnō (l.230)

• illīs lūctū occupātīs (l.275)

nouns:

• auctōribus patribus (l.8)

• duce Brūtō (l.298)

Adjectives with Genitive: Examples

As you learned in Cap. XXV, when a noun or an adjective has a verbal force, the genitive that follows it is called the “objective genitive” (the genitive used as an object). This chapter has several examples:

ignārus respōnsī expersque imperiī (l.190)

īnscia rērum (l.350)

perītus (perītus ūtilitātis dignitātisque cīvīlis, LV.448–449)

____________

1. For an explanation of the line number references convention, see p. xxvi.

2. That is, Latin will always have ad cloacam maximam agendam (gerundive) and not ad cloacam maximam agendum (gerund).

{82} XLVI: QVADRAGESIMVM SEXTVM: POST REGES EXACTOS (Eutropius)[1]

I. RĒS GRAMMATICAE NOVAE

Genitive of the Charge

The genitive is used with judicial expressions: accusations, condemnations, and acquitals:

Ob quam rem ā dictātōre capitis damnātus (ll.190–191): “he was condemned with the loss of his head.”

II. RĒS GRAMMATICAE FŪSIUS EXPLICĀTAE

Indicative in Contrafactual Conditions

Indicative in the apodosis: In Cap. XXIV, you learned that the past tense of posse could express what might have happened (but didn’t):

Miror tē crūs nōn frēgisse. Facile os frangere potuistī. (XXIV.32–33)

Facile os frangere potuistī is a contrafactual statement, even though posse is in the indicative: “you could easily have broken a bone (but didn’t).” Oportēre and dēbēre (Cap. XLIII) function the same way. The past tense of the following verbs

oportēre

dēbēre

{83} posse

necesse esse

opus esse

implies what was necessary, possible, or due in the past, suggesting lack of fulfillment. Thus, when such verbs are part of a contrafactual condition, they are in the indicative instead of the subjunctive:

[Pyrrhus dīxit] ‘sē tōtīus orbis dominum esse potuisse, sī tālēs sibi mīlitēs contigissent.’ (ll.233–234)

In this contrafactual condition in indirect discourse, potuisse stands for an original indicative, completely normal for a verb of possibility. This is the usual construction with such verbs, as well as with future participles and gerundives with a past tense of esse:

Quod sī Rōmae Cn. Pompēius prīvātus esset hōc tempore, tamen ad tantum bellum is erat dēligendus atque mittendus: “Even if Cn. Pompey were at this time in Rome as a private citizen, he would have to be chosen and sent to such a great war” (XLIV.528–530).

Indicative in the apodosis: If the protasis is negative, the apodosis of a contrafactual condition is in the indicative when the action of the verb is interrupted (imperfect indicative) or when the apodosis seems a forgone conclusion.

In the example below from the reading, the protasis itself is in the indicative:

Et subācta Āfrica tunc fuisset, nisi quod tanta famēs erat ut diūtius exercitus exspectāre nōn posset. (ll.361–362)

Fuisset marks the apodosis of a past contrafactual condition; but nisi quod (“except for the fact that”) cuts off the possibility of the Romans conquering. Nisi quod is followed by the indicative (unless in ōrātiō oblīqua): They would have conquered except for the fact that there was a famine.

{84} V. POINTS OF STYLE

Indirect Commands: Resolutions of the Senate

Resolutions of the Senate are indirect commands expressed by the phrase (patribus) placet followed by:

ut/nē + subjunctive

Et placuit nē imperium longius quam annuum habēret, nē per diūturnitātem potestātis īnsolentiōrēs redderentur, sed cīvīlēs semper essent, quī sē post annum scīrent futūrōs esse prīvātōs (ll.4–7)

placuerat enim ‘nē quisquam in urbe manēret quī Tarquinius vocārētur.’ (ll.11–13)

or by accusative + infinitive

nūllōs placuit fierī (l.140)

Omnibus igitur patribus placēbat aliquod caput cīvitātis esse (XLII.260–261)

The Language of Eutropius

The language of Eutropius, writing in the fourth century AD, differs slightly from that of Livy, who lived from the middle of the first century BC to the beginning of the first century AD. The features of his Latin that depart from earlier Latin are noted below.

Tamquam/quasī

In late Latin tamquam and quasī can introduce clauses of reported reason:

tamquam ā senātū atque cōnsulibus premerētur (ll.49–50)

quasi praedam male dīvīsisset (ll.108–109)

Perfect/Pluperfect Passive

The perfect passive is formed with the auxiliary verb esse in the present: laudātus (-a, -um) est/sit. The pluperfect passive has the auxiliary verb esse in the imperfect: laudātus (-a, -um) erat/esset. One finds, however, the auxiliary verb in the perfect or pluperfect: laudātus fuit/fuerit (perfect passive) fuerat/fuisset. {85} Although using the perfect or pluperfect instead of the present or imperfect is found in all periods of Latin, it is more frequent in later Latin. In Eutropius you find several examples:

Perfect passive:

Īnfrāctus fuit instead of īnfrāctus est (l.369)

Pluperfect passive:

fuerat expulsus (l.17)

datum fuerat (l.120)

datus fuisset (l.204)

also: ll.197, 350, 362, 394, 437

Other features of later Latin that you’ll encounter in Eutropius:

diēs is always feminine (Cap. XIII)

eā diē (l.282)

ex illā diē (l.388)

ipse often stands for is or ille

contrā ipsōs (l.104)

…quae sub ipsīs agēbant…ipsum Praeneste agressus (l.136)

triumphusque ipsī dēcrētus (l.138)

cum ipsīs (l.197)

plūrima ipsōrum oppida cēpit (l.205)

contrā ipsum (l.411)

Some of his numerals are worth noticing:

decem et octō for duodēvīgintī (ll.343, 344)

octāvō decimō for duodēvīcēsimō (ll.56, 99)

quadrāgintā novem for ūndēquīnquāgintā (ll.208–209)

Gerundive for Future Passive Infinitive

In Cap. XLV you learned that fore ut/fūtūrum esse is often used instead of the rare future passive infinitive (Cap. XXI). The gerundive can also be used instead of the future infinitive passive.

{86} Thus, the following three constructions (future passive infinitive, fore ut/futūrum esse ut, gerundive) are different ways of saying “They undertook the war promising the senate and the people that the whole contest would be fulfilled by them”:

future passive infinitive:

bellum…suscēpērunt promittentēs senātuī et populō ‘per sē omne certāmen implētum īrī’

gerundive instead of future passive infinitive:

bellum…suscēpērunt promittentēs senātuī et populō ‘per sē omne certāmen implendum (esse)’ (l.70)

fore ut/futūrum esse ut instead of future passive infinitive:

bellum…suscēpērunt promittentēs senātuī et populō fore ut ‘per sē omne certāmen implērētur’

bellum…suscēpērunt promittentēs senātuī et populō futūrum esse ut ‘per sē omne certāmen implērētur’

____________

1. For an explanation of the line number references convention, see p. xxvi.

{87} XLVII: QVADRAGESIMVM SEPTIMVM: GRAECI ET ROMANI (Aulus Gellius)[1]

III. DĒMONSTRĀTIŌ VERBŌRUM

Impersonal cōnstat

The impersonal verb cōnstat (Cap. XLI) is here in the perfect: cōnstitit, “it is established/an established fact”:

inter omnēs ferē scrīptōrēs cōnstitit (l.18)

per eās tempestātēs decemvirōs lēgibus scrībundīs creātōs cōnstitit (ll.60–62)

Sed eam mulierem tunc ā Tarquiniō dīgressam posteā nusquam locī vīsam cōnstitit (ll.188–190)

Idioms

Note the following idiomatic expressions:

The verb est can be used with an infinitive to mean “it is possible.”

Nusquam…scrīptum invenīre est…aut ‘mehercle’ fēminam dīcere aut… (ll.202–204): “it is not possible anywhere to find written either a woman saying ‘by Hercules’ or…”

The verb obīre (“go to meet”) combined with the objects diem or mortem means “to die.”

quī…mortem obiit (ll.43–45)

obiit mortis diem (ll.113–115)

{88} Libra/pondus

Libra means

1. scales, balance (see Cap. XIII, top)

2. a unit of weight: a Roman pound (327 g)

pondus -eris (neuter) means “weight” and is the word from which we get the English “pound.” Although it is a 3rd declension noun, pondus has a 2nd declension ablative pondō (“in/by weight”), which may be added to libra, e.g.:

decem pondō librae (l.132): “ten pounds by weight”

pondō is often used with the ellipsis of librae:

pondō CXXIII mīlia (Cap. XLVIII.863)

Comparative: “Too”

Gellius begins by saying that he will limit himself to the time before the Second Punic War. So when he comes to mention writers who flourished after this war, he says prōgressī longius sumus. Here the comparative longius means “too far” (= nimis longē).

V. POINTS OF STYLE

Gerund/Gerundive: Archaic Spelling

The oldest Latin text mentioned by Aulus Gellius is Leges XII tabulārum, “The Laws of the Twelve Tables,” which were written in 451–449 BC by a board of ten, Decemvirī lēgibus scribundīs creātī (l.61; cf. XLVI.88): “a board of ten created for the purpose of writing laws.” Lēgibus scrībundīs (= ad lēgēs scrībendās) is dative of purpose; it is written with the archaic spelling of the gerund/gerundive scrībundīs instead of the more common scrībendīs (with -und- instead of -end- in the 3rd and 4th conjugations). This older form can be seen in:

gerere: gerundum

eundum from īre

The same ending is retained in the old Latin phrase about the purpose of marrying: līberum (= -ōrum) quaerundōrum causā, “for the sake of acquiring children” (ll.154–155).

{89} Ablative: Examples

Two ablatives related to time occur frequently in this text:

ablātīvus temporis: ablative of time when or within which

note the use of tempestāte in addition to tempore:

quibus temporibus (l.8)

iīsdem ferē temporibus (l.19)

quā tempestāte (l.67)

iīsdemque fermē tempestātibus (ll.116–117)

ablātīvus mensūrae an differentiae ablative of (degree of) difference with ante and post stating “how long before or after,” e.g.:

ante/post as prepositions:

annīs post bellum Trōiānum plūs CLX (ll.22–26)

ante Rōmam autem conditam annīs circiter CLX (ll.22–26)

post as an adverb (= posteā):

post…paucīs annīs (l.52)

paucīsque annīs post (ll.81, 107)

aliquot…annīs post (l.98)

post aliquantō (l.116)

post nōn longō tempore (l.84)

brevī post tempore (l.100)

post aliquantō tempore (l.109)

posteā with:

neque multō posteā (l.87)

neque magnō intervāllō posteā (l.160)

annīs deinde posteā paulō plūribus quam vīgintī (l.139)[2]

With comparative alone:

aliquantō antīquiōrem (l.20)

{90} Euphemisms

Like other languages Latin has many indirect terms and euphemisms for the idea of dying. Instead of morī, we have seen phrases like:

occidere

lūcem relinquere

ē vītā excēdere

dēcēdere

exspīrāre

obīre mortem (l.45)

obīre mortis diem (ll.114–115)

vītā fungī (l.116)

Variātiō

Gellius describes the handing down of historical events in various ways:

scrīptum relinquere (ll.23, 94)

(memoriae) trādere (ll.38, 42)

memoriae mandāre (ll.65, 96–97)

prōdere: In antīquīs annālibus memoria super librīs Sibyllīnīs haec prōdita est. (l.171)

____________

1. For an explanation of the line number references convention, see p. xxvi.

2. paulo + comparative is another ablative of difference.

{91} XLVIII: DVODEQVINQVAGESIMVM: BELLVM PVNICVM SECVNDVM (Livy)[1]

I. RĒS GRAMMATICAE NOVAE

Clauses of Hindering

Verbs of preventing, forbidding, refusing, etc., may be followed by a clause with nē or quōminus explaining what is being blocked:

ea modo ūna causa, nē extemplō trānsīrent flūmen dīrigerentque aciem, tenuerit Rōmānōs; tenēre nē (ll.432–433): “held them back lest they”

quōminus = ut eō minus: literally: “by which (quō) the less (minus)” = “that not, lest”

These clauses can take quīn when negative.

II. RĒS GRAMMATICAE FŪSIUS EXPLICĀTAE

Potential Subjunctive (Negative, nōn)

You met the potential subjunctive in Cap. XLI. Potential subjunctives refer to what the speaker thinks is possible. The present and perfect subjunctive refers to the future (either the immediate future or futher off), while the imperfect considers what was likely or possible in the past. The following are the most common uses.

{92} 2nd Person Singular: You learned in Cap. XLI that the generalizing potential in Latin is 2nd person singular:[2]

haud facile discernerēs utrum imperātōrī an exercituī cārior esset (l.48): “you could not easily have decided…”

variōs vultūs dīgredientium ab nūntiīs cernerēs (l.365): “you would have seen different expressions on the faces of those walking away from the messengers.”

1st Person Singular: The potential subjunctive can be used to express oneself in a cautious or mild way:

quaerendum cēnseam (l.242): “I should think”

Respondeam Himilcōnī… (l.648): “I might answer…”

velim seu Himilcō seu Māgō respondeat… (l.665): “I would like H. or M. to answer…”

scīre velim (l.671): “I would like to know”

The imperfect is also used and expresses an unfulfilled desire in the present[3] particularly in verbs of wishing:

vellem eum adesse: “I would like him to be here” (but he’s not)

mallem crustula quam pānem: “I would prefer cookies rather than bread” (but this is clearly bread)

nōllem

cuperem

The potential subjunctive, both present and imperfect, is common in questions.

Cap. XXIX: deliberative questions:

Quid faciam? Quid spērem? (XXIX.22–23)

Ō dī bonī! Quid faciāmus (XXIX.198–199)

{93} Cap. XLI: Rhetorical Questions:

Quis enim rem tam veterem prō certō affīrmet? (XLI.53–54)

The potential subjunctive occurs in all persons and numbers to express what is, in the speaker’s opinion, credible:

aliquis dīcat: “someone might say”

aliquis dīxerit: “someone might say”[4]

nīl ego contulerim iūcundō sānus amīco (Horace, Satires 1.5.44): “While I am in my right mind, I would compare nothing to a pleasant friend.”

Relative Comparative Clauses:

Descriptive (generic) relative clauses (Caps. XXXIX, XLII) can be found after a comparative, introduced by quam ut or quam quī.

Hannibalī nimis laeta rēs est vīsa māiorque quam ut eam statim capere animō posset (ll.534–535): “greater than he could grasp with his mind,” or “too great to grasp”

IV. RECĒNSIŌ

Fear Clauses

Clauses expressing a fear (Cap. XXXII) that something will or will not happen grew out of two paratactic wishes: “I am afraid! May this not happen!” This statement expresses a fear that it will happen = I am afraid that this will happen. When the two independent (paratactic) clauses became subordinated (hypotactic), the original syntax was maintained.

Vereor! Nē hoc fiat!: “I am afraid! May this not happen!”

Vereor nē hoc fiat: “I am afraid that this might happen.”

vereor nē haec quoque laetitia vāna ēvādat (ll.656–657)

Antiochum timor incessit nē quās per imminentia iuga callēs invenīret ad trānsitum Rōmānus. (L.176–177)

{94} Conversely, an expression of fear followed by ut suggests something desired that might not happen.

Timeō! Ut (utinam) vincāmus: “I am afraid! May we be victorious (conquer)” expresses a fear that we will not win. So timeō ut vincāmus means “I am afraid that we may not be victorious.”

V. POINTS OF STYLE

Technical Vocabulary: Referre, cēnsēre, sententia, senātūs cōnsultum

The verb referre can mean that an issue is submitted to the Senate for deliberation, and can be used with an accusative or dē + the ablative:

rem ad senātum referre (l.101)

dē rē referre (ll.95–96)

During the debate each senator is asked, “Quid cēnsēs?” (Caps. XLIV–XLVI), and he gives his opinion, sententia, by answering “Cēnseō” followed by the accusative + infinitive with the gerundive:

“terrā marīque rem gerendam (esse) cēnseō.”

The final decision of the Senate is called senātūs cōnsultum.

Note on Style

The readings in this chapter offer an opportunity to compare the style of Livy with that of other, later authors, albeit in a limited way, since the later authors composed abbreviated histories. For the Battle of Lake Trasumenae, we have the periochae of the same event; for the Battle of Cannae, there is the Breviārium of Eutropius.

____________

1. For an explanation of the line number references convention, see p. xxvi.

2. The examples in RŌMA AETERNA are all imperfect, but the present is also found.

3. Because of something that has not proven to be true. Cf. the apodosis of contrafactual conditions (Cap. XLI) and wishes (Cap. XXXIX, Recēnsiō).

4. There is no difference between the present and the perfect subjunctive: both refer to the future.

{95} XLIX: VNDEQVINQVAGESIMVM: HANNIBAL (Nepos)[1]

II. RĒS GRAMMATICAE FŪSIUS EXPLICĀTAE

Quō + Comparative + Subjunctive: Relative Purpose Clause

You learned in Cap. XXXIX that quī can be the equivalent of ut is when a relative clause expresses purpose, e.g.:

Ad quem cum lēgātī vēnissent Rōmānī, quī dē eius voluntāte explōrārent darentque operam… (ll.19–21)

The ablative of the relative pronoun (quō) can be the equivalent of ut eō. When there is a comparative adjective or adverb within a relative clause of purpose, quō is the equivalent of ut eō; in the following example, valentior triggers quō = ut eō:

[Hannibal] cupīvit impraesentiārum bellum compōnere, quō valentior posteā congrederētur (l.112): “in order that he could meet him afterward (so much) the stronger”

Syncopated Forms

In verbs the -v- of the perfect is often dropped. These contractions are called syncopated forms. Syncopation can happen:

1. before -is-, e.g.:

–āvisse to -āsse

–īvisse to -iisse/īsse

2. before -er-/-ēr-, e.g.:

–āverat to -ārat

–āvērunt to -ārunt

{96} The complete rules are given after the chapter in the section GRAMMATICA LATINA.

In Cornelius Nepos there are many examples of such contractions (noted below in the reading helps).

III. DĒMONSTRĀTIŌ VERBŌRUM

Dōnum/dōnāre/dōnō dare

Mūnerī dare (l.228) is a dative of purpose (Caps. XXXVI, XL). Like mūnerī, dōnō can be combined with dare in the phrase dōnō dare (“to give for the purpose of a gift/to give as a gift”), where dōnō is dative of purpose.

From the noun dōnum comes the verb dōnāre (“to give as a gift,” “to bestow”), which is construed either:

like dare with dative and accusative, e.g.,

Mēdus Lȳdiae anulum dōnat.

Or with ablative of the thing given and accusative of the recipient, e.g.,

Mēdus Lȳdiam ānulō dōnat (cf. English “presents her with…”)

In this chapter we see the latter construction used in a relative clause of purpose:

Lēgātī Kathāginiēnsēs Rōmam vēnērunt, quī…corōnā aureā eōs dōnārent. (l.129)

Operam dare

Operam dare means “to give attention to something” (+ dative), “to take care to/endeavor to” (+ the subjunctive with ut, nē):

darentque operam cōnsiliīs clandestīnīs ut: “they took care by secret counsels to…”

Verba Dare: verba here means “just words,” so “to give just words, only words” means “to trick, to deceive”:

Hic, clausus locōrum angustiīs, noctū sine ūllō dētrīmentō exercitūs sē expedīvit, Fabiōque, callidissimō imperātōrī, dēdit verba. (ll.88–90)

{97} Ūsū venīre means, as in the margins, roughly the same as ēvenīre: “to occur in the course of events”:

scīlicet verēns nē ūsū venīret quod accidit. (ll.229–230)

____________

1. For an explanation of the line number references convention, see p. xxvi.

{98} L: QVINQVAGESIMVM: GRAECIA LIBERATA (Livy)

II. RĒS GRAMMATICAE FŪSIUS EXPLICĀTAE

Genitive of Possession: Characteristic

The genitive of possession (Cap. II) can be used as a predicate to suggest a characteristic of somone or something:

convīvium īnstruere et lūdōs parāre eiusdem esse (ll.599–601): characteristic of/part of the same person

{99} LI: VNVM ET QVINQVAGESIMVM: SCIPIO AEMILIANVS (Livy/Sallust)[1]

III. DĒMONSTRĀTIŌ VERBŌRUM

Dē vocābulīs faciendīs

When studying Latin vocabulary it is easy to see that a great many words are derived from others. From now on each chapter is followed by a GRAMMATICA LATINA section on derivation or word formation (dē vocābulīs faciendīs). In Cap. LI this section shows the formation of new verbs by means of prefIxes (in Latin praeverbia). Most of these prefixes are prepositions, e.g.:

ab-

ad-

de-

con- = cum

dis- denotes separation or dispersal

re- denotes movement back or repetition

Some prefIxes are often changed by assimilation before certain consonants, e.g.:

ad- to af- before f

in- and con- to im- and com- before m and p

The addition of a prefix causes a change in the verbal stem:

a to i or e

e to i

{100} For example:

from rapere: abripere, abreptum

from tenēre: retinēre, retentum

The rules governing the changes are found in lines 339–383; you will need to know them when doing PENSVM A.

V. POINTS OF STYLE

The language of the inscription at the beginning of the chapter differs considerably from classical Latin; the differences are explained in the margin. Note, e.g.:

archaic ablative ending od which later became ō

CNAIVOD (Cnaiuod = Gnaeō)

diphthongs instead of single vowels:

ei for ī

VIRTVTEI (virtutei = virtutī)

QVEI (quei = quī)

ou for ū

LOVCANA (loucana = lūcāna)

ABDOVCIT (abdoucit = abdūcit)

ai for ae

AIDILIS (aidilis = aedīlis)

CNAIVOD (Cnaiuod = Gnaeō)

____________

1. For an explanation of the line number references convention, see p. xxvi.

{101} LII: ALTERVM ET QVINQVAGESIMVM: IVGVRTHA (Sallust)[1]

III. DĒMONSTRĀTIŌ VERBŌRUM

Potīrī

The deponent verb potīrī (“become/be master of”) usually takes the ablative (Cap. XXXVIII) but it can take the genitive, as it often does in Sallust:

fore uti sōlus imperiī Numidiae potīrētur (l.65)

postquam omnis Numidiae potiēbātur (ll.172–173)

Impersonal rēferre

The impersonal verb rē-ferre rē-tulisse (as opposed to rĕferre, Cap. XLVIII) is a compound of rē (ablative of rēs) and ferre: rē-fert means “it matters,” “it is of importance”; the person to whom it is of importance is expressed by a genitive or by meā, tuā, suā… (ablative feminine of passive pronoun agreeing with the rē of the verb), e.g.:

quid meā rēfert? = quid meā rē fert?

Faciundum eī aliquid quod illōrum magis quam suā rētulisse vidērētur (ll.684–685): “he had to do something that would seem to be of more importance to them than to him.”

{102} Dē vocābulīs faciendīs

The GRAMMATICA LATINA sections in this and the following chapters deal with suffixes, i.e., endings used to derive new words:

verbs from nouns (Cap. LII)

adjectives from nouns (Cap. LIII)

nouns from verbs (Cap. LIV)

nouns from adjectives (Cap. LV)

inchoative verbs (Cap. LVI)

IV. RECĒNSIŌ

Quam + Superlative: Examples

In this chapter you find several examples of quam before a superlative (with or without potest) denoting the highest possible degree (Cap. XXVII):

quam māximās potest cōpiās armat (ll.164–165)

quam ōcissimē ad prōvinciam accēdat (l.336)

quam occultissimē potest (l.560)

quam māximum silentium habērī iubet (l.618)

quam prīmum (l.592)

V. POINTS OF STYLE

Features of Sallust’s Latin

Archaisms

There are many archaisms in Sallust’s work, e.g.:

uti for ut (ll.26, 65 etc.)

quīs for quibus (dative/ablative plural, ll.177, 332, 647)

foret for esset (ll.285, 597)

duum for duōrum (ll.560, 662)

huiusce for huius (ll.5, 91, 477, 519)

-que…-que for et…et (ll.97, 293, 500, 512, 679)

{103} Other Features of Sallust’s Latin:

Sallust’s Latin shows a preference for the:

perfect 3rd person plural original ending -ēre to -ērunt gerund/gerundive -und to -end-, e.g.:

mittundum, subveniundum (ll.326, 327)

ablative rather than genitive of description

decōrā faciē (l.24)

impigrō atque ācrī ingeniō (l.53)

placidō ingeniō (l.253)

animō ingentī (l.583)

genitive of description is also found:

gentis paticiae nōbilis (l.581)

The ablative of separation is used freely without the prepositions ex, ab, dē:

expellere: rēgnō fortūnīsque omnibus; Āfricā (ll.192, 596)

ēicere: fīnibus (l.192)

ēgredī: Cūriā, castrīs, oppidō (ll.218, 557, 563)

prohibēre: moenibus (ll.283–284)

dēcēdere: Āfricā, Italiā (ll.246, 313, 366, 432)

dēterrēre: proeliō (l.614)

The dative of purpose or final dative, datīvus fīnālis (Cap. XXXVI):

dōnō dēdit (l.15)

praesidiō missum (l.653)

glōriae fore (l.33)

terrōrī esset (l.59)

gaudiō esse (l.78)

lūdibriō habitus (l.408)

____________

1. For an explanation of the line number references convention, see p. xxvi.

{104} LIII: QVINQVAGESIMVM TERTIVM: MARIVS ET SVLLA (Evtropivs/Cicero)[1]

II. RĒS GRAMMATICAE FŪSIUS EXPLICĀTAE

Locative Ablative

We have seen the ablative (locative) without in denoting “place where” in:

terrā marīque

eō locō

multīs locīs

The preposition is often missing in combinations with

tōtus:

tōtō marī (Cap. LIV.332)[2]

cūnctus

cūnctā Asiā et Graeciā (Caps. LIV, XXXVI)

III. DĒMONSTRĀTIŌ VERBŌRUM

Nouns in -ennium

Latin has neuter nouns in -ennium to denote a number of years:

Biennium: “two years,” “a two-year period” (l.344)

triennium: “three years,” “a three-year period” (intrā triennium, l.181)

{105} quadriennium: “four years,” “a four-year period” (quadrienniō, l.45)

quinquennium: “five years,” “a five-year period” (l.393)

Nouns in -duum

Similarly the noun:

bīduum: “two days”

trīduum: “three days”

quadrīduum: “four days”

The case of these nouns changed over time. Although these nouns were normally in the accusative when describing “how long” something lasts, later a tendency arose to use the ablative instead of the accusative to express time “how long.” See Cicero’s usage with the accusative:

cum essem biennium versātus in causīs… (l.344)

Cum igitur essem in plurīmīs causīs et in prīncipibus patrōnīs quīnquennium ferē versātus… (l.393)

Eutropius uses both accusative and ablative for temporal duration:

Nam post aliquantum nūllōs placuit fierī, et quadriennium in urbe ita flūxit ut potestātēs ibi māiōrēs nōn essent. (XLVI.141)

Praesūmpsērunt tamen tribūnī mīlitārēs cōnsulārī potestāte iterum dignitātem, et triennium persevērāvērunt. (XLVI.143)

Quadrienniō cum grāvī tamen calamitāte hoc bellum tractum est (l.45): “for four years”

…Archelāus ipse trīduō nūdus in palūdibus latuit (l.95): “for three days”

{106} Numerical Adverbs

The form of the adverb from ordinals also changed over time. Classical Latin prefers the accusative ending -um:

Deinde idem templum iterum et tertium sacrātum est. (XXXVI.40–41)

iterum: for the second time

tertium: for the third time

quārtum: for the fourth time

quīntum: for the fifth time

The ablative is also used to form adverbs in ō from ordinals, a feature found especially in later Latin:

secundō: for the second time (l.10)

tertiō: for the third time (l.12)

quārtō: for the fourth time

quīntō: for the fifth time (l.18)

____________

1. For an explanation of the line number references convention, see p. xxvi.

2. In with these adjectives is also found: tōtā in Asiā (l.358 and LIV.36).

{107} LIV: QVINQVAGESIMVM QVARTVM: CN. POMPEIVS MAGNVS (Cicero)[1]

I. RĒS GRAMMATICAE NOVAE

Heteroclitic Nouns

While you have met heteroclitic nouns before, the term is first used here. A noun is called heteroclitic if its declension varies. You met the heteroclitic domus, whose declension varies between the 2nd and the 4th, in Cap. XIX:

nom.

domus

domūs

acc.

domum

domōs

gen.

domūs

domōrum (or domuum)

dat.

domuī

domibus

abl.

domō

domibus

Some nouns have declensions in both the 1st and 5th. Māteria (Caps. XVIII, XLIII) belongs to the 5th as well as the 1st declension (māteriēs, -eī as well as māteria, -ae). In this chapter you meet pecus, which in the singular means one animal out of a flock or herd and in the plural refers to the herd itself. Pecus has both 3rd and 4th declension forms (only attested forms are given):

nom.

pecus/pecū

pecua/pecuda

gen.

pectoris

pecuum

dat.

pecuī

acc.

pecua/pecuda

abl.

pecū

pecubus

{108} II. RĒS GRAMMATICAE FŪSIUS EXPLICĀTAE

Rhetorical Questions

In Cap. XLII, you learned about rhetorical questions, often in the subjunctive but also in the indicative, depending on whether the question is potential (subjunctive) or statement of fact (indicative):

Quis igitur hōc homine scientior umquam aut fuit aut esse dēbuit? (ll.289–290)

There are several rhetorical questions in this speech; they are noted in the auxilia legendī.

III. DĒMONSTRĀTIŌ VERBŌRUM

Agitur dē, rēs agitur

Agere plays a role in many idiomatic expressions, among which is rēs agitur and agitur dē plus the ablative: “is at stake, is about”:

agitur populī Rōmānī glōria (l.23): “the glory of the Roman people is at stake.”

agitur salūs sociōrum atque amicōrum (ll.25–26)

aguntur certissima populī Rōmānī vectīgālia (ll.27–28)

aguntur bona multōrum cīvium (ll.29–30)

Extrēmus

Just like medius (“middle of,” Cap. XXXIII), summus (“top of,” Cap. XXXVI), īnfimus (“bottom of,” Cap. XXXVI), and prīmus (“beginning of,” Cap. XXXVIII), extrēmus can mean “end of.”

Cōnsulere + Dative

The verb cōnsulere is related to consilium and consul and, by itself, means “to deliberate, reflect.” When cōnsulere is used with the accusative, it means “to ask the advice of.” With the dative it usually means “take care of, to consult for,” as here:

bona…quibus est ā vōbīs et ipsōrum causā et reī pūblicae cōnsulendum (ll.30–31)

____________

1. For an explanation of the line number references convention, see p. xxvi.

{109} LV: QVINQVAGESIMVM QVINTVM: DE RE PVBLICA (Cicero)[1]

II. RĒS GRAMMATICAE FŪSIUS EXPLICĀTAE

Velle + Subjunctive

The verb velle is often followed by the subjunctive (without ut/nē) to express will (as in the first example) or a wish (as in the second):

Vīsne igitur hoc prīmum…videāmus…? (l.31)

Quam vellem Panaetium nostrum nōbīscum habērēmus! (ll.35–36 = utinam…habērēmus!)

Oportēre, necesse est + Subjunctive

Oportēre (Cap. XVII) and necesse est (Cap. X) are impersonal and take an accusative and infinitive construction; they can also be followed by a subjunctive, without ut:

At tū vērō animum quoque relaxēs oportet (l.26) = At tē vērō animum quoque relaxāre oportet.

Hīc tū…ostendās oportēbit… (LVI.46 = tē ostendere)

…vīvendī finem habeat necesse est (LVI.263–264)

vel concidat omne caelum omnisque nātūra et cōnsistat necesse est (LVI.275–276)

{110} Ethical Dative

As you have learned, the dative is often used to show to whom the action in the clause refers; a particular form of the dative of reference, called the “ethical dative,” is used only with personal pronouns and signals the particular interest or involvment of the person in the dative:

quid enim mihi L. Paulī nepōs…quaerit (ll.118–120): “Why, I ask you (mihi), is the grandson of Lucius Paulus…asking.”

The ethical dative is a feature of colloquial speech.

III. DĒMONSTRĀTIŌ VERBŌRUM

Semi-deponents

Besides audēre (see XXXI.169), a few other verbs are semi-deponent:

soleō, solēre, solitum esse (l.150): “to be accustomed”

gaudeō, gaudēre, gavīsum esse: “to rejoice, be glad”

fīdo, fīdere, fīsum esse: “to trust” (+ dat.)

cōnfīdo, cōnfīdere, cōnfīsum esse: “to trust” (+ dat.; LII.345, cōnfīsī)

diffīdo, diffīdere, diffīsum esse: “to distrust” (+ dat.)

Placēre, used impersonally, may be semi-deponent:

placitum est = placuit (l.74)

cf. placitus, “pleasing” (XL.24)

____________

1. For an explanation of the line number references convention, see p. xxvi.

{111} LVI: QVINQVAGESIMVM SEXTVM: SOMNIVM SCIPIONIS (Cicero/Horace)[1]

I. RĒS GRAMMATICAE NOVAE

Epexegetical Genitive

Latin poets sometimes imported Greek syntax, among which is the genitive that explains an adjective (epexegisis = “explanatory”). We find two of these epexegetical infinitives in the first line of Horace’s poem:

integer vītae (cf. “integrity”)

sceleris pūrus (“pure of crime,” “guiltless”)

III. DĒMONSTRĀTIŌ VERBŌRUM

Quaesō

The verb quaesō (1st person singular present indicative) is used in combination with a request or a question: “I ask you,” “please (tell me)”:

Quaesō, pater sānctissimē atque optimē… quid moror in terrīs? (ll.81, 115)

Quaesō can also be used with the subjunctive (= ōrō ut…), with or without ut/nē:

St! quaesō nē mē ē somnō excitētis… (l.58)

…tamen paucīs quaesō sinātis mē cum pūblicā fēlīcitāte comparāre eō quō dēbeō animō prīvātam meam fortūnam. (l.630)

{112} Impersonal Verb Interest

The impersonal verb inter-est, “it makes a difference,” “it is of interest/importance,” is construed like rē-fert (Cap. LII) with the genitive or with meā, tuā, suā:

meā māximē interest tē valēre

Quid autem interest ab iīs quī posteā nāscentur sermōnem fore dē tē? (ll.214–215)

In this example we should understand quid tuā interest: “Why is it important to you? Why do you care?”

V. POINTS OF STYLE

Neuter for Adverb

In the last stanza of Horace’s poem, the neuter form dulce is used as an adverb (= dulciter; cf. facile).

____________

1. For an explanation of the line number references convention, see p. xxvi.

{113}   PARS ALTERA

Introductions adapted from Hans H. Ørberg’s LINGVA LATINA PER SE ILLVSTRATA PARS II INSTRUCTIONS. © Hans H. Ørberg 2005.

{114} XXXVI: TRICESIMVM SEXTVM: ROMA AETERNA[1]

I. ØRBERG’S INTRODUCTION

Part II of LINGVA LATINA PER SE ILLVSTRATA opens with a chapter on the Eternal City, RŌMA AETERNA, as it looked in the second century AD. You read about its location on the banks of the Tiber on and around the Seven Hills as well as about the splendid buildings and historic monuments found in the capital of the Roman Empire. The illustrations will give you an idea of what some of these monuments looked like in ancient times. The chapter also gives a sense of the progression of Roman history from the time of the kings (753–510 BC) to the republic (510–31 BC) to the second century AD and concludes with a very useful table coordinating buildings, dates, and historical personages.

Posterity has not been kind to the remains of ancient Rome. Several medieval and Renaissance churches and palaces were built with materials taken from the ruins of ancient temples and public buildings. Nevertheless, some buildings have been preserved because they were transformed into churches. In the forum, for example, the Senate-House, or Curia, was rebuilt on the old foundations after a fire in the late third century AD and became a church in the seventh century AD. The original bronze doors adorn the main entrance of St. John Lateran (Rome). The Temple of Faustina, also in the Forum, became a church in the seventh or eighth century AD. The front row of columns of the temple of Saturn is still standing, as are a few columns of the Temple of Vespasian and the Temple of Castor. The temple of Vesta was partly restored in 1930. The other Forum buildings mentioned in this chapter have all but disappeared: all that remains of most of them is their foundations. Despite this, archaeological {115} explorations and computer-generated reconstructions enable us to envision—and marvel at—the architectural splendors of ancient Rome.

Among the more or less preserved monuments elsewhere in the city that are worthy of mention are: the Flavian Amphitheater, which was later named the Colosseum (completed 80 AD); the Arch of Titus with its reliefs showing Titus’s triumph after the capture of Jerusalem in 70 AD; the Pantheon, a round temple with a huge dome (rebuilt during the reign of Emperor Hadrian, 117–38 AD); Trajan’s column (completed AD 113), which now bears a statue of Saint Peter; and the tomb of Emperor Hadrian, which was converted into a medieval castle called Castel Sant’Angelo. The best-preserved Roman baths, those of Caracalla and Diocletian, were built in the third century AD, but ruins remain of the thermae Trāiānī on the Esquiline Hill above the Colosseum.

Sometimes inscriptions on the monuments give us some information of their origin and function, but it is only by combining the archaeological finds with the frequent references to localities in Rome found in the works of Roman writers that we obtain factual knowledge about the topographical history of Rome. As far as most of the major buildings are concerned, we know both when and by whom they were constructed, and we are familiar with a great many historical events that are connected with the individual monuments.

Be sure to make full use of the maps. In addition to the map of ancient Rome on the inside of the cover of RŌMA AETERNA and detailed maps of the Forum and its surroundings on pp. 6 and 10. Here you will find all the names of buildings and localities mentioned in the text. The chronological survey on pp. 24–25 provides further support. The acquaintance with ancient Rome that you obtain by studying this chapter will stand you in good stead in later chapters when you come to read about historical events that have taken place in and around the metropolis of the Roman world.

II. AUXILIA LEGENDĪ

Palātium et Capitōlium: 1–57

2–3:

vīgintī mīlia: accusative of extent of space with partitive genitive passuum.

9:

patet: “lies open” (Cap. XXV).

11–12:

quibus: ablative of means; Rōmulus…mūnīvisse dīcitur: nominative and infinitive with passive verb.

22:

ad septentriōnēs: “to the north” (Cap. XVI).

30:

habētur: “is considered” (Cap. XXVIII).

38–39:

Iovī…deābus: datives with cōnsecrāvit.

{116} Forum Rōmānum: 58–184

63–65:

Livy tells the story of the Lacus Curtius (ab Urbe Conditā, 7.6): an enormous chasm mysteriously opened up in the forum; consulting the gods, the seers proclaimed that the spot would have to be consecrated if Rome were to realize its power. The young Marcus Curtius, believing Rome’s greatest potential lay in its valor and weapons, armed himself and, astride his horse, leapt into the chasm, making himself a votive offering on behalf of his city.

76:

See note on vēnīre vs. vĕnīre in grammar section above.

88:

verba faciunt: “make a speech,” so too ōrātiōnēs…habērent (ll.91–92).

89–91:

At the Battle of Antium (modern Anzio on the southwest Italian coastline above Naples) in 338 BC, the Romans took the ships’ prows (rōstra, named from their visual similarity to a bird’s beak) to decorate the speakers’ platform.

78:

quō: adverb of place to which (Cap. XXV); cf. unde (l.93): adverb of place from which.

101–103:

Illa aedēs duās iānuās vel portās habet, quae tum dēmum clauduntur cum per tōtum imperium populī Rōmānī terrā marīque pāx facta est: cum here is purely temporal, as shown by the tum (Caps. XXIX and XXXVII).

104–105:

bis tantum: “only twice” (Cap. IV); in fact, Augustus boasted that the gates had been closed three times in his lifetime, for a total of five times.

113:

cūrant nē: verba cūrandī (Cap. XXVII).

117–118:

rēgēs…habitāvisse dīcuntur: nominative and infinitive with passive verb.

119–120:

cēterīs omnibus sacerdōtibus Rōmānīs praefectus est: praeficere + dative.

125:

habētur: see note for line 30.

140:

vēneunt: see note on vēnīre vs. vĕnīre above.

147–148:

cum: with indicative because it points to specific time: eō tempore…cum.

162:

Ennius lived from about 239 to 169 BC. He had a great influence on Roman verse; he is sometimes called the Father of Latin poetry.

Urbs marmorea: 185–263

Urbis incendium et domus aurea Nerōnis: 264–295

213:

fierī posse: see grammar notes above.

230:

accēpisset: pluperfect subjunctive in a subordinate clause in indirect statement in secondary sequence.

247–249:

lavātum: accusative supine of purpose (Cap. XXII); natandō, currendō, luctandō: gerunds, ablative of means (Cap. XXVI).

266–268:

Nerō…dīcitur iniisse: for the nominative and infinitive with a passive verb, see Cap. XIII; iniisse = inīvisse (Cap. XLIX).

274:

funditus: adverb, “from the bottom/foundation,” “totally” (cf. l.299).

Imperātōrēs Flāviī: 296–320

304:

rēs sacrae quās Titus Iūdaeīs victīs adēmit: adimere + a dative of disadvantage (see Cap. XXXVIII), “take away from.”

Trāiānus et Hadriānus: 321–352

325

forum faciendum cūrāvit = cūrāvit ut forum facerētur.

339:

templum praeclārum: the prefix prae- before adjectives and adverbs has intensive force (“very…”); cf. carmine praeclārō (l.366).

342–343:

ad…versus = adversus + accusative: to, toward (Cap. XX).

Orbis caput: 353–370

363:

nīl nisi Rōmānum quod tueātur habet: “he has nothing that he can see that is not Roman (i.e., part of Rome)”; quod tueātur: relative clause of tendency/descriptive relative clause, see Cap. XXXIX.

{117} III. VOCĀBULA

NŌMINA

1st

āra, -ae

altar

balneae, -ārum (pl.)

public baths

basilica, -ae

basilica

bibliothēca, -ae

library

casa, -ae

cottage, hut

cloāca, -ae

sewer

concordia, -ae

concord

cūria, -ae

curia (division of the people, Senate-House)

discordia, -ae

disagreement, discord

flamma, -ae

flame

prōra, -ae

prow

rēgia, -ae

royal palace

statua, -ae

statue

thermae, -ārum (pl.)

public baths

tuba, -ae

trumpet

2nd

aerārium, -ī

state treasury

candēlābrum, -ī

candelabrum

clīvus, -ī

slope, sloping street

focus, -ī

hearth

laurus, -ī

laurel

mausōlēum, -ī

mausoleum

metallum, -ī

metal

monumentum, -ī

memorial, monument

morbus, -ī

disease, illness

plēbēiī, -ōrum (pl.)

plebians

prōmunturium, -ī

headland, promontory

rōstrum, -ī

beak, beaked prow

sacrificium, -ī

sacrifice

simulācrum, -ī

image, statue

stadium, -ī

running track

{118} stāgnum, ī

pool, pond

strāmentum, ī

straw

triumphus, ī

triumph

vestibulum, ī

forecourt

vīcus, ī

street, village

3rd

aedēs, -is (f.)

temple, pl. house

aes, aeris (n.)

copper, bronze, money

arx, arcis (f.)

hilltop, citadel

cōnsul, -is (m.)

consul

factiō, -ōnis (f.)

party, faction

genetrīx, -īcis (f.)

mother

later, -eris (m.)

brick

longitūdō, -inis (f.)

length

magnitūdō, -inis (f.)

size, greatness

odor, -ōris (m.)

smell

ōrātor, -ōris (m.)

speaker, orator, envoy

orīgō, -inis (f.)

beginning, origin

palūs, -ūdis (f.)

fen, swamp

pecus, -udis (n.)

farm animal, sheep

pōns, pontis (m.)

bridge

pontifex, -icis (m.)

high priest

sēdēs, -is (f.)

seat, abode, dwelling

senātor, -ōris (m.)

senator

ultor, -ōris (m.)

avenger

vetustās, -ātis (f.)

age, old age, long existence

4th

ductus, -ūs

leadership, command

porticus, -ūs (f.)

portico, colonnade

senātus, -ūs

senate, assembly, sitting

VERBA

-āre

(collocō) collocāre

place

(cōnsecrō) cōnsecrāre

consecrate

{119} (cremō) cremāre

burn, cremate

(dēdicō) dēdicāre

dedicate

(glōriōr) glōriārī

boast

(incohō) incohāre

start work on, begin

(locō) locāre

place

(praecipitō) praecipitāre

throw, fall, rush headlong

(probō) probāre

approve of, prove

(renovō) renovāre

renew, resume

(restō) restāre

remain, be left

(sacrō) sacrāre

consecrate

(siccō) siccāre

dry, drain

(superō) superāre

cross, surpass, overcome, defeat, remain

(triumphō) triumphāre

celebrate a triumph

-ēre

(ārdeō) ārdēre, arsisse, arsum

burn

(ēmineō) ēminēre, ēminuisse

stick out, project, emit, utter

(exerceō) exercēre, -cuisse, -citum

exercise, practice, worry

(splendeō) splendēre

shine

(voveō) vovēre, vōvisse, vōtum

promise, vow

-ere

(absūmō) absūmere (< sūmere)

consume, waste, destroy

(adimō) adimere (< emere)

take away (from), steal

(collābor) collābī (< lābī)

fall down, collapse

(dēdūcō) dēdūcere (< dūcere)

lead/bring down, launch

(dēpōnō) dēpōnere (< pōnere)

put/lay down, deposit

(dēstruō) dēstruere (< struere)

demolish

(expellō) expellere (< pellere)

drive out, expel

(exstinguō) exstinguere, -tinxisse, -stinctum

extinguish, put out, kill, annihilate

(exstruō) exstruere (< struere)

erect, build

(incendō) incendere, -cendisse, -censum

set on fire, inflame

(indūcō) indūcere (< dūcere)

lead, bring (in), introduce

(praeficiō) praeficere (< facere)

put in charge of

{120} (reficiō) reficere (< facere)

restore, repair

(restituō) restituere, -tuisse, -tutum

rebuild, restore, reinstate

(tegō) tegere, tetigisse, tactum

cover, conceal

(ulcīscor) ulcīscī, -ultum

revenge, avenge

-īre

(ēveniō) ēvenīre (< venīre)

happen, fall by lot

Irregular

(ineō) inīre (< īre)

enter (upon), begin

(vēneō) vēnīre

be sold

ADIECTĪVA

1st/2nd

aereus, -a, -um

of bronze/copper

aeternus, -a, -um

eternal, everlasting

amplus, -a, -um

large, big

anniversārius, -a, -um

annual

arcuātus, -a, -um

arched

augustus, -a, -um

venerable, majestic

aurātus, -a, -um

gilded

dīvīnus, -a, -um

divine

dīvus, -a, -um

divine, (m.) god

domesticus, -a, -um

domestic, household

fīrmus, -a, -um

strong, stable, firm

īnsānus, -a, -um

mad, insane

interiectus, -a, -um

situated between

latericius, -a, -um

of brick

marmoreus, -a, -um

made of marble, marble

praeclārus, -a, -um

splendid, excellent

quadrātus, -a, -um

square

rotundus, -a, -um

round

sacer, -cra, -crum

holy, sacred

splendidus, -a, -um

shining, splendid

subterrāneus, -a, -um

underground

vīcēsimus, -a, -um

twentieth

{121} 3rd

celeber, -bris, -bre

crowded, well-known

illūstris, -re

brilliant, illustrious

interior, interius

interior, inner (part of)

triumphālis, -e

triumphal

ADVERBIA

ibīdem

in the same place

tertium

for the third time

____________

1. For an explanation of the line number references convention, see p. xxvi.

{122} XXXVII: TRICESIMVM SEPTIMVM: TROIA CAPTA (Vergil)[1]

[Ex Vergiliī Aenēidis librō II, solūtīs versibus]

I. ØRBERG’S INTRODUCTION

The introductory chapter on the city of Rome is now followed by an account of the history of Rome as told by the Romans themselves. The origins of Rome are lost in conjecture, so here poetic imagination has full scope. From a wish to link the prehistory of Rome with the city that had once fought so bravely against the Greek heroes arose the legend of the Trojan hero Aeneas, who after his flight from Troy and seven years’ wanderings finally made his way to Latium and there prepared the eventual foundation of Rome.

This theme was treated by the poet Vergil (Pūblius Vergilius Marō, 70–19 BC) in his famous poem the Aeneid (Latin Aenēis). As Vergil tells the story, Aeneas had been chosen by the gods themselves to lay the foundations of the later Roman Empire, as it had been prophesied in divine revelations.

To a certain extent, Vergil had the Iliad and the Odyssey of Homer as his models. The first six books (librī) of the Aeneid, in which he tells of Aeneas’s wanderings, are related to the Odyssey, which deals with the wanderings of Odysseus (Ulysses), and books VII–XII, in which the wars in Latium are described, can be compared with the Trojan War as described in the Iliad.

Like its Greek models, the Aeneid is written in hexameters, the usual meter for epic poems in Greek and Latin. Although you are not yet able to read Vergil’s verses in their original form, Ørberg has composed a prose version based on the wording and style of Vergil, and some important passages (printed in italics) have been left unchanged. This prose version of the first part of the Aeneid, which takes up the next four chapters, can form the basis for a later study of Vergil. That is, Caps. XXXVII–XL present a prose version of the narrative in Aeneid I–IV.

{123} Cap. XXXVII corresponds with the second book (liber secundus) of the Aeneid. It contains a description of the fall of Troy (Trōia) and the flight of Aeneas, as told by the hero himself to queen Dīdō, who offered him hospitality in Carthage (Karthāgō or Carthāgō). The chapter begins with a brief mention of the legendary kings of Latium from Sāturnus (whose reign was called the “golden age”: ‘aetās aurea’ quae vocātur) to Latīnus. Then we are told how the Greeks succeeded in entering Troy hidden in a huge wooden horse and about the heroic fight of the Trojans against the invaders. When king Priam (Priamus) is killed and the battle lost, Aeneas flees from the burning city with his old father Anchīsēs, his son Ascanius, and his wife Creūsa. Creusa gets lost during the flight; the others, however, reach a safe spot outside the city together with many other fugitives.

A note on the reading

On p. 31, you will find two sets of numbers: the line numbers of the frame narrative in RŌMA AETERNA and the verse numbers for the six original verses of the Aeneid. The numbers in italics indicate verse numbers in the Aeneid, Book II. RŌMA AETERNA follows this procedure throughout: italicized numbers refer to the line in the Aeneid, while plain numbers refer to the line of the chapter’s narrative.

II. AUXILIA LEGENDĪ

Aborīginēs: 1–19

2–4:

tantā iūstitiā fuisse dīcitur ut nec servīret…nec habēret…sed…essent: result clause (Cap. XXVIII).

6–7:

mōs Rōmānōrum est ut + subjunctive: noun clause of result (see grammar section above): “it is the custom of the Romans to…”; mēnse Decembrī, diēbus fēstīs: both ablatives of time.

12–14:

[Euandrō] Faunus…arva colenda dēdit: see section on gerund/gerundive in Cap. XXXVI.

Equus Trōiānus: 20–88

36–40:

aliī…iubēbant…aliī censēbant: both enclosing indirect statements; aliī…volēbant + complementary infinitive.

43:

monuit nē: indirect command.

45–46:

ūlla putātis/dōna carēre dolīs Danaum: ablative of separation with the intransitive carēre.

{124} 49:

et = etiam: even.

53:

Paulō post: ablative of degree of difference: “a little later (later by a little).”

56–57:

capitibus ērēctīs oculīsque ārdentibus: ablative absolute; Trōiānōs perterritōs: the prefix per- has intensive force (“very…”); cf. perturbantur (l.67).

59:

complexī: nominative of deponent perfect participle, sc. anguēs; object is parva corpora.

62–63:

bis collō longa corpora sua circumdant: see grammar section on dative with compound verbs (above).

69:

quod…laeserit: perfect subjunctive in a subordinate clause inside indirect discourse (ōrātiō oblīqua) (Cap. XXXVI).

72:

machina illa: i.e., the horse.

78:

Etiam tunc Cassandra, fīlia Priamī virgō cui rēs futūrās praedīcentī nēmō umquam crēdēbat, fātum Trōiae cīvibus suīs praedīxit: see above, Points of Style; cui…praedicentī: dative with crēdēbat.

Somnium Aenēae: 89–124

96–98:

monuit ut…caperet atque…fugeret: indirect command (see section on indirect commands above).

99:

tēque hīs…ēripe flammīs: ablative of separation.

102:

Hīc: adverb: “at this point.”

103–104:

unde…vidērent: adverbial purpose clause.

Priamus: 125–180

126:

nē…quidem: “not even” (Cap. XXVI).

133:

Trōiānī ab hostibus numerō superiōribus occīsī sunt: ablative of respect (Cap. XI).

135:

pugnābātur: intransitive verb used impersonally in the passive (Cap. XXXIII).

{125} 140–141:

cupidus…auxilium ferendī: objective genitive of gerund (and accusative object) with cupidus (Cap. XXV).

150:

ut prīmum: “as soon as.”

152:

moritūrus: future active participle: “intending to die.”

156–157:

Iam nōn tēlīs egēmus, sed auxiliō deōrum: ablative of separation.

160:

Polītes is trying to reach the altar (where his family is) because altars are places of sanctuary (but Pyrrhus ignores the right of suppliants to safety at an altar).

169:

īrā permōtus: ablative of cause (Cap. XXV); permōtus: see note on line 57, above.

Anchīsēs: 181–240

184:

vēnit eī in mentem: a very frequent idiom.

187:

fīliō sē videndam obtulit: “she offers herself to her son to be seen (in order that he might see her)”: see section on gerund/gerundive in Cap. XXXVI.

196–198:

Dī caelestēs, sī mē vītam prōdūcere voluissent, hanc patriam mihi servāvissent: Contrafactual condition in past time (Cap. XXXIII).

Nōlō urbī captae superesse: see section on compound verbs + dative case, above.

199–202:

The verb in the indirect command (perderet) is in secondary sequence, as the main verb (haerēbat) determines the sequence; when dum signals continuous action in the past, it takes the present (suādent).

223:

ā laevā (parte): thundering on the left was propitious.

Creūsa: 241–285

271:

navigandum est: see section on gerund/gerundive in Cap. XXXVI.

{126} III. VOCĀBULA

NŌMINA

1st

aura, -ae

breeze, wind

barba, -ae

beard

coma, -ae

hair

īnsānia, -ae

madness

iūstitia, -ae

justice

māchina, -ae

machine

2nd

arvum, -ī

(plowed) field

clipeus, -ī

round shield

dolus, -ī

guile, deceit, cunning

famulus, -ī

servant, slave

prōdigium, -ī

prodigy

rēgnum, -ī

kingship, kingdom, reign

socius, -ī

companion, partner, ally

somnium, -ī

dream

tēlum, -ī

spear, weapon

vinculum, -ī

bond, chain

3rd

aedēs, -ium (f. pl.)

house

anguis, -is (m./f.)

snake, serpent

crīnis, -is (m.)

hair

culmen, -inis (n.)

summit, top, peak, roof

cūstōs, -ōdis (m./f.)

guardian, guard

dēfēnsor, -ōris (m.)

defender

fragor, -ōris (m.)

crash

frōns, -ondis (f.)

foliage, leaves

fūnis, -is (m.)

rope

horror, -ōris (m.)

dread, horror

iuventūs, -ūtis (f.)

youth, young men

lūmen, -inis (n.)

light

mōlēs, -is (f.)

mass, bulk, effort

nepōs, -ōtis (m./f.)

grandson

{127} nūmen, -inis (n.)

divine will

onus, -eris (n.)

burden, load

pavor, -ōris (m.)

trembling with fear

rōbur, -oris (n.)

oak, strength, force

speciēs, -ēī (f.)

sight, appearance, shape, semblance, sort

trabs, -bis (f.)

beam, ship

turris, -is (f.) (acc. -im; abl. -ī)

tower

4th

gemitus, -ūs

groaning

lūctus, -ūs

grief, moaning

nātus, -ūs

birth

ululātus, -ūs

howling

irregular

fās (indec.)

divine law, right

VERBA

-āre

(conclāmō) conclāmāre

shout, cry out

(dominōr) dominārī

be master, rule

(explicō) explicāre, -uisse, -itum

extricate, unfold, explain

(fabricō) fabricāre

forge, build, construct

(flagrō) flagrāre

burn

(immolō) immolāre

sacrifice, immolate

(incitō) incitāre

set in motion, stir up

(īnstaurō) īnstaurāre

renew

(micō) micāre

flicker, flash

(obtruncō) obtruncāre

slaughter, kill

(penētrō) penētrāre

penetrate

(recūsō) recūsāre

reject, refuse

(resonō) resonāre

resound

(sonō) sonāre, -uisse, -itum

sound

(tonō) tonāre, -uisse

thunder

(trucīdō) trucīdāre

slaughter

{128} -ēre

(commoveō) commovēre (< movēre)

move, excite, cause

(egeō) egēre, eguisse

need

(fulgeō) fulgēre, -sisse

flash, gleam

(haereō) haerēre, -sisse, -sum

stick, cling

-ere

(alloquor) alloquī (< loquī)

speak to, address

(amplector) amplectī, -xum

embrace, cling to

(attingō) attingere, -tigisse, -tactum

touch, reach, arrive at, adjoin

(āvehō) āvehere (< vehere)

carry off, pass, go away

(comprehendō) comprehendere, -disse, -nsum

seize, include

(concēdō) concēdere (< cēdere)

go (away), yield, give up, concede, allow

(concīdō) concīdere, -disse, -sum

kill, beat

(cōnfugiō) cōnfugere (< fugere)

flee for refuge

(coniciō) conicere, -iēcisse, -iectum

throw, put

(contingō) contingere, -tigisse, -tactum

touch, be close to, be granted, to, happen

(corripiō) corripere (< rapere)

seize, rebuke

(dēcurrō) dēcurrere (< currere)

run down

(dēfīgō) dēfīgere (< fīgere)

fix, thrust, paralyze

(dēmittō) dēmittere (< mittere)

let fall, drop, lower

(discumbō) discumbere, -cubuisse, -cubitum

take one’s place at table

(ēlābor) ēlābī (< labī)

slip out, escape

(ērigō) ērigere (< regere)

lift up, erect, cheer

(gemō) gemere, -isse, -itum

groan (for)

(īnspiciō) īnspicere, -spexisse, -spectum

examine, inspect

(pandō) pandere, -disse, -passum

spread out

(patefaciō) patefacere (< facere)

open, reveal

{129} (perfundō) perfundere (< fundere)

wet, drench, imbue, fill

(praedīcō) praedīcere (< dīcere)

foretell, prophesy

(prōdūcō) prōdūcere (< dūcere)

extend

(repetō) repetere (< petere)

return to, repeat, claim back, recall

(respiciō) respicere, -exisse, -ectum

look back (at), heed, regard, have regard for

(restinguō) restinguere, -xisse, -ctum

put out, extinguish

(revīsō) revīsere (< vīsere)

revisit, visit

(ruō) ruere, -isse, -tum

rush, tumble down

(stringō) stringere, -nxisse, -ctum

draw, unsheathe

(tendō) tendere, tetendisse, tentum/tēnsum

stretch, spread, lay, make one’s way, insist

(vādō) vādere

advance, go

irregular

(cōnferō) -ferre (< ferre)

bring (together), carry

(efferō) efferre (< ferre)

carry/bring out, lift, elate

ADIECTĪVA

1st/2nd

benignus, -a, -um

kind, benevolent

diūturnus, -a, -um

long, prolonged

fēstus, -a, -um

holiday, festal

īnfīrmus, -a, -um

weak

inultus, -a, -um

unavenged

laevus, -a, -um

left

occultus, -a, -um

hidden, secret

patrius, -a, -um

of the father, paternal

pavidus, -a, -um

terrified

profugus, -a, -um

fleeing, (m.) fugitive

rēgius, -a, -um

royal

saucius, -a, -um

wounded

scelerātus, -a, -um

accursed, criminal

suprēmus, -a, -um

highest, sovereign

{130} suspectus, -a, -um

suspected, suspect

vāstus, -a, -um

desolate, vast, huge

3rd

āmēns (gen. āmēntis)

out of one’s mind, mad

caelestis, -e

celestial, (m. pl.) gods

inēluctābilis, -e

inescapable, inevitable

inūtilis, -e

useless

tener, -era, -erum

tender, delicate

ūber, -eris

fertile

ADVERBIA

dūdum

a little while ago, formerly

nēquīquam

in vain, fruitlessly

partier

equally, together

penitus

from within, deep, far

quā

which way, where

quondam

once, some day

undique

from all sides

____________

1. For an explanation of the line number references convention, see p. xxvi.

{131} XXXVIII: DVODEQVADRAGESIMVM: PIVS AENEAS (Vergil)[1]

[Ex Vergiliī Aenēidis librō III, solūtīs versibus]

I. ØRBERG’S INTRODUCTION

This chapter is a prose version of Book III of the Aeneid. Aeneas tells the story of his and his companions’ dangerous voyage through the Aegean and Ionian Seas to Sicily. At the foot of Mount Etna (Aetna), they have a grim encounter with the Cyclops Polyphēmus, whom Odysseus (Ulixēs) shortly before had blinded. Aeneas ends his report with his father’s death and burial during the Trojans’ brief sojourn in Sicily as the guests of king Acestēs.

In antiquity, navigation was suspended in winter. Aeneas spends the winter building a fleet of twenty ships (classem vīgintī nāvium), and he is not ready to sail (ventīs vēla dare) until the early summer (prīmā aestāte).

On his long journey, Aeneas brought with him the Penates (dī Penātēs) of Troy—the name is used to refer to the tutelary gods not only of a household, but also of a city. In a dream, they tell Aeneas to depart from drought-stricken Crete and sail on to Italy, where a brilliant future awaits him and his descendants in a new city.

II. AUXILIA LEGENDĪ

Penātēs: 1–47

2:

classem vīgintī nāvium: genitive of description.

3:

prīmā aestāte: “in the beginning of summer.” Here prīmus, -a, -um is used in the sense of “the first part of…” (cf. summus, medius, infimus, Cap. XXXVI).

{132} 4:

Anchīsēs nāvēs dēdūcere et ventīs vela dare iubēbat: i.e., “nāvēs dēdūcite et ventīs vela date!”; ventīs vela dare: “give sails to the winds”—a regular Latin idiom for “start sailing.”

16:

ventus secundus: a “following” wind fills the sails and is thus “favorable.”

26–28:

cum…coepit: cum inversum (Cap. XXXVII); adēo…ut: result clause.

35:

eōrum: refers to posterōs tuōs (l.34): nē recūsāveris!: negative command with perfect subjunctive (Cap. XXXII).

39:

Age, surge…: age here is an exhortation (“act!” “get going,” Cap. V).

45:

paucīs (sc. hominibus) relictīs: ablative absolute, i.e., “left behind.”

Mare Īonium: 48–74

60:

ad septentriōnēs: the north stars, the north (Cap. XVI).

62:

quō: adverb of place to which.

66:

nautīs metuendum: dative of agent with gerundive.

69:

clipeum, quem cuidam hostī adēmerat: “took away from,” dative of disadvantage with verbs of depriving, such as here, with adimere (Cap. XXXVIII).

Andromachē et Helenus: 75–129

76–77:

rēgnō…potītum esse: see grammar section above.

79:

certior fierī: see grammar section above.

83:

ut Aenēam cōnspexit venientem: ut + indicative meaning “when” (see Cap. XXXVII).

90:

nē dubitāveris!: negative command (see note to line 35 and Cap. XXXII).

92:

parvā vōce: ablative of manner (Cap. X).

102–103:

quaesīvit “quae…vītanda essent?”: indirect question (Cap. XIX); ex mōre: “according to custom.”

108:

tibi nāvigandum est: passive periphrastic (Cap. XXXI) with a dative of agent.

{133} 118:

praestat: “It is better.”

124:

age, vāde: see note to line 39.

Mōns Aetna: 130–213

134–135:

cum…vidēret: cum causal; proficīscendī: objective gentive with signum.

139:

merō: < merum, -ī: unmixed wine, ablative with implēvit.

141–142:

dī potentēs: vocative, potentēs + genitive: “with power over”; secundī: “favorable/favorably.”

156:

ignārī viae: objective genitive (Cap. XXV).

176–177:

quis esset?…unde venīret?: indirect questions (Cap. XIX).

181:

nōmine: ablative of respect (Caps. XI, XIX).

182–185:

vīdi eum…iacentem…frangere ac…dēvorāre.

193–195:

Vix haec dīxerat, cum ipsum Polyphēmum pāstōrem caecum inter pecudēs suās ambulantem vīdērunt et lītora nōta petentem: this sentence illustrates the importance of “keep reading, note endings and word groupings.” Except for Vix haec dīxerat, cum…vīdērunt, all words refer to Polyphemus, modified by an appositive (pāstōrem caecum) and two participles (ambulantem, petentem). Each participle is grouped with the words that apply to it: He is walking inter pecudēs suās and seeking familiar shores (lītora nōta).

III. VOCĀBULA

NŌMINA

1st

aurōra, -ae

dawn

patera, -ae

bowl

pestilentia, -ae

plague, pestilence

unda, -ae

wave

vidua, -ae

widow

{134} 2nd

antrum, -ī

cave, cavern

fūmus, -ī

smoke

iuvencus, -ī

young bull, bullock

lūcus, -ī

sacred grove

nimbus, -ī

rain cloud

posterī, -ōrum (m. pl.)

descendants, posterity

scopulus, -ī

rock

sepulcrum, -ī

tomb, grave

3rd

aequor, -ŏris (n.)

level surface, sea

genitor, -ōris (m.)

father

gurges, -itis (m.)

whirlpool, flood

lapis, -idis (m.)

stone, milestone

pondus, -eris (n.)

weight

terror, -ōris (m.)

fright, terror

vātēs, -is (m./f.)

prophet(ess), seer

volucris, -is (f.)

bird

4th

flētus, -ūs

weeping

occāsus, -ūs

setting

ortus, -ūs

rising, sunrise, origin

VERBA

-āre

(adstō) adstāre

stand by

(invitō) invitāre

invite, entertain

(moror) morārī

delay, stay, stop

(praestō) praestāre

furnish, fulfill, surpass

(sacrificō) sacrificāre

make a sacrifice

-ēre

(exterreō) exterrēre (< terrēre)

scare, terrify

(reor) rērī, ratum

reckon, think, believe

(torreō) torrēre, -uisse, -tōstum

scorch, parch

{135} -ere

(agnōsco) agnōscere, -ōvisse

recognize

(circumvehō) circumvehere (< vehere)

go around, travel around

(concurrō) concurrere (< currere)

hurry together, clash

(condō) condere, -didisse, -ditum

put, hide, found, close

(contremēscō) contremēscere, -muisse

tremble, quake

(digredior) digredī, digressum

depart

(discernō) discernere

distinguish

(ēdō) ēdere, -didisse, -ditum

emit, bring forth, make

(ēmittō) ēmittere (< mittere)

send out, emit, utter

(excēdō) excēdere (< cēdere)

go away, depart

(incīdō) incīdere, -disse, -sum

cut into

(linquō) linquere, līquisse

leave

(pallēscō) pallēscere, -luisse

grow pale

(prōvehō) prōvehere (< vehere)

carry forward, convey

(subdūcō) subdūcere (< dūcere)

draw up, beach, lead off

(vescor) vescī

feed on, eat (+ abl.)

-īre

(experior) experīrī, -pertum

try, experience

(potior) potīrī, potītum

get possession of (+ abl.)

(sepeliō) -elīre, -elīvisse, -ultum

bury

Irregular

(circumeō) circumīre (< īre)

go around/about, outflank

(dēferō) dēferre (< ferre)

carry, bring, report, confer, denounce

ADIECTĪVA

1st/2nd

cavus, -a, -um

hollow

curvus, -a, -um

curved, crooked, bent

extrēmus, -a, -um

outermost, utmost, last

{136} infandus, -a, -um

horrible, unspeakable

longinquus, -a, -um

remote

repentīnus, -a, -um

sudden

stupefactus, -a, -um

amazed, stupefied

trepidus, -a, -um

alarmed, in panic

tumidus, -a, -um

swollen

3rd

horribilis, -e

horrible, terrifying

incrēdibilis, -e

incredible, unbelievable

īnfōrmis, -e

unshapely, ugly

potēns (gen. potēntis)

powerful, master(ing)

supplex (gen. supplicis)

suppliant

ADVERBIA

adeō

to such a degree, so, too

citō

quickly

interdiū

by day

nīmīrum

without doubt, evidently

noctū

by night, at night

quoad

until

totidem

as many

PRONŌMINA

egomet

I (myself)

quīcumque, -quae, -quod

whoever, whatever, any

ALIA

certiōrem facere

inform

sē cōnferre

go, betake oneself

____________

1. For an explanation of the line number references convention, see p. xxvi.

{137} XXXIX: VNDEQVADRAGESIMVM: KARTHAGO (Vergil)[1]

[Ex Vergiliī Aenēidis librō I, solūtīs versibus]

I. ØRBERG’S INTRODUCTION

It was the will of the gods that Aeneas should found a new kingdom in Italy, but not all the gods were favorably disposed. The goddess Juno hated all Trojans. The Trojan prince Paris, acting as judge in the beauty contest among the three goddesses Juno, Venus, and Minerva, had wounded her by giving the prize to Venus. Furthermore, she knew that the descendants of the Trojans were destined to destroy her favorite city, Carthage. Therefore, she did her utmost to prevent Aeneas and his companions from reaching their goal. It became a hard undertaking—a huge effort (mōlis) in Vergil’s words—for Aeneas to lay the foundation of the Roman people:

Tantae mōlis erat Rōmānam condere gentem![2]

When the Trojans leave Sicily, Juno persuades Aeolus, ruler of the winds, to send a violent storm, which scatters the ships and drives them southward to the coast of Africa. Here Aeneas meets his mother, the goddess Venus, who shows him the way to Carthage. This city had just been founded by queen Dido, who had migrated from Tyre (Tyrus) in Phoenicia (Phoenīcē) after her brother, the king of Tyre, had murdered her husband. Queen Dido gives the exiled Trojans a heroes’ welcome in her new city and, deeply infatuated with their gallant commander, she questions him about the fate of Troy and about his adventures. This concludes the first book of the Aeneid, which is retold in this chapter.

{138} II. AUXILIA LEGENDĪ

Iūnō: 1–26

3:

Iūnō…dīlēxisse dīcitur: nominative and accusative with passive verb (Cap. XIII)

6:

ōlim: can refer to the present as well as the past: “at some time.”

7–11:

Core of sentence: (Juno) Trōiānōs ā Latiō arcēbat. This core is introduced by a subordinate clause: (Juno) nōndum oblīta erat causam (īrae ac dolōris). Although there are no subordinating conjunctions, the two participles modifying the implied subject supply the subordination: (id) metuēns and memor (veteris bellī)—i.e., because she was afraid and mindful of the war (genitive with verbs of remembering and forgetting, Caps. XXV, XXXII). A relative clause (quod ad Trōiam prō cārīs Argīs gesserat) modifies veteris bellī; causam īrae ac dolōris (the direct object) is in apposition to iūdicium Paridis (the judgment of Paris).

16–18:

Mēne…posse? Nōnne…scelus?: These reported questions are in the accusative and infinitive construction (like regular indirect statement) because they are rhetorical; that is, Juno isn’t really asking a question. Rhetorical questions in indirect discourse use the accusative and infinitive construction; genuine questions in indirect discourse go into the subjunctive according to sequence of tense.

19:

dignus + ablative (Cap. XIX).

20–22:

Although Latin word order is flexible, it is not random. Note how the words that go with the participle are grouped with it: Tālia animō incēnsō sēcum cōgitāns. Often in a Latin sentence, you have to be patient and keep reading to find the word that you might expect to come first in English.

26:

formā pulcherrimam: ablative of respect; so too at line 193.

Tempestās: 27–90

28:

ubi haec audīvit: “when…” (Cap. XXXVII).

35:

quibus: dative with licuit.

36–37:

Utinam…effūdissem: past contrafactual wish (Cap. XXXIII).

41–43:

trēs…trēs…ūnam: all with nāvēs understood; in saxa latentia: “onto hidden rocks.”

{139} 44:

in puppim: pure i-stem (Cap. XVI).

56:

dictō citius: “faster than you could say it.”

60:

quibus: ablative of means with scopulōs as antecedent; we might say every wave is broken on the rocks.

65:

cibō: ablative with egentēs.

77:

ignārī…malōrum: objective genitive (Cap. XXV).

78:

graviōra: object of the vocative passī.

82:

mittite: for omittite: “send away,” “let go of.”

83:

forsan = fors (sit) an: fors in this expression (“it might happen that” + subjunctive[3]) is used adverbially; et = etiam: “even,” “also.”

87:

māximīs cūrīs: ablative of cause with aeger; vultū: “with his (facial) expression.”

90:

dubiī utrum…crēdant: indirect question (Cap. XIX).

Venus genetrīx: 91–156

94:

quaerere quī hominēs incolerent: indirect question (Cap. XIX).

96:

cui: dative with obviam iit (“whom she went to meet”); remember forms of quī at the beginning of a sentence = et is; therefore, cui = et eī (Cap. XXV).

101:

quam tē appellem?: deliberative subjunctive: “how should I address you”—Aeneas can see by her appearance that she is no ordinary mortal, perhaps not mortal at all (Cap. XIX).

103:

forsitan ipsa Diāna sīs: “perhaps you are Diana herself.” For forsitan, see note on line 83.

104:

sīs nōbīs fēlix et doceās…: hortatory subjunctive (Cap. XXX); the hortatory subjunctive in the 2nd person (“please be…please teach us”) is not common but is found in poetry and prohibitions (nē + perfect subjunctive).[4]

109–111:

tālī honōre…dignam: dignus, -a, -um + ablative of respect (Cap. XIX); nōbīs mōs est…gestāre et…vēnārī: mōs est can be followed by the infinitive, in addition to ut + subjunctive (Cap. XLIV; Cap. XXXVII, note to lines 6–7).

{140} 118:

multa simulāns: “feigning many things (to be true which aren’t)” (simulāre: pretend something is which is not; dissimulāre: pretend that something is not which is).

122:

suāsit ut…excēderet: indirect command (Cap. XXVII).

128:

opēs, -um (f. pl.): resources, wealth (Cap. XXXIV).

133–135:

Ō dea, sī ā prīmā orīgine repetēns labōrēs nostrōs nārrem, ante vesperam fīnem nōn faciam!: ideal (“should-would”) condition (Cap. XXXIII, XLI).

137–138:

sum pius Aenēās: pius means “dutiful,” one distinguished by pietās, “dutiful conduct”; while it has religious overtones (dutiful conduct to the gods), it is also secular and includes conduct to others and to the state.

144:

vidēris: “you seem” + nominative and infinitive; quī…advēneris: perfect subjunctive in a relative causal clause (“because”).

151:

quid: “why.”

152:

dextrās: sc. manūs.

154:

nē quis…posset: negative purpose clause (Cap. XXVIII).

Dīdō rēgīna: 157–268

167:

mīrābile dictū: dictū is ablative (respect) of the supine (Cap. XXII).

171–172:

rēbus suīs…cōnfīdere: compound intransitive verb with the dative (Cap. XXXVII).

176:

nostrī labōris: genitive with plēna.

177:

En: interjection “look, there is Priam”; laudī: dative of possession; sunt…sua praemia laudī: “renown/glory has its own rewards.”

186:

aurō: ablative of price (Cap. VIII).

189:

manūs inermēs: inermis = sine armīs.

195–196:

Quālis…tālis: a simile: “just like…so too.”

199–200:

quōsdam sociōs: quīdam: certain companions (Cap. XXVIII).

204–205:

tē ōrāmus nē: indirect command; nōn vēnimus ut: purpose clause.

{141} 206:

victīs: dative of possession.

209:

nostrum: partitive genitive with paucōs.

210:

quō: ablative of comparison with iūstior (Cap. XXIV).

211–213:

mixed condition: the protasis (quem sī dī vīvum servant) is present subjunctive ideal (“should”), while the double apodosis (referet, nec paenitēbit) is future indicative (“more vivid”).

219:

Quis genus Aenĕadum, quis Trōiae nesciat urbem? (“Who would not know the family of the sons of Aeneas, who would not know the city of Troy?”): rhetorical question (the answer to “who doesn’t know” is “no one”), part of the potential subjunctive (Cap. XLI).

221:

adeō: modifies obtūnsa.

227–228:

utinam…afforet: see footnote 4 in this chapter and Cap. XLIII.

237:

Aenēās…deō similis: similis takes either the dative, as here, or the genitive (XLII.327–328).

240–244:

Reading help: vocative (Ō rēgīna) followed by two relative clauses, “you who” (quae sola…miserāta es, quae…recipis) and the main clause (grātiās…nōn possumus) and a wish (dī… ferant).

252:

tēctīs nostrīs: dative with intransitive succēdite.

253–254:

i.e., similis fortūna voluit mē quoque iactātam cōnsistere hāc terrā.

255:

nōn ignāra malī: objective genitive (Cap. XXV); miserīs: dative with intransitive succurrere.

256:

haec memorāns: memorāre sounds like our “remember,” but it always involves speech: i.e., “mention,” “remind of,” “speak about.”

263–264:

praemittit…quī…nūntiet…dūcat: relative clause of purpose.

Cupīdō: 269–316

270–272:

cōnsilia…ut Cupīdō…veniat atque…incendat: noun clause giving the content of Venus’s plans (cōnsilia); prō: “in the place of”; dictō…pāret: dative with intransitive pārēre; the perfect passive participle dictō can be thought of as a condensed clause: “what she has said.”

{142} 280–281:

puerō tuendō incenditur: ablative of means of the gerundive (Caps. XXXI, XXXVI).

304:

conticuēre = conticuērunt (Cap. XXXVI).

307–308:

amor…cognōscere…et…audīre: complementary infinitives (instead of the objective genitive of the gerund or gerundive) is poetical.

311–314:

ut Graecī Trōiam īnsidiīs cēpissent atque incendissent, ut ipse cum patre et fīliō ex urbe flagrantī fūgisset et fātō pulsus per maria errāvisset: ut = how; both ut clauses are indirect questions subordinate to nārrāvit quae ipse vīderat and are thus in the subjunctive according to sequence of tense.

III. VOCĀBULA

NŌMINA

1st

caterva, -ae

band, troop, crowd

hostia, -ae

sacrificial animal

industria, -ae

hard work, industry

īnsidiae, -ārum (pl.)

ambush, plot, wiles

ministra, -ae

female servant

nebula, -ae

mist, fog

praeda, -ae

booty, prey

procella, -ae

violent wind, gale

purpura, -ae

purple

rēgīna, -ae

queen

superbia, -ae

arrogance, pride

2nd

Āfricus, -ī

southwest wind

aper, aprī

wild boar

Auster, -trī

south wind

cervus, -ī

stag, deer

Eurus, -ī

southeast wind

fundāmentum, -ī

foundation

iūdicium, -ī

judgment, trial, court

pontus, -ī

sea

scēptrum, -ī

{143} scepter

solium, -ī

throne

thēsaurus, -ī

treasure, treasury

torus, -ī

bed, couch

vadum, -ī

ford, shallows

3rd

Aquilō, -ōnis (m.)

north (northeast) wind

dapēs, -um (f. pl.)

feast, meal, food

dēcor, -ōris (m.)

beauty, grace

discrīmen, -inis (n.)

distinction, grave danger

error, -ōris (m.)

wandering, error

fax, facis (f.)

torch

fūnus, -eris (n.)

funeral, death

honōs/honor, -ōris (m.)

honor, high office

quiēs, -ētis (f.)

rest, repose, sleep

rūpēs, -is (f.)

crag, rock

sīdus, -eris (n.)

star, heavenly body

sūs, -suis (m./f.)

pig

tridēns, -entis (m.)

trident

vertex, -icis (m.)

whirlpool, peak, pole

5th

rabiēs, -ēī

rage, fury

VERBA

-āre

(apparō) apparāre

prepare, arrange

(bellō) bellāre

wage war, fight

(cēlō) cēlāre

conceal (from)

(dūrō) dūrāre

harden, hold out, last

(explōrō) explōrāre

reconnoiter, investigate

(gestō) gestāre

carry

(incūsō) incūsāre

reproach, accuse

(īnstō) īnstāre

press, urge, insist

(lībō) lībāre

make a libation, pour

(lūstrō) lūstrāre

irradiate, purify, survey

{144} (miseror) miserārī

feel sorry for, pity

(nō) nāre

swim

(nūdō) nūdāre

bare, leave unprotected

(onerō) onerāre

load

(sēdō) sēdāre

allay, appease, calm

(simulō) simulāre

imitate, copy, pretend

(temptō) temptāre

try (to influence), attack

(vēnor) vēnārī

go hunting, hunt

(versō) versāre

turn over, ponder

-ēre

(aboleō) abolēre, -lēvisse, -litum

efface, obliterate

(arceō) arcēre, arcuisse, arctum

keep away

(immineō) imminēre (< minēre)

overhang, be imminent

(paeniteō) paenitēre, paenituisse

regret, repent

(pendeō) pendēre, pependisse

hang

(rigeō) rigēre

be stiff

-ere

(abripiō) abripere (< rapere)

drag away, carry off

(addūcō) addūcere (< dūcere)

lead, bring (to)

(appellō) appellere (< pellere)

drive, bring (to)

(circumagō) circumagere (< agere)

cause to turn around

(circumfundō) circumfundere (< fundere)

pour, spread around

(colligō) colligere (< legere)

gather, collect

(compellō) compellere (< pellere)

drive together, compel

(conticēscō) conticēscere, conticuiss

fall silent

(disiciō) disicere, disiēcisse, disiectu

catter, break up

(dispellō) dispellere (< pellere)

drive apart

(ēlūdō) ēlūdere, ēlūsisse, ēlūsum

deceive, mock

(gignō) gignere, genuisse, genitu

beget, create, bear

(gradior) gradī, gressum

walk, proceed

(impellō) impellere (< pellere)

strike, drive, compel

{145} (incēdō) incēdere (< cēdere)

walk, advance, occur

(obstupēscō) obstupēscere, obstupuiss

be stunned/astounded

(pingō) pingere, pinxisse, pictu

paint, embroider

(praemittō) praemittere (< mittere)

send in advance

(resurgō) resurgere (< surgere)

rise again, be restored

(scandō) scandere, scandisse, scansu

climb, mount

(succēdō) succēdere (< cēdere)

enter, succeed, follow

(succurō) succurrere (< currere)

(run to) help

(volvō) volvere, voluisse, volutum

roll, turn (over), ponder

-īre

(dēveniō) dēvenīre (< venīre)

come, arrive

(feriō) ferīre

strike, hit, kill

(ōrdior) ōrdīrī, orsum

begin (to speak)

ADIECTĪV

1st/2nd

bellicōsus, -a, -um

warlike

fortūnātus, -a, -um

fortunate

impius, -a, -um

impious

īnscius, -a, -um

not knowing, unaware

intentus, -a, -um

intent, attentive

obtūnsus, -a, -um

blunt, dull

3rd

crēber, -ris, -re (-bra, -brum)

frequent, numerous

egēns (gen. egentis)

poor, needy

memor (gen. memoris)

mindful, reminding

PRONŌMINA

vōsmet

you, yourselves

{146} ADVERBI

clam

secretly

forsan

perhaps, maybe

obviam

(go to) meet, oppose, in the way

paulātim

little by little, gradually

saltem

at least, anyhow

____________

1. For an explanation of the line number references convention, see p. xxvi.

2. Tantae mōlis is genetīvus quālitātis, genitive of description (Caps. XIX, XXXVI).

3. In poetry and in later Latin, forsitan and forsan can take the indicative.

4. 2nd person hortatory subjunctive is also found with indefinite subjects and in early Latin.

{147} XL: QVADRAGESIMVM: INFELIX DIDO (Vergil)[1]

[Ex Vergiliī Aenēidis librō IV, solūtīs versibus]

I. ØRBERG’S INTRODUCTION

The main focus of Book IV of the Aeneid is the love story of Dido and Aeneas. After the death of her husband, Dido swore never to contract a new marriage (coniugium), but now she tells her sister Anna that she has fallen in love with her noble guest. Anna urges her to forget her dead husband and obey the dictates of love. During a hunting expedition, Dido and Aeneas seek shelter from the storm in a cave, where they are united by the design of Juno. The queen begins a relationship with Aeneas that she calls coniugium.

The rumor of this affair spreads rapidly among men and gods. When Jupiter hears that Aeneas is about to forget his divine mission, he sends Mercury to order him to sail: “Nāviget!”[2] Aeneas makes secret preparations for departure, but Dido suspects mischief and begs him not to leave her. When he tries to explain that he is destined by the gods to seek a new homeland in Italy, she flies into a rage, and after violent reproaches and threats, she retires without waiting for his reply. Aeneas makes his ships ready for sea, and when neither threats nor entreaties have any effect, Dido sees no alternative but to seek death. She tells her sister to build a pyre in the palace yard on the pretext of wanting to burn everything that reminds her of her faithless husband: his weapons, his clothes, his portrait, and their conjugal bed. By night, while Dido lies sleepless in her palace, Mercury orders Aeneas to put to sea at once, and at dawn the queen sees the Trojan fleet leaving the harbor. She heaps reproaches on herself and invokes the Furies to take revenge on Aeneas and his descendants. Then she mounts the pyre, draws Aeneas’ sword, and throws herself on it. Her last words on the pyre, taken from the close of the fourth book (verses 651–660), can be read on p. 80.

{148} Books V and VI of the Aeneid are here treated summarily. From Carthage the Trojans sail to Sicily, and Aeneas celebrates the anniversary of his father’s death with sacrifices and games. Meanwhile the Trojan women set fire to the ships, but a rainstorm sent by Jupiter extinguishes the fire. Aeneas punishes the women by leaving most of them in Sicily when he sails on to Italy. In Campania he visits the Sibyl at Cumae. She takes him to the underworld, where he sees his dead father, who shows him the great Romans of the future from Romulus to Augustus. He ends with the famous words about the destiny of the Roman as ruler of the world:

Tū regere imperiō populōs, Rōmāne, mementō.[3]

Hae tibi erunt artēs: pācisque impōnere mōrem, parcere subiectīs et dēbellāre superbōs.

Livy’s history of Rome, ab Urbe Conditā, picks up the narrative of Roman history in the next chapter with Aeneas’ struggles in Italy, treated by Vergil in Books VII–XII of the Aeneid.

II. AUXILIA LEGENDĪ

Flamma amōris: 1–45

4:

fīxa: with both vultus and verba.

8:

nōn dubitō quīn: see grammar section above.

10–12:

mihi, nūllī virō: datives (with certum and iungere, respectively); coniugiō: ablative; esset…potuī: present contrafactual condition with a modal verb in the apodosis (see on posse in grammar section above).

12:

huius ūnīus: genitive with amōrī, which is dative with the compound verb succumbere.

15–16:

velim: subjunctive in a wish, followed by the content of the wish (dēvoret, percutiat) without ut (see grammar section for Cap. LV).

19:

habeat: jussive subjunctive (Cap. XXXI).

25:

quī hostēs nōs cingant: indirect question (Cap. XXIX).

35–36:

ante omnēs Iūnōnī, cui coniugia cūrae sunt: “for whom marriages are an object of care” (double dative, Cap. XXXVI).

{149} Fāma vēlōx: 46–69

47:

vēnātum īre parat: supine (“they prepare to go hunting”).

58:

malōrum atque mortis: genitives with causa; rēgīnae: dative.

62:

quā: ablative of comparison with vēlōcius (Cap. XXIV).

66:

variō sermōne: ablative with complēbat (Cap. XXXVII).

68:

rēgnī: genitive with oblītōs (Caps. XXV, XXXII).

Nūntius deōrum: 70–164

73–74:

Karthāgine: locative (see summary above).

75:

ideō: “for that reason”; nōn ideō…sed ut: structure markers for the sentence.

79:

quā spē: ablative of cause.

80:

Nāviget: jussive subjunctive (Cap. XXXI).

84–85:

Erat illī ēnsis: dative of possession (Cap. XII).

87:

uxōrius: this adjective, meaning “of or belonging to a wife,” suggests a man too fond of his wife, not a compliment in Latin.

88:

rēgnī rērumque tuārum: genitive with oblītōs (Caps. XXV, XXXII).

96–97:

Heu, quid agat?…audeat?…ōrdiātur?: deliberative questions (Cap. XXIX).

101:

Quī = Et eī (Cap. XXV).

106:

dissimulāre: see note 118 for Cap. XXXIX.

107:

dextra (manus) data: i.e., as a pledge.

111:

sī quid bene dē tē meruī: “If I have deserved well from you in any way”; bene/male merēre (and merērī): “to earn favor/disfavor by one’s behavior.”

112:

miserēre meī: miserērī + genitive.

116–117:

dum…dēstruat…abdūcat: anticipatory subjunctives with dum.

117–119:

Sī…habērem, sī quī…lūderet…vidērer: present contrafactual condition (Cap. XXXIII).

125:

animam dūcere: “to draw breath.”

{150} 132–133:

deum…intrantem.

134:

dēsine: with the ablative of separation tuīs querēllīs and the complementary infinitive incendere.

138:

perfide: vocative (as is improbe, l.146).

142–143:

Itane vērō?: sarcastic; Putāsne eam rem dīs superīs cūrae esse?: double dative (Cap. XXXVI).

159–160:

ōrat with a double construction: + accusative (coniugium) and two indirect commands (neque ut…careat, sed ut…exspectet).

162–163:

dum…doceat: anticipatory subjunctive.

Rogus Dīdōnis: 165–268

167:

taedet eam vitae: see above on impersonal verbs.

176–177:

ratiōnem quae…reddat..aut…solvat: descriptive relative clause (see grammar section above).

178:

curīs exsolvere: ablative of separation.

181:

quō periī: quō is the instrumental ablative of the relative pronoun referring to lectum iugālem: Dido blames her present state on her conjugal relationship with Aeneas.

188:

crīnibus passīs: ablative absolute, passīs from pandere (“spread out,” “unkempt”)—here as a part of her ritual as a priestess.

193:

ovantēs: the marginal note in your text explains this participle as “superbē gaudēre,” and from Dido’s perspective, that is a good interpretation. The participle of ovāre, however, means “exulting, joyful, triumphant” and does not in itself carry the sense of arrogance.

197:

quīn morere: quīn plus the imperative (see grammar section above).

202:

deinde: the mark (∩) over ei shows that these two vowels should be taken together (synizesis).

204:

illa: i.e., Dido.

206–208:

future condition.

209–210:

Varium et mūtābile semper fēmina: the qualifiers (varium, mūtābile) are neuter because he is speaking of women as a category. He does not mean Dido specifically, but all women—“Always changing and inconstant is woman.”

{151} 210:

noctī ātrae: dative with the compound verb immiscēre (Cap. VIII).

214:

ovantēs: see note on l.193.

219:

ex altā turrī: pure i-stem (Cap. XVI).

221:

advena, -ae: one of the few masculine nouns of the first declension, like agricola, poēta, nauta, incola, pīrāta.

226:

ēn: interjection: “Behold! Look!”

229–230:

Etiam sī pugnae fortūna dubia fuisset, quem metuī moritūra: past contrafactual protasis (sī…fuisset) followed by an indicative rhetorical question, the answer to which is “no one” (see Cap. XLI).

230–233:

Facēs in castra tulissem, carīnās flammīs dēlēvissem, filium et patrem cum genere exstīnxissem—et ipsa mēmet super eōs iēcissem: pluperfect subjunctive in past potentials (Cap. XLI): “I could have brought…destroyed…annihilated…thrown.”

238–240:

implōret…videat…fruātur…cadat: subjunctive of wish (see grammar section above).

243–244:

sit…exoriātur: jussive subjunctives (Cap. XXXI).

245–246:

aliquis…quī…persequātur: descriptive relative clause (Cap. XXXIX).

252:

morāta < morārī (Cap. XXXVIII).

256:

easier order: vīxī et perēgī cursum quem fortūna dēderat.

259:

virum = marītum meum.

260–261:

sī…carīnae: contrafactual condition (Cap. XXXIII).

264:

ferrō collāpsam: “having fallen on the sword.”

266–268:

nōn aliter quam sī…capta essent…volverentur: conditional clause of comparison in secondary sequence.

Excerpta Aenēidis: 269–299

272–273:

quae causa tantum ignem accenderit…: indirect question.

281–282:

cum…longī errōris taedēret: see grammar section above on impersonal verbs.

284:

quamquam…factī suī paenitēbat: see grammar section above on impersonal verbs.

{152} III. VOCĀBULA

NŌMINA

1st

advena, -ae

immigrant, foreigner

aula, -ae

palace

capra, -ae

goat

carīna, -ae

keel, ship

exuviae, -ārum (pl.)

clothing, armor

famula, -ae

servant girl, maid

plūma, -ae

feather

potentia, -ae

power

querēlla, -ae

complaint

spēlunca, -ae

cave, grotto

vāgīna, -ae

sheath

venia, -ae

favor, leave, pardon

2nd

astrum, -ī

star, constellation

coniugium, -ī

marriage

cōnūbium, -ī

marriage, intermarriage

dīvum, -ī

the open sky

iaculum, -ī

throwing-spear, javelin

iussum, -ī

command, order

mandātum, -ī

order

praedictum, -ī

prediction, prophecy

rogus, -ī

funeral pyre

thalamus, -ī

inner room, bedroom, marriage bed

vīsum, -ī

sight

3rd

aethēr, -eris (m.)

heaven, upper air, ether

altāria, -ium (n. pl.)

altar

ārdor, -ōris (m.)

burning, fire, ardor

cinis, -eris (m.)

ashes

cubīle, -is (n.)

bed, couch

cupīdō, -inis (f.)

desire, passion

{153} fortitūdō, -inis (f.)

strength, bravery

fulmen, -inis (n.)

flash of lightning

grandō, -inis (f.)

hail

tigris, -is (m./f.)

tiger

ultrīx, -īcis (f.)

avenging

4th

amictus, -ūs

mantle, cloak

discessus, -ūs

departure

luxus, -ūs

extravagance, luxury

ūsus, -ūs

use, practice, usage

5th

effigiēs, -ēī

likeness, portrait

irregula

nefās

impious act, crime

VERBA

-āre

(advocō) advocāre

call, summon

(circumstō) circumstāre, circumstetisse

stand around, surround

(cūnctōr) cūnctārī

hesitate

(dēbellō) dēbellāre

finish the war, subdue

(dissimulō) dissimulāre

conceal

(festīnō) festīnāre

hasten, hurry

(implōrō) implōrāre

beseech, implore

(īnflammō) īnflammāre

kindle, inflame

(mandō) mandāre

assign, order

(obstō) obstāre, obstitisse, obstitum

stand in the way

(ostentō) ostentāre

display ostentatiously

(ovō) ovāre

exult, rejoice

(reputō) reputāre

think over, reflect on

(sōlor) sōlārī, sōlātum

comfort

-ēre

{154} (admoneō) admonēre (< monēre)

remind, advise, urge

(admoveō) admovēre (< movēre)

move near, put to

(immisceō) immiscēre, -scuisse, -xtum

mingle, merge (into)

(misereor) miserērī, miseritum

feel pity for

(taedet) taedēre, -duisse, -sum

be tired/sick of

-ere

(abrumpō) abrumpere (< rumpō)

break off

(concumbō) concumbere, -uisse, -itum

sleep (with)

(ēvānēscō) ēvānēscere, -uisse

vanish, disappear

(excipō) excipere (< capere)

receive, catch

(exsequor) exsequī (< sequī)

pursue, go on, execute

(exsolvō) exsolvere (< solvere)

set free, release

(fervō) fervere, feruisse

boil, seethe, swarm[4]

(furō) furere, furuisse

be mad, rage, rave

(illūdō) illūdere, -ūsisse, -ūsum

make a game of, fool

(incumbō) incumbere, -uisse, itum

lie down on

(īnsequor) īnsequī (< sequī)

follow, pursue

(nectō) nectere, nexuisse, nexum

attach

(obmūtēscō) obmūtēscere, -tuisse

become speechless

(peragō) peragere (< agere)

carry out, complete

(refellō) refellere, refellisse

refute

(sēcēdō) sēcēdere (< cēdere)

withdraw, rebel

(struō) struere, struxisse, structu

arrange, contrive, devise

(subiciō) subicere, -iēcisse, -iectu

put under, subject, add

(succumbō) succumbere, -uisse, -itum

yield, submit

(suscipiō) suscipere (< capere)

take up, receive, adopt

-īre

{155} (praesentiō) praesentīre (< sentiō)

have a presentiment of

ADIECTĪVA

1st/2nd

ālātus, -a, -um

winged

attonitus, -a, -um

stunned, stupefied

dīlēctus, -a, -um

beloved, dear

hībernus, -a, -um

winter-, of winter

īnfēnsus, -a, -um

hostile

īnsepultus, -a, -um

unburied

invictus, -a, -um

unconquered, invincible

moribundus, -a, -um

dying

perfidus, -a, -um

faithless, treacherous

placidus, -a, -um

quiet, calm, gentle

placitus, -a, -um

pleasing, agreeable

sanguineus, -a, -um

bloodstained, bloodshot

uxōrius, -a, -um

attached to one’s wife

3rd

dēmens (gen. dēmēntis)

out of one’s mind, mad

iugālis, -e

marriage, conjugal

mūtābilis, -e

changeable

praeceps (gen. praecipitis)

headlong, precipitous

vigil (gen. vigilis)

wakeful, watchful

PRONŌMINA

mēmet

me, myself

ADVERBIA

extemplō

at once

omnīnō

altogether

sponte

of my/his own accord

____________

1. For an explanation of the line number references convention, see p. xxvi.

2. Jussive subjunctive (Cap. XXXI).

3. Mementō is the future imperative of meminisse (Cap. XXVI).

4. The more common form of this verb is ferveō, fervēre, ferbuisse; fervĕre (3rd declension) is less frequent. Here, it helps with the meter of the line.

{156} XLI: VNVM ET QVADRAGESIMVM: ORIGINES (Livy)[1]

[Ex T. Līviī ‘ab Urbe Conditā’ librō I.1–7, nōnnūllīs mūtātīs et praetermissīs]

I. ØRBERG’S INTRODUCTION

This and the following four chapters present the early history of Rome as recorded in the first “book” of the great Roman historian Livy (Titus Līvius), who lived in the time of Emperor Augustus (59 BC–AD 17). In 142 “books,” Livy treated the history of Rome from the foundation of the city—hence the title of his work ab Urbe Conditā—down to his own time. Of this voluminous work, only 35 books have survived. These books cover the earliest period until 293 BC (books I–X), the Second Punic War, 218–201 BC (books XXI–XXX), and the subsequent period until 167 BC (books XXXI–XLV). We know the content of the lost books in broad outline through ancient summaries, called periochae (περιοχαί).

Livy’s first book deals with the foundation of Rome and the seven Roman kings from Rōmulus to Tarquinius Superbus, who was expelled from Rome in 509 BC. In Cap. XLI, Livy’s prose has been somewhat abridged and simplified, but even here many passages stand unaltered as Livy wrote them 2,000 years ago. In the following chapters, the text gets closer and closer to the original, and from XLV.22, the text is abridged, but otherwise unchanged.

Livy’s account has been supplemented with excerpts from Ovid (Ovidius), especially from the didactic poem Fāstī, in which he goes through the Roman calendar and relates the legends connected with particular dates (e.g., the founding of Rome on April 21st).

What the Romans related about the origin of their city has little to do with reality. Livy is fully aware of this, but his delight in the old legends is unmistakable. In his preface, he says that if any people has the right to trace its origin to the war god Mars (the father of Romulus), it is the Roman people.

{157} Livy begins his history with the arrival of Aeneas in Latium. He made peace with king Latīnus, who gave him his daughter Lāvīnia in marriage. This provoked war with the neighboring king Turnus, who was engaged to marry Lavinia. Turnus allied himself with the Etruscans (Etrūscī), but he was defeated by Aeneas. Ascanius, the son of Aeneas, founded the city of Alba Longa and became the first of a line of Alban kings. One of these kings, Numitor, was dethroned by his brother Amūlius. When Numitor’s daughter Rea Silvia bore twins, Amulius ordered them to be exposed in the Tiber, but the boys, Romulus and Remus, drifted ashore. When they were found, a she-wolf was nursing them. Once grown, they killed Amulius and resolved to found a new city on the Tiber. An omen taken from the observation of the flight of birds (auspicium) seemed to favor Romulus, so he founded the city on the Palatine Hill. When Remus ridiculed his brother’s work by leaping over the new walls, Romulus killed him. Finally, Livy tells the story of Hercules killing Cācus for robbing his cattle. This story explains the origin of the ancient Āra Māxima and the worship of the Greek god Hercules (Greek Hēraklēs) in Rome (see XXXVI.178–183).

As a supplement to Livy’s account of Romulus and Remus, you read the passage in Ovid’s Fāstī (383–418), in which the poet relates the story of the exposure of the twins and their miraculous rescue.

II. AUXILIA LEGENDĪ

Trōiānī et Latīnī: 1–48

5–6:

quibus: dative with superesse; nihil praeter arma et nāvēs superat: nihil is subject of superesse (Cap. XVIII: “survive”).

9:

ad arcendam vim: ad + accusative of gerund/gerundive to express purpose (Caps. XXXIII, XXXVI).

10:

signum pugnandī: objective genitive (Cap. XXV).

12–14:

the indirect questions (“quī mortālēs essent, unde profectī quidve quaerentēs in agrum Laurentem exiissent?”) are introduced by the participle interrogātus.

24:

brevī = brevī tempore (cf. Cap. XXXVI.217).

28:

molestē patiēns: both here and at line 152 (molestē ferret), the expression approximates our “taking it badly.”

28–29:

advenam sibi praelātum esse: the accusative and infinitive construction is used in implied indirect statement, which is very common. Turnus declared war because he took it badly (molestē patiēns) that a stranger had been preferred to him.

{158} 32–34:

ut…conciliāret: purpose clause with utramque…appellāvit, not result with ita.

38–39:

minimē laetus…orīgine: ablative of cause (Cap. XXXVI).

41–46:

Aenēās, quamquam tanta…erat ut…implēvisset: concessive clause (quamquam) introducing a result clause (tanta…ut… implēvisset); opibus: ablative of respect (Caps. XI, XXXIX).

47:

quod: antecedent is proelium.

Alba condita: 49–68

52:

incolume < incolumis, -e: “unharmed, safe” (Cap. XXXIII).

53–54:

quis…affirmet? Potential subjunctive in a rhetorical question; hicine: interrogative particle = hicne.

61:

ferē: adv. “approximately” (Cap. XXXIII).

62–66:

Reading practice: The core of this long sentence is: opēs Latīnōrum crēverant. Tantum provokes the result clause (ut…ausī sint); further elaborating the thought is the ablative absolute (māximē vīctīs Etrūscīs) and the circumstances under which one might expect the Latins to be threatened—when Aeneas died and Lavinia ruled as regent for Ascanius (nē morte quidem Aenēae nec deinde inter rēgnum muliebre et Ascaniī pueritiam).

66–68:

Pāx ita convēnerat ut Etrūscīs Latīnīsque fluvius Albula, quem nunc Tiberim vocant, fīnis esset: result clause (Cap. XXXVII).

Rōmulus et Remus: 69–137

74–76:

Supply ortus est with all the noun/ablative of source combinations.

84:

Plūs…vīs potuit: posse alone means “have ability/power,” so “force had more power.”

86–88:

fīliae Rēae Silviae: dative of disadvantage with adimit; cum virginem Vestālem eam lēgisset: virginem Vestālem is predicative: “because he had chosen her as a Vestal virgin.”

89:

vī compressa: i.e., “violated.”

100–103:

Ea adeō mītis fuisse dīcitur ut īnfantibus ūbera praebēret et pāstor rēgius eam linguā lambentem puerōs invēnerit—Faustulus eī nōmen fuit: result clause.

{159} 104:

For the gerundive (ēducandōs dedit), see Cap. XXXVI.

110:

impetūs faciēbant: “to attack” (cf. l.115: impetūs fierī).

116–117:

praedās agere: agere is regularly used for carrying off booty (praeda) taken in war.

119–121:

nam et iussū rēgis īnfantēs expositōs esse sciēbat et tempus quō ipse eōs sustulisset ad id tempus convenīre: sciēbat introduces a double indirect statement; the second (tempus…ad id tempus convenīre) contains a subordinate clause (quō ipse eōs sustulisset) in which the main verb is subjunctive (see Cap. XXXVI: subordinate clauses in indirect statement have their verbs in the subjunctive according to sequence of tense).

124–127:

Eōdem tempore Numitor…suspicābatur: the main clause is actually just a subject, verb, and time marker; suspicābatur is completed by an accusative and infinitive in indirect statement (nepōtēs suōs servātōs esse); Numitor’s reasoning is fleshed out by a cum clause (cum…frātrēs) and an ablative of means of the gerund with objects (comparandō…).

Rōma condita: 138–157

141–143:

rēgnī: objective genitive with cupiditātem; the indirect question begun by uter tells what was at stake in the competition between the brothers (certāmen ortum est).

149–150:

Rōmulō: dative with favēre.

152:

molestē ferret: see note above for line 28.

156:

imperiō: ablative with potītus est.

Sacra Herculis īnstitūta: 158–196

162–165:

Herculēs…bovēs…ēgisse nārrātor ac…fessus…recubuisse: nominative and infinitive in an indirect statement dependent on a passive verb (Cap. XXXVI); mīrā speciē: ablative of description; nandō: gerund of nāre (“to swim”), ablative of means.

166–167:

ferōx vīribus: ablative of respect.

174:

forās versa: turned toward the outside; forās: adverb of place to which.

178:

Quem = Et eum (Cap. XXV).

{160} 183–186:

The sentence is carried forward by the participles: Evander… arcessītus…intuēns rogitat; quī…esset: indirect question.

189–190:

dicātum īrī: future infinitive passive (Cap. XXIII) in an indirect statement.

190–191:

ōlim means “once, long ago, one day”: i.e., refers to future as well as past; vocet: subjunctive in a subordinate clause in ōrātiō oblīqua.

Gemellī expositī: 197–231

203:

recūsantēs: “making an objection against,” “being unwilling” (here clearly it does not mean “refuse”).

205–206:

i.e., the river Albula, after Tiberinus drowned in it, was called the Tiber.

207:

vidērēs: indefinite potential subjunctive (see above).

208:

The apostrophe, or direct address, to the Circus Maximus is a feature of poetry.

211:

plūs vigōrīs: partitive gentive with neuter pronoun; iste: i.e., the one that you are carrying, Romulus.

214:

in vōbīs: i.e., Romulus and Remus (so too vestrae orīginis, l.215).

215–216:

At sī quis…esset…ferret: present contrafactual conditions (Cap. XXXIII).

217:

Ferret..sī māter egēret: present contrafactual conditions (Cap. XXXIII); māter is subject of both clauses.

221:

vāgiērunt = vāgīvērunt; putārēs: indefinite potential subjunctive (see above).

223:

Sustinet impositōs summā cavus alveus undā = cavus alveus puerōs impositōs summā undā sustinet: “the hollowed bark bore the boys on the top of the waves.”

225:

silvīs…opācīs: dative with compound verb appulsus (ad + pellere).

228:

quis crēdat: rhetorical question (see above); puerīs: dative with intransitive nocuisse.

{161} III. VOCĀBULA

NŌMINA

1st

clāva, -ae

club, cudgel

cōpiae, -ārum (pl.)

resources, troops

cūstōdia, -ae

guard, custody, post

lupa, -ae

she-wolf

pueritia, -ae

boyhood, childhood

2nd

armentum, -ī

(herd of) cattle

auspicium, -ī

omen taken from birds

avus, -ī

grandfather

concilium, -ī

assembly, league

līmus, -ī

mud

mātrimōnium, -ī

matrimony, marriage

patruus, -ī

father’s brother, uncle

stabulum, -ī

stable

3rd

auctor, -ōris (m.)

originator, founder, advocate, guarantor

conditor, -ōris (m.)

founder

crūdēlitās, -ātis (f.)

cruelty

discrīmen, -inis (n.)

distinction, grave danger

facinus, -ōris (n.)

deed, act, misdeed

latrō, -ōnis (m.)

brigand, robber

linter, -tris (f./m.)

small boat, skiff

necessitās, -ātis (f.)

need, necessity

nōbilitās, -ātis (f.)

renown, nobility, nobles

opēs, -um (f. pl.)

resources, wealth, power, influence

ops, -opis (f.)

power, aid, assistance

prīmōrēs, -um (m.pl.)

leading men, front ranks

societās, -ātis (f.)

partnership, alliance

sōlitūdō, -inis (f.)

loneliness, lonely place

stirps, -pis (f.)

origin, stock, offspring

{162} vigor, -ōris (m.)

vigor

virginitās, -ātis (f.)

virginity

vultur, -is (m.)

vulture

4th

adventus, -ūs

arrival

partus, -ūs

(giving) birth

rītus, -ūs

rite, ceremony

saltus, -ūs

wooded hills; narrow pass

situs, -ūs

position, situation

vāgītus, -ūs

wail, squall

VERBA

-āre

(auspicor) auspicārī

take the auspices

(conciliō) conciliāre

win over

(dicō) dicāre

dedicate

(ēvocō) ēvocāre

call out, summon

(grātulor) grātulārī

congratulate

(lēgō) lēgāre

bequeath, send, delegate

(prōcreō) prōcreāre

engender, beget

(suspicor) suspicārī

guess, suspect

(trepidō) trepidāre

be in panic, tremble

-ēre

(praebeō) praebēre, -uisse, -itum

present, offer, show

(spondeō) spondēre, spondisse, spōnsum

pledge, promise, betroth

(tumeō) tumēre, -uisse, -itum

swell

-ere

(abdō) abdere, -didisse, -ditum

hide

(abigō) abigere, -ēgisse, -āctum (< agere)

drive away

(adipīscor) adipīscī, adeptum

obtain

(adolēscō) adolēscere, adolēvisse, adultum

grow up

{163} (arguō) arguere, -uisse, -ūtum

reveal, affirm, accuse

(comprimō) comprimere (< premere)

compress, crush, suppress, rape

(cōnfundō) cōnfundere (< fundere)

mingle, upset, confuse

(cōnsulō) cōnsulere, -suluisse, -sultum

consult, take counsel

(dēdō) dēdere (< dare)

give up, devote

(dēficiō) dēficere (< facere)

fail, sink, wane, defect

(diffīdō) diffīdere, -īsum

distrust, despair of

(īcō) īcere, -īcisse, -ictum

strike, make, conclude

(īnstituō) īnstituere, -tuisse, -tūtum

set up, establish, start, appoint, train, instruct

(interimō) interimere (< emere)

kill

(lambō) lambere, -isse, -itum

lick, wash

(opprimō) opprimere (< premere)

press on, overwhelm

-īre

(intereō) interīre (< īre)

die, perish

(mūgiō) mūgīre, -īvisse, -ītum

low, bellow

(nūtriō) nūtrīre, -īvisse, -ītum

feed, suckle

(sitiō) sitīre, -īvisse, -ītum

be thirsty

(trānsiliō) trānsilīre, -iluisse, -ītum

jump over

irregular

(īnferō) īnferre (< ferre)

bring (in), cause, inflict

ADIECTĪVA

1st/2nd

ambō, -ae, -ō

both, the two

eximius, -a, -um

choice, outstanding

fētus, -a, -um

having young

fīnitimus, -a, -um

adjacent, neighboring

immātūrus, -a, -um

unripe, premature

immēnsus, -a, -um

immeasurable, endless

lacrimōsus, -a, -um

tearful, sad

{164} opācus, -a, -um

shady

opulentus, -a, -um

wealthy, powerful

orbus, -a, -um

childless, orphaned

prosperus, -a, -um

successful, favorable

sacer, -ra, -rum

holy, sacred

siccus, -a, -um

dry

ūdus, -a, -um

wet

vetustus, -a, -um

ancient, old

3rd

duplex, -icis

double

hostīlis, -e

enemy, hostile

mītis, -e

gentle, mild, tame

muliebris, -e

of a woman

pūbēs, (gen. puberis)

mature, grown up (m. pl. adults)

puerīlis, -e

of children

sēgnis, -e

slothful, inactive

servīlis, -e

of a slave, servile

virīlis, -e

male, manly

ADVERBIA

falsō

false, deceived, wrong

nusquam

nowhere

ubicumque

wherever

ALIA

iussū[2]

by order of

____________

1. For an explanation of the line number references convention, see p. xxvi.

2. From iussus, iussū (m.) is a noun used only in the ablative singular.

{165} XLII: ALTERVM ET QVADRAGESIMVM: BELLVM ET PAX (Livy)[1]

[Ex T. Līviī ‘ab Urbe Conditā’ librō I. 8–21, nōnnūllīs mūtātīs et praetermissīs]

I. ØRBERG’S INTRODUCTION

Once Romulus had secured his reign with laws and symbols of power, he increased the number of inhabitants by opening a place of refuge, called an asȳlum (from Greek ἄσυλον, sanctuary), for all kinds of immigrants. There was an influx of men of low rank, slaves as well as free men. The next problem for king Romulus was how to get wives for his new inhabitants. The neighboring peoples were contemptuous of the Romans and banned intermarriage (cōnūbium) with them. But Romulus devised a ploy: he invited Rome’s neighbors with their families to games in Rome, and in the middle of the show, he gave a sign to the Roman men to carry off all the marriageable young women.

This outrage brought about Rome’s first war with her neighbors. In the ensuing battle with the Caenīnēnsēs, Romulus distinguished himself by killing the enemy king and carrying his armor to the Capitol as an offering to Iuppiter Feretrius, to whom he vowed a temple. His most dangerous opponents, however, were the Sabines (Sabīnī). With the help of the treacherous Tarpēia, they managed to take the Capitol, the citadel of Rome, and from there they put the Roman army to flight; but Jupiter stayed the flight of the Romans when Romulus vowed him a temple at the foot of the Palatine Hill—the templum Iovis Statōris (XXXVI.172; Stator comes from sistere and can mean “Stayer”).

During the renewed struggle, the Sabine women threw themselves between the opposing armies and persuaded their fathers and husbands to make peace. Romulus entered into an alliance with Tatius, the king of the Sabines. After a few years of joint rule, king Tatius was killed in a riot. This caused Romulus little regret. He also waged successful wars with Fidēnae, whose army he ambushed, and with the Etruscan city of Vēiī.

{166} Legend has it that Romulus suddenly disappeared in a violent storm while he was mustering his troops in the Campus Mārtius. The senators told the suspicious soldiers that he had been carried off to heaven and deified.

After a short interrēgnum, the Sabine Numa Pompilius was chosen king of Rome, and his election was confirmed by auspicia. Unlike his warlike predecessor, Numa entered upon peaceful reforms. He built the shrine of Janus (Iānus) and had it closed as a sign that Rome was at peace (XXXVI.99–107). He rectified the calendar, giving the year twelve months instead of ten, and organized the worship of the gods.

In the first book of his poem Ars amātōria, Ovid tells the story of the Rape of the Sabine Women (as an illustration of what a dangerous place the theater is for young women). And in the Fāstī (III.215–228), Ovid tells us how the same women, clasping their babies, rush between the warring Romans and Sabines.

Livy makes use of the legendary history of Rome in his attempt to explain the origin of a great many political and religious institutions. He recounts that Romulus established a bodyguard of twelve līctōrēs as an explanation of the attendants who preceded the Roman consuls and other magistrates bearing the symbols of power, fascēs (rods) and secūrēs (axes). Romulus is also said to have instituted the offering of spolia opīma (“choice spoils”), i.e., the spoils taken by a Roman general from the enemy leader he had killed in battle, to Iuppiter Feretrius at his temple on the Capitoline. Several religious institutions are ascribed to the pious king Numa. An augur confirmed his election by auspicia, divination from the observation of birds; he founded new priesthoods, including the virginēs Vestālēs, priestesses of Vesta (XXXVI.111–115), the Saliī, priests of Mars, and the pontificēs, who were in control of religious matters in Rome. The term interrēgnum was still used in Republican times about a period when Rome had no consuls.

II. AUXILIA LEGENDĪ

Fascēs et secūrēs: insignia imperiī: 1–19

7–8:

quī fascēs et secūrēs gerentēs rēgī anteīrent: rēgī is dative with the compound verb anteīrent (Cap. XXXVII).

Sabīnae raptae: 20–55

21:

cuilibet < quīlibet: see indefinite pronouns (above).

27–28:

tantam…mōlem: a mōles is literally a huge, heavy mass, but it is used metaphorically (as here) for a huge power, great might.

{167} 29–30:

The indirect question (num…aperuissent) proceeds from the ablative absolute (plērīsque rogitantibus). Only women of ill repute would be in need of asylum, hence the Romans’ anger (aegrē passī sunt).

30–31:

Id Rōmānī iuvenēs aegrē passī sunt: cf. molestē patī (Cap. XLI).

34–35:

studiō etiam videndae novae urbis: objective genitive of the gerundive with studiō (Cap. XXV).

39:

brevī = brevī tempore (Cap. XXV).

40:

eō: “to that place” (adv.).

50–51:

quō is ablative of comparison; the antecedent is līberōrum (“children, a thing than which nothing is dearer”).

53–54:

ad hoc: adverbial: moreover, in addition.

Spolia opīma: 56–97

64:

lentē agere: “act indifferently, slowly.”

68:

sed iīs obviam it: adverb obviam (“in the way”), with a verb of motion (Cap. XXXIX).

78:

Iuppiter Feretrī: vocative.

82:

bīna: distributive adjective (Cap. XXX) with spolia opīma; tantum: adverb.

83–84:

Note Latin’s fondness for “sandwiching” modifying words: fortūna id decus adipīscendī: the gerund (adipīscendī) is genitive depending on the noun fortūna, and the object of adipīscendī lies between them (adipīscī, adeptum esse: “arrive at, get, gain”).

91–92:

ōrant introduces an indirect command (ut…accipiat) followed by an indirect statement. What they said was “dā veniam” (becomes indirect command); ita rēs Rōmānae coalēscere concordiā possunt becomes accusative and infinitive construction.

94–95:

minus certāminis fuit: partitive genitive (Cap. XIX).

Bellum Sabīnum: 98–173

103:

petītum: supine (Cap. XXII).

105:

aurō pollicendō: gerundive construction, ablative of means (Cap. XXVI).

108:

nē quis = nē aliquis (Cap. XXII).

{168} 109–110:

Reading help: Additur fābula introduces an indirect statement (Tarpēiam…postulāvisse); the object of postulāvisse (id) leads in a subordinate clause in ōrātiō oblīqua (Cap. XXXVI): quod in sinistrīs manibus habērent.

111:

armillās magnī ponderis: genitive of description (Cap. XXXVI).

117–118:

cupiditāte arcis reciperandae accēnsī: objective genitive (Cap. XXV).

118:

montem subiēre: “they ascended the mountain.”

128–129:

arcē < arcēre (Cap. XXXIX); dēme < dēmere (Cap. XXXV) = dē emere: “take away.”

130–131:

templum…quod monumentum sit…voveō: “wish” (Cap. XXXIX).

132:

velut sī sēnsisset audītās precēs: velut (“as,” “as if,” Cap. XXVI); the pluperfect subjunctive underscores the contrafactual nature of the comparison.

132–134:

“Hinc” inquit, “Rōmānī, Iuppiter Optimus Māximus resistere atque iterāre pugnam iubet!”: i.e., “resistite atque iterāte!”

143–144:

Ex equō tum Mettius pugnābat, eō facilius fuit eum pellere: “it was all the easier to…” (literally: “by which the more easily”).

152–153:

crīnibus passīs: ablative absolute, passīs from pandere: “spread out,” “unkempt,” a sign of distress; victō malīs muliebrī pavōre: ablative absolute with an ablative of means (malīs).

156:

piget: Cap. XL.

159:

sine alterīs vestrum: partitive genitive (Cap. XIX).

164:

Rōmam: accusative of place to which.

Fidēnātēs et Vēientēs victī: 174–220

175:

Tatius: for Tatius, king of the Sabines, see lines 63, 104, 171; Lāvīniī: locative.

177:

aegrē…tulisse: Cap. XXI (reading notes for line 28).

179–180:

Itaque bellō quidem abstinuit: bellō is ablative of separation with abstinēre (Cap. XXXVI).

185–186:

priusquam…esset quam…vidēbatur: first clause is an anticipatory subjunctive (“before it could be”); second is indicative (“than it [in fact] seemed it would be”).

187:

id agrī: partitive genitive with a neuter pronoun (more examples in Cap. XLIV).

{169} 188:

versī: “turned themselves.”

190:

Rōmam: accusative, not locative, because the messengers had to travel to Rome to make the announcement.

191–196:

Reading help: Remember that words are grouped together, so even long sentences such as this one can be read from beginning to end: Ibi [modicō praesidiō relictō (ablative absolute)], ēgressus (cum omnibus cōpiīs) partem mīlitum locīs occultīs sedēre (in īnsidiīs) iussit, ipse (cum parte māiōre atque omnī equitātū) profectus (ad ipsās prope portās Fidēnārum) accēdēns hostēs ad pugnam excīvit: “having set out, he ordered, while he himself proceeded (profectus), approaching (accēdēns) Fidenae, he roused,” etc.

193–194, 196:

partem mīlitum; numerum Rōmānōrum modicum: partitive genitives (Cap. XIX).

198:

simulantēs: see note XXIX.118.

202–203:

prius paene quam…circumagerent: see above note on lines 185–186.

206:

Rōmānī velut ūnō agmine in oppidum irrūpērunt: velut (“as,” “as if,” Cap. XXVI).

208:

vastantēs: “plundering, ravaging”; iustī: with bellī.

214:

obviam ēgressī: adverb obviam (“in the way”), with verb of motion (Cap. XXXIX).

217–218:

urbe validā mūrīs ac sitū ipsō mūnītā abstinuit: urbe validā… mūnītā is ablative of separation with abstinēre (Cap. XXXVI); mūrīs ac sitū ipsō: ablatives of means dependent on mūnītā.

219:

ulcīscendī magis quam praedae studiō: objective genitives with studiō; genitives can be combined (here we see a gerund and a noun).

220:

pācem petītum…mittunt: supine + object with verb of motion (Cap. XXXVI).

Rōmulus cōnsecrātus: 221–253

222:

Haec Rōmulō rēgnante domī mīlitiaeque gesta sunt: gerere is regularly used of official accomplishments, often called the rēs gestae; domī mīlitiaeque are both locative, frequently conjoined when referring to a leader’s accomplishments: both domestic and military (at home and on the field).

{170} 223–224:

in quadrāgintā deinde annōs: “for” or “in the space of” forty years thereafter.

234:

mīltibus: dative with the compound abstulerit: “took away from.”

236:

velut sī orbī factī essent: velut (“as,” “as if,” Cap. XXVI); the subjunctive is used to underscore the contrafactual nature of the comparison.

241–242:

aliquōs quī…arguerent: relative clause of characteristic/description (Cap. XXXIX).

249:

colant sciantque: jussive subjunctives (Cap. XXXI).

Interrēgnum: 254–280

258–260:

Timor incessit nē…adorīrētur: fear clause (Cap. XXXII).

263–264:

Dēnī simul quīnōs diēs: distributive numbers (Cap. XXX) = ten sets of five days each (fifty days).

270:

populō concedendum esse: intransitive verb used impersonally in passive (Cap. XL) with the dative—the gerundive with esse to show obligation or necessity (passive periphrastic).

273:

auctōrēs: i.e., they would ratify the choice.

274–275:

Quod…sit: subjunctive of wish (Cap. XXXIX); the combination bonum faustum felix was a common prayer for the well-being of the republic.

276:

vīsum est: “it seemed” can often mean “it seemed good, it seemed proper, it was pleasing” + dative.

276–277:

dignum quī: descriptive relative clause (see above).

279–280:

plēbī permissum est ut: permittere is being used impersonally in passive, followed by a consecutive noun clause (Cap. XXXVII); quis Rōmae rēgnārent: indirect question.

Numa Pompilius rēx: 281–353

282–283:

vir prūdentissimus iūris dīvīnī atque hūmānī: prūdēns (Caps. XXV, XXVI, XXIX) takes an objective genitive.

290:

arcessītus < arcessere (Cap. XI): “summon”; adeptus est: see note above on lines 83–84 (adipīscī).

291–292:

ad merīdiem versus: ad + accusative versus: “toward” (Cap. XX).

{171} 296:

fīnīvit: In Cap. XXIX, you learned this verb as “finish,” a meaning it gets from its base meaning of “put boundaries (fīnēs) around”; the augur does this mentally (animō) when he has prayed to the gods.

300:

uti…dēclārēs: wish; uti = utinam.

314–315:

deōrum metum: objective genitive (Cap. XXV); Quī = metus.

318–320:

eius = Egeria’s; sē = Numa; sacerdōtēs suōs cuique deōrum: suum cuique: “to each his own” (Cap. XVIII).

323–324:

quia…futūrum esset: implied ōrātiō oblīqua (see grammar section above).

327–328

plūrēs Rōmulī quam Numae similēs rēgēs fore putābat: similis takes the dative or, as here, the genitive; fore = futūrum esse; the main clause (sacerdōtem creāvit) is introduced by a causal clause (quia) followed by a purpose (nē).

338–339:

quibus…fierent: implied ōrātiō oblīqua (see grammar section above).

341:

ut esset quem: descriptive relative clause (see grammar section above).

346:

ad turbandam…pācem: purpose.

350:

alius aliā viā: Cap. X.

Rapina Sabīnārum: 354–377

356–357:

sibi quisque: each for himself (XVIII); quam velit: indirect question.

359:

signa…dēdit: the missing word is petīta (with signa).

362–364:

ut…utque…sīc: simile.

365:

nūllā, i.e., nūllā puellā; quī: antecedent color.

370:

geniālis praeda: in apposition to raptae puellae.

377:

scīstī = scīvistī.

Mulierēs pācem faciunt: 378–393

380:

ferrō mortīque: datives with parātae.

383:

pignora cara: in apposition to nātōs.

{172} 384:

passīs capillīs: see above on lines 152–153.

386:

quasi sentīrent: “as if they could understand” (present contrafactual: “they are too young to understand”).

388:

tunc dēnique vīsum: they’ve never seen their grandfathers before.

389:

quī vix potest posse coāctus erat: e.g., in their eagerness to end the conflict, their mothers are encouraging them to say “grandpa.”

391:

manūs is the object of both dant and accipiunt.

393:

scūtī: genitive with ūsus.

III. VOCĀBULA

NŌMINA

1st

agna, -ae

ewe lamb

armilla, -ae

bracelet

centuria, -ae

century (unit of 100)

Columba, -ae

pigeon, dove

Dīligentia, -ae

carefulness

mīlitia, -ae

military service

2nd

asȳlum, -ī

refuge, asylum

commodum, -ī

advantage, interest

fānum, -ī

shrine, consecrated spot

globus, -ī

globe, sphere, ball, band

interrēgnum, -ī

interval between reigns

lituus, -ī

augur’s staff, trumpet

Lūdicrum, -ī

sport, toy, show

mīrāculum, -ī

marvel

praesidium, -ī

protection, aid, garrison

quercus, -ī (f.)

oak

spectāculum, -ī

sight, spectacle

spolia, -orum (n. pl.)

spoils, booty

{173} 3rd

ancīle, -is (n.)

(sacred) shield

augur, -is (m.)

augur

cīvitās, -ātis (f.)

state, city, citizenship

clādēs, -is (f.)

disaster, defeat

cōntiō, -ōnis (f.)

meeting, assembly

decus, -oris (n.)

honor, ornament

fascēs, -ium (m. pl.)

bundle of rods, fasces

flāmen, -inis (m.)

flamen (priest)

foedus, -eris (n.)

treaty

gener, -erī (m.)

son-in-law

indignātiō, -ōnis (f.)

indignation, resentment

īnsigne, -is (n.)

mark, token, symbol

interrēx, -rēgis (m.)

intermediary regent

lēgātiō, -ōnis (f.)

embassy, deputation

līctor, -ōris (m.)

lictor

occāsiō, -ōnis (f.)

opportunity, chance

pignus, -oris (n.)

pledge

plēbs, -is (f.)

the (common) people

secūris, -is (f.) (acc. -im; abl. -ī)

axe

socer, -erī (m.)

father-in-law

tubicen, -inis (m.)

trumpeter

4th

concursus, -ūs

concourse, encounter

plausus, -ūs

applause

VERBA

-āre

(clāmitō) clāmitāre

shout loudly

(concitō) concitāre

stir up, incite

(cōnservō) cōnservāre

preserve, maintain

(cōnsociō) cōnsociāre

associate, share

(creō) creāre

create, appoint

(dēclārō) dēclārāre

show, declare, express

(dēsignō) dēsignāre

mark out

{174} (dīmicō) dīmicāre

fight

(fugō) fugāre

put to flight, rout

(imperitō) imperitāre

govern, be in command

(impetrō) impetrāre

obtain (by request)

(indicō) indicāre

make known, declare

(iterō) iterāre

repeat, renew

(laniō) laniāre

tear

(migrō) migrāre

move, migrate

(mītigō) mītigāre

soothe

(notō) notāre

mark, note, censure

(populor) populārī

ravage, plunder

(prōvolō) prōvolāre

rush forth

(reciperō) reciperāre

recover, recapture

(saltō) saltāre

dance

(spoliō) spoliāre

strip (of arms), rob

(temperō) temperāre

moderate, temper, refrain

(vāstō) vāstāre

lay waste, ravage

(vēlō) vēlāre

cover

(violō) violāre

violate

-ēre

(piget) pigēre, piguit, pigitum

feel annoyance at, regret

-ere

(advertō) advertere (< vertere)

turn, direct (toward)

(coalēscō) coalēscere, -uisse, -itum

grow together, coalesce

(cōnscrībō) cōnscrībere (< scrībere)

enroll, compose, write

(convalēscō) convalēscere (< valēre)

grow strong, recover

(corrumpō) corrumpere (< rumpere)

spoil, corrupt, bribe

(dēcernō) dēcernere (< cernere)

decide, settle, fight

(dēlābōr) dēlābī (< lābī)

slip down, descend

(discrībō) discrībere (< scībere)

divide up, distribute

(discurrō) discurrere (< currere)

run in several directions

(ēscendō) ēscendere (< scandere)

ascend, go up

{175} (ēvādō) ēvādere (< vādere)

get out, escape, pass, turn out

(immittō) immittere (< mittere)

send in, send (into)

(inicō) inicere (< icere)

throw/lay on, instill

(invādō) invādere (< vādere)

enter, attack, invade

(irrumpō) irrumpere (< rumpere)

break, force one’s way

(oppōnō) oppōnere (< pōnere)

put in the way, oppose

(percellō) percellere, -ulisse, -ulsum

strike (with fear)

(perfugiō) perfugere (< fugere)

take refuge

(prōcumbō) prōcumbere, prōcubuisse, prōcubitum

lean forward, bow down

(prōdō) prōdere (< dare)

hand down, betray

(profugiō) profugere (< fugere)

run away, flee

(respergō) respergere, respersisse, respersum

sprinkle, splatter

(sistō) sistere, stetisse, statum

halt, stop

(spernō) spernere, sprēvisse, sprētum

disdain, scorn

-īre

(adorior) adorīrī (< orīrī)

attack

(coorior) coorīrī (< orīrī)

break out, arise

(exciō) excīre, excīvisse, excitum

call out, summon

(exsiliō) exsilīre, -uisse

jump up

irregular

(anteeō) anteīre (< īre)

precede, surpass

(prōdeō) prōdīre (< īre)

come forward, go forth

ADIECTĪVA

1st/2nd

acceptus, -a, -um

well-liked, popular

aduncus, -a, -um

hooked, curved

amātōrius, -a, -um

of love

assiduus, -a, -um

constantly present

blandus, -a, -um

charming, ingratiating

dēnsus, -a, -um

thick, dense

{176} externus, -a, -um

external, extraneous

fāstus, -a, -um

court-day, work day

faustus, -a, -um

fortunate, favorable

hodiernus, -a, -um

today’s, of today

inīquus, -a, -um

uneven, unfair

īnspērātus, -a, -um

not hoped for, unexpected

lentus, -a, -um

slow

modicus, -a, -um

moderate

nefandus, -a, -um

heinous

nefāstus, -a, -um

public holiday

nocturnus, -a, -um

nocturnal, at night

novellus, -a, -um

new, young

obvius, -a, -um

coming to meet

opīmus, -a, -um

rich

peregrīnus, -a, -um

foreign, alien

sānctus, -a, -um

holy

vānus, -a, -um

empty, useless, vain

vīcīnus, -a, -um

neighboring

3rd

agrestis, -e

rustic, boorish, (m.) peasant

concors, (gen. -rdis)

harmonious, concordant

geniālis, -e

marriage-, conjugal

hospitālis, -e

hospitable, guest-

imbellis, -e

unwarlike, cowardly

sublīmis, -e

high (up), aloft

ūtilis, -e

useful

PRONŌMINA

quīlibet, quaelibet, quodlibet

any; no matter what/which

ADVERBIA

admodum

very much, quite

aegrē

with pain, unwillingly

aliquamdiū

for some time

cōnfestim

at once, immediately

{177} deinceps

in succession, next

impūne

with impunity

proinde

accordingly

CONIUNCTIŌNĒS

cum…tum

not only…but also

uti

like, as, how

ALIA

auspicātō

after taking the auspices; with good omens

dē integrō

anew

____________

1. For an explanation of the line number references convention, see p. xxvi.

{178} XLIII: QVADRAGESIMVM TERTIVM: ROMA ET ALBA (Livy)[1]

[Ex T. Līviī ‘ab Urbe Conditā’ librō I. 22–31, nōnnūllīs mūtātīs et praetermissīs]

I. ØRBERG’S INTRODUCTION

The third Roman king, Tullus Hostīlius, was warlike, unlike his predecessor. He soon found a pretext for declaring war on Alba Longa, but before the decisive battle, his Alban opponent, Mettius Fūfētius—under the influence of the danger threatening them both from the Etruscans—proposed that they should settle their dispute with a minimum of bloodshed. There happened to be triplets in both armies, and it was agreed that the three Roman triplets, the Horātiī, should fight with the three Albans, the Cūriātiī. Livy gives a dramatic description of this triple combat. After the first violent clashes, only one Roman remained alive and unhurt facing three Albans who were more or less wounded. Horatius, the Roman soldier, seeing that he had no chance of holding his own against the other three, took to flight so as to separate his opponents, and with the wounded Albans following him at varying distances, he turned around and killed them one by one.

The triumphant Horatius then returned at the head of the jubilant Roman army, but in front of the Porta Capena, he met his sister, who was betrothed to one of the Curiatii. Seeing her fiancé’s coat on her brother’s shoulder she burst into tears, whereupon Horatius ran his sword through his unpatriotic sister.

According to the law, Horatius should have paid with his own life for this crime, but when the duumvirī appointed by the king had condemned him to the gallows for perduelliō (properly “high treason”—here in a wider sense), he at once appealed (prōvocāvit) to the people. In the subsequent trial (iūdicium), he was acquitted, not least because his father defended him. Horatius’ father even declared that his daughter had been justly killed!

{179} Mettius, who was now subject to Rome, planned treason against his new masters. During a joint battle against the towns of Fidenae and Veii, he moved his army away from the Romans, ready to join the enemy if they got the upper hand. But the Romans were victorious without Alban support, and Tullus took revenge. Mettius was put to death in a horrible way, and Alba Longa was destroyed and all its inhabitants moved to Rome. The population of Rome was doubled, and Mount Caelius was incorporated into the city. King Tullus Hostilius erected the first senate-house, which was named the Cūria Hostīlia (it was pulled down by Julius Caesar, see XXXVI.82–84 and 96–98).

Tullus also waged a successful war against the Sabines. Soon afterward Rome was afflicted with the plague. When the king himself fell ill, he at last began worshiping the gods, but did not perform the religious rites properly. Jupiter struck him with lightning.

The chapter ends with a short extract from the earliest work of M. Tullius Cicerō, written about 85 BC. It is the beginning of a textbook of rhetoric, dē Inventiōne, about the art of finding or devising the arguments and subject matter of a speech. Here he takes the trial of Horatius as an example of a difficult case, summarizing arguments on both sides.

II. AUXILIA LEGENDĪ

Albānīs bellum indictum: 1–40

11–12:

Forte ēvēnit ut…agerent: noun clause of result (cf. fit ut/accidit ut, Cap. XXXII).

13:

Albae: locative.

14–15:

Tullus imperāverat suīs ut sine morā mandāta agerent: mandāta agere = “excecute his commands/commission.”

17:

sēgnius: comparative adverb from sēgnis, -e: “more slowly.”

19:

rēs repetīverant: see section on idioms above, cf. 24, 27.

24–25:

nisi reddantur, bellum indīcere iussōs esse: condition in ōrātiō oblīqua (see grammar section above).

26–27:

uter…dīmīserit: indirect question; ut…vertant: a wish (“may the gods,” etc.).

29:

domum: accusative of place to which.

38:

quoad = quō + ad: “up to the point that, until.”

{180} Trigeminōrum pugna: 41–121

55:

cupīdō imperiī: objective genitive (Cap. XXV).

56–57:

quō propior es, eō magis scīs: see grammar section above on correlatives.

58–59:

Memor estō: future imperative (Cap. XXVI).

59–60:

hās duās aciēs spectāculō fore Etrūscīs: double dative (Cap. XXXVI).

65–66:

cum indole, tum spē victōriae ferōcior erat: “fiercer not only in character but also in hope of victory,” ablatives of respect (Cap. XXXIX).

69:

nec aetāte nec vīribus disparēs: “unequal neither in age nor strength,” ablatives of respect (Cap. XXXIX).

70–80:

deōs patriōs…manūs: see above on change of pronouns from direct to indirect statement.

80–81:

cōnsēderant utrimque prō castrīs duo exercitūs: “before,” in this case “in front of” their respective camps.

84:

ternī: distributive number (Cap. XXX); velut: “as,” “as if” in similes (Cap. XXVIII).

90–92:

spectāculō essent: dative of purpose (Cap. XL).

99:

ut…sineret: “as”; subordinate clause in indirect statement (dependent on rātus).

100–101:

pugnātum est: impersonal passive of intranstive verb (Cap. XL).

109:

singulī: distributive number (Cap. XXX).

106:

dēfungī: like fungī (Cap. XXXVIII), dēfungī is completed by an ablative of means.

109–110:

nec spē nec vīribus parēs: “equal neither in hope nor strength,” ablatives of respect (Cap. XXXIX).

114:

sustinentī: dative with compound verb dēfigere, understand Cūriātiō sustinentī.

117:

eō māiōre cum gaudiō quod: “with all the more joy because.”

Amor immātūrus: 122–181

124–125:

sē…foret: see section above on change of pronouns from direct to indirect statement.

{181} 131:

solvit crīnēs: cf. crīnibus passīs, Caps. XL.188 and XLII.13.

136–137:

oblīta frātrum mortuōrum vīvīque, oblīta patriae: oblīvīscī + the genitive (Cap. XXV).

137:

Sīc eat…: subjunctive of wish (Cap. XXXIX).

140:

bene dē partiā meritus: cf. Cap. XL, note to line 111.

141–144:

secundum iūdicium…, secundum lēgem: secundum is here a preposition, meaning “according to, following.”

145:

iudicent: jussive subjunctive (Cap. XXXI).

146–147:

Sī vincent, caput obnūbitō! Īnfēlīcī arborī reste suspenditō!: 3rd person imperative, the subject of which is the understood lictor, the person who will execute the punishment (named in line 157).

157:

perduelliō: generally, “high treason,” although scholars have worried about that application here. When convicted of perduelliō, a Roman citizen had the right to appeal his case to the people, for which the term is ad populum prōvocāre.

163–165:

‘nē sē, quem paulō ante cum ēgregiā stirpe cōnspexissent, orbum līberīs facerent!’: Cōnspexissent: subjunctive in a relative clause in ōrātiō oblīqua; orbum līberīs: ablative of separation.

172–173:

peperērunt < pariō, parĕre, peperī, partum: “bear, bring forth.”

176–178:

Quō enim dūcere hunc iuvenem potestis ubi nōn sua decora eum ā tantā foeditāte suppliciī dēfendant?: dēfendant: potential subjunctive (Cap. XLI); potestis: in indicative, Cap. XL; sua decora: sua, as often, refers to the logical, not actual subject.

Mettiī perfidia ac supplicium: 182–265

183–187:

Ira…ingenium dictātoris corrūpit: i.e., Mettius was affected by the Albans’ resentment; coepit: subject is Mettius.

188–189:

quia suae cīvitātī vīrēs deesse cernēbat: deesse (= dē + esse) with the dative.

202:

Mettiō: dative of possession(Cap. XII); animī, fideī: partitive genitives with plūs.

206–207:

Cōnsilium erat cum iīs sē iungere quibus fortūna victōriam daret: Cōnsilium erat introduces an indirect statement (cum iīs sē iungere) followed by an indirect question (quibus…daret).

{182} 216:

Latīnē scīre: the regular idiom for knowing a language uses the adverb, just as with speaking (Latīnē loquī).

221:

quō: i.e., to the river.

231:

parātīs omnibus: ablative absolute.

236–238:

Sī umquam…fuit quod…agerētis,…id proelium fuit: past general condition (fuit…fuit, Cap. XLI), the protasis of which introduces a descriptive relative clause (Caps. XXXIX, XLII): “if it was ever the case that you should etc…”; est quod = “there is a reason why” + subjunctive is a common idiom; deinde vestrae ipsōrum virtūtī: with gratiās agerētis (prīmum…deinde); vestrae ipsōrum is emphatic: vestrae, meaning “yours” with ipsōrum, “of you yourselves”—this is a common use of ipse with the possessive adjectives (meus, tuus, noster, vester).

241:

like iussū (Cap. XLI), iniussū is found only in the ablative with a genitive or a possessive adjective.

243–244:

ut et vōs, sī ego inde agmen abdūcere voluissem, fēcissētis: past contrafactual condition (Cap. XLI).

244–246:

Mettius…Mettius…Mettius: the repetition of a word or phrase at the beginning of clauses adds emphasis and is called anaphora.

253:

redeat: jussive subjunctive (Cap. XLI).

255–256:

Sī ipse discere possēs fidem ac foedera servāre, vīvum tē id docuissem: “mixed condition”: protasis (imperfect subjunctive) in a present contrafactual; apodosis (pluperfect subjunctive) in a past contrafactual: “if you were able…I would have taught.”

258:

ea sāncta crēdere = crēdere ea esse sancta.

259–261:

Ut igitur paulō ante animum (inter Fidēnātem Rōmānamque rem) ancipitem gessistī, ita iam corpus in duās partēs distrahendum dabis!: ut…ita, “as…so too”; animum gerere: to have a mind/will that is (in this example) ancipitem (two-headed—or as we would say “two-faced”).

Alba dīruta: 266–298

267–268:

praemissī…erant…quī…trādūcerent: relative clause of purpose (Cap. XXXIX).

{183} 271–272:

effrāctīs portīs strātīsve mūrīs aut arce vī captā: three ablative absolutes, the last one enclosing an ablative of means.

280:

nātus…ēducātusque erat: erat goes with both participles.

288:

quibus (sc. annīs): ablative of time; funditus: adv., “from the bottom, completely.”

292–293:

eam sēdem Tullus rēgiae capit: eam refers to the Caelian hill; sēdem is predicative: Tullus chose it as the seat for the royal palace.

295:

senātuī…auctō: dative, indirect object.

Sabīnī dēvictī: 299–318

300–303:

gentī…opulentissimae, datives referring back to Sabīnīs; virīs armīsque: ablatives of respect.

306:

silva Malitiōsa: a forest in the Sabine territory.

307:

plūrimum: adverb with valuit.

311:

dēvictīs Sabīnīs: ablative absolute.

316–317:

velut: “as if,” with the ablative absolute; fortūnae: dative with īrātī.

Tullus fulmine ictus: 319–335

320:

Haud ita multō post pestilentia orta est: ablative of degree of difference (“afterward by not much”).

323:

mīlitiae, domī: both locatives.

325–328:

Tunc adeō…ut quī anteā…ratus esset…repente…coleret religiōnibusque…implēret: result clause containing, perhaps, a descriptive relative clause (ratus esset), or, as the marginalia take it, a concessive (“although”) relative clause; nihil minus rēgium: “nothing less befitting a king.”

Causa Horātiī: 336–358

345:

indignē passus: cf. molestē fert/molestē patiens (Cap. XLI).

353–354:

necārī nōn oportuit: “should not have been killed”; Latin keeps the present infinitive and puts oportēre in the past tense; here the indicative is used even though the sense is contrafactual (“should not have been killed, but he was”) (cf. posse in the RĒS GRAMMATICAE in Cap. XL and grammar section above).

{184} III. VOCĀBULA

NŌMINA

1st

culpa, -ae

blame, fault, guilt

maestitia, -ae

sadness, sorrow

perfidia, -ae

faithlessness, treachery

quadrīgae, -ārum (pl.)

team of four horses

ruīna, -ae

collapse, ruin

turma, -ae

Squadron

2nd

argūmentum, -ī

proof, argument

duumvirī, -ōrum (pl.)

board of two men

intervāllum, -ī

interval, space, distance

iugulum, -ī

Throat

laqueus, -ī

loop, noose

palūdāmentum, -ī

military cloak

pōmērium, -ī

open space round town

servitium, -ī

Slavery

spatium, -ī

space, distance, interval, walk, time, period

spōnsus, -ī

Fiancé

statīva, -ōrum (pl.)

stationary camp (sc. castra)

vulgus, -ī

the (common) people

3rd

centuriō, -ōnis (m.)

centurion (officer)

complōrātiō, -ōnis (f.)

Lamentation

cōnfluentēs, -ium (m. pl.)

confluence; place where two rivers unite

crīmen, -inis (n.)

charge, accusation

dēpulsiō, -ōnis (f.)

Rebuttal

dictātor, -ōris (m.)

Dictator

dīmicātiō, -ōnis (f.)

Fight

ductor, -ōris (m.)

Leader

foeditās, -ātis (f.)

Ugliness, shame

indolēs, -is (f.)

character, nature

{185} infīrmātiō, -ōnis (f.)

invalidation, rebuttal

intentiō, -ōnis (f.)

charge, accusation

inventiō, -ōnis (f.)

art of devising arguments

iūdex, -icis (m.)

judge

iūdicātiō, -ōnis (f.)

point at issue

lāmentātiō, -ōnis (f.)

wailing, lamentation

līberātor, -ōris (m.)

deliverer, liberator

perduelliō, -ōnis (f.)

treason

populāris, -is (m.)

fellow citizen

prōditiō, -ōnis (f.)

betrayal

prōvocātiō, -ōnis (f.)

appeal

pulvis, -eris (m.)

dust

quaestiō, -ōnis (f.)

inquiry, question

religiō, -ōnis (f.)

fear of the gods, religion

restis, -is (f.)

rope

ruptor, -ōris (m.)

one who breaks

strāgēs, -is (f.)

slaughter

trepidātiō, -ōnis (f.)

alarm, panic

4th

cruciātus, -ūs

torture

cultus, -ūs

cultivation, care, mode of life, worship

mōtus, ūs

movement, rising

status, -ūs

state, condition, order

VERBA

-āre

(adhortor) adhortārī

encourage, urge on

(colligō) colligāre

tie up, bind

(condemnō) condemnāre

condemn

(cōnflagrō) cōnflagrāre

be burnt

(cōntiōnor) cōntiōnārī

address a meeting

(decorō) decorāre

adorn, glorify

(duplicō) duplicāre

double

(exspīrō) exspīrāre

breathe one’s last, die

(geminō) gemināre

double

{186} (inclāmō) inclāmāre

shout (at)

(increpō) increpāre

rattle, clash, scold

(lacerō) lacerāre

tear

(ligō) ligāre

bind

(occupō) occupāre

occupy, take possession of

(prōclāmō) prōclāmāre

cry out

(prōvocō) prōvocāre

challenge, appeal

(pūrgō) pūrgāre

clean, purge, excuse

(reconciliō) reconciliāre

win back, reconcile

(renūntiō) renūntiāre

report, renounce

(stimulō) stimulāre

spur on, stimulate

(vagor) vagārī

wander, roam

-ēre

(dēspondeō) dēspondēre (< spondēre)

betroth, engage

(displiceō) displicēre, -uisse, -itum

displease, offend

(pertineō) pertinēre (< tenēre)

relate, pertain (to)

(suppleō) supplēre, -ēvisse, -ētum

fill up, reinforce

-ere

(abolēscō) abolēscere, abolēvisse, abolitum

decay, be forgotten

(absolvō) absolvere (< solvere)

free, acquit

(aggredior) aggredī, aggressum

attack, set about, try

(circumdūcō) circumdūcere (< dūcere)

lead around

(circumsistō) circumsistere, -stetisse

Surround

(dēfungor) dēfungī, dēfunctum

Complete

(dēvincō) dēvincere (< vincere)

defeat completely

(dīrigō) dīrigere (< regere)

arrange, direct

(dīruō) dīruere, dīruisse, dīrutum

Demolish

(distrahō) distrahere (< trahere)

pull apart, break up

(ēdīcō) ēdīcere (< dīcere)

decree, fix

(effringō) effringere (< frangere)

break open

{187} (illūcēscō) illūcēscere, -lūxisse, -lūctum

dawn, grow light

(indīcō) indīcere (< dīcere)

notify, declare

(interclūdō) interclūdere (< claudere)

shut out, cut off, block

(invehō) invehere (< vehere)

import, ride in

(obiciō) obicere (< iacere)

place before, expose

(obnūbō) obnūbere, -ūpsisse, -ūptum

veil, cover

(repetō) repetere (< petere)

return to, repeat, claim back, recall

(senēscō) senēscere, -uisse, -itum

grow old, weaken

(suspendō) suspendere, -disse, -sum

hang, suspend

(trādūcō) trādūcere (< dūcere

move (across), pass

(trānsfīgō) trānsfīgere (< figere)

pierce

-īre

(saepiō) saepīre, -sisse, -tum

surround

ADIECTĪVA

1st/2nd

avītus, -a, -um

of a grandfather

citātus, -a, -um

speeded up, swift

cognātus, -a, -um

related

dīversus, -a, -um

opposite, different

hesternus, -a, -um

of yesterday

indemnātus, -a, -um

uncondemned

intāctus, -a, -um

untouched, uninjured

invītus, -a, -um

against one’s will, unwilling

ōrātōrius, -a, -um

oratorical

trigeminus, -a, -um

triplet

3rd

anceps, -cipitis

double, undecided

atrōx, -ōcis

dreadful, atrocious

cīvīlis, -e

civic, civil

continēns, -entis

unbroken, adjacent

{188} dēfōrmis, -e

Ugly

dispār, -paris

unequal, different

dissimilis, -e

unlike, different

flēbilis, -e

Plaintive

insānābilis, -e

Incurable

miserābilis, -e

Pitiable

ADVERBIA

Identidem

Repeatedly

Nēquāquam

by no means, not at all

Palam

openly, publicly

Passim

far and wide, everywhere

Postrēmum

for the last time

Sēnsim

gradually, little by little

Utrimque

on/from both sides

PRAEPOSITIŌNĒS

secundum (+ acc.)

along, after, according to

ALIA

iniussū[2]

without orders

____________

1. For an explanation of the line number references convention, see p. xxvi.

2. Cf. iussū (Cap. XLI)

{189} XLIV: QVADRAGESIMVM QVARTVM: REGES ET REGINAE (Livy)[1]

[Ex T. Līviī ‘ab Urbe Conditā’ librō I. 32–48, nōnnūllīs mūtātīs et praetermissīs]

I. ØRBERG’S INTRODUCTION

This chapter deals with the three kings Ancus Mārcius, Tarquinius Prīscus, and Servius Tullius. Tarquinius’ arrogant queen Tanaquīl and Servius’ cruel daughter Tullia, who became the last queen in Rome, also play important roles in Livy’s narrative of Rome’s earliest years.

King Ancus Marcius, who was of a peaceful disposition like Numa, found himself compelled to declare war on the Latins (Latīnī) when they had made a raid on Roman territory and refused to return the spoils appropriated in the raid. This event gives Livy an occasion to quote the old rules of law (the iūs fētiāle) that were followed when restoration or compensation was demanded from the enemy (rēs repetere). If the demand was denied, war was declared. The Senate had to be consulted: each of the senators was asked his opinion, “Quid cēnsēs?” (this consultation was called sententiam rogāre). War was declared by an envoy, a fētiālis, who threw a bloody lance with an iron tip into the enemy’s territory and recited the formula for war.

Ancus conquered a couple of neighboring towns, moved their inhabitants to Rome, and settled them on the Aventine Hill. He is said to have built the prison, the Carcer, north of the Forum (XXXVI.154), and the first bridge over the Tiber, the pōns Sublicius (“the pile bridge” from sublica, “stake” or “pile”).

Meanwhile Lucumō, a rich and powerful man from the Etruscan city of Tarquiniī, had moved to Rome in search of fortune with his ambitious wife Tanaquīl. On their way, an extraordinary augury had confirmed their expectation of a glorious future: an eagle carried off Lucumo’s cap and put it back on his head. In Rome, Lucumo, who called himself Lūcius Tarquinius Prīscus, won the favor of king Ancus. At the king’s death, he became guardian of his two {190} minor sons. Before the election of the new king, he sent the sons away and so was chosen king of Rome.

King Tarquinius waged successful wars against the Latins and conquered several of their cities. After doubling his cavalry from 900 to 1,800 men, he defeated the Sabines and forced them to surrender the city of Collātia, where the king’s nephew Egerius was made commander. In this connection, Livy quotes the old formula pronounced at the surrender of a defeated enemy.

After reigning for thirty-eight years, Tarquinius was murdered by order of Ancus’s two slighted sons. At the instigation of Tarquinius’s widow Tanaquil, the dead king’s son-in-law Servius Tullius set himself up as king of Rome. This had been portended when, as a little boy, he was found asleep with a flame burning around his head.

King Servius Tullius has been credited with an important administrative reform: he divided the Roman people and the Roman army into five classes on the basis of a statement of each citizen’s property (cēnsus). The classes were divided into centuries (centuriae), 193 in all. In the popular assembly, the comitia centuriāta, which enacted laws and elected magistrates, votes were taken by century, giving the wealthier citizens the majority.

Tarquinius Priscus’s sons, Lūcius and Arrūns, refused to recognize their brother-in-law as lawful king. To appease them, Servius gave them his two daughters in marriage, but the couples were unevenly matched. Soon the more hot-tempered of the two, Tullia,[2] allied herself with the similarly disposed Lucius, and they had the other two put away. Tullia urged her new husband to seize power. He broke into the Senate-house and spoke out against the king. When king Servius appeared and protested against his son-in-law’s usurpation, he was thrown out and soon after murdered.

Lucius’s wife, the ferocious Tullia, was the first to salute her husband as the new king. When she was on her way home, her coachman suddenly stopped the carriage because he found the road blocked by the murdered king’s body, but Tullia seized the reins and drove the carriage over her dead father.

The last reading, from book VI of Ovid’s Fāstī, describes the crimes which began the reign of the last Roman king.

{191} II. AUXILIA LEGENDĪ

Iūs fētiāle: 1–90

2:

rēs: i.e., the state; omnium: dependent on prīmum, “first of all.”

7–8:

et…et: “both…and”; avītae glōriae: genitive with memor (cf. oblivīscī, Cap. XXV).

9:

omnium prīmum: “first of all”; ut: “as.”

10–12:

cīvibus…cupidīs, fīnitimīs cīvitātibus: datives with spēs facta est; in avī mōrēs atque īnsititūta rēgem abitūrum esse: abīre + in = “be changed into.”

15–17:

repetentibus rēs Rōmānīs: dative with respōnsum reddunt; ratī (from rērī) is the subject of reddunt (and introduces the indirect statement that precedes it).

18–19:

Medium erat in Ancō ingenium, et Numae et Rōmulī memor: medium ingenium, “a moderate disposition”; rēgnō: dative with necessāriam.

20:

Cum…tum: “both…and” (Cap. XLII).

23–24:

iūs fētiāle: The Fētiālēs were a college of priests who were consulted on matters of war and peace. Ancus is credited with writing the procedure through which war is declared (bellum indīcitur) and goods stolen in war demanded back (rēs repetuntur).

29:

sit: jussive subjunctive (Cap. XLI).

31:

dēdī: present passive infinitive of dēdere, “be surrendered.”

32:

sīveris: perfect subjunctive of sinere, sīvisse, situm, synonym of patī and ferre (Cicero uses the three in a row: nōn feram, nōn sinam, nōn patiar); mixed condition: if I am (now), you should never allow.

39:

māiōrēs nātū = patrēs: nātū is a verbal noun from the verb nāscī (“to be born”) and an ablative of respect (Cap. XXXIII); adipīscāmur: indirect question (Caps. XXIX, XXXIX).

43–48:

The king’s speeches and the legal formula that follows (ll.53–60) preserve for us a flavor of the archaic and legal language of the Romans. Note the archaic duellum (l.47) instead of bellum. The king’s initial question (ll.43–47) contains two strings of three verbs: dedērunt, solvērunt, fēcērunt, a list immediately repeated in darī, solvī, fierī. The Senate’s response contains another triad, cēnseō itaque cōnsentiō cōnscīscōque (ll.47–48), all three of {192} which are repeated in the same order in the formula for declaring war (l.57). The present infinitive fierī is the subject of the verb oportuit; for the present infinitive with a verb of propriety or necessity, see Cap. XLIII, note to lines 353–354.

49–50:

in sententiam īre: Romans voted by separating themselves into two groups: the “yays” and the “nays.” This method of expressing their opinion “with their feet” accounts for the verb of motion īre.

51–53:

Fierī solēbat ut…dīceret: noun clause of result (Cap. XXXVII).

64–65:

dēmandātā cūrā: ablative absolute; sacrōrum: objective genitive; flāminibus sacerdōtibusque aliīs: indirect object with dēmandāre.

72–73:

Postrēmō omnī bellō Latīnō Medulliam compulsō: i.e., the war is driven to Medullia. The accusative shows the movement of the troops to Medullia.

74:

urbs tūta mūnītiōnibus praesidiōque validō fīrmāta: a pair of ideas placed in exactly opposite order; urbs here is modified by two adjectives (tūta, fīrmāta), which are in turn qualified by two ablatives of means. The order is adjective (tūta), noun (mūnītiōnibus), noun/adjective (praesidiōque validō), adjective (fīrmāta); the chiasmus’s order is ABBA.

76:

ingentī praedā potēns: ablative of respect (cf. ll.92–93: dīvitiīs potēns).

81:

in Tiberī: pure i-stem (Cap. XVI).

84–85:

ad terrōrem crēscentis audāciae: objective genitive (Cap. XXV).

Lucumō et Tanaquīl: 91–139

94–95:

Cupīdine…ac spē magnī honōris: ablatives of cause with an objective genitive.

102:

ventrem ferre: as the margins state, this equals gravida esse, i.e., to be pregnant.

105–106:

Cui cum dīvitiae iam animōs facerent, auxit uxor eius Tanaquīl: understand animōs (“courage”) also with auxit. When used in the plural, animus frequently means “spirit, courage,” but can also mean, as here, “too much spirit,” i.e., superbia.

108–109:

exsule advenā ortum: “an exile descended from a foreigner,” in apposition to Lucumōnem, giving the words of the Etruscans’ scorn (spernentibus).

{193} 109–111:

Tanaquīl…oblītaque amōris patriae, dummodo virum honōrātum vidēret: dummodo + the subjunctive, “as long as, provided that” (Cap. XL).

112–114:

“in novō populō, ubi omnis repentīna atque ex virtūte nōbilitās sit, futūrum locum fortī ac strēnuō virō”: subordinate clause in ōrātiō oblīqua (Cap. XXXVI) = direct discourse: “in novō populō, ubi omnis repentīna atque ex virtūte nōbilitās est, erit locus fortī ac strēnuō virō.”

114–116:

Facile persuādet Lucumōnī ut cupidō honōrum et cui Tarquiniī māterna tantum patria esset: although this looks like an indirect command, it is not; it’s a causal clause: “she easily persuaded Lucumo because he was…and for him…”; māterna tantum patria: his fatherland only on his mother’s side (his mother was from Tarquinia, his father from Corinth, l.97).

118–120:

ventum erat = vēnērunt (Cap. XL); eī…sedentī…aufert: “took away from,” dative of reference with verbs of depriving, such as here, with aufert (cf. XXXVIII.69).

121:

aptē: “fitly,” “rightly,” “snugly.”

122–123:

perītus, -a, -um + objective genitive (caelestium prōdigiōrum).

125:

nūntiam in apposition to eam ālitem: “came as a messenger.”

127:

dīvīnitus: adverb, “by divine providence.”

134–135:

beneficiīsque quōs poterat sibi conciliandō = eōs quōs poterat beneficiīs sibi conciliat.

136:

brevī: sc. tempore.

137–138:

bellō domīque = domī mīlitiaeque (l.154; cf. l.42).

L. Tarquinius Prīscus rēx: 140–223

142:

glōriā: ablative of respect with pār (Cap. XXXIII).

144:

rēgī creandō: dative of purpose (Cap. XXXVI) with the gerundive (= ad rēgem creandum).

145:

vēnātum: supine (Caps. XXII, XLV).

147–148:

“Sē nōn rem novam petere, quia duo iam peregrīnī Rōmae rēgnāvissent”: subordinate clause in ōrātiō oblīqua (Cap. XXXVI) = direct discourse: nōn rem novam petō, quia duo iam peregrīnī Rōmae rēgnāvērunt.

{194} 147–156:

Tarquinius Priscus’s speech is reported, that is, in ōrātiō oblīqua.

152–154:

quā cīvīlibus officiīs fungantur hominēs: subordinate clause in indirect discourse (Cap. XXXVI) = direct discourse: quā: ablative of time when (refers to aetas); fungantur: fungī + ablative of means (Cap. XXXVIII); quam: comparison with māiōrem partem (accusative of duration of time, Cap. XIII).

154–155:

sub haud spernendō magistrō = sub magistrō quī haud spernendus est.

160:

centum in patrēs lēgit: patrēs = senātōrēs.

164–165:

praedāque inde māiōre quam spērāverat revectā: ablative absolute containing a relative clause of comparison.

167–168:

Loca dīvīsa patribus equitibusque: “distributed to”; ubi spectācula sibi facerent: indirect question; “forī” appellātī: forus is the archaic form of forum.

171:

coeptīs intervēnit: dative with intransitive verb.

171–173:

Adeōque ea subita rēs fuit ut prius Aniēnem trānsīrent hostēs quam obviam īre ac prohibēre exercitus Rōmānus posset = ea rēs fuit adeō subita ut hostēs trānsīrent Aniēnem prius quam Rōmānus exercitus obviam īre ac prohibēre posset.

174–175:

pugnātum est: impersonal passive of an intransitive verb (Cap. XL).

178–179:

numerō alterum tantum adiēcit: “added a second (group) just as large to their number”; prō: “instead of,” with nōngentīs.

181:

sed praeterquam quod: “beyond the fact that”; the quod clause is the object of praeterquam.

198–199:

Sabīnīs: dative with adēmptum, “taken from” (see note above on ll.118–120); Collātiae: locative.

204–205:

esse in suā potestāte: idiom: “to be one’s own master, to be under one’s own power.”

210–212:

dē ūniversā rē: i.e., all the Latins taken as a whole; omne nōmen Latīnum: i.e., all the towns that comprised Latium.

{195} Iuvenis indolis rēgiae: 224–246

225:

vīsū mīrābile: ablative of supine (Cap. XXII).

226–227:

puerō dormientī…caput ārsisse: dative of reference (Cap. XXXVI); cf. the harmless fire that encircles the head of Ascanius (XXXVII.219ff). Servius Tullius was the child of a slave in the royal household.

231:

donec + anticipatory subjunctive (Cap. XXXVII).

236:

omnī cūrā nostrā: ablative of manner (Cap. XXV).

238:

puerum filiī locō habēre: “to consider the boy a son, in the status of a son.” (We still say people are in locō parentis when they are assuming the responsibility of a parent.)

240–241:

quod…esset: causal clause, “because he was”; dīs cordī: double dative (“dear to the gods,” Cap. XXXVI); iuvenis ēvāsit vērē indolis rēgiae: genitive of description (Cap. XIX).

244–246:

quācumque dē causā: “for whatever reason,” i.e., whether or not his head really caught fire; illī habitus: “was held for him”; crēdere prohibet: “forbids (us) from believing that” + indirect statement; servā nātum: “born from a slave woman.”

Servius Tullius rēx factus: 247–306

251:

habēre: “to consider”; habēre prō + ablative: “consider as.”

261:

ex compositō: “by agreement, according to plan”; ōrdītur: “begins.”

262:

secūrim: pure i-stem (Cap. XVI).

266–267:

quid reī esset: partitive genitive with neuter pronoun (Cap. XLIV) in indirect question.

271–272:

eōrum quī: Ancus’s two sons; aliēnīs manibus: “with hands not their own,” i.e., the shepherds who carried out the deed.

273–275:

sequere: imperative of sequī (so too line 277); fore = futūrum esse; dīvīnō quondam circumfūsō igne: ablative of means; excitet: jussive subjunctive; expergīscere: imperative of expergīscī.

282:

sōpītum esse: “to be deprived of senses, be rendered unconscious.”

283–284:

brevī ipsum eōs vīsūrōs esse; eōs: pronoun shift in indirect statement; what she said was “brevī ipsum vōs vidēbitis.”

{196} 284–285:

dictō audientem esse + dative (Serviō Tulliō): “obey.”

285–286:

aliīsque…mūneribus fūnctūrum: fungī takes an ablative of means (Cap. XXXVIII).

295–296:

ut: when; exsulātum: supine.

297–299:

nōn sōlum…sed etiam…quālis…tālis: these syntax markers clarify the long sentence.

305–306:

haud dubius rēx: “without a doubt (now) the king” because he now has the approval of the people (cum patribus tum plēbī probātus).

Cēnsus īnstitūtus: 307–357

307:

cēnsus comes from cēnsēre, (“to assess, estimate”), whence the meaning “to judge, form a judgment” (cf. quid cēnsēs, ll.46–47).

310:

prō habitū pecūniārum: “in proportion to the state of their finances.”

314–315:

Ex iīs quī centum mīlium aeris aut māiōrem cēnsum habērent octōgintā cōnfēcit centuriās: descriptive/generalizing relative clause (Caps. XXXIX, XLII).

317:

forīs: i.e., mīlitiae, “in the field.”

317–318:

fabrum (= fabrōrum): faber means “craftsman”; these particular fabrī were assigned the care of war machines; stipendia facere: “earn wages.”

319–326:

septuāgintā mīlium, quīnquāgintā mīlium, quīnque et vīgintī mīlium, ūndecim mīlibus: understand aeris, as in l.314; ūndecim mīlibus is ablative of price (Cap. VIII).

328–329:

immūnis mīlitiā: ablative of separation (Cap. XXXVI): the poor’s freedom from military service also meant lack of political clout.

337:

suovetaurīlia (n. pl.) is a sacrifice of a swine, sheep, and bull offered at lūstrātiōnēs, purification ceremonies.

344:

Viminālem inde auget Ēsquiliniīs: Ēsquiliniīs is ablative; the Esquiline is adjacent to the Viminal.

345–346:

pōmērium prōfert: Servius extended the pomerium, which, as you learned in XLIII.148–153, is the consecrated space on either side of the city wall which must be left free of buildings.

{197} 349:

iam tum erat inclutum: inclutum is predicate adjective: the shrine was already famous at that time.

350–351:

id = the temple; factum (esse) fāma ferēbat: i.e., “rumor had it”; cōnsēnsum: “concord” (cf.: commūniter); deōs cōnsociātōs: i.e., the various gods of the various cīvitātēs in Asia.

Tullia ferōx: 358–451

362:

vellent iubērentne sē rēgnāre: the formula for asking the people to ratify anything is, in direct speech, Velītis, iubeātis, which is here reported indirectly.

366:

ipse iuvenis ārdentis animī: genitive of description (Cap. XIX) as is mītis ingeniī iuvenem (l.369).

370:

Latin expresses marriage differently for men, who lead women into matrimony (in mātrimōnium dūcere), and women, who are wed to their husbands (nūbere, intransitive with the dative).

371:

longē disparēs mōribus: ablative of respect (Cap. XXXIII).

374–377:

admīrārī, dīcere, spernere, parcere: historical infinitives.

384:

interdiū: adv., “during the day.”

385:

patī: historical infinitive; parricīdium: parricide, as the name implies, is usually used of killing one’s father but can be extended to the murder of a relative; grātuīta: “for nothing, with no profit.”

388–389:

take regnum with both infinitives, i.e., “qui habēre rēgnum quam rēgnum spērāre mallet.”

390:

quīn = quī nē: “why don’t you?”

392–394:

creat vocatque: verbs are often singular in agreement with the last stated subject, even though there are multiple subjects (Dī Penātēs, patris imāgō, domus rēgia, rēgāle solium, nōmen Tarquinium).

395:

parum…animī: “too little spirit,” partitive genitive.

396:

ut: “as”; facesse: imperative from the intensive facessere: “to do something eagerly,” also “to retire, go away.”

403–404:

Admonēre Tarquiniī Prīscī beneficiī ac prō eō grātiam repetere: admonēre (historical infinitive) admits several constructions, among them, as here, the genitive (“remind of”); beneficium: {198} Roman society was bound together by beneficia, favors done that entailed gratitude (grātia) and loyalty.

405–406:

Cum ingentia pollicendō, tum rēgis crīminibus, omnibus locīs crēscere: pollicendō, crīminibus: ablatives of means (crīmen = “charge, accusation”); ingentia: “remarkable (things)”; rēgis: objective genitive; crēscere: historical infinitive.

412–413:

āctum est dē + ablative: “it’s all over for x,” “x is done for.”

420:

prīmōribus ēreptum: dative of reference: “snatched from”; sordidissimō cuique: quisque + the superlative = “all the,” so, here “all the most despicable people” (Cap. XXXI).

424–425:

quā…audāciā: ablative of manner (Cap. XXV).

432–433:

multō et aetāte et vīribus validior: ablative of degree of difference; multō (Cap. XVI), with the ablative of respect, aetāte et vīribus (Cap. XXXIII).

435:

comitum < comes, comitis.

439–441:

(Tullia) nōn abhorret;…admonitū Tulliae id factum: i.e.,Tullia admonuit ut Servius interficeretur; satis cōnstat (Cap. XLI).

Fīlia Impia (Ovidius: Fāstī. Ex librō VI): 452–473

454:

perāctō: “killed.”

457:

vīvere dēbuerant: see Cap. XLIII grammar section on dēbēre and the infinitive.

459:

sī ausūrī erāmus: “if we were intending to venture.”

460:

rēgia rēs scelus est: “crime is the prerogative of kings.”

465:

socerō: dative of reference with verbs of depriving, such as here, rapta (Cap. XXXVIII).

466:

sub: not “under” but “at the foot of.”

III. VOCĀBULA

NŌMINA

1st

contumēlia, -ae

insult, affront

fōrmula, -ae

terms, formula

licentia, -ae

wantonness, license

{199} nūptiae, -ārum (pl.)

Wedding

rīxa, -ae

quarrel, brawl

rota, -ae

Wheel

salīnae, -ārum (pl.)

salt pans, salt works

serva, -ae

female slave

2nd

augurium, -ī

augury, omen

bonum, -ī

good, blessing (pl. goods)

captīvus, -ī

prisoner of war

carpentum, -ī

two-wheeled carriage

coepta, -ōrum (pl.)

beginnings, undertakings

comitia, -ōrum (pl.)

assembly of the people

dēlūbrum, -ī

temple, shrine

duellum, -ī

War

exōrdium, -ī

Beginning

fīlum, -ī

thread, fillet

forum, -ī

public space, marketplace

hospitium, -ī

guest friendship/house

īnstitūtum, -ī

practice, custom, usage

iūmentum, -ī

beast of burden/draft

lūstrum, -ī

ceremony of purification

parricīdium, -ī

murder of near relation

pilleus, -ī

felt cap

postulātum, -ī

Demand

sēcrētum, -ī

solitude, secrecy, seclusion, privacy

suffrāgium, -ī

Vote

terminus, -ī

boundary(-stone)

testāmentum, -ī

will, testament

vehiculum, -ī

wagon, vehicle

3rd

agger, -eris (m.)

Rampart

āles, -itis (f.)

large bird

arbiter, -trī (m.)

Eyewitness, arbitrator

cōgitātiō, -ōnis (f.)

thought, reflection

cōnfessiō, -ōnis (f.)

admission, confession

cornicen, -inis (m.)

horn-blower, bugler

{200} dēditiō, -ōnis (f.)

surrender, capitulation

diciō, -ōnis (f.)

dominion, power

dignitās, -ātis (f.)

worthiness, dignity, rank

exsul, -is (m./f.)

banished person, exile

fautor, -ōris (m.)

supporter

fraus, -audis (f.)

deceit, guile

furor, -ōris (m.)

madness

hērēs, -ēdis (m.)

heir

incursiō, -ōnis (f.)

incursion, inroad

indignitās, -ātis (f.)

indignity, humiliation

iūniōrēs, -um (m. pl.)

younger men

mūnītiō, -ōnis (f.)

fortification

novitās, -ātis (f.)

novelty, inexperience

pietās, -ātis (f.)

respect, devotion, piety

praecō, -ōnis (m.)

crier, announcer, herald

scrīptor, -ōris (m.)

writer

sēditiō, -ōnis (f.)

discord, insurrection

senectūs, -ūtis (f.)

old age

suovetaurīlia, -ium (n. pl.)

a sacrifice consisting of a swine, a sheep, and a bull

temeritās, -ātis (f.)

recklessness

tūtor, -ōris (m.)

guardian

4th

admonitus, -ūs

advice, prompting (only in abl.)

cēnsus, -ūs

assessment, registration

comitātus, -ūs

escort, retinue

cōnsēnsus, -ūs

concord, agreement

habitus, -ūs

state, condition

ictus, -ūs

stroke, blow

nurus, -ūs (f.)

daughter-in-law

tribus, -ūs (f.)

tribe (division of citizens)

VERBA

-āre

(affectō) affectāre

strive after, aspire to

(āmigrō) āmigrāre

go away, remove

{201} (amplificō) amplificāre

enlarge

(commigrō) commigrāre

move, go and live

(dēmandō) dēmandāre entrust, hand over

(domō) domāre, -uisse, -itum

tame, subdue

(exstimulō) exstimulāre

stir up, incite

(exsulō) exsulāre

live in exile

(fīrmō) fīrmāre

reinforce, strengthen

(frūstror) frūstrārī

deceive

(honōrō) honōrāre

honor

(īnstīgō) īnstīgāre

urge, incite

(praeparō) praeparāre

prepare

(testor) testārī

call to witness

(volitō) volitāre

fly about, flutter

-ēre

(abhorreō) abhorrēre, -uisse

be inconsistent with

(coerceō) coercēre, -cuisse, -citum

keep in control, restrain

-ere

(accingō) accingere (< cingere)

gird

(arripiō) arripere (< rapere)

grasp, take hold of

(compōnō) compōnere (< pōnere)

settle, arrange, compose

(cōnflīgō) cōnflīgere, -xisse, -ctum

clash, fight

(conquiēscō) conquiēscere

rest

(cōnscīscō) cōnscīscere, -īvisse, -ītum

decree, inflict (on)

(dēiciō) dēicere (< icere)

throw/bring down

(dēligō) dēligere (< legere)

pick out, choose

(dēlinquō) dēlinquere

misbehave, do wrong

(distribuō) distribuere, -buisse, -būtum

divide, distribute, share

(expergīscor) expergīscī, -perrēctum

wake up

(exposcō) exposcere (< poscere)

ask for, demand

(facessō) facessere

do eagerly, go away, be off

(fungor) fungī, fūnctum (+ abl.)

discharge, complete

{202} (incurrō) incurrere (< currere)

rush in, make an inroad

(ingredior) ingredī, -gressum

enter, begin, walk

(maledīcō) maledīcere (< dīcere)

abuse, insult

(perpellō) perpellere (< pellere)

enforce

(persolvō) persolvere (< solvere)

pay in full, fulfill

(portendō) portendere (< tendere)

portend, presage

(profundo) profundere (< fundere)

pour out, shed

(revehō) revehere (< vehere)

bring back

(sīdō) sīdere, sēdisse, sessum

sit down, settle

(tingō) tingere, -xisse, -ctum

wet, soak

-īre

(acciō) accīre, -īvisse, -ītum

summon, send for

(cōnsentiō) cōnsentīre (< sentīre)

agree (on)

(ērudiō) ērudīre, -rudīvisse, -rudītum

instruct, educate

(impediō) impedīre, -pedīvisse, -pedītum

impede, obstruct

(interveniō) intervenīre (< venīre)

turn up, occur, disturb

(sōpiō) sōpīre, -īvisse, -ītum

put to sleep, stun

ADIECTĪVA

1st/2nd

amārus, -a, -um

bitter

aptus, -a, -um

fit, suitable, convenient

clandestīnus, -a, -um

secret, clandestine

conspicuus, -a, -um

conspicuous, spectacular

continuus, -a, -um

continuous, successive

ferrātus, -a, -um

tipped with iron

grātuītus, -a, -um

gratuitous, futile

inclutus, -a, -um

famous

īnfernus, -a, -um

of the underworld

lapideus, -a, -um

of stone, stone

lēgitimus, -a, -um

legal, lawful

{203} māternus, -a, -um

Maternal

paternus, -a, -um

Paternal

perītus, -a, -um

practiced, expert

praecipuus, -a, -um

outstanding, exceptional

probātus, -a, -um

acceptable, pleasing

sanguinulentus, -a, -um

Bloodstained

strenuous, -a, -um

active, vigorous

3rd

cōmis, -e

kind, affable

compos (gen. compotis)

in possession of (+ gen.)

exsanguis, -e

bloodless, lifeless

fētiālis, -e

fetial; diplomatic

immūnis, -e

exempt (from), tax-free (+ abl.)

pedester, -tris, -tre

pedestrian, infantry

rēgālis, -e

royal

senior (gen. seniōris)

older

terrestris, -e

earthly, terrestrial

ADVERBIA

Dīvīnitus

by divine will

Fermē

about, almost

Prīvātim

privately, personally

Properē

Quickly

Virītim

man by man

ALIA

ex compositō

according to agreement

nātū

older/younger (abl. māior/ minor [n.])

quō pactō

= quō modō: in what way, manner

____________

1. For an explanation of the line number references convention, see p. xxvi.

2. Roman daughters were traditionally given the feminine form of the family’s gentīlicium (family name), hence Horātia in Cap. XLIII and the two women named Tullia in this chapter.

{204} XLV: QVADRAGESIMVM QVINTVM: ROMA LIBERATA (Livy)[1]

[Ex T. Līviī ‘ab Urbe Conditā’ librō I. 49–60, nōnnūllīs mūtātīs et omissīs]

I. ØRBERG’S INTRODUCTION

Rome’s last king, Lucius Tarquinius, surnamed Superbus (cui Superbō cognōmen datum est), was a cruel tyrant who stopped at nothing to strengthen and expand his power. When the Latin Turnus dared to oppose him, the king had a large quantity of arms secretly hidden in Turnus’ house; this was used as evidence in a false accusation of subversive activities, and he was condemned to death by his own countrymen. In this way, the Latins were pacified.

The city of Gabiī continued to defy Roman power. Unable to take the city by force, Tarquinius devised a plan to seize it by treachery. His youngest son Sextus came to Gabii pretending to have escaped from his cruel father and succeeded in winning the confidence of the inhabitants to such a degree that they chose him as their leader in the war with Rome. He now sent a messenger to his father asking how to make the most of his new power. Tarquinius gave no straightforward answer to the messenger, but while walking with him in his garden, he struck off the heads of the tallest poppies with his walking stick. When Sextus heard about this, he realized what his father wanted him to do: he killed or banished all the prominent Gabians and then delivered the defenseless city to the Roman king!

After telling the story of the oracle which promised Brūtus supremacy in Rome because he alone understood its hidden meaning, Livy proceeds to tell the dramatic events which led to the expulsion of the royal family from Rome.

During the siege of the city of Ardea, the king’s three sons and Collātīnus, son of the king’s cousin Egerius, started a quarrel about whose wife was the most virtuous. To decide the matter, they paid unannounced visits to their wives. Sextus Tarquinius became infatuated with the winner, Collatinus’s beautiful {205} wife Lucrētia, whom they found spinning wool in her home in Collatia. A few days later Sextus went to Collatia, entered Lucretia’s chamber sword in hand, woke the sleeping woman, and raped her. After his departure, Lucretia sent for her husband and her father, who arrived together with Brutus. She told them what she had suffered, demanded vengeance, and thrust a knife into her heart. Brutus grasped the bloody knife and swore that he would drive out the king and his family from Rome. The people and the army sided with Brutus, the king was banished with his wife and his three sons, and Brutus and Collatinus are elected the first Roman consuls by the popular assembly (the comitia centuriāta). This event is dated to the year 509 BC.

This chapter ends with Ovid’s description of these events in the second book of his Fāstī. You have now finished an adapted narrative of Livy’s first book. In the text that you have been reading, departures from the original have become less and less noticeable, and from line 222 in this chapter (Muliebris certāminis laus…), the text is unchanged. From now on, all the passages from Roman authors are presented unchanged—apart from omissions.

II. AUXILIA LEGENDĪ

Tarquinius Superbus: 1–25

5:

favisse < favēre: “favor,” intransitive + dative.

8–9:

ut quī…regnāret: causal clause.

10:

per eam causam: “under that pretext” (a frequent idiom).

12–13:

…unde nihil aliud quam praedam spērāre posset: adverbial final (purpose) clause.

15–19:

Hic enim rēgum prīmus trāditum ā priōribus mōrem dē omnibus rēbus senātum cōnsulendī solvit, domesticīs cōnsiliīs rem pūblicam administrāvit: rēgum: genitive with prīmus; mōrem: direct object of solvit, modified by trāditum; cōnsulendī: objective gentive dependent on mōrem; senātum: object of cōnsulendī; domestica cōnsilia: i.e., instead of resolutions by the senate.

23:

Latinum nomen = places that enjoyed Latin rights, iūs Latīnum (cf. ll.36, 81–82).

24:

fīliam nūptum dat: supine, see grammar section above.

{206} Turnus Herdōnius: 26–89

27:

diē certā: although often masculine, diēs is sometimes feminine in the singular when refering to an established time, as here.

29–30:

agere dē + ablative: “negotiate about” (a frequent expression with several shades of meaning).

31:

antequam sōl occideret: subjunctive with anticipatory antequam (Cap. XLII).

33–34:

invehere in + accusative: “attack (with words),” “inveigh against.”

35–36:

Quicquam: used only in negative clauses (Cap. XXVI).

37–38:

Note that the subjunctives (indīxerit, etc.) violate sequence of tense (Caps. XXXIII, XXXVI). Since the leading verb is pluperfect (erat invectus). The primary sequence of the ōrātiō oblīqua represents the speech as more immediate and forceful.

40:

exsulātum eant: supine with verbs of motion (Cap. XXII, XXXVI, grammar section above).

41–42:

portendī: passive infinitive of portendere, in passive means “threaten” + dative; sī sē audiant, domum omnēs inde abitūrōs: future condition in ōrātiō oblīqua (Cap. XLIII): “sī mē audiētis, domum omnēs hinc abībitis.”

46:

id temporis: partitive genitive with a neuter pronoun: “at this point in time” (Caps. XVI, XXIX).

48:

eōdem = adverb of place to which: eō + suffix (-dem) meaning “to the same place.”

52–53:

…ut eundem terrōrem quō cīvium animōs domī oppresserat Latīnīs iniceret: “so that he might keep the spirits of the citizens at home down with the same terror (as the one) with which…”

55:

hospitium: “inn, lodging place.”

59:

salūtī sibi atque illīs fuisse: double dative: “had been (to) the salvation of…”; salūs, like auxilium, bonum, and praesidium, can be used in the dative to express purpose or tendency (Cap. XXXVI).

62–63:

id verumne an falsum sit: indirect question.

{207} 66–67:

eō: adverb “to that place” (cf. l.299); ventum est: impersonal passive of intransitive verb (Cap. XL).

69:

cāritāte dominī: ablative of cause (Cap. XXXVII) with an objective genitive (Cap. XXV).

70:

enimverō = enim + verō: “surely, truly” (when enim is combined with verō, it comes first in its clause, unlike enim alone, which comes second; see Cap. X).

76–78:

Revocātīs deinde ad concilium Latīnīs, Tarquinius prīmum eōs collaudāvit ‘quod Turnum prō manifēstō scelere meritā poenā affēcissent’: subjunctive in a clause of reported reason, reporting the reason why Tarquin praised the Latins. Were Livy giving his own reason, he would have used affēcerant (Cap. XLII).

78–79:

ēgit dē renovandō foedere: see on agere dē above (ll.29–30).

81–82:

capita nōminis Latīnī: just like our “heads of state,” the heads (leaders) of the Latin league.

87–88:

Tarquinius miscuit manipulōs ex Latīnīs Rōmānīsque, ut ex bīnīs singulōs faceret bīnōsque ex singulīs: i.e., each maniple was made up half of Romans and half of Latins (bīnōs ex singulīs), and thus the two sides, the Romans and the Latins, were mixed into one (singulōs ex bīnīs).

Gabiī dolō captī: 90–167

92:

quīn (Cap. XL).

94–95:

cum vēndendā praedā quadrāgintā talenta argentī fēcisset: take quadrāgintā with talenta, not praedā vēndendā; praedā vēndendā is an ablative of means.

97:

lentius spē: ablative of comparison with a comparative adverb (Cap. XXIV).

98:

vī adortus < adorior, adorīrī: “attack (by force).”

99:

arte Rōmānā: in apposition to fraude ac dolō: ablative of means.

100:

velut positō bellō: pōnere standing for (as often) dēpōnere; fundāmentīs templī iaciendīs: you learned iacere as “throw, hurl” (Cap. XII), but it also means “set, establish, build.”

102–103:

ex compositō: “according to plan”; Gabios: accusative of place to which; patris in sē saevitiam nōn tolerandam: a summary of {208} the complaint (querēns) that is detailed in the extended ōrātiō oblīqua that follows (ll.104–114).

106–108:

sē…ēlāpsum: accusative subject (with participial modifier) of crēdidisse; these two “sandwich” the further indirect statement: nihil…hostēs L. Tarquiniī (Cap. XXXVI).

108–114:

quod sī apud eōs supplicibus locus nōn sit, pererrātūrum sē omne Latium, Volscōsque sē inde et Aequōs et Hernicōs petītūrum: condition in ōrātiō oblīqua; quod sī: “but if,” a common connective that always refers to what has just preceded; dōnec: “until,” the original mood is obscured in ōrātiō oblīqua, but it would have been anticipatory subjunctive (Cap. XL); quī… sciant et…parātī sint: relative clause of characteristic.

115–117:

quālis…, quālis…, tālis…esset: subordinate clauses in ōrātiō oblīqua (Cap. XXXVI) secondary sequence with the historical present mīrantur (Cap. XXXVII).

118:

futūrum ut: see grammar section above.

123–126:

quod…nōvisset scīretque: see above: subjunctive of reported reason; superbiam rēgiam: royal arrogance, i.e., “the arrogance of the king.”

126–129:

ita cum sēnsim: cum conjunction; sēnsim: “little by little”; cum prōmptissimīs iuvenum: cum preposition + ablative; praedātum: supine (so too scīscitātum, l.138); dīctīs…aptīs: ablative absolute.

130:

īnsciā multitūdine quid agerētur: indirect question dependent on the īnsciā of the ablative absolute.

131:

quibus: antecedent: proelia (l.130); esset: subjunctive as part of the cum clause.

135–136:

tantā cāritāte esse ut: ablative of description (Cap. XXXII) followed by a result clause.

138–139:

scīscitātum: supine of purpose.

140:

huic nūntō: dative with respōnsum est; dubiae fideī: genitive of description (Cap. XXXVI).

142–144:

papāver, -eris (n.): the poppy flower; interrogandō exspectandōque: ablative of gerund (ablative of cause) dependent on fessus; ut rē imperfectā: “as his business remained unaccomplished.”

{209} 145–146:

quae dīxerit ipse quaeque vīderit: perfect subjunctives in indirect questions.

148–149:

ubi…vellet…praeciperet: indirect questions.

149–151:

multī palam (interfectī sunt); multī palam, quīdam: asyndeton (lack of connectives).

157–159:

negōtia: antecedent of quorum; ut…relinqueret: substantive clause of result (Cap. XXXVII) dependent on negōtia (quōrum).

162–167:

Reading help: mīlitiae: “dative” (i.e., added to their military service); sē…suīs: indirect statement with indignābātur; sentence markers: minus…quam; minōra (with opera) …māiōris (genitive of description with labōris); opera speciē minōra, sed labōris aliquantō māiōris: tasks smaller in appearance (speciē, abl. of respect) but of much more (aliquantō, abl. of degree of difference); ad: take with both accusative gerundive phrases (faciendōs…agendam).

Respōnsum ōrāculī: 168–195

177:

Tarquiniā…nātus: ablative of source, “born from….”

178–179:

nihil in animō suō rēgī timendum relinquere statuit = statuit relinquere (complementary infinitive); suō rēgī: dative of agent with the gerundive timendum, i.e., nihil in animō suō quod rēx timēret.

183:

lūdibrium: “as a laughingstock,” “as a a joke.”

184:

ventum est: see note to lines 66–67.

185–186:

cupīdō incessit animōs iuvenum scīscitandī ‘ad quem eōrum rēgnum Rōmānum esset ventūrum’: cupīdō…scīscitandī “sandwich” (Cap. XXXVII), followed by an indirect question dependent on scīscitandī.

187:

ferunt: i.e., fāma est, trāditur.

188:

vestrum prīmus: partitive gentive of vōs (Cap. XXIX).

189–193:

ut…esset: purpose clause; Ignārus respōnsī, expers imperiī: objective gentives (Cap. XXV).

192–193:

ipsī (nom.) sortī (dat.) permittunt: in line 173 sors means “oracle, oracular response”; here the sense is more “fortune, chance”; Uter…daret: indirect question in secondary sequence (permittunt is a historical present; see Cap. XXXVII); rediissent {210} represents a future perfect indicative in secondary sequence (see Cap. XLIII); cf. direct discourse: uter prior, cum Rōmam redierimus, mātrī ōsculum dabit. Just as redierimus is a completed action in relation to dabit, so is rediissent a future completed action in relation to daret.

193–194:

aliō: adverb, “elsewhere, in a different direction,” with spectāre; velut sī prōlāpsus cecidisset, terram ōsculō tetigit: as at XLII.134, the subjunctive underscores the contrafactual nature of the velut sī: Brutus had not slipped and fallen—he did so to conceal his understanding of the oracle.

195:

scīlicet ‘quod ea commūnis ‘māter’ omnium mortālium esset’: subjunctive of reported reason (Cap. XLII).

Uxor castissima: 196–228

197:

Reditum (est) inde Rōmam: impersonal passive of intransitive (Cap. XL).

199–200:

ut in eā regiōne et in eā aetāte: “for,” “considering”; eaque…fuit: “and this (its wealth) was the very reason for the war.”

201–202:

aerāriō: Cf. Cap. XXXVI.133–134: Aedēs Sāturnī est aerārium populī Rōmānī, id est locus ubi pecūnia pūblica dēponitur ac servātur: sentence markers: cum…tum.

205:

Temptāta rēs est sī…posset: Indirect question with sī as “whether,” “to see whether.”

206:

prōcēdere: “to turn out, succeed”; parum: “too little, not well.”

207:

statīvīs (castrīs): a stationary camp (Cap. XLIII).

210:

Egeriī fīlius: for Egerius, see XLIV.104.

211:

suam quisque: “each praises his own (wife)” (Cap. XVIII).

213:

quantum cēterīs praestet: indirect question; praestāre + dative (“is superior to”).

215–216:

praesentēs (nōs) nostrārum (uxōrum) ingenia.

217:

age sānē: colloquial: “come on then!” “so let’s go!”(age: imperative, “come on”; sānē: adverb, “well, really, very”).

219:

nurus, -ūs (f.): “daughter-in-law” (Cap. XLIV).

220:

tempus terentēs: tempus terere, “pass time,” literally “wear away time.”

{211} 222:

muliebris certaminis laus: objective genitive; muliebris is the adjective of mulier penes + accusative, “with, in the possession of” (only used with names of persons).

Lucrētia violāta: 229–273

232:

ab ignārīs cōnsiliī: ab eis quī ignōrābant consilium Tarquiniī; cōnsiliī: objective genitive (Cap. XXV).

234:

strictō gladiō: “with drawn sword” (ablative absolute).

237:

moriēre = moriēris.

241–242:

in omnēs partēs: in every respect; versāre: in the sense of “bend”: “he tried to bend her feminine heart in every respect.”

244:

cum (tē) mortuā.

247–249:

expugnātō decore muliebrī: ablative of cause with ferōx, as is tantō malō with maesta.

250–251:

ut cum singulīs fidēlibus amīcīs veniant; ita factō mātūrātōque opus esse: rem atrōcem incidisse = cum singulīs fidēlibus amīcīs venīte! ita factō mātūrātōque opus est: rem atrōcem incidit; factō mātūrātōque opus est: opus + ablative of perfect passive participles: “there is need of action (factō) and speed (mātūrātō).”

257–258:

quaerentīque virō: dative with inquit; Satin’ salvē?: “are you OK?,” “is everything all right?”; quid salvī est…? partitive genitive with a neuter pronoun (Caps. XVI, XXIX, XLIV); mulierī āmissā pudīcitiā: ablative absolute.

261–262:

dexterās (mānūs); haud impūne adulterō fore: “this will not at all be without punishment for the adulterer” = adulter puniētur.

263–264:

mihi sibique…pestiferum: “destructive to me—and to him.”

265–266:

aegrum animī: animī is locative, “sick at heart”; āvertendō: ablative of means; ab coactā = a Lucretiā, quae coacta est; dēlictī: objective genitive.

267:

consilium: “intention,” compare the distinction “mentem peccāre, nōn corpus.”

269:

“Vōs” inquit “vīderitis quid illī dēbeātur”: “you will see to what is due to that man”; vīderitis: future perfect; quid…dēbeātur: indirect question.

270:

peccātō, suppliciō: ablatives of separation (Cap. XXXVI).

{212} Rēgēs exāctī: 274–343

277–278:

Per hunc…castissimum ante rēgiam iniūriam sanguinem: prepositional phrase (ante…iniūriam) “sandwiched” inside another (per…sanguinem).

278–282:

iūrō…mē…exsecūtūrum nec passūrum (esse).

284–285:

mīrāculō (ablative of means) reī (genitive); unde (sc. esset) ingenium: indirect question (see ll.177–180: Brūtus…stultitiam simulāvit).

285:

tōtī: Latin often expresses with an adjective what in English we might convey with an adverb; so here, “completely.”

289:

concient mīrāculō…indignitāte: mīrāculō: i.e., Brutus’s ability to speak; indigitāte: i.e., Tarquin’s rape of Lucretia.

291–294:

(Brūtus) auctor…arma capiendī ‘adversus hostīlia ausōs’: implied indirect statement; ‘quod virōs, quod Rōmānōs decēret!’: subordinate clause in implied indirect statement (Cap. XLII).

295–296:

Ferōcissimus quisque iuvenum: quisque with the superlative, “all the most spirited of the young men” (Cap. XXXI).

299:

ventum est: see note above on line 67.

302:

curritur: impersonal passive (Cap. XL).

303:

Celerēs, -um (m. pl.) = equitēs, um (and in this period = the bodyguard of the king, XLII.226–228).

306–307:

ōrātiō nēquāquam eius pectoris ingeniīque: genitive of description: “by no means in keeping with that (eius) state of mind and ability which…” (Cap. XXXVI); ad eam diem: “up to that day”; dē vī ac libīdine etc. refers to the subject of the ōrātiō oblīqua, ōrātiō habita (dē = ablative).

309–310:

Tricipitīnus: Sp. Lucrētius Tricipitīnus, pater Lucrētiae; ‘cui morte filiae causa mortis indignior ac miserābilior esset’ = ‘cui causa mortis indignior ac miserābilior morte (quam mors) filiae esset’: esset: subordinate clause in implied ōrātiō oblīqua (Cap. XLII).

311–312:

plēbis…dēmersae.

312–314:

Rōmānōs…factōs: accusative of exclamation (Cap. XV).

315:

corporī: dative with invecta; nefandō vehiculō: ablative of means.

318:

imperium regī abrogāret: “take the power away from (dative with compound verb) the king.”

{213} 320–322:

iūniōribus…lectīs armātīsque: sandwich around the relative clause quī…dabant nōmen dare, “to enlist, enroll one’s name”; ad concitandum…exercitum encloses (sandwiches) inde adversus rēgem.

323:

praefectus urbis: governor of the city of Rome.

325–326:

exsecrantibus…mulieribusque: ablative absolute.

327:

rē novā: political change.

334:

Caere (accusative): ancient Etruscan city, now Cervetri.

337:

concīverat < conciēre: “stir up, produce.”

340:

Rēgnātum (est): impersonal passive of intransitive verb (Cap. XL); ad līberātam sc. urbem.

Hostis prō hospite (Ovidius: Fāstī. Ex librō II versūs 785–852): 345–413

347:

sōle iam parante condere vultūs suōs (vultus is usually singular).

350:

errōris with quantum; animīs with inest; rērum: objective genitive with īnscia.

351:

fūnctus + ablative of means.

355:

nūpta pudīca: vocative (i.e., Lucretia).

360–361:

ut quondam stabulīs dēprēnsa relictīs/parva sub īnfēstō cum iacet agna lupō = ut quondam agna parva, stabulīs relictīs, iacet, dēprēnsa, sub īnfēstō lupō.

362–364:

quid faciat? Pugnet?…Clamet?…Effugiat?: deliberative subjunctives (Cap. XLI).

368:

nīl agis: “you are accomplishing nothing.”

370:

ferēris: “you will be said.”

371:

succubuit < succumbere (Cap. XL).

373:

quantō: ablative of price (Cap. VIII).

378:

habitus, -ūs: appearance, condition (Cap. XLIV).

394–395:

respicit nē nōn procumbat honestē = cūrat ut honestē procumbat; cūra (Lucretiae) cadentis.

402–403:

Per tibi ego hunc iūrō fortem castumque cruōrem/perque tuōs Mānēs, quī mihi nūmen erunt = ego tibi iūrō per hunc fortem castumque cruōrem perque tuōs Mānēs, quī mihi nūmen erunt.

{214} 404:

profugā with stirpe.

408:

animī mātrōna virīlis: genitive of description (Cap. XXXVI): “a woman of manly courage.”

III. VOCĀBULA

NŌMINA

1st

epulae, -ārum (pl.)

meal, feast

exsequiae, -ārum (pl.)

funeral procession, rites

invidia, -ae

envy, ill will, dislike

iuventa, -ae

youth

magnificentia, -ae

magnificence

minae, -ārum (pl.)

threats

miseria, -ae

misfortune, misery

noxa, -ae

harm, guilt

nūpta, -ae

wife

palma, -ae

palm, hand

prūdentia, -ae

intelligence, proficiency

pudīcitia, -ae

chastity, virtue

saevitia, -ae

savageness, cruelty

stultitia, -ae

stupidity, folly

2nd

adulter, -erī

dulterer

adulterium, -ī

adultery

damnum, -ī

loss

dēlictum, -ī

misdeed, offense

exsilium, -ī

exile

lūdibrium, -ī

mockery, derision, sport

manipulus, -ī

maniple

operārius, -ī

laborer

ōrāculum, -ī

oracle

peccātum, -ī

error, offense

portentum, -ī

portent, prodigy

praefectus, -ī

prefect, commander

{215} stuprum, -ī

rape, defilement

tribūnus, -ī

tribune

3rd

aequālis, -is (m./f.)

person of the same age

auctōritās, -ātis (f.)

authorization, authority

bellātor, -ōris (m.)

warrior

cāritās, -ātis (f.)

high price, love, esteem

castīgātor, -ōris (m.)

one who reproves, corrects

castitās, -ātis (f.)

chastity

crātis, -is (f.)

hurdle (of wickerwork)

dēdecus, -oris (n.)

disgrace, dishonor

libīdō, -inis (f.)

desire, lust

mentiō, -ōnis (f.)

mention, reference

opifex, -icis (m.)

workman, artisan

orbitās, -ātis (f.)

loss of children/parents

papāver, -eris (n.)

poppy

paucitās, -ātis (f.)

small number, paucity

penetrālia, -ium (n. pl.)

the interior

prōlēs, -is (f.)

offspring

simultās, -ātis (f.)

enmity, quarrel

sors, -rtis (f.)

lot, drawing lots, fortune

victrīx, -īcis (f.)

femal conqueror (she who is) victorious

4th

magistrātus, -ūs

office, magistrate

VERBA

-āre

(abrogō) abrogāre

repeal, cancel

(administrō) administrāre

conduct, administer

(aequō) aequāre

make equal, equal

(āvolō) āvolāre

fly off, rush off

(collaudō) collaudāre

commend, praise

(dēlīberō) dēlīberāre

deliberate

(dicitō) dicitāre

dictate

(dītō) dītāre

enrich

{216} (exsecrōr) exsecrārī

curse

(inambulō) inambulāre

walk up and down

(inclīnō) inclīnāre

turn, bend, incline

(indignōr) indignārī

resent, be indignant

(iūrō) iūrāre

swear

(māchinōr) māchinārī

devise, plot

(mānō) mānāre

flow, be wet, drip

(mātūrō) mātūrāre

make haste, hurry

(peccō) peccāre

do wrong

(pererrō) pererrāre

wander through

(praedōr) praedārī

plunder, loot

(rebellō) rebellāre

reopen the war, revolt

(scīscitōr) scīscitārī

inquire, ask

(stīllō) stīllāre

drip

(stuprō) stuprāre

violate, rape

(tolerō) tolerāre

bear, endure

-ēre

(obsideō) obsidēre, -sidisse, -sessum

besiege

(paveō) pavēre, pavisse

be terrified

(reticeō) reticēre, -uisse

keep silent

(urgeō) urgēre, ursisse

press, oppress

-ere

(assūmō) assūmere (< sumere)

take, lay claim to

(coniciō) conicere (< icere)

throw, put together

(convehō) convehere (< vehere)

carry, gather

(dēcutiō) dēcutere, -ssisse, -ssum

knock off, shake off

(ēloquōr) ēloquī (< loquī)

express, tell

(exigō) exigere (< agere)

drive out, exact, require, pass

(extrahō) extrahere (< trahere)

pull out, extract

(imminuō) imminuere, -uisse, -ūtum

make smaller, reduce

(incalēscō) incalēscere, -uisse

become heated

(incidō) incidere, -cidisse, -cāsum

occur, present itself

(invīsō) invīsere (< vīsere)

go to see

{217} (praecipiō) praecipere (< capere)

anticipate, advise, order

(prōlābor) prōlābī (< lābī)

slip, overbalance

(prōtegō) prōtegere (< tegere)

protect

(prōtrahō) prōtrahere (< trahere)

pull out, draw out

(terō) terere, trīvisse, trītum

wear out, use up, spend

(trānsfugiō) trānsfugere (< fugere)

go over, desert

-īre

(assentiō) assentīre (< sentīre)

agree with, assent

(lēniō) lēnīre, -īvisse, -ītum

placate, appease

(obeō) obīre (< īre)

meet, visit, go into, enter upon, set

(oborior) oborīrī (< orīrī)

spring up

ADIECTĪVA

1st/2nd

aerātus, -a, -um

fitted with bronze

ānxius, -a, -um

worried, worrying

brūtus, -a, -um

brutish, stupid

castus, -a, -um

chaste

centuriātus, -a, -um

voting in centuries

contēmptus, -a, -um

despicable

generōsus, -a, -um

noble

grandaevus, -a, -um

aged

honestus, -a, -um

honorable, respectable; (n.) virtue

impavidus, -a, -um

fearless

imperfectus, -a, -um

unfinished

impudīcus, -a, -um

unchaste, immoral

invīsus, -a, -um

odious, disliked

manifēstus, -a, -um

flagrant, plain

obstinātus, -a, -um

stubborn, obstinate

pestifer, -era, -erum

disastrous, pernicious

prōmptus, -a, -um

prompt, keen, ready

pudibundus, -a, -um

shamefaced

pudīcus, -a, -um

chaste, pure

sērus, -a, -um

late

voluntārius, -a, -um

voluntary

{218} 3rd

expers (gen. expertis)

having no share in

fidēlis, -e

faithful, loyal

inānis, -e

empty, gaping

iners (gen. inertis)

inactive, idle

īnsolēns (gen. īnsolentis)

haughty, arrogant

īnsōns (gen. īnsontis)

innocent

iuvenālis, -e

youthful

mātrōnālis, -e

of a married woman

perennis, -e

enduring, perpetual

praepotēns (gen. praepotentis)

very powerful

sēmianimis, -e

half alive

ADVERBIA

aliō

elsewhere

difficulter

with difficulty

enimvērō

truly, certainly

eōdem

to the same place

penes

in the possession of

quācumque

wherever

ultrō

spontaneously

usquam

anywhere

____________

1. For an explanation of the line number references convention, see p. xxvi.

{219} XLVI: QVADRAGESIMVM SEXTVM: POST REGES EXACTOS (Evtropivs)[1]

[Ex Eutropiī Brevrāriō ab urbe conditā I.9–III.6]

I. ØRBERG’S INTRODUCTION

The Roman historian Eutropius was commissioned by the Emperor Valens (AD 364–378) to write an abstract of Roman history, Breviārium ab urbe conditā. In his dedication to the Emperor Valens, Eutropius gives his goals for the Breviārium:

ab urbe conditā ad nostram memoriam, quae in negōtiīs vel bellicīs vel cīvīlibus ēminēbant, per ordinem temporum brevī narrātiōne collēgī

Eutropius gives a brief outline (brevī narrātiōne), chronologically arranged (per ordinem temporum), of the outstanding (ēminēbant) events of Roman miltiary (negōtiīs bellicīs) and domestic (negōtiīs cīvīlibus) history from the founding of the city (ab urbe conditā) to his own time (ad nostram memoriam). He follows Livy for the early part of his work. Comparing the sentence structure of the two authors offers an exercise useful for your understanding of Latin.

Eutropius’ style is extremely concise, lacking in literary merit, but nonetheless a model of clarity. The extract in this chapter covers the time from the expulsion of the Kings to the outbreak of the Second Punic War in 218 BC. Eutropius has based this part of his history on a summary of Livy, and his main interest is the feats of arms (rēs gestae) of the Romans. He mentions in passing the civil strife (sēditiō) between the patricians (the Senate) and the plebeians (plēbēiī or plēbs, “the common people”), which led to the election of tribunes of the people (tribūnī plēbis) charged with the protection of the people against the consuls and senators.

{220} Roman Expansion

In this period of her history, Rome conquered all of Italy south of the Apennines and made war on the great naval power of Carthage. They first subdued various neighboring peoples, including the northern Etruscans. Camillus captured their southernmost city, Veii, in 396 BC. A few years later, Gauls from northern Italy descended on Rome. The Roman army was defeated on the banks of the Allia, a tributary of the Tiber, and the Gauls occupied the city except for the Capitoline (390 BC). After a long siege, Camillus, “the second founder of Rome,” rescued the Romans.

In the following years, the Romans repulsed new Gallic attacks. After this, Rome’s most dangerous enemies were the Samnites, who were defeated after long wars, and the Greeks in southern Italy. The Romans met with stubborn resistance from the city of Tarentum, whose Greek inhabitants appealed to king Pyrrhus of Epirus for help (280 BC). After some costly victories (hence the phrase “Pyrrhic victory”[2]), the king retired to Sicily. When he returned to the mainland, the Romans, who were now the undisputed masters of Italy south of the Apennines, defeated him.

First Punic War

The conquest of southern Italy led to war with Carthage, the great power of the Western Mediterranean. The First Punic War lasted from 264–241 (the Carthaginians, Carthāginiēnsēs, coming from Phoenicia, are also called Poenī, adjective Pūnicus, -a, -um). Gāius Duīlius led a large Roman fleet to victory over the Carthaginians in 260. The war continued with varying success on land and at sea. The Carthaginians took prisoner in Africa the Roman general Regulus. He was then sent to Rome with orders to persuade his countrymen to make peace with Carthage; instead he urged the Romans to fight on. He returned to Carthage, where he died under torture. In 241, a decisive sea battle was fought between the Roman and Carthaginian fleets of 300 and 400 ships respectively. The Romans were victorious, and the Carthaginians had to make peace and abandon Sicily.

Continued Expansion

In the following years, the Romans also conquered Sardinia and Corsica, and in northern Italy, they captured Mediolānum (Milan) from the Gauls. The victorious general Mārcellus killed the Gallic commander and carried his armor, the spolia opīma, in triumph to the Capitoline.

{221} The chapter concludes with a quotation from book VI of the Aeneid: Anchises in the netherworld describing the triumphant Marcellus to Aeneas.

Roman Chronology

Roman chronology took the foundation of Rome as its point of departure. Dates are given in ordinal numbers (annō, -ēsimō) followed by ab urbe conditā (or urbis conditae, abbreviated a.u.c. or u.c.), e.g., anno ducentēsimō quadrāgēsimō quīntō ab urbe conditā (annō CCXV a.u.c.), “in the year 245 after the foundation of the city.”

• Annō trecentēsimō et quīntō decimō ab urbe conditā (85)

• Annō trecentēsimō sexāgēsimō quīntō ab urbe conditā (95)

• Annō trecentēsimō et alterō ab urbe conditā (125)

• Annō urbis conditā quadringentēsimō octōgēsimō prīmō (288)

• Annō quadringentēsimō septuāgēsimō septimō (299)

The modem chronology “annō Dominī” (AD) dates only from the sixth century. The year 754 after the foundation of the city (ab urbe conditā) is the first year after the traditional birth of Christ (post Christum nātum).[3] After 509 BC (the year the kings were expelled from Rome), dates are sometimes given with the words post rēgēs exāctōs (or ab expulsīs rēgibus), “after the expulsion of the kings”:

• annō prīmō ab expulsīs rēgibus (8)

• tertiō annō post rēgēs exāctōs (35, cf. 41, 48)

• octāvō decimō annō postquam rēgēs ēiectī erant (46: a variation on the phrase)

Another, very common way of marking the year is with the names of the two consuls in the ablative absolute, e.g.:

• K. Fabiō et T. Vergīiō cōnsulibus (67)

• L. Genūciō et Q. Servīliō cōnsulibus (145, cf. 194, etc.)

• Ap. Claudiō (et) M. Fulviō cōnsulibus (308, 264 BC)

{222} To convert a Roman date to our system of dating:

• BC dates: subtract the Roman date from 753 (the year 245 a.u.c. is 509 BC)

• AD dates: subtract 753 from the Roman date

In the margin, dates are given a.C. = ante Chrīstum, BC (and p.C. = post Chrīstum, AD).

Roman Republican Government

In Lingua Latina: Indices, there is a list of Roman consuls with dates (a.c. and u.c.). After the list of consuls, there is a list of the triumphs of Roman generals beginning with Romulus’ triumph over the Caenīnēnsēs. Such lists, called the Fāstī cōnsulārēs and triumphālēs, were set up on marble tablets in the Forum; several fragments of them have been found.

The consuls had no less authority than the kings, but the Romans tried to protect themselves against abuse of power by every year electing not one, but two new consuls. Only when the security of the State (rēs pūblica) was seriously endangered did they appoint a dictātor, who was given supreme power for a period of six months together with his subordinate, the magister equitum (see lines 43–47, 80, 100, 104, 185). Under the consuls, all important decisions were made in consultation with the Senate, whose members (called senātōrēs or patrēs) were the heads of the noble patrician families. The consuls and other magistrates were elected from their number.

II. AUXILIA LEGENDĪ

Consuls et dictātōrēs: 1–123

2:

hinc: from this time.

3–4:

hāc causā creātī ut + a substantive causal clause introduced by a conditional protasis referring to the future; sequence is secondary: coercēret is incomplete action, as befits both the purpose clause and the condition; voluisset is pluperfect because the action of “wanting” is prior to that of “constraining.”

4, 11–12:

placuit nē; placuerat enim nē: placēre in the past tenses means “it is (placuit) was (placuerat) decided, resolved” + a noun clause of the resolution.

11:

Tarquiniō Collātīnō: dative of disadvantage with sublāta est (< tollere); dignitās: “rank,” “honorable place in society” (cf. l.43).

{223} 14:

locō ipsīus: “in his place.”

21:

dēfēnsōrem pudīcitiae suae: because he avenged Tarquin’s violation of Lucretia, thus becoming a symbolic defender of female chastity.

31:

secundō quoque annō: “also in the second year”: i.e., quŏque (also) not quōque (from quisque), which would have meant “every second year” (Cap. XX).

45:

dictātōr: magistrate elected for a six-month (maximum) emergency term; the dictator was magister populī (“master of the infantry”); Magister Equitum (“master of the cavalry”), second in command to the dictator.

48:

sēditiō: “insurrection, sedition.”

49–50:

tamquam (reported reason: see grammar section); ipse: i.e., populus.

51:

per quōs: relative clause of purpose (Cap. XXXIX).

54:

Coriolī, Coriolōrum: town in Latium.

57–58:

Cn. Marcius: usually referred to as Coriolānus, an honorific cognomen he earned fighting the city; Volscōrum cīvitātem: in apposition to Coriolōs.

60:

mīliārium: the emperor Augustus set up the mīliārium aureum (“golden milestone”) in the forum to mark the end point of all military roads. Distances from this point to other places were given in terms of the milestones leading from this first one (but at the time referred to, mīliārium = mille passūs).

61–64:

oppugnātūrus: future participle for a pluperfect subjunctive in a past contracfactual condition = oppugnāvisset, protasis vēnissent: Coriolanus was intending to attack, if his mother and wife had not come; the future participle gives the sense that Corolianus was on the point of, he would have, had his mother and wife not come.

64–66:

quī…esset: descriptive (potential) relative clause with secundus; the descriptive relative clause is frequent with words such as ūnus, sōlus (quī) (Caps. XXXIX, XLIV).

71–72:

quī…dēbērent: descriptive relative clause (Caps. XXXIX, XLIV); singulī: “each of whom,” “each individually.”

{224} 82–83:

in opere et arāns: later Latin likes phrases that are not parallel (i.e., here we have a prepositional phrase linked with a present participle); toga praetexta: a toga fringed with a purple stripe was worn by higher magistrates; here the toga praetexta stands for the office of dictātor that Cincinnatus was about to assume. It was also worn by free-born children until they came of age for the toga of manhood (toga virīlis).

88:

decemvirī: this board of ten men codified the laws of Rome and had them inscribed on twelve bronze tablets, known as the “twelve tables” (XII tabulae).

90:

stipendia: both a year of military service (in the plural) and the pay or salary (in singular), whence we get “stipend.”

98:

urbī: dative with vīcīnae; Rome is “the city.”

108–109:

eī: Camillō; quasi…dīvīssisset: reported reason (see grammar section).

114:

quicquam: used only in negative clauses (Cap. XXVI); subject of potuit.

115–116:

nē obsidērent: purpose clause initiated by the ablative absolute acceptō aurō.

117–118:

Gallīs superventum est: impersonal passive; supervenīre: “overtake,” “fall upon.”

121:

triumphāns: the elaborate celebratory parade for victorious Roman generals, the Triumph, wound its way through the city, ending in the forum (see Cap. XXXVI: Ad hoc templum imperātor victor post triumphum ascendit, ut Iovī Optimō Māximō sacrificium faciat, dum ducēs hostium, quī in triumphō ante currum imperātōris ductī sunt, ad supplicium trāduntur, i.e., they were killed).

Post urbem captam: 124–180

126:

prīmō sc. annō.

140:

post aliquantum (sc: tempus); nūllōs (tribūnōs) placuit fierī: placuit nūllōs (tribūnōs) fierī.

151–152:

sublātō torque aureō collōque suō impositō: “doubled” ablative absolute: torque aureō sublātō (et) impositō; collō suō: dative with impositō; Toquātī: note that Titus Manlius had, before defeating the Gaul in single combat, only two names, the praenōmen {225} (Titus) and gentilīcium (Mānlius); Torquātus becomes his cognōmen and is passed on to his descendants; so too with Corvīnus (l.171).

158:

mīlitēs praestāre: cities conquered by Rome had to furnish (praestāre) soldiers for the Roman army.

160:

quī modus…efficiēbat: “and this measure yielded 60,000 or more armed men.”

161:

parvīs adhūc Rōmānīs rēbus: concessive = cum rēs Rōmānae adhūc parvae essent.

166:

eī = Valeriō.

164–171:

Marcus Valerius becomes Marcus Valerius Corvīnus: see note on lines 151–152.

178:

in Rōstrīs: see XXXVI.87–91: Ante Comitium est locus superior ex quō ōrātōrēs verba faciunt ad populum. ‘Rōstra’ nōmen est huius locī, quia rōstrīs nāvium captārum ōrnātur ‘rōstrum’ enim vocantur eae hastae ferreae quae ē prōrā nāvis longae ēminent velut rōstrum avis.

Samnītēs: 181–214

183–184:

Samnītăs: Greek names in the 3rd declension plural often retain the -ăs ending (instead of ēs); cf. ll.189, 205, 207.

188:

nē sē absente pugnāret: indirect command.

190–191:

capitis damnātus: the genitive is used with judicial expressions: accusations, condemnations (such as here), and acquitals; he was condemned with the loss of his head; “quod sē vetante pugnāsset”: subjunctive of reported reason (implied ōrātiō oblīqua) (Cap. XLII).

195–196:

sub iugum: the illustration in your text is a bit misleading. The “yoke” under which the Roman soldiers were forced to pass was made by making an arch of three spears, two uprights, and a third as a transverse bar.

196–197:

pax solūta est: the army had been coerced into making peace, which is legal only when ratified by the Senate; it was therefore revoked.

200:

aquam Appiam indūxit: Appius Claudius had built the first of the great Roman aquaducts (aquaeductus), known as the Aqua {226} Claudia, from his gentīlicium, while the road he had built is called the Via Appia.

204:

lēgātus datus fuisset: “had been given to him (eī) as a lieutenant.”

Pyrrhus: 215–305

216:

quia…fēcissent: subjunctive of reported reason (Cap. XLII).

224:

dūcī, ostendī…dīmittī: all present passive infinitives with iussit (l.223).

225:

quaecumque ā Rōmānīs agerentur: subjunctive for a subordinate clause in implied indirect statement (Cap. XLII).

226:

cum iam fugeret: when he was beginning to flee; iam with the imperfect shows an action as just starting.

230:

adversō vulnere: the soldiers were killed while standing their ground and fighting, not running away; hence their wounds were in front, not in their backs.

232–233:

sē tōtīus orbis dominum esse potuisse, sī tālēs sibi mīlitēs contigissent: past contrafactual condition in ōrātiō oblīqua; posse is in the infinitive instead of the subjunctive (see Cap. XLIII, grammar section on posse, oportēre, dēbēre).

238:

terrōre exercitūs: ablative of cause (Cap. XXXVII) and objective genitive (Cap. XXV).

255:

bīnōrum hostium: distributive numbers (Cap. XXX): to regain their former status, each had to bring back the armor (spolia) stripped from two slain enemy soldiers.

266:

Tarentum: accusative of place to which (so too line 281).

267:

interiectō annō: “after the lapse of a year,” “the second year later.”

269:

vīcīna castra: i.e., two camps near each other.

273–274:

quae…spopondisset: subordinate clause in ōrātiō oblīqua: iussit…(ea) dīcī quae…

275:

difficilius: comparative of the adverb.

289:

vēnēre = vēnērunt (cf. l.292: commōvēre).

{227} Bellum Pūnicum prīmum: 306–430

314:

in fidem acceptae: taken under the protection of Rome.

328:

plūrimum possent: “were extremely powerful.”

334:

in marī pugnātum (est): impersonal passive.

361–362:

Et subācta Āfrica tunc fuisset, nisi quod tanta famēs erat ut diūtius exercitus exspectāre nōn posset: fuisset marks the apodosis of a past contrafactual condition; the indicative protasis nisi quod (“except for the fact that”) cuts off the possibility of the Romans conquering (they would have conquered except for the fact that there was a famine).

369:

neque in aliquō animus hīs infrāctus fuit: “nor in anyone was courage unboken by these events.”

388:

nihil quasi Rōmānus ēgit: “did not act at all like a Roman,” i.e., behaved as if he enjoyed none of the rights of being a Roman citizen.

392:

tantī: genitive of value (Cap. XXIX).

395:

nūllus admīsit: “no one granted an audience to.”

414:

Lilybaeum: modern Marsala.

418:

īnfīnītum: “an endless supply.”

Iānus iterum clausus: 431–473

439:

modius trīticī: the modius is the standard Roman measure for grain; trīticum, -ī is wheat.

445:

Rōmānīs: with pārēre, not condiciōnibus.

451:

iīs: dative with contigerat.

459:

prō Rōmānīs cōnsēnsit: “united on the side of the Romans.”

462:

per cōnsulem tantum: adverb, not adjective: “by the consul alone.”

472:

stīpitī: dative with compound imposita.

Spolia Opima Tertia (Aenēis VI.855–856): 475–477

477:

super-ēminēre: “be conspicious beyond all others.”

{228} III. VOCĀBULA

NŌMINA

1st

collēga, -ae (m.)

colleague

dictātūra, -ae

dictatorship

pompa, -ae

public procession

praetexta, -ae

toga with purple border

2nd

castellum, -ī

fort, stronghold

corvus, -ī

raven

elephantus, -ī

elephant

fiscus, -ī

public treasury

historicus, -ī

historian

iūgerum, -ī

area of about 2/3 of an acre

iugum, -ī

yoke, ridge

meritum, -ī

merit

mīliārium, -ī

milestone

modius, -ī

a Roman dry meausure, “peck”

naufragium, -ī

shipwreck

patrimōnium, -ī

patrimony, fortune

quadriennium, -ī

four years

tribūnus mīlitum

tribune of the military

tribūnus plēbis

tribune of the people

triennium, -ī

three years

trīticum, -ī

wheat

venēnum, -ī

poison

3rd

calamitās, -ātis (f.)

misfortune, calamity

cēnsor, -ōris (m.)

censor (magistrate)

dēprecātiō, -ōnis (f.)

entreaty, plea

diūrnitās, -ātis (f.)

long duration

explōrātor, -ōris (m.)

scout, spy

favor, -ōris (m.)

goodwill, favor

honestās, -ātis (f.)

honesty, virtue

{229} permūtātiō, -ōnis (f.)

exchange

pugnātor, -ōris (m.)

fighter, combatant

stīpes, -itis (m.)

stake, stick

sūdor, -ōris (m.)

sweat

tīrō, -ōnis (m.)

recruit

unguis, -is (m.)

nail, claw

4th

complexus, -ūs

embrace

cōnsulātus, -ūs

consulate

flētus, -ūs

weeping

5th

perniciēs, -ēī

destruction

VERBA

-āre

(damnō) damnāre

condemn, sentence

(dēprecōr) dēprecārī

beg, entreat

(perdomō) perdomāre

subjugate

(persevērō) persevērāre

persist, continue

(remandō) remandāre

send back word

(reparō) reparāre

repair, restore, renew

(repudiō) repudiāre

reject, refuse to accept

(sollicitō) sollicitāre

solicit, incite

(tractō) tractāre

handle, treat, manage

(vindicō) vindicāre

claim, avenge

-ēre

(obtineō) obtinēre (< tenēre)

hold, gain, obtain

(superēmineō) super-ēminēre

stand out above

-ere

(cōnsenēscō) cōnsenēscere, -uisse

grow old

(dēcipō) dēcipere (< capere)

deceive

(dēmergō) dēmergere, -merisse, -mersum

sink, plunge

{230} (excīdō) excīdere, -disse, -sum

destroy

(expavēscō) expavēscere, -avisse, -atum

become frightened (at)

(impellō) impellere (< pellere)

strike, drive, compel

(īnfringō) īnfringere (< frangere)

break, crush

(obsequōr) obsequī (< sequī)

comply with, obey

(perimō) perimere (< emere)

destroy, kill

(praesūmō) praesūmere (< sūmere)

take for oneself, assume

(redigō) redigere (< agere)

drive back, bring, reduce

(regredior) regredī, -gressum

go back, return

(restituō) restituere, -uisse, -utum

restore, rebuild, reinstate

(subigō) subigere (< agere)

subdue, drive, force

(trānsigō) trānsigere (< agere)

carry through, finish

(tribuō) tribuere, -uisse, -ūtum

grant, attribute

-īre

(comperio) comperīre, -erisse, -ertum

find out, learn, discover

(supervenio) supervenīre (< venīre)

appear, surpass

ADIECTĪVA

1st/2nd

honōrificus, -a, -um

honorable

incognitus, -a, -um

unknown

īnfinītus, -a, -um

unlimited, infinite

quadringentēsimus, -a, -um

four hundredth

rōstrātus, -a, -um

having a beaked prow

septuāgēsimus, -a, -um

seventieth

sexāgēsimus, -a, -um

sixtieth

torquātus, -a, -um

wearing a collar, necklace

trānsmarīnus, -a, -um

from beyond the seas

trecentēsimus, -a, -um

three hundredth

3rd

cōnsulāris, -e

consular

grandis, -e

big, large

{231} īnfāmis, -e

disgraced

īnsignis, -e

noted, remarkable

nāvālis, -e

naval

singulāris, -e

single, singular, unique

trux (gen. trucis)

savage, grim

ADVERBIA

amplius

more

invicem

mutually, one another

retrō

back

secundō

for the second time

tertiō

for the third time

____________

1. For an explanation of the line number references convention, see p. xxvi.

2. Plutarch, Life of Pyrrhus, 21: “If we win one more battle against the Romans, we will be completely destroyed.”

3. Scholars dispute the date of Christ’s birth.

{232} XLVII: QVADRAGESIMVM SEPTIMVM: GRAECI ET ROMANI (Avlvs Gellivs)[1]

I. ØRBERG’S INTRODUCTION

This chapter is taken from a collection of essays (commentāriī) written by Aulus Gellius about AD 150 and published in twenty books under the title Noctēs Atticae. The collection comprises his gleanings from years of reading and jotting down bits that intrigued him—a habit that was not peculiar to Gellius. The preface explains his decision to name his collection Attic Nights:

…quoniam longinquīs per hiemem noctibus in agrō, sīcuti dīxī, terrae Atticae commentātiōnēs hāsce lūdere ac facere exorsī sumus…

Lūdere is important here: the Attic Nights represent the intellectual leisure time of a second-century AD member of the Roman elite. The essays cover a great variety of subjects (linguistic, philosophical, legal, literary, etc.) based on his extensive reading of Greek and Latin authors, whom he often quotes. Aulus Gellius has preserved many passages from lost works. The initial commentārius presents a chronological comparison of famous Greeks and Romans. Aulus Gellius observes that the illustrious Greek statesmen, philosophers, and poets lived long before Rome became a great power, and that Greek art and literature flourished long before the first Roman literary works appeared.

Most of the works of early Roman authors mentioned here are lost, except for some fragments, but twenty comedies by Plautus and six by Terentius (Terence) have been preserved. We also have a treatise de Agrī Cultūrā by Catō, which is the oldest surviving prose work in Latin.

Two short pieces from the same collection follow: one contains the story of the origin of the Sibylline Books (librī Sibyllīnī), the other some observations on {233} the different oaths uttered by men and women (observations which are confirmed by usage in the comedies of Plautus and Terence).

II. AUXILIA LEGENDĪ

Graeci et Rōmānī (Ex Aulī Gelliī ‘Noctium Atticārum’ librō XVII capitulum XXI): 1–165

412:

ut…habērēmus, nē…dīcerēmus: two purpose clauses introduce the sentence before we get to the main verb (excerpēbamus); cōnspectum < cōnspectus, -ūs: “a view, survey”; incōnspectum < incōnspectus, -a, -um: “indiscreet, imprudent,” clearly a pun; chronicī = χρονικά: the Greek version of annāle: chronological records of important events; quibus temporibus flōruissent…nōbilēs īnsignēsque…fuissent: indirect questions. Gellius is making notes (excerpēbamus) from the chronicī so his readers know the answer to when illustrious Greeks and Romans were in their prime (flōruissent).

15:

dē pluribus (hominibus)…coniectūra fierī/coniectūram facere: “make a conjecture, an inference about many others.”

21:

Silviī: see XLI.70–73.

22:

in prīmō (sc. librō) annālium; cf. l.25: in prīmō Chronicōrum.

27–28:

ex illō nōbilī numerō sapientum: Solon (638–558 BC) was one of a group of seven men famed for their wisdom.

32:

id (the tyranny of Pisistratus) eī (i.e., Solōnī) praedīcentī nōn crēditum est: impersonal passive with dative (Cap. XL).

33:

Tarquinius: XLV.1.

37:

Nepōs Cornēlius = Cornēlius Nepōs (Cap. XLIX).

38:

Tullus Hostilius: XLIII.2–3.

39:

poēmatīs: ablative of respect with clārum et nōbilem.

47:

tribūnōs (plēbis): XLVI.50.

48–49:

Coriolānus: XLVI.56ff.

53:

plērāque Graeciā: plērique, -aeque, -aque: “most (of)” (Cap. XXXIII).

{234} 60–61:

per eās tempestātēs: you learned (Cap. XVI) tempestās as “storm,” but its primary meaning is “period of time.” For the decemvirī legibus scribundīs (dative of purpose) and Twelve Tables, cf. XLVI.88.

73–74:

quibus: ablative of comparison, nātū, ablative of respect, both with posterior.

75:

quibusdam temporibus iīsdem vixērunt: there’s no easy way around this clumsy phrase; “at certain times (i.e., not all of their lives) they lived at the same time,” or, literally: “they lived at certain same times” = iīsdem ferē temporibus.

80:

Athēniēnsibus: dative with praepositī sunt.

83:

Camillus: XLVI.104, etc.

81–82:

Sōcratēs Athēnīs capitis damnātus est: genitive of the charge/penalty (Cap. XLVI, note on lines 190–191).

90–92:

Mānlius…convictus est…damnātusque capitis: genitive of the charge/penalty.

106:

inque eō tempore: in + a qualified ablative refers to the circumstances rather than the time.

118–119:

cōnsulēs Tiberius Veturius et Spurius Postumius: XLVI.194–195.

120:

sub iugum: XLVI.195–196.

125:

Pyrrhus: XLVI.215ff.

130:

senātū mōvērunt: removed from the Senate.

131:

Nota = nota censōria: the mark put by the names of those whom the censors condemn; causam istī notae subscripsērunt: accusative and dative with compound verb (Cap. XXXVII); quod…comperissent…habēre: subjunctive of reported reason (Cap. XLI); grātiā: with preceding genitive “for the sake of”; argentum factum: “wrought silver, silver plate”; there were sumptuary laws at Rome putting a limit on luxury.

136:

bellum adversum Poenōs prīmum: XL.306ff.

139:

annīs posteā paulō plūribus quam vīgintī: ablative of degree of difference with an ablative of comparison (Caps. XVI, XLIII): “afterward by a little more than twenty years.”

{235} 145–150:

Reading help: [quibus (cōnsulibus) nātum esse Q. Ennium poētam] M. Varrō…scrīpsit; eumque (= Ennium)…duodecimum Annālem scrīpsisse idque ipsum Ennium in eōdem librō dīcere.

152–155:

dē amīcōrum sententiā: “on the advice of his friends”; quod…esset iūrāssetque…habēre: subjunctive of reported reason (Cap. XLII).

164–165:

longius: the comparative can mean “too,” as here: “too long”; bellum Poenōrum secundum; cf. the beginning of the chapter; Gellius tells us his intention is to write about distinguished Greeks and Romans from the time of the founding of the city to the Second Punic War.

Librī Sibyllīnī (Ex Aulī Gelliī ‘Noctium Atticārum’ librō I capitulum XIX): 166–193

166:

For the Sibyl, see XL.288; the Sibylline books of oracles were consulted during times of crisis.

176:

quasi dēsiperet: subjunctive of reported reason (Cap. XLVI); for quasi with the subjunctive of reported reason, see Cap. XLVI.

178:

eōdem pretiō: ablative of price (so too ll.183–184) (Cap. VIII).

185:

ōre iam sēriō atque attentiōre animō: ablative of description (Cap. XXXII).

186:

insuper = “over”; insuper habēre = contemnere.

187:

nihilō: ablative of degree of difference with the comparative minōre (Caps. XVI, XLIII).

188–190:

nusquam locī: locī is a partitive genitive after the adverb nusquam; constitit: see above: “it has been agreed.”

Dē iūre iūrandō (Ex Aulī Gelliī ‘Noctium Atticārum’ librō XI capitulum VI): 194–206

202:

facile dīctū: ablative of the supine (Cap. XXII).

205:

iūs iūrandum: “a sworn oath.”

{236} III. VOCĀBULA

NŌMINA

1st

adnotātiuncula,
-ae

short note

cōnfīdentia, -ae

self-confidence

coniectūra, -ae

inferring, conjecture

cōnstantia, -ae

steadiness, persistence

historia, -ae

account, story, history

hospita, -ae

(female) guest, stranger

lībra, -ae

balance, pound (327 g)

philosophia, -ae

philosophy

tragoedia, -ae

tragedy

2nd

astrologus, -ī

astronomer

cognōmentum, -ī

surname

commentārius, -ī

notebook, record

dīvortium, -ī

divorce

dubium, -ī

point of separation

foculus, -ī

hearth

philosophus, -ī

philosopher

quīndecimvirī, -ōrum (pl.)

board of fifteen priests

sacrārium, -ī

sanctuary

scrīptum, -ī

writing, book

tyrannus, -ī

tyrant

3rd

iūs iūrandum (iūris iūrandī) (n.)

oath

obsidiō, -ōnis (f.)

siege

poēma, -atis (n.)

poem

VERBA

-āre

(celebrō) celebrāre

go to a place frequently or in great numbers, celebrate, extol

(circumvāllō) circumvāllāre

beset, surround

{237} (cōnflīctō) cōnflīctāre

harass, distress

(dēiūrō) dēiūrāre

swear

(dēlīrō) dēlīrāre

be mad

(exagitō) exagitāre

stir, worry, harass

(mercōr) mercārī

buy, purchase

(nōbilitō) nōbilitāre

make famous

(obtrectō) obtrectāre

criticize, disparagement

(percontōr) percontārī

inquire (about), ask

(vēnumdō) vēnumdare (< dare)

put up for sale

(vexō) vexāre

harass, trouble, ravage

-ēre

(flōreō) flōrēre, flōruisse

bloom, flourish

-ere

(convincō) convincere (< vincere)

find guilty, convict

(dēpellō) dēpellere (< pellere)

drive down/off, avert

(dēscīscō) dēscīscere, -īvisse, -ītum

defect, withdraw

(dēsipiō) dēsipere, -uisse

be out of one’s mind

(deūrō) deūrere (< ūrere)

burn

(excerpō) excerpere, -sisse, -tum

pick out

(exūrō) exūrere (< ūrere)

burn up

(obrēpō) obrēpere (< repere)

creep up, steal up

(prōpōnō) prōpōnere (< pōnere)

set up, propose

(subscrībō) subscrībere (< scrībere)

write underneath

(trānsgrediōr) trānsgredī, -gressum

cross

irregular

(obeō) obīre (< īre)

meet, visit, go into

ADIECTĪVA

1st/2nd

chronicus, -a, -um

written in the form of annals; annalistic

cōmicus, -a, -um

of comedy, comic

{238} diūtinus, -a, -um

long, prolonged

ducentēsimus, -a, -um

two hundredth

factus, -a, -um

wrought

incōnspectus, -a, -um

unfounded

plērusque, plera-, plerum-

most (of), the greater part

quīngentēsimus, -a, -um

five hundredth

tragicus, -a, -um

tragic

ūndēvīcēsimus, -a, -um

nineteenth

3rd

annālis, -e

relating to a year

nātūrālis, -e

natural, of nature

orientālis, -e

eastern

sterilis, -e

barren, sterile

ADVERBIA

ecquid

…? if, whether

īnsuper

in addition

subinde

immediately afterward

temere

heedlessly

ALIA

edepol

by Pollux!

mecastor

by Castor!

mehercle

by Hercules!

nihilō

no, by no means

pondō

in weight, pounds

____________

1. For an explanation of the line number references convention, see p. xxvi.

{239} XLVIII: DVODEQVINQVAGESIMVM: BELLVM PVNICVM SECVNDVM (Livy)[1]

[Ex T. Līviī ‘ab Urbe Conditā’ librīs XXI–XXX]

I. ØRBERG’S INTRODUCTION

This long chapter contains extensive excerpts from Livy’s description of the Second Punic War (218–201 BC), as well as selections from the periochae, or summaries, of Livy’s history (as well as a selection from Eutropius). The outstanding Carthaginian leader in this war was Hannibal, who had sworn lifelong hostility to Rome.

The direct cause of the war was Hannibal’s attack on the Spanish city of Saguntum, Rome’s ally. On hearing that the city had fallen after a heroic defense, the Romans immediately declared war on Carthage (218 BC). Hannibal then led a large army from Spain across the Pyrenees and the Alps to northern Italy, where he defeated the Romans in two battles. The following year he marched south across the Apennines and ambushed a Roman army at Lake Trasimene (lacus Trasumennus). After these serious reverses the Romans appointed Fabius Māximus dictator. Fabius harassed Hannibal’s army but avoided open battle. In 216, the consuls Terentius Varrō and Aemilius Paulus took the field against Hannibal at Cannae. Although numerically superior, the Romans suffered a shattering defeat: Aemilius Paulus was killed along with 50,000 Romans. After this, the greater part of southern Italy went over to Hannibal.

Meanwhile the Romans defeated Hannibal’s brother Hasdrubal in Spain and in the following years, fought with some success in Italy. Hasdrubal crossed the Alps with a new army to join forces with his brother but was defeated and killed (207 BC). When the young Roman general P. Cornēlius Scīpiō succeeded in moving the war from Spain to Africa, the Carthaginians were forced to recall Hannibal. After his defeat at Zama in 202 Carthage was forced to make peace with Rome on severe terms.

{240} In this chapter you read—with omissions, but no other changes—Livy’s accounts of the siege of Saguntum and the declaration of war (from book 21), of the battle of Lake Trasimene and its repercussions in Rome (from book 22), of the battle of Cannae and the effect of the news in Carthage (from books 22 and 23), and finally of the recall of Hannibal and the conclusion of peace (from book 30). The summarizing passages in between are from the extant ancient abstracts (Periochae, περιοχαί) of Livy’s history supplemented with a passage from Eutropius. Periochae of all except two of Livy’s 142 books survive (written not by Livy, but sometime around the fourth century AD).

II. AUXILIA LEGENDĪ

Iūs iūrandum Hannibalis [Ex librō XXI]: 1–90

4:

Hannibale duce: ablative absolute.

6:

opibus: ablative of respect (Cap. XXXIX).

7–8:

hīs ipsīs…fuit: dative of possession (Cap. XII); tantum vīrium aut rōboris: partitive genitives with neuter substantive (tantum, cf. Cap. XLIV).

9–11:

Rōmānīs indignantibus: ablative absolute; quod…īnferrent…quod…crēderent: subjunctive of reported reason (Cap. XLII); imperitātum: impersonal passive + dative (victīs); victōribus: dative with compound verb (inferre).

12–17:

Fāma est is followed by the accusative + infinitive; Hannibalem…iūre iūrandō adāctum (esse); adāctum esse: infinitive from adigere = ad + agere; adigere iūre iūrandō: “cause to take an oath”; fore = futūrum esse.

15:

eō = in Hispāniam.

20–21:

factio: “a political group,” “faction.”

25–28:

ut fīnis…esset amnis Hibērus…lībertās servārētur: the terms of the treaty (foedus); Saguntīnī: the inhabitants of the town Saguntum; dative of reference with lībertās servārētur.

29–30:

quīnam…esset: indirect question; quīnam: interrogative pronoun (Cap. XXIII); extemplō: “immediately.”

33:

pūberem: i.e., of military age.

39–40:

nē quandō…exsuscitet: nē (ali) quandō; negative purpose clause (Cap. XLII, RECĒNSIŌ).

{241} 41:

optimus quisque: quisque with the superlative, “all the most spirited of the young men” (Cap. XXXI).

42:

meliōrem (sc. partem).

45–46:

discernerēs: see grammar section above on the generalizing potential subjunctive.

50:

ubi (ali) quid: ubi, “whenever,” subjunctive with indefinite relative clasuse.

57:

nihil vērī, nihil sānctī: partitive genitives with neuter pronoun (Cap. XLIV).

58:

religiō: “scruples,” “fear of the gods.”

59:

trienniō: abative of time.

60–61:

merēre (stipendia): “serve” (in the army); nūllā rē praetremissā: ablative absolute enclosing the descriptive relative clause quae…esset, especially common with indefinite or negative antecedents (Cap. XXXIX); agenda magnō futūrō ducī: dative of agent with the gerundive (Cap. XXXI).

62–64:

velut…mandātum esset: velut (“as,” “as if,” Cap. XXVI); the subjunctive is used to underscore the contrafactual nature of the comparison.

64–65:

Quibus oppugnandīs quia: the quia is postponed after the ablative of means: “Because by attacking these people (i.e., of Saguntum).”

66–68:

ut non petiise…sed…tractus vidērī posset: i.e., led to an inevitable war by attacking Saguntum’s neighbors whose land lay outside Rome’s stated border.

70:

opulentusque praedā: ablative of respect, cf. 77 (Cap. XXXIX).

87:

fugam facere: “to put to flight, cause to flee.”

Saguntum exscissum: 91–218

95–99:

retulissent…abstinēret: see above on technical vocabulary; placuisset: see Cap. XLVI “Resolutions of the Senate”; cf. l.101: relāta…rēs.

100:

omnium spē celerius: “faster than everyone’s anticipation” (not “hope”).

{242} 101:

dē integrō: “anew” (Cap. XLII).

110:

īnfestō exercitū: in military language, the movement of troops usually does not have cum: “with a hostile army.”

113:

eum (mūrum); vīnea means both “vine” and “vineyard”; in military language, it is a covering made like an arbor that protects besieging soldiers.

115:

in suspectō locō: i.e., a place considered more likely to be attacked.

117:

summovēre = summovērunt: “drove away.”

118–119:

animus: “courage”; haud fermē: “scarcely, hardly.”

122–123:

nōn multum abesset quīn…dēsererentur: negative consecutive (result) clause, “not so far from, not so far but that” (Cap. XL); dēserere: abandon, desert.

129:

mūrī: genitive with quantum.

135:

fūsum fugātumque (hostem): “routed and put to flight.”

138–139:

missī obviam + dative (quibus): “sent to meet”; quī dīcerent: relative clause of purpose (Cap. XXXIX) + ōrātiō oblīqua; Hannibalī: dative with operae esse, “to have the leisure to.”

141:

appārēbat: impersonal, as frequently, “it was clear” (i.e., to Hannibal).

144:

pars altera = factiō altera.

147–149:

viamque ūnam ad id…sī…vīvat: the sī clause gives the content of id, which refers to regnum.

151–152:

unde arcentur foedere: by the conditions of the foedus (ll.25–28).

155:

bonus: sarcastic.

158–161:

Dēdēmus: future indicative (i.e., not a deliberative question); cēnseō…mittendōs: see section on technical vocabulary, above; quī…nūntient: relative clause of purpose (Cap. XXXIX); ut…dēdant: indirect command (Cap. XXIX).

163–164:

adeō: “indeed, for”; prope: adverb, “nearly”; Hannibalis erat: i.e., on Hannibal’s side: partitive genitive.

166:

tempus terere: “wear away time, waste time” (see XLV.220 and cf. below l.550: tempus teritur).

167:

mīlitem = mīlitēs: collective noun.

{243} 173–174:

eōs: object of adorta est; aliquantō: ablative of degree of difference.

175–176:

minōrem in diēs urbem Saguntīnī faciunt: i.e., the defensible area of the city was growing daily smaller; inopia omnium: objective genitive (Cap. XXV).

177–179:

omnia hostium: “of the enemy, belonged to the enemy”; expectātiō externae opis: objective genitive (Cap. XXV).

180–181:

Alcorus Hispānus: Alcorus the Spaniard, also the subject of the next sentence—Alcorus was in Hannibal’s army but was also known at Saguntum; trāditō palam tēlō: ablative absolute; cūstōdibus: dative with trāditō.

184:

senātum dare + dative: “give someone an opportunity to address the Senate.”

185–186:

vōbīs…est: dative of possession.

192–193:

bīnīs vestīmentīs: distributive numerals because “two apiece, two each.”

199:

senātuī: dative with permixtum esset, i.e., the people’s council became mingled with the senate so they could hear.

202–203:

eōdem: adverb, “to the same place” (Cap. XLV); sēmet: -met is an intensive enclitic.

205–211:

cum signum imperātōrī dedisset: subject, cohors; nōn…occāsiōne: what Hanibal was thinking (ratus); omnēs pūberēs: all the young men of military age.

215:

patrēs: object of cēpit. pudor nōn lātī auxiliī: pudor with genitive of thing (Cap. XXIII): objective genitive.

216:

dē summā rērum: the good of the state, the common welfare (a frequent political expression); velut si…esset: present contrafactual.

Bellum Carthāginiēnsibus indictum: 219–253

220:

nōminātae prōvinciae: the conquered areas in which the consuls would operate in the coming year; iūssī: sc. cōnsulēs; sortīrī: i.e., a two-step process: first the provinces to which consuls will be assigned are named, then the consuls draw lots.

223:

quanta parārī posset: indirect question (Cap. XXIX).

228:

iustō equitātū: iustus used of military units means “at full strength.”

{244} 233–237:

mittunt ad percontandōs Carthāginiēnsēs…et…ut indīcerent: both expressions of purpose (see Cap. XLII or summary of purpose clauses); id quod factūrī vidēbantur: indicative parenthetical statement within the reported (indirect) future protasis in the subjunctive.

238–239:

senātus datus esset: see above, note to line 184.

242:

cēnseam: “I should think” (see section on potential subjunctive above).

244:

nisi…icta (est); foedus īcere: “strike a treaty,” “make a pact.”

247–248:

parturuit: desiderative of pariō, parere, peperī, partum (Cap. X, “give birth”): desire to bring forth, produce, or to be in labor; pariat: jussive subjunctive; sinū ex togā factō: “creating a fold/pocket in his toga.”

250:

sub hanc vocem: “immediately after/as a response to this speech”; daret: reported imperative; utrum vellet: indirect question.

253:

quibus acciperent: subordinate clause in indirect speech (Cap. XXXVI).

Iter Hannibalis in Italiam: 254–271

255–256:

in hīberna (castra): winter quarters.

257–258:

dē integrō: “anew, afresh” (Cap. XLII).

262:

ex periochā: see introduction to this chapter (as well as Cap. XLI).

262–264:

Pȳrēnaeum: the Pyrenees; Pȳrēnaeus saltus/Pȳrēnaeī montēs: mountains between (modern) Spain and France.

267:

‘Āfricānī’…nōmen: as a cognomen; cf. Torquātus and Coriolānus, Cap. XLVI, note to lines 57–58.

269:

Āpennīnum: the Apennine Mountains, which run like a spine down the Italian peninsula.

Lacus Trasumennus [Ex periochā librī XXII et ex librō XXII]: 272–388

These excerpts provide an opportunity of comparing Livy’s original with the later summary.

275:

cōs: the regular abbreviation of cōnsul, in which the n was not pronounced.

280:

quod agrī est: partitive genitive with neuter pronoun (Cap. XLIV).

{245} 282–283:

māximē montēs…subit: “most closely goes up to the foot of the mountains.”

284:

via perangusta: the prefix per- before adjectives and adverbs has intensive force (“very…”).

284–285:

ubi…cōnsīderet: adverbial final clause in secondary sequence with historical present; modo: i.e., only those troops.

288:

ad ipsās faucēs saltūs: “close to the very entrance of the mountain pass/defile”; faucēs = “throat,” used for a narrow entrance.

289–290:

ut, ubi intrāssent…essent: both a purpose (final) clause and a condition in implied ōrātiō oblīqua (reporting Hannibal’s reasons for placing the troops); the pluperfect subjunctive represents a future perfect: “So that, when the Romans have entered…everything would be…”

292:

inexplōrātō: adverb, i.e., without first making a reconnaissance.

294:

id tantum hostium: partitive genitive with neuter pronoun (Cap. XLIV).

297–299:

clausum…et circumfūsum: both with hostem; signum…invādendī.

300:

eō magis…quod: “all the more because.”

301:

nebula: i.e., the fog/mist off the lake; campō quam montibus: ablatives: “thicker on the plain than on the mountains.”

302:

Rōmānus = Rōmānī: collective noun.

303–305:

ante…quam satis īnstruerētur…aut…possent: anticipatory subjunctives (Cap. XLII); stringī gladiī: cf. gladiīs strictīs (XXXVII.352), strictō gladiō (XLIII.134); stringī is present passive infinitive.

306:

perculsīs < percellere (Cap. XLII): ablative absolute.

307:

ut…patitur: i.e., to the degree that time and the terrain allowed.

312:

in dexterā, sc. manū.

313–314:

salūtis spem: objective genitive (Cap. XXV); dux adhortātorque are predicative with factus (fierī): “each man became his own leader and exhorter.”

315–318:

Tantus fuit…ut…sēnserit: result (consecutive) clauses express the consequence that follows a cause and generally take a subjunctive of incomplete action (present or imperfect). When, {246} however, the author wants to move the focus from the impetus (leading verb) to the outcome (subordinate verb), the perfect subjunctive is used, an exception to the rule for sequence of tense (Cap. XLII, Recēnsiō); cursū: ablative, “from their course.”

321:

rōbora virōrum: rōbus, -oris (n.) is an exceptionally hard oak, thence “hardness, strength” (see l.8); when used of soldiers it means “the best troops,” subject of sequēbantur.

324:

Īnsuber: Īnsubria was in northern Italy, near Milan; faciē quoque: i.e., in addition to his distinguishing armor, ablative of means with nōscitans.

325–328:

populāribus…dēpopulātus: populārēs are fellow members of your populus; dēpopulārī: ravage, pillage (also from populus, with debated etymology); perēmptōrum…civium < perimere, -emisse, -emptum = perdere, dēlēre) with Mānibus: the spirits of the dead.

332:

pavōrī: dative with intransitive verb obstāre.

337–338:

inter paucās (clādēs)…clādēs: a disaster “among few (disasters)”; i.e., one of the worst (clādēs, -is, Cap. XLII).

341–342:

petiēre = peti(v)ērunt; periēre = periērunt (Cap. XLII).

347:

frequentis cōntiōnis modō turba: “like a crowded assembly of the people”; versa: with turba.

351:

alius ab aliō implētī: alius is in apposition to implētī.

354–355:

exercitūs victī: genitive with cāsūs; quot…tot: “as many as.”

356–357:

merēre (stipendia): see note to lines 60–61; ignōrantium: with eōrum…quorum; quae fortūna…esset: indirect question.

358–359:

quid spēret aut timeat: indirect deliberative question (Cap. XXIX); direct would be “Quid spērēmus aut timeāmus?”

360:

posterō: sc. diē: “on the next day and for several days following.”

363–364:

circumfundēbantur: “kept crowding around” + dative obviīs; priusquam…inquīsiissent: although priusquam, when it refers to something anticipated or expected, is generally followed by the imperfect subjunctive (Cap. XLII), there are a few isolated examples (four of them in Livy) where priusquam is followed by the pluperfect subjunctive. Here, the pluperfect subjunctive stands for a future perfect: “they could not be torn away before they (will have) asked.”

{247} 365:

cernerēs: see grammar section above on the 2nd person singular generalizing potential subjunctive.

375–377:

quōnam…possent: indirect question; resistī: present passive infinitive representing the impersonal passive.

379–381:

quattuor…circumventa (esse): ōrātiō oblīqua.

382–383:

dictātōrem…magistrum equitum: Cap. XLVI, introduction and note on line 45.

386:

vidērētur: impersonal 3rd person + dative, “seems right, good” to someone.

387:

Penātibus: Cap. XXXVIII, introduction.

Q. Fabius Māximus Cūnctātor [Ex periochā librī XXII]: 389–406

394–395:

tamquam: on the grounds that, accusing him of being; Efficere ut + subjunctive: noun clause of result (Cap. XXVIII, Recēnsiō; Cap. XXXVII).

398:

discrīmine: ablative of separation with līberātus.

401–405:

core of sentence: Hannibal…praesidium…fugāvit et…transgressus est saltum.

406:

Ūnus homō nōbīs cunctandō restituit rem: this famous line comes not from Livy but Ennius’s Annālēs (XXXVI.164–165); it is written in dactylic hexameter (Cap. XXXIV): ūnŭs hŏ | mō nō | bīs cūnc | tān dō | rēstĭtǔ | īt rēm.

Cannae [Ex Eutropiī Breviāriī librō III et ex Līviō librō XXII]: 407–592

These excerpts provide another opportunity of comparing Livy’s original, this time with Eutropius’s Breviārium.

411:

Fabiō: i.e., Quintus Fabius Maximus.

413:

nōn aliter…quam: “in no other way…than”; differendō: gerund ablative of means.

414:

cum: with pugnātum esset, not impatientiā, which is an ablative of cause (Cap. XXXVII).

419–420:

Poenum = Poenos: collective noun.

421:

bīna castra: distributive numerals are used with pluralia tantum (Cap. XXX, XXXIII).

{248} 422:

utrīsque castrīs affluēns < adfluere + dative; aditus, -ūs: “an access”; aquātor: “a water carrier.”

428:

inconditam turbam: i.e., the aquātōrēs; in…portās: all one prepositional phrase; ēgressī: the Numidians; ēvectī sunt: “they advanced” (cf. l.6: Cornēlius equō vehitur); statiōnem…prō vallō: a guard post built in front of the camp fortifications.

430–435:

structure: adeō…ut: result clause; ea ūna causa…quod: causal clause; ea ūna causa…tenuerit Rōmānōs nē extemplō trānsīrent: clause of hindering (see grammar section above); ab tumultuāriō auxiliō: tumultuārius, in military language, means “hastily raised, put together quickly or suddenly”; auxilium: collective for auxilia, -ōrum: auxiliary troops, usually formed from allies, here: the Numidians; ea modo ūna causa: the reason (causa) is contained in the clause quod…fuit: when the consuls were in the field together, the high command alternated on a daily basis; Varro is, Livy tells us, the impatient one (l.414).

436:

nihil cōnsultō Paulō: ablative absolute, i.e., without asking Paulus’s opinion.

439:

eās quās: with cōpiās.

443:

intrā peditēs…iūnctī: the infantry was stationed toward the inside (i.e., from the allied cavalry at the furthest end, extrēmī) and joined (iūnctī) to the Roman infantry at the center (in medium).

448:

Baliārēs, -ium: inhabitants of the Balearic Islands (Maiorca and Minorca, now called Menorca) off the coast of Spain—they were famous as slingers.

449–450:

ut…ita: “as…in the same way” (Cap. XIX).

455:

stetēre = stetērunt.

462–463:

frontibus…adversīs: ablative of attendant circumstances: i.e., the cavalries charged each other head on, because there was no room for maneuvering.

469:

sub…finem: “toward the end of.”

471–472:

impulēre = impulērunt; cuneus: a wedge, so troops that form a protruding wedge (see marginal illustration).

474–475:

Āfrī circā iam cornua fēcerant: “The Africans on the sides [i.e., of the Romans who have flattened the projecting wedge {249} (cuneus) and are proceeding into the apparently retreating hollow (sinus) in the battleline (aciēs)] had now made the wings of the battle line (ends of a horn, surrounding the Romans).”

476:

extendendō: ablative of means (Cap. XXV) of gerund; object: cornua; et = etiam: “even.”

477–479:

dēfūnctī nēquīquam proeliō ūnō: i.e., the battle against the wedge (cuneus) of Gauls and Spaniards was won, but to no good purpose since the Romans are now surrounded.

479–480:

nōn tantum…sed etiam = nōn sōlum…sed etiam (Cap. XX); eō…quod: “for this reason, that…”

484:

proelium restituit: “revived, restored the battle.”

485–486:

omissīs…equīs: i.e., the cavalry dismounted to fight; et = etiam with ad regendum equum; dēficiēbant: “were failing” + accusative (cōnsulem); dēficere, usually intransitive, can also be used transitively.

489:

pellere: i.e., fugāre; so too pepulērunt, l.490.

496:

vīrium aliquid: partitive genitive with neuter pronoun (Cap. XLIV).

497–498:

nē…fēceris: prohibition (Cap. XXXII).

500:

macte virtūte estō: a phrase that is found sixteen times in Latin literature, almost half of them in Livy: “honored in your manliness/virtue” or “well done, bravo”; cavē…absūmās: cavē, with or without nē, plus the subjunctive: “beware, avoid, guard against” (Cap. XXVII).

501:

exiguum tempus…ēvādendī.

503:

patere: imperative of patior, patī.

505:

Haec eōs agentēs: haec is the object of eōs agentēs (which is, in turn, the object of oppressēre (= oppressērunt); agentēs = dīcentēs.

506–507:

ignōrantēs quis esset: indirect question.

522–523:

nōbilitāte…strāge: ablatives of respect (Cap. XXXIX) with pār…gravior foediorque, respectively; patere < patior, patī, passum: imperative.

{250} 524:

ad Alliam…ad Cannās: ad does not always imply motion but can signify “at” or “in regard to”; cf. below, line 551: ad + numbers, “about”; Allia: see margins.

528–529:

suādērentque ut…sūmeret et daret: indirect command (Cap. XXVII).

530–533:

ratus (< reor, rērī) cessandum(esse); minimē: in replies, means not “very little” but “not at all” and is emphastic; ut…scias: purpose clause enclosing indirect question (quid…āctum); ut…sciant: purpose clause with indirect statement: i.e., ut sciant me venisse prius quam sciant me venturum esse.

532:

equite = equitibus: collective noun.

534–535:

Hannibalī nimis laeta rēs est vīsa māiorque quam ut eam statim capere animō posset: comparative clause (see grammar section above); capere animō: grasp mentally, take in; voluntātem: “inclination, desire.”

537:

pēnsāre: “weigh”; temporis opus esse: usually with ablative or infinitive (Cap. XIX), very rarely with genitive.

538:

dī dedēre (= dedērunt): dedere is stronger than dare, and nīmīrum is here, as frequently, ironic or sarcastic.

540:

salūtī fuisse urbī atque imperiō: double datives (Cap. XXXVI).

544:

ad multum diēī: “till late in the day”: partitive genitive with neuter pronoun (Cap. XLIV); dūcere: here used intransitively of a general: lead, march.

547:

mātūrior ipsīus spē: ablative of comparison with a comparative adverb (Cap. XXIV); cf. lentius spē (XLV.97).

551:

ad + numerals: “about,” see also line 565.

555–556:

genere clāra ac dīvitiīs: ablatives of respect (Cap. XXXIX); some of the narrative has been omitted here and cēterum (“moreover”) cum, etc., begins a new subject, the choice of leader.

560:

proximē: temporal, “very recently.”

565:

ad quattuor mīlia: “about, approximately.”

569:

Rōmam: accusative of place to which with allātum fuerat, which introduces the indirect statements nē…sociōrumque.

577–578:

Hannibalis…factam: i.e., has become his; tantā mōle: “by such a heap (of disaster)”; see XLII.28; nūlla alia gēns…nōn obruta esset: nūlla…nōn, “every”; past potential subjunctive.

{251} 589:

classī…stantī: datives with praeesset.

590:

cōnsulī ut…venīret: implied indirect command with scrībendum.

Māgō nūntius victōriae [Ex librō XXIII]: 593–681

597:

dēficientēs: “defecting” (Cap. XLI).

598:

mare Īnferum: the Tyrrhenian (Tuscan) sea off the western coast of Italy, as opposed to the Adriāticum/Superum Mare off the eastern coast, separating Italy and the Balkan Penninsula.

603–604:

‘ut suae lēgēs, suī magistrātūs Capuae essent’: suae, suī: both refer to Capua; Capuae is dative; ut…essent: noun clause with condiciō, “stipulations to the effect that.”

605:

urbem: i.e., Capua.

606–608:

precantibus…nē…utque: indirect commands; nē (ali)quid sēriae reī: partitive genitive with neuter pronoun (Cap. XLIV).

610:

ōrātiō perblanda: see note above on line 284.

612:

praeponere + accusative and dative: “put x (acc.) ahead of y (dat.).”

617:

nōn ex ipsā aciē: i.e., not immediately after the battle.

619:

dēficiēbant: see note above to line 597.

630:

anulōs aureōs: these are the gold rings worn by Roman knights.

631–632:

mētientibus: dative of reference, “according to those who measured them”; sint quīdam auctōrēs: + the indirect report of what those auctōrēs have written (dīmidium suprā trēs modiōs explēvisse).

633:

īnsigne: “distinctive mark of rank,” referring to the gold rings.

636–637:

et tot aciēs victōris etiam cōpiās parte aliquā minuisse: aciēs = pugnae; etiam victōris: i.e., in addition to the losses of the Romans, with cōpiās; parte aliquā: “in some degree.”

639:

bene meritīs dē: bene merērī dē + ablative: “deserve well from”; meritīs is dative with mīlitibus.

642:

Hannō: leader of the opposite faction, see l.36.

644:

paenitet: see Cap. XL on impersonal verbs.

648:

Respondeam Himilcōni: “I might answer…” (see section on potential subjunctive).

{252} 649:

dēsiise…dēsitūrum: from dēsinere, “stop, desist”; + complementary infinitives (paenitēre, incūsāre).

652–653:

Himilcōnī cēterīsque Hannibalis satellitibus: dative with laeta; iam: “already.”

656–657:

quō magis dare quam accipere possumus vidērī pācem= (tempore) quō possumus vidērī magis dare quam accipere pācem; vereor nē…ēvādat: fear clause (see above, Recēnsiō).

659–663:

Quid aliud rogārēs, sī essēs victus?…Quid aliud, sī spoliātus, sī exūtus castrīs essēs, peterēs?: mixed contrafactual conditions: protases present tense, apodoses past; exuere: “deprive, strip of.”

660:

bīna castra: see above, note to line 421.

665:

velim seu Himilcō seu Māgō respondeat…: “I would like H. or M. to answer…” (see section on potential subjunctive above).

666:

Latīnī nōminis: allied to Rome with certain rights.

670–671:

quid animōrum quidve speī: partitive genitive with neuter pronoun (Cap. XLIV); scīre velim: “I would like to know” (see section on potential subjunctive above).

675:

allātum est: impersonal.

677:

quā diē: the usually masculine diēs can be feminine, especially when it refers to a fixed time (Cap. XIII).

679:

senātūs cōnsultum: see above on technical vocabulary; here about the Carthaginian “Senate.”

Mārcellus et Scīpiō [Ex Periochā librōrum XXIII–XXX]: 682–777

696–697:

servōrum māximē operā: operā in the ablative means “through the agency of.”

704:

ante annōs: before he turned thirty-six, the legal age for an aedile.

708:

et ingentem virum gessit: “he conducted himself as a great man.”

711–713:

annō octāvō quam in Hispāniam iērunt: there is an implicit comparison after designations of time (and expressions of number or quantity) that sparks the quam which here can be treated like postquam.

720–721:

sibi mortem cōnscīre: “to commit suicide.”

722:

secūrī ferīri: i.e., “to behead.”

{253} 723–724:

antequam legeret: priusquam + subjunctive (Cap. XLII); in sinū: in a fold of his clothing (to read later); lēge agī: “proceed according to law, execute the sentence.”

726:

comitiīs (dative) apud populum quaererētur: the question was put to the vote of the people in the comitia.

727:

volente with complementary infinitive suscipere, the object of which is id.

734:

speculandī causā: purpose (Cap. XXVI).

741:

ductū: Cap. XLVIII, verbal nouns: “under the leadership of.”

742:

nōn minōre operā: “no less through the agency of…”; cf. lines 696–697.

743:

ita: with relictīs castrīs.

751:

si in Āfricam trāiēcisset: pluperfect subjunctive represents a future perfect indicative in the protasis of a condition in ōrātiō oblīqua in secondary sequence; the protasis must be supplied from auxilium pollicēbātur (see summary of conditions).

755:

Syphāx: king of a Numidian tribe neighboring that of Masinissa.

760:

Utica: in Africa. Scipio had been beseiging Utica for forty days.

761:

Lūstrum: every five years the censors made a census after which there was a lustration, a purifiying sacrifice consisting of a swine, sheep, and bull, called a suovetaurīlia (XLIV.377).

766:

bīna castra: see above, line 421.

768–769:

per: “through the agency of”; cēpit: subject is Scipio.

770–772:

Sophonisba chose to drink the poison (venēnum) rather than to be taken to Rome with Scipio as part of the spoils of war; the periochae, being summaries, do not give the full story.

772–773:

Effectum est…ut…: noun clause of effecting (verba curandī: Caps. XXVII, XXXVII).

Reditus Hannibalis atque clādēs [Ex librō et Periochā librī XXX]: 778–865

779:

nihil ultrā reī: partitive genitive with neuter pronoun (Cap. XLIV) separated by adverb.

788:

exsultāre: “to revel, boast”; efferet sēsē: sē efferre = “elevate oneself, be haughty.”

{254} 787–790:

hāc dēfōrmitāte: ablative of cause (Cap. XXXVII) with the gentive reditūs meī; tam P. Scīpiō…quam Hannō both are subjects of exsultābit atque efferent sēsē; domum nostram: i.e., the Barca lineage (see ll.20–21).

791–800:

ōrātiō oblīqua dependent on ferunt; in sē quoque: with exsecrātum; quod…dūxisset: subjunctive of reported reason (Cap. XLII); mīlitem = mīlitēs: collective noun; cruentum: with mīlitem: i.e., immediately when they were still covered in (Roman) blood after the battle of Cannae; cōnsenuisse: “had grown old.”

813:

Hadrūmētum: Hannibal’s military base during the battle at Zama.

814:

priusquam excēderet (Cap. XLII); expertus < experīrī (Cap. XLII), the object of which is omnia.

820–823:

omnēs: object of stimulābat; ad Carthāginem dēlendam: see summary of expressions of purpose (Cap. XLII); tam mūnītae et tam validae urbis: objective genitives with obsidiō; take esset both with quanta rēs and with obsidiō: reputārent is subjunctive with cum; esset in indirect question dependent on reputārent.

824–825:

condiciōnēs…ut: see above, note to lines 603–604.

826–834:

tenērent…redderent…domārent…gererent…redderent…facerent…solverent…darent: reported imperatives; pēnsiōnibus aequiīs: “in payments of equal amounts.”

835–836:

Hās condiciōnēs: object of both referre and ēderent; domum: i.e., Carthage.

837:

quam…esset: subordinate clause in ōrātiō oblīqua (Cap. XXXVI); subject of esset is pāx; quam: “how.”

839–840:

nē…mitterent lēgātōs: negative command in ōrātiō oblīqua = nōlīte mittere.

845:

vidērētur: cf. note to line 386 above.

850:

iūssit: sc. Scipio.

851:

quīdam tradunt = quīdam narrant, scribunt.

852–853:

tam lūgubre fuisse Poenīs quam sī ipsa Carthāgō ārdēret: quam sī introduces a conditional comparative clause, which follows sequence of tense (here secondary).

{255} 854–858:

Annīs ante quadrāgintā pāx cum Carthāginiēnsibus postrēmō facta est, Q. Lutātiō A. Mānliō cōnsulibus: Livy is referring to the First Punic War (264–241 BC); Bellum initum annīs post tribus et vīgintī, P. Cornēliō Ti. Semprōniō cōnsulibus, fīnitum est septimō decimō annō, Cn. Cornēliō P. Aeliō cōnsulibus: Second Punic War (218–201 BC).

863:

pondō: see section on Libra/Pondus in Cap. XLVII.

III. VOCĀBULA

NŌMINA

1st

angustiae, -ārum (pl.)

narrowness, pass, defile

armātūra, -ae

armament, armed troops

funda, -ae

sling

impatientia, -ae

impatience, lack of endurance

indūtiae, -ārum (pl.)

armistice, truce

lancea, -ae

lance, spear

perfuga, -ae

deserter

reliquiae, -ārum (pl.)

remnants, remains

summa, -ae

total, sum, main part

trāgula, -ae

spear, javelin

victima, -ae

victim (sacrificial)

vigilia, -ae

night watch

2nd

acervus, -ī

heap, pile

angulus, -ī

angle, corner

cōnsultum, -ī

resolution

cuneus, -ī

wedge

dīmidium, -ī

half

excidium, -ī

destruction

hīberna, -ōrum (n. pl.)

winter quarters

mōmentum, -ī

movement, motion; moment

mūnīmentum, -ī

fortification

oppidānī, -ōrum (m. pl.)

townspeople

pālus, -ī

stake

{256} praetōrium, -ī

general’s tent

sarmentum, -ī

brushwood, branch

supplēmentum, -ī

reinforcement, supplement

viāticum, -ī

provision for a journey

vitium, -ī

defect, fault, vice

3rd

adhortātor, -ōris (m.)

one who encourages

aedīlis, -is (m.)

aedile (magistrate)

aquātor, -ōris (m.)

one who fetches water

ariēs, -ētis, (m.)

ram, battering ram

calcar, -cāris (n.)

spur; stimulus

dēfōrmitās, -tātis (f.)

deformity

dēspērātiō, -tiōnis (f.)

desperation

expectātiō, -tiōnis (f.)

awaiting, expectation

faucēs, -ium (f. pl.)

upper part of the throat; opening; pass

grātēs (nom. and acc. f. pl.)

thanks

maeror, -ōris (m.)

grief

missile, -is (n.)

missle

obses, -idis (m.)

hostage

obtrectātiō, -tiōnis (f.)

criticism, disparagement

oppugnātiō, -tiōnis (f.)

attack, assault

pēnsiō, -ōnis (f.)

payment, installment

possessiō, -ōnis (f.)

possession, occupation

praetor, -ōris (m.)

praetor (magistrate)

prōpraetor, -ōris (m.)

propraetor

quaestor, -ōris (m.)

quaestor (magistrate)

satelles, -itis (m.)

attendant, henchman

statiō, -tiōnis (f.)

station, post

4th

aditus, -ūs

approach, access

apparātus, -ūs

preparation, equipment

assēnsus, -ūs

approval, assent

commeātus, -ūs

supplies, provisions

reditus, -ūs

return

trānsitus, -ūs

crossing, passage

{257} VERBA

-āre

(adamō) adamāre

fall in love with

(alligō) alligāre

tie, fasten to

(aquor) aquārī

fetch water

(assignō) assignāre

assign, allocate

(castīgō) castīgāre

correct, reprove

(comparō) comparāre

prepare, provide; compare

(cōnsultō) cōnsultāre

deliberate, debate

(crīminor) crīminārī

accuse

(dēnuntiō) dēnuntiāre

denounce

(dēpopulor) dēpopulārī

sack

(ēnervō) ēnervāre

weaken, enervate

(epulor) epulārī

dine, feast

(exanimō) exanimāre

kill; die

(exsultō) exsultāre

jump up; rejoice

(exsuscitō) exsuscitāre

rouse, kindle

(grātificor) grātificārī

oblige, gratify (+ dat.)

(irrītō) irrītāre

excite, stimulate

(luxurior) luxuriārī

revel, live in luxury

(nōscitō) nōscitāre

recognize

(obligō) obligāre

bind

(pālor) pālārī

stray, be dispersed

(pēnsō) pēnsāre

weigh, ponder, consider

(perōrō) perōrāre

conclude (a speech)

(pervāstō) pervāstāre

completely devastate

(quassō) quassāre

shake, damage, batter

(speculor) speculārī

spy, reconnoiter

(succlāmō) succlāmāre

shout in response

-ēre

(absterreō) absterrēre (< terrēre)

scare away

(circumsedeō) circumsedēre (< sedēre)

besiege

(expleō) explēre (< plēre)

fill, complete, satisfy

(īnsideō) īnsidēre (< sedēre)

hold, occupy, be seated

(oppleō) opplēre (< plēre)

fill up, cover

{258} (permisceō) permiscēre (< miscēre)

mix thoroughly

(profiteor) profitērī (< fatērī)

declare, offer

(prōmineō) prōminēre (< minēre)

project, stick out

(prōmoveō) prōmovēre (< movēre)

push forward, advance

(submoveō) submovēre (< movēre)

remove, drive off

-ere

(adigō) adigere (< agere)

drive, compel (to)

(adsuēscō) adsuēscere, adsuētum

get accustomed

(affluō) affluere (< fluere)

flow near

(assurgō) assurgere (< surgere)

rise

(āvellō) āvellere, āvelisse

tear away

(circumfundō) circumfundere (< fundere)

pour/spread around

(contrādīcō) contrādīcere (< dīcere)

speak against, oppose

(dēposcō) dēposcere (< poscere)

demand

(dēscrībō) dēscrībere (< scrībere)

draw, describe

(dētrahō) dētrahere (< trahere)

pull off, remove

(dīripio) dīripere (< rapere)

plunder, loot, rob

(dispōnō) dispōnere (< pōnere)

arrange, station

(disserō) disserere (< serere)

discuss, argue

(ēvehō) ēvehere (< vehere)

carry out, pass. ride out

(exclūdō) exclūdere (< claudere)

shut out, cut off

(exscindō) exscindere (< scindere)

demolish, destroy

(exuō) exuere, exūtum

take off, deprive of

(frendō) frendere, frenduisse, frēsum

gnash one’s teeth

(inquīrō) inquīrere (< quaero)

inquire, make inquiries

(interpōnō) interpōnere (< pōnere)

place between

(intrōdūcō) intrōdūcere (< dūcere)

lead/bring in, introduce

(irruō) irruere (< ruere)

rush in, charge

{259} (nītor) nītī, nīsusm

exert oneself, strive

(obruō) obruere (< ruere)

cover up, bury, crush

(obsistō) obsistere, -stitisse, -stitum

resist

(ommittō) ommittere (< mittere)

abandon, leave off/out

(patēscō) patēscere, patuisse

be laid open, extend

(perfungor) perfungī (< fungī)

carry through, finish (+ abl.)

(pervādō) pervādere (< vādere)

go through, spread, pervade

(praecēdō) praecēdere (< cēdere)

go on ahead, precede

(praetervehor) praetervehī (< vehere)

ride/drive/sail past

(prōcidō) prōcidere, prōcidisse (< cadere)

fall forward, collapse

(prōsternō) prōsternere (< sternere)

knock down, overthrow

(rescindō) rescindere (< scindere)

demolish, cancel, annul

(subdō) subdere (< dare)

lay under, subdue, substitue

(succingō) succingere (< cingere)

surround

(trāicio) trāicere (< icere)

take across, cross, pierce

(trānscendō) trānscendere (< scendere)

climb across, cross

(trānsvehō) trānsvehere (< vehere)

carry (pass. sail) across

(vergō) vergere

slope, point, turn

-īre

(blandior) blandīrī

coax, urge

(circumveniō) circumvenīre

surround

(commūniō) commūnīre

fortify

(ēmūniō) ēmūnīre

fortify

(expediō) expedīre

make ready, extricate, explain

(mētior) mētīrī

measure

(nequiō) nequīre

be unable

(parturiō) parturīre

be ready to give birth to

(sortior) sortīrī

draw lots

{260} irregular

(differo) differre (< ferre)

postpone, defer, differ

ADIECTĪVA

1st/2nd

callidus, -a, -um

clever, cunning

cōnfertus, -a, -um

dense, compact

fūnestus, -a, -um

deadly, grievous, sinister

impedītus, -a, -um

obstructed, encumbered

imprōvīsus, -a, -um

unforeseen, unexpected

incautus, -a, -um

incautious, unsuspecting

labōriōsus, -a, -um

hard, laborious

praetōrius, -a, -um

of the commander; (m.) an expraetor

perangustus, -a, -um

very narrow

solitus, -a, -um

ususal

tumultuārius, -a, -um

hurried, disorderly

ūnicus, -a, -um

one and only, sole

vagus, -a, -um

wandering

3rd

cōnsulāris, -e

consular; (m.) an exconsul

equestris, -e

equestrian

habilis, -e

fit, appropriate

libēns (gen. libentis)

willing, glad

lūgubris, -e

sad, grievous

memorābilis, -e

memorable

quīnquerēmis, -e

having five banks of oars; (f.) ship with five banks of oars

recēns (gen. recentis)

fresh

repēns (gen. repentis)

sudden, unexpected

sōspes (gen. sōspitis)

safe and sound

tolerābilis, -e

tolerable

trirēmis, -e

having three banks of oars; (f.) ship with three banks of oars

{261} PRONŌMIA

ecquis ecquid

anyone/thing who? anyone, anything

sēmet

intensive of sē

ADVERBIA

alibī

elsewhere

haudquāquam

by no means

inexplōrātō

without reconnoitering

macte (virtūte estō)

well done!

tūtō

safely

vidēlicet

evidently, of course

vixdum

scarcely yet, only just

CONIŪGĀTIŌNĒS

necdum

and (/but) not yet

____________

1. For an explanation of the line number references convention, see p. xxvi.

{262} XLIX: VNDEQVINQVAGESIMVM: HANNIBAL (Nepos)[1]

[Ex Cornēliī Nepōtis librō ‘dē Excellentibus Ducibus Exterārum Gentium’]

I. ØRBERG’S INTRODUCTION

Cornēlius Nepōs (ca. 100–ca. 25 BC) wrote a chronicle of world history, of which only fragments survive quoted by Aulus Gellius (see Cap. XLVII, ll.25 and 37) as well as a collection of biographies, dē virīs illūstribus. From this collection, we still have the book dealing with foreign generals. The last biography in the book is that of Hannibal, which is reproduced in this chapter.

Cornelius Nepos is not a very reliable historian. With your knowledge of events, you can detect some inaccuracies in his report: he has Hannibal march on Rome immediately after the battle of Cannae and then tells of events that took place the previous year.

Nepos, however, is not writing history, but biography, and his narrative is very different from that of Livy.

From Nepos we learn what Hannibal did after his defeat at Zama. Under his competent leadership, Carthage soon recovered, but when the Romans demanded his surrender, he took refuge with king Antiochus III of Syria. Hannibal encouraged the king to invade Italy, but Antiochus only sent an army to Greece, where he was beaten by the Romans (see next chapter). Hannibal fled to Crete and from there to king Prūsiās of Bīthynia. A delegation was sent from Rome to demand his surrender, but Hannibal escaped this humiliation by taking poison (183 or 182 BC).

The concluding text is Livy’s account of a conversation, which Scipio is said to have had with Hannibal at Ephesus. The conversation presents an interesting, albeit fanciful, portrait of the two great generals.

{263} II. AUXILIA LEGENDĪ

Hannibal, Hanilaris fīlius, Karthāginiēnis: 1–255

3:

superārit = superāverit: syncopated form (see grammar section above); perfect subjunctive in a consecutive noun clause with vērum est (Cap. XXXVII).

5–6:

antecēdat: subjunctive in subordinate clause in ōrātiō oblīqua (Cap. XXXVI); quotienscumque: cumque makes quotiens indefinite (cf. l.38, and below, l.55: quācumque).

7:

congressus…discessit: subject is Hannibal; eō: populus Rōmānus.

13:

patriā pulsus: 195 BC, see lines 147ff.

15–18:

nam: introduces the reason for the preceding statement (as in line 6), but the explanation of animō bellāre cum Rōmānīs is here postponed until after the introduction of Antiochus; ut omittam: “Leaving out Philip,” “Passing by Philip”; absēns: sc. Hannibal was in Italy when Philip V, king of Macedon, became an enemy of the Romans.

19–25:

Ad quem cum (l.19)…commemorāsset (l.25) is all part of the cum clause; quem/eius: Antiochus; commemorāsset = commemorāvisset, syncopated form (see grammar section above); …lēgātī…Rōmānī, quī…explōrārent darentque operam cōnsiliīs clandestīnīs: relative claue of purpose (Cap. XXXIX); operam dare…ut: “to endeavor that” + subjunctive (see above section on idioms); ut Hannibalem in suspīciōnem rēgī addūcerent: purpose clause (Caps. XXVIII, XLII); tempore datō: “when the opportunity presented itself.”

28:

Karthāgine: ablative of place from which.

31–32:

ab eō petere coepissem nē dubitāret dūcere: indirect command (Cap. XXVII, verba postulandī).

34–35:

cētērīs (hominibus) remōtīs: ablative absolute; tenentem: sc. mē.

36:

fore = futūrum esse (Cap. XLV).

37–38:

nēminī dubium esse dēbeat quīn: Cf. Cap. XL (nōn dubitō quīn, l.8); eādem mente: ablative of description (Cap. XXXII).

40–42:

cēlāris = cēlāveris: usually with two accusatives (“hide something from someone”); future condition, as is frūstrāberis sī nōn…posueris.

{264} 43:

Hāc…quā dīximus: quam dīximus: an accusative relative pronoun can be attracted into the case (ablative) of its antecedent.

44–45:

Hasdrubal: Hannibal’s brother-in-law (XLVIII.20); suffectus: “chosen or elected in place of someone else” (here because the elder Hasdrubal had died).

47:

Karthāginem: accusative of motion: the announcement had to “travel” to Carthage.

48:

quīnque et vīgintī annīs: ablative of comparison with minor.

50:

Saguntum foederātam: i.e., allied to the Romans by a foedus (“treaty”).

52:

cum Hasdrubale frātre: his actual brother, not the brother-in-law of lines 44–45.

55:

quācumque: adv.; see above on quotienscumque (l.6).

57:

Alpēs, -ium: feminine plural.

62:

itinera mūnīvit: “he opened up travel routes”; elephantus ornātus īre: as opposed to homo inermis vix poterat rēpere (“crawl,” l.63); war elephants were equipped (ornātus) with towers.

68:

tertiō: adverb, “for a third time.”

69–70:

manum cōnserere: “engage in close combat.”

71:

Ligurēs: inhabitants of Liguria, the Ligurians.

74:

etiamnunc: “even yet, even under these circumstances.”

76:

occīdit: with both clauses (C. Flāminium…circumventum and C. Centēnium…occupantem).

85–86:

urbī: dative with propinquīs…montibus; morārī: delay, stay; cum…habuisset…reverterētur: subject is Hannibal.

88–90:

Hic: Hannibal; exercitūs: objective genitive with ūllō dētrīmentō; dedit verba: “tricked” (see section on idioms, above).

91:

sarmenta…dēligāta: Cf. XLVIII.402–403.

92:

eiusque generis: genitive of description.

96–97:

magistrum equitum: Cap. XLVI; parī ac dictātōrem imperiō: ablative of description or quality; adjectives which mark equality or similarity often take atque or its shortened form ac; parī ac: “equal to.”

{265} 99:

in Lūcānīs: the Lucani lived in southern Italy; absēns: Hannibal’s brother Mago was in charge (XLVIII.58).

102:

longum est: “it is tedious, too long,” cf. XLVII.164: sed prōgressī longius sumus.

103–104:

quantus ille fuerit: “How great he was” indirect question.

110:

fugārat = fugāverat: syncopated form (see grammar section above).

107:

dēfēnsum: supine (Caps. XXII, XLV).

111–112:

impraesentiārum: perhaps from “in praesentiā rērum”: “for the present”; componere bellum: “put an end to the war”; quō valentior posteā congrederētur: relative clause of purpose with a comparative; quō valenior = ut eō valentior (see grammar section above).

113:

convēnit…convēnerunt: convēnit is impersonal (Cap. XLI), convēnerunt is personal; both signify reaching an agreement.

115:

incrēdibile dictū: ablative of respect of supine (Cap. XXXIX).

117:

Numidae, -ārum (m. pl.): Numidians, fighting for the Romans.

122:

ācerrimē: “very/most vigorously, vehemently.”

124:

nihilō sētius: “nonetheless.”

125:

ūsque ad…cōnsulēs: temporal, “up to the time when Sulpicius and Aurelius were consuls.”

125–130:

lēgātī…vēnērunt, quī…agerent…[et] corōnā aureā eōs dōnarent simulque peterent: relative clause of purpose (Cap. XXXIX); (for corōnā aureā…dōnarent, see grammar section above); peterent ut…essent…redderentur: indirect command (Cap. XXVII, verba postulandī); obsidēs: “hostages.”

131:

ex senātūs cōnsultō: “by decree of the senate,” cf. XLVIII.679.

132:

quō locō: i.e., at Fregellae.

133–136:

quod Hannibalem, cuius…foret,…habērent: subordinate clauses in ōrātiō oblīqua (Cap. XXXVI); cuius operā: “through whose agency,” Cf. Cap. XLVIII.696–697; foret = esset (Cap. XLIII).

141:

parī…ac: see above, note to lines 96–97.

147–148:

Hōs Hannibal ratus suī exposcendī grātiā missōs: ratus…missōs: compressed indirect statement dependent on the participle ratus (from reor, rērī: “think”); grātiā: just like causā (Cap. XXVI); {266} grātiā in the ablative can take a preceding genitive to mean “for the sake of, in order to”; suī is the genitive of the reflexive pronoun sē (cf. meī and tuī as genitives of ego and tū) (Cap. XXIX) = ratus hōs…missōs esse ut sē exposcerent.

148–149:

senātus darētur: senātum dare + dative: “give someone an opportunity to address the Senate.”

149–150:

clam <-> palam.

151–152:

nāvēs…quae eum comprehenderent sī possent cōnsequī, mīsērunt: both a relative clause of purpose (Cap. XXXIX), “sent ships to,” and conditional (future condition in secondary sequence), “to seize him if they could catch him”; pūblicārunt = pūblicāvērunt: “confiscate.”

153:

iūdicārunt = iūdicāvērunt.

154–156:

sī…voluisset…dīmicāsset (= dīmicāvisset): past contrafactual condition.

158:

vidēbat…nūllā dēseruit in rē: subject is Hannibal (i.e., Hannibal continued to support Antiochus even though the latter was a disappointment); praefuit: subject is Antiochus.

159:

iīsque: ablative of means referring to the ships (and their military crew).

162:

suī: sc. mīlītēs, his own soldiers.

163–164:

verēns nē: fear clause (Caps. XXXII, XLVIII); accidisset…sī suī fēcisset potestātem: past contrafactual condition; “potestātem suī facere”: to create an opportunity (for others) to have access to oneself; suī is the genitive of the reflexive pronoun sē (cf. l.148; Cap. XXIX).

165:

ut…cōnsīderāret: purpose; quō sē cōnferret: indirect question.

166–167:

in magnō sē fore…nisi quid prōvidisset: future condition in ōrātiō oblīqua, secondary sequence; in direct speech: in magnō perīculō erō, nisi quid prōvīderō.

170:

plumbum, -ī: “lead”; summās: sc. amphorās.

172–173:

simulāns sē suās fortūnās illōrum fideī crēdere: the change in pronouns reflects a shift in locution. What Hannibal said (direct statement) was “meās fortūnās vestrae fideī crēdo”; in ōrātiō oblīqua, the pronouns shift (see Cap. XLIII on pronoun changes): “I entrust my fortunes to your honesty,” becomes in {267} reported speech, “he entrusted his fortunes to the honesty of those men.” But in Nepos’s narrative, “those men” (illōrum) are represented as “these men, the ones I was just writing about” (hīs…inductīs).

177:

īnscientibus iīs: ablative absolute; tolleret…dūceret: sc. as object amphorās.

181–182:

eōdem animō: ablative of description; neque aliud quicquam…quam: “nothing other than.”

183:

quem: i.e., Prūsiam.

188:

quō magis cupiēbat: quō = et eō: “and therefore, for this reason.”

189–190:

quem sī remōvisset, faciliōra sibi cētera fore arbitrābātur: condition in ōrātiō oblīqua in secondary sequence (Cap. XLIII); the direct statement would have been: “sī eum remōverō, faciliōra mhi cētera erunt”; fore = futūrum esse, the future infinitive of esse; remōvisset represents a future perfect indicative in secondary sequence (see summary of conditions).

191:

tālem iniit ratiōnem: inīre ratiōnem: “to reckon, calculate”; “hit on the following plan.”

193:

classe…erant dēcrētūrī: “they were intending to contend by naval battle”; erat pugnandum: impersonal passive of the passive periphrastic with an intransitive verb (Cap. XL).

199–200:

praecipit…quem sī aut cēpissent aut interfēcissent, magnō iīs…praemiō fore: condition in ōrātiō oblīqua (Cap. XLIII), dependent on a historical present (Cap. XXXVII), hence the secondary sequence; the direct statement would have been: eum sī aut cēperitis aut interfēceritis, magnō vobis praemiō erit.

202:

Bithȳniī: Prusias (as the marginal note to l.180 in your text points out) was king of Bithynia.

208:

concitārunt = concitāvērunt.

210:

quid potissimum: “what most of all,” i.e., the snakes or the enemy ships.

215:

accidit…ut…cēnārent: noun clause of result (Cap. XXXVII).

219–221:

quī Hannibale vīvō numquam sē sine īnsidiīs futūrōs exīstimārent: relative causal clause, “because they thought” (Cap. XXXIX); mīsērunt…quī ab rēge peterent: relative clause of purpose (Cap. XXXIX).

{268} 222–223:

‘nē inimīcissimum suum sēcum habēret, sibique dēderet’: indirect command with petere (Cap. XXVII, verba postulandī); the reflexive pronouns do not all refer to the subject of the main verb (peterent, l.221); sēcum habēre means “to keep to oneself,” that is, for Prusias to keep the Romans’ greatest enemy (inimīcissimum suum, Hannibal) to himself (sēcum, Prusias) but turn him over to them (sibi, the Romans). The switch of referents for reflexives in indirect speech is not uncommon, but it rarely impedes understanding.

224–226:

illud recūsāvit nē id ā sē fierī postulārent: recūsāre (“object to”) here takes an object clause (nē + the subjunctive); illud: i.e., the latter request; quod adversus iūs hospitiī esset: descriptive (potential) clause (Cap. XLII); “ipsī, sī possent, comprehenderent”: condition in ōrātiō oblīqua (Cap. XLIII): direct statement would have been “ipsī, sī potestis, comprehendite eum!” The sequence is secondary; the protasis is subjunctive as a subordinate clause in ōrātiō oblīqua (Cap. XXXVI) and the protasis is subjunctive as a reported imperative, virtually an indirect command.

228:

datum erat mūnerī: mūnerī is dative of purpose: “to give for the purpose of a gift/to give as a gift” (Caps. XXXVI, XL); aedificārat = aedificāvērat.

230:

nē ūsū venīret: “lest it should happen” (see section on idioms, above).

239:

aliēnō arbitriō: “on someone else’s decision.”

241:

cōnsuērat = cōnsuēverat: syncopated form (see grammar section above); cōnsuēscere = cōnsuēvisse: “get accustomed,” like nōscere “get to know” (Cap. XXIV) have a present sense in the perfect tense and an imperfect sense in the pluperfect; cōnsuēverat = solēbat: “was accustomed.”

243–244:

Quibus cōnsulibus interierit, nōn convenit: for nōn convenit, see note above on line 113; quibus…interierit: indirect question.

Scīpiō et Hannibal [Ex T. Līviī librī XXXV Periochā]: 256–275

259:

Ephesī: locative; Ephesus is near the coast of Asia Minor (see map in Cap. LIII of your text).

260–261:

sī fierī posset: if it were possible (Cap. XXXVI); eī…eximeret: dative: “remove from him.”

{269} 266:

vīsere: “to go to see,” “to visit” (Cap. XXX).

267:

Quaerentī: sc. Scīpiōnī = cum Scīpiō quaereret.

269:

loca capere: “set up a position, select a place for camp”; praesidia disponere: “set up guard posts” (military terms).

III. VOCĀBULA

NŌMINA

1st

amphora, -ae

amphora (jar)

avāritia, -ae

greed, avarice

corōna, -ae

wreath

2nd

adversārius, -ī

opponent, adversary

arbitrium, -ī

decision, wish

bīduum, -ī

two days

classiārii, -ōrum (pl.)

marines

dētrīmentum, -ī

harm, loss

plumbum, -ī

lead

praeceptum, -ī

instruction, order

prōpatulum, -ī

forecourt

puerulus, -ī

small boy

3rd

cohortātiō, -ōnis (f.)

exhortation

cōnsuētūdō, -inis (f.)

custom, habit

doctor, -ōris (m.)

teacher, learned man

facultās, -ātis (f.)

capability, possibility, (pl.) resources

hērēditās, -ātis (f.)

inheritance

nātiō, -ōnis (f.)

people, nation

patrēs cōnscrīptī

senators

serpēns, -entis (m.)

snake, serpent

suspīciō, -ōnis (f.)

suspicion

vectīgal, -ālis (n.)

tax

{270} 4th

dīlēctus, -ūs

recruitment; choice

obitus, -ūs

death

vīsus, -ūs

sight, vision

VERBA

-āre

(comprobō) comprobāre

approve, confirm

(cōnsīderō) cōnsīderāre

observe, reflect

(dēbilitō) dēbilitāre

weaken

(dēligō) dēligāre

tie up, fasten

(dispālōr) dispālārī

wander about

(ēnumerō) ēnumerāre

count up, enumerate

(īnfitior) īnfitiārī

deny

(īnsidior) īnsidiārī

lie in wait, lie in ambush

(mētor) mētārī

measure off, lay out

(peragrō) peragrāre

travel over

(prōflīgō) prōflīgāre

defeat decisively, crush

(pūblicō) pūblicāre

make public property, confiscate

(verba dō) verba dare

deceive, cheat

-ēre

(dissideō) dissidēre (< sedēre)

disagree, differ

(indigeō) indigēre, -uisse, -itum

need, desire

(prōvideō) prōvidēre (< vidēre)

see to it, take care

-ere

(acquiēscō) acquiēscere, -ēvisse, -ētum

go to rest; die

(antecēdō) antecēdere (< cēdere)

precede, surpass

(concīdō) concīdere, -īdisse, -īsum

fall (down), collapse

(concipiō) concipere (< capere)

receive, catch, conceive

(congredīor) congredī, -gressum

meet, join battle, fight

(cōnserō) cōnserere, -uisse, -tum

join, connect

{271} (cōnsuēscō) cōnsuēscere, -ēvisse, -ētum

get used/accustomed to

(excidō) excidere, -idisse, -isum

fall out, be dropped

(eximō) eximere (< emere)

take away, remove

(obdūcō) obdūcere (< dūcere)

draw over (to cover)

(pendō) pendere, pependisse, pensum

weigh, pay

(rēpō) rēpere, rēpsisse, rēptum

crawl

(sēiungō) sēiungere (< iungere)

separate

(sufficiō) sufficere (< facere)

appoint, substitute

ADIECTĪVA

1st/2nd

aēneus, -a, -um

of bronze/copper

districtus, -a, -um

busy

foederātus, -a, -um

federated, allied

nauticus, -a, -um

nautical, naval

prīstinus, -a, -um

former, original, pristine

rōbustus, -a, -um

strong, robust

venēnātus, -a, -um

poisoned, poisonous

3rd

excellēns (gen. excellentis)

outstanding

exter, -era, -erum

external, foreign

fictilis, -e

earthen, earthenware

imprūdēns (gen. imprūdentis)

ignorant, imprudent

innumerābilis, -e

countless, innumerable

īnsciēns (gen. īnscientis)

not knowing, unaware

ADVERBIA

aliās

at another time, at another place

eā

that way, there

fortuītō

by chance, fortuitously

hāc

this way

impresentiārum

at the present moment

{272} posteāquam

afterward, since

nōnnihil

not a little, something

potissimum

preferably, especially

quotiēnscumque

every time that

setīus

nonetheless

utpote

namely

ūtrobīque

in both places

____________

1. For an explanation of the line number references convention, see p. xxvi.

{273} L: QVINQVAGESIMVM: GRAECIA LIBERATA (Livy)[1]

[Ex T. Līviī ‘ab Urbe Conditā’ librīs XXXI–XLV]

I. ØRBERG’S INTRODUCTION

The victory over Carthage gave the Romans control of the Western Mediterranean. They now directed their attention to the East. In this chapter, you read extracts from Livy’s account, supplemented by the periochae, of the conflict between Rome and the two great powers of the Eastern Mediterranean, Macedonia and Syria.

The Romans feared that king Philip (Philippus) V of Macedonia (221–179 BC), who had supported Hannibal in the Second Punic War, would conquer all the free states of Greece and the kingdom of Pergamum in Asia Minor. To prevent this, they declared war and sent an army to “liberate” Greece. After a few years’ fighting, the Romans, under Flāminīnus, won a decisive victory over Philip (197 BC), and during the Isthmian Games at Corinth, the liberation of Greece was solemnly proclaimed. Only in 194, after conquering the insubordinate tyrant Nabis of Sparta, could Flamininus leave Greece with his army, and in Rome he celebrated a triumph lasting three days.

The next war was with king Antiochus III of Syria (223–187 BC), who ruled a large kingdom in the Eastern Mediterranean including most of Asia Minor. Antiochus invaded Greece, where he was supported by the Aetolians, but was defeated by the Romans at Thermopylae in 191. The Roman consul Acilius put an end to the war in Greece by capturing the heavily fortified city of Hēraclēa from the Aetolians. The Romans, commanded by L. Cornēlius Scīpiō, the brother of Scipio Africanus, carried the war over to Asia Minor. With the support of king Eumenēs of Pergamum, they defeated Antiochus in 190 and compelled him to give up Asia Minor west of Mount Taurus.

{274} After the death of king Philip, his son Perseus succeeded to the throne of Macedonia. The new king’s aggressive policy brought about a new war with Rome, which lasted four years and ended with the final defeat of Perseus by L. Aemilius Paulus at the battle of Pydna in 168. Macedonia was now made a Roman province.

At the end of book 45 of his Roman history, the last that has been preserved, Livy tells of the events after the battle of Pydna: the arrival of the news in Rome, the capture of Perseus, and Aemilius Paulus’s splendid triumph. A few days before and after this triumph, the victorious general lost his two youngest sons, but he bore this terrible blow with Roman virtue and gravity. In a public speech to the people, he expressed his gratitude that the gods had seen fit to let the change of fortune that must follow upon such a great success overtake his family and not Rome. Chapter 51 will take up the narrative of Roman history with Paulus’ son who was adopted by Scipio Africanus (Publius Cornelius Scipio Aemelianus). The summary (periocha) of Book 46 shows Paulus as a man of great integrity:

L. Aemilius Paulus, quī Persen vīcerat, mortuus. Cuius tanta abstinentia fuit ut cum ex Hispāniā et ex Macedoniā immensās opēs rettulisset, vix ex auctiōne eius redactum sit, unde uxōrī eius dōs solverētur (abstinentia: self-restraint; auctio, ōnis: an auction to sell his goods after his death; redactum < redigere: brought back; dōs, dōtis: dowry: this marriage portion would have been returned to his wife after Paulus’ death).

Notā bene: This chaper covers about eighty years of Roman history, with excerpts from books 31 through 45 of Livy’s ab Urbe Conditā. That’s about 740 pages of Latin text in the Teubner Edition, here represented in 676 lines of Latin. Such a condensation of material gives a rather sweeping view of Roman history, highlighting a few events and eclipsing, by necessity, others.

II. AUXILIA LEGENDĪ

Philippus [EX LIBRĪS ET PERIOCHĀ LIBRŌRUM XXXI–XXXIV]: 1–97

13–14:

in faucibus: fauces, -ium: “narrow opening” or “mountain pass” (Cap. XLVIII.288); fugātumque coēgit in rēgnum revertī: i.e., coēgit Philippum fugātum in rēgnum revertī or coēgit Philippum postquam ille fugātus est in rēgnum revertī.

15:

sociīs Aetōlīs: in military terms, troops are used as an ablative of means instead of agent (ab + ablative).

{275} 18–19:

cum Philippō…aciē victō dēbellāvit: “he finished the war with Philip by defeating his army in battle at Cynoscephalae”; aciēs, -eī (f.): the front line of battle; here: “an army arranged for battle”; it can also mean the battle itself (cf. XLVIII.636).

22:

signīs collātīs: the signa (“banners” or “standards”) of a Roman army symbolized the army itself and, as well as being of paramount importance, are part of many military idioms; signa conferre means “to engage in close battle.”

25:

in cōntiōne: i.e., in front of the people.

27:

brevī: sc. tempore.

28–29:

in vīllam pūblicam: the Vīlla Pūblica, located in the Campus Mārtius (XXXVI.8–9); Livy 4.22 cites its construction for the use of the censors in 434 BC (Eō annō C. Fūrius Paculus et M. Geganius Macerīnus cēnsōrēs vīllam pūblicam in campō Mārtiō probāvērunt, ibique prīmum cēnsus populī est āctus).

32–34:

mōre māiōrum: the mōs māiōrum (“the way our ancestors did things”) was the touchstone of Roman cultural practice: “in the traditional practice,” “in the traditional manner”; dēcrētī: sc. sunt; daret: subjunctive in a jussive subjunctive in indirect speech implied by cōnsiliō.

36–46:

ut omnēs…habērent…dēdūceret…trāderet…habēret…gereret…daret…populō Rōmānō: noun clause giving the content of the conditions of peace (lēgēs); were they in direct speech, they would have been jussives subjunctives.

39–43:

quae = quae Graecōrum cīvitātēs; so too vacuās (cīvitātēs); Isthmiōrum tempus: the Isthmian Games (lūdicrum, l.49 = lūdus) at the Isthmus of Corinth, celebrated every five years; nāvēs tēctās: i.e., ships with decks.

45:

iniussū senātūs: like iussū (Cap. XLI), iniussū is found only in the ablative with a genitive or a possessive adjective.

50–52:

cum…tum = et…et (Cap. XLII); ad solitōs modo ūsūs: “not only for the usual enjoyments” (i.e., going to the games and the market).

53–54:

qui…status…esset?: indirect question.

55–56:

praecō, -ōnis (Cap. XLIV); tubicen, tubicinis (Cap. XLII).

59:

immūnēs, i.e., vectīgālibus: immūnis, -e (Cap. XLIV); vectīgal, -ālis (Cap. XLIX).

{276} 61:

Magnētas: Greek names in the 3rd declension plural often retain the -ăs ending (instead of -ēs).

64–65:

māius gaudium fuit quam quod…acciperent: relative comparative clause (Cap. XLVIII); crēdere: historical infinitive, subject: quisque.

71–72:

nihil omnium bonōrum: partitive genitive with neuter pronoun (Cap. XLIV); multitūdinī: dative with the comparative grātius, “more pleasing to…”

78–80:

in ūnum: “into one place, together”; cupientium, iacientium: genitives with the ablative absolute ruente turbā; adīre contingere: two separate actions without a conjunction (called asyndeton) = adire et contingere; perīculō: ablative of separation with procul (Cap. XXXVI).

81–88:

quae…bella gerat prō lībertāte aliōrum! nec hoc…praestet, sed…trāiciat…ubīque…sint: the relative clause, which extends over the punctuation (i.e., all the verbs have [gens] quae as subject), can be interpreted as simply a subordinate clause in ōrātiō oblīqua (Cap. XXXVI) or a relative descriptive (generic) clause (Cap. XLI).[2]

83:

suā impensā: “at its own expense.”

84–86:

hoc: subject of praestet; finitimīs: “neighbors, people on its borders”; propinquae vīcīnitātis: genitive of description; vīcīnitas: “proximity, vicinity.”

86–88:

maria trāicere: “cross the seas”; trāiciat nē…sit, ubique…sint: a compound purpose clause, the first element marked negative by nē, the second unmarked but positive (i.e., ut ubīque).

88–89:

līberātās: sc. esse (still part of the reported speech of the people—but it’s also the accusative of exclamation; see Cap. XXXIX).

Triumphus Flāminīnī [Ex librō XXXIV]: 98–128

100:

Vēris initiō: “at the beginning of spring,” cf. l.140; vēnit: sc. T. Quīnctius Flāminīnus.

101:

in contiōnis modum: “in the manner of an assembly.”

102:

ōrsus < ordirī: i.e., coepit loquī; Rōmānīs: dative; Livy switches construction midsentence (leaving imperātōrum not strictly {277} dependent on anything); this construction is called anacoluton and is best interpreted as indicated by the marginalia in the text (et ab rēbus gestīs imperātōrum).

106:

in animō esse: “to have in mind,” “to have an intention” (cf. margin of XLIII.250–251).

107–108:

respiciunt: i.e., the assembled Greeks; praesidium: i.e., Rōmānum.

110–111:

prōsequentibus cūnctīs…acclāmantibus: ablative absolute; Elatēa: see line 35.

112:

unde erat trāiectūrus: here, as often, the future particple signals intention: “whence he planned to cross over” (to Italy).

114:

prope trimphantēs: the adverb qualifies that the atmosphere was one of a triumph, but an actual triumph has to be declared by the senate.

115–117:

senātus…Quīnctiō…datus est: senatus dare + dative: “give someone an opportunity to address the Senate”; ad rēs gestās ēdisserendās: purpose.

119–120:

aurum argentumque factum īnfectumque et signātum: gold and silver both “wrought” (factum), “unwrought” (īnfectum), and “embossed” (signātum); aurī: genitive with milia; pondō: “in weight.”

122:

dōna cīvitātum: in apposition to corōnae.

123:

hostia = victima: animal for sacrifice (Cap. XXXIX).

127:

ut exercitū…dēportātō: ut = prō ut (prout); causal, “as.”

Antiochus [Ex librīs et periochā librōrum XXXV–XXXVIII]: 129–275

138–139:

in convīviīs et vīnum sequentibus voluptātibus: “in dinner parties and in the pleasures that follow upon (drinking) wine.”

143:

dūcere: used of a general in an absolute sense, “march, move”: historical infinitive.

146:

omnī contractā iuventūte: ablative absolute; contractā: “collected, gathered together.”

148:

quō = et eō (adverb); aliquantō: ablative of degree of difference with pauciōrēs.

153:

in septentriōnem versa: versa refers to Epirus grammatically, by extension to the whole list of cities, septentriōnem (Cap. XVI); {278} this whole section is best read with an eye on the map on p. 262 of your text.

154:

Phthīōtae Achaeī: the Achaeans of Phthiotis.

158:

prōmunturium (Cap. XXXIX).

161:

in cuius valle ad Māliacum sinum vergente: i.e., the valley verges on the Malian bay.

162–163:

Haec ūna mīlitāris via est quā trādūcī exercitūs, sī nōn prohibeantur, possint: a main clause with ūnus (or sōlus) is often followed by a descriptive relative clause (Caps. XXXIX, XLII), while the sī nōn prohibeantur is equivalent to a negative proviso clause (dummodo nē…): see Cap. XL.

165–167:

locus appellātur, nōbilis Lacedaemoniōrum adversus Persās morte magis memorābilī quam pugnā: morte and pugnā are both ablatives of respect with nōbilis (the Greek historian Herodotus narrates the famous battle of Thermopylae in Book VII of his Persian Wars).

168:

haudquāquam parī…animō: i.e., unequal to the courage of Leonidas (the Spartan leader) at the time (tum) of the Persian War (see margin note).

169:

cum duplicī vāllō fossāque et mūrō etiam permūniisset omnia: for the parts of a Roman army camp, see Cap. XII.

171:

eā: “on that side” (sc. parte).

172:

praesidiō: dative of purpose (Cap. XXXVI).

176–177:

timor…nē…invenīret: fear clause (Caps. XXXII, XLVIII); ad trānsitum: “as a means of passage.”

187:

priusquam + subjunctive (Cap. XLII).

188–189:

artā fronte, ad nātūram et angustiās locī: the frons of a battleline is the vanguard (front); ad: “in accordance with.”

192:

ab omnī parte: “on every side,” cf. ll.215–216; aditūs: object of temptantēs.

194:

locō: ablative of separation with pulsī.

{279} 195:

prope alterum vāllum, hastīs prae sē obiectīs: the ablative absolute tells us how the “Macedonians”[3] created a second, virtual (prope) rampart with their long spears held out in front.

195–200:

Multī (sc. Rōmānī) aut recessissent aut plūrēs cecidissent, nī M. Porcius ab iugō Callidromī,…appāruisset: past contrafactual condition.

200–201:

Macedonēs quīque aliī = Macedonēs et aliī quī; prīmō: adverb, “at first.”

203:

subsidiō: dative of purpose (Cap. XXXVI); ut prīmum: Cap. XXXVII.

204:

aperuērunt < aperīre: open, reveal.

205:

tantus repente pavor omnēs cēpit ut abiectīs armīs fugerent: result clause.

206:

perexiguā: the prefix per- before adjectives and adverbs has intensive force (“very…”).

207:

sub adventum: “around the time of his arrival.”

211–213:

Inde cōnsul M. Catōnem, per quem scīret…Rōmam mīsit: relative clause of purpose with verb of motion (Cap. XXXIX); quae gesta esset: indirect question (Cap. XXIX and Notā Bene in Cap. XXXIX); haud dubiō auctōre: i.e., so that the senate would hear the news from a reliable source.

216:

equō moenia est circumventus: “rode his horse around the walls” (cf. l.6, Cornēlius equō vehitur).

217:

Hēraclēa sita est in rādīcibus Oetae montis, ipsa in campō, arcem imminentem locō altō et undique praecipitī habet: i.e., the city itself lies at the foot of the mountain in a plain but also has a citidel high up on the mountain.

221:

operibus magis quam armīs: opus, -eris (n.) as a military term is either “fortification” or “a siege-engine.”

225:

segnius: comparative adverb from sēgnis, -e, “more slowly.”

226–227:

dīmicātiōne: ablative of separation with vacuum.

228:

diurnō: dative with continuātus…est.

{280} 231:

quartā vigiliā: ablative of time; the night was divided into four watches (vigiliae) of three hours each.

232:

ab unā (sc. parte); tenēre intentōs mīlitēs: intentōs is predicative: “keep the soldiers alert.”

235:

quī oppugnārent intentī signum exspectābant: exspectāre, a verb that signals an expectation for the future, is often followed by an anticipatory subjunctive with the verb conforming to sequence of tense (compare the conjunction dum + the anticipatory subjunctive in Cap. XL); here, the relative clause reveals what the alert troops are ready to do when they get the sign.

240:

ab urbe: i.e., the Romans who were approaching the citadel from the city below.

241–242:

nūllā ibi praeparātā rē ad…tolerandum: ablative absolute with a gerundive purpose clause explaining rē.

245:

pācis petendae ōrātōrēs: gerundive phrase; genitive of description that is equivalent to a purpose clause.

260–261:

omnibus prōvinciīs…cēderet: ablative of separation, “withdraw from” (Cap. XXXVIII).

262:

cognōmine frātrī exaequātus: i.e., ‘Āfricānus,’ cf. l.271; frātrī: dative with exaequāre; cognōmine: ablative of respect (Cap. XXXIX).

263:

Eumenis: genitive (Eumenēs, -is); quō iuvante: ablative absolute.

266:

praefectōs classis: the praefectus is the person in charge, and praefectus classis is an admiral.

271:

peculātus, -ūs: “embezzlement of public money”; here, genitive of the charge with accūsātus damnātuque (Cap. XLVI).

Perseus victus [Ex librīs et periochā librōrum XL–XLV]: 276–383

281–283:

Eumenēs,…questus est: queror, querī, questum means “to complain”; here, Eumenes is making a formal complaint to the Senate; in populum Rōmanūm referuntur: referuntur: see Cap. XLVIII on referre; an official announcement made to the Roman people; ob quās (iniūriās); eī: i.e., Perseus.

287:

parum: “too little, not enough.”

{281} 288:

dē agrō: about respective territories (Carthage claimed the Numidians under Masinissa had illegally appropriated a considerable amount of land).

290:

continet: the unstated subject is Book XLIII (see margins).

299:

rebellāsset: syncopated pluperfect subjunctive (Cap. XLIX); for rebellāre, see Cap. XLV.

302:

Tertiō diē Perseum quam pugnātum erat: there is an implicit comparison after designations of time (and expressions of number or quantity) that sparks the quam which here can be treated like postquam (cf. XLVIII.711–713).

308:

diē alterō: “on the second day.”

311:

Persea: Greek accusative singular of Perseus.

316–317:

praeceptam…laetitiam: i.e., the people were already celebrating.

324–325:

ēvānuit: ēvānescere, ēvānuisse: “vanish, disappear”; certae reī gaudium: objective genitive (Cap. XXV); gaudium is a more inward joy than laetitia, which refers to a more outward expression of joy (ll.317 and 330); tamquam qualifies certae; insidēre: “settle, occupy” (+ dat.).

326:

vērīs nūntiīs: ablative of means with firmātum est.

329–330:

Et altera…laetitia: subject: “another outbreak of joy,” i.e., a second story about the crowd’s joy; circēnsis turbae: genitive with laetitia; similis vērī: similis takes the dative or, as here, the genitive.

330–334:

C. Liciniō cōnsulī…ēscendentī…trādidisse dīcitur: flexible word order allows the important person in this sentence (the consul) to be put in a position of prominence, as frequently; the consul was “going up” to a position whence he could give the signal for the race to start.

333:

quī…dīceret: subjunctive in a subordinate clause in ōrātiō oblīqua (Cap. XLII); laureātās litterās: dispatches announcing victory were adorned with laurel leaves.

335–336:

ad forōs pūblicōs: from forus, -ī (not forum, -ī): the rows of seats in the Circus reserved for senators and knights (Livy I.35: loca dīvīsa patribus equitibusque); cf. l.339, prō forīs pūblicīs.

340:

signīs collātīs: “in a pitched battle,” see line 22.

{282} 351–352:

dē…referrētur: see Cap. XLVIII, section on technical vocabulary, still with ut (l.350); vēnissent is equivalent to a future perfect indicative (in secondary sequence).

355–357:

ingentem…: with turbam, object of the participle trahentēs, sc. lēgātī.

358:

tantum temporis retentī dum exponerent: i.e., they were retained (by the Senate) as much time as needed to relate; tantum is not correlative here with quantae; tantum is neuter singular with partitive genitive; quantae is interrogative adjective with rēgiae cōpiae; dum: anticipatory subjunctive (Cap. XL).

361:

iactūra: “loss”: an idiom from seafaring, it comes from iacere and means “a throwing overboard” (see Cap. XXIX).

365:

eadem haec: neuter plural (i.e., the same news they had reported to the Senate).

367:

prō sē quisque: “each on his own behalf.”

368–369:

īre…complērī: historical infinitives (Cap. XLIV).

371–372:

in quīnque diēs: “for five days”; circā omnia pulvīnāria: “around all the couches of the gods,” standard phrasing for the giving of a supplicātiō at all the temples.

378:

In cōnsulis verba iūrāverant: “took the military oath”; in verba iūrāre is to swear according to a defined formula.

379:

nūntiā(vē)runt: syncopated perfect.

380:

Gentius: cf. ll.291, 298.

381–382:

L. Anicius was the praetor and general in charge; ductū auspiciōque L. Aniciī praetōris refers to rēs gestae.

Perseus captus [Ex librō XLV]: 384–506

386:

ignōbilēs: men of no rank or distinction.

388:

sortī hūmānae: dative with the compound illacrimāre.

388–392:

quod quī…oppugnāsset…esset: subjunctive of reported reason (Cap. XLII); rēgnō: ablative with contentus; fānī religiōne: “by of the sacredness of the shrine,” parallel with nōn vīribus suīs; Reading help: quod quī paulō ante nōn contentus rēgnō Macedoniae Dardanōs Illyriōsque oppugnāsset, is tum āmissō exercitū, extorris rēgnō, in parvam īnsulam compulsus, supplex, fānī religiōne, nōn vīribus suīs tūtus esset.

{283} 394:

fortūnam suam: object of ignōrantis.

397:

cuius nōminis oblīvīscendum victō esset: indirect question; oblīvīscendum esset: impersonal passive of intransitive verb (Cap. XL and Recēnsiō, Cap. XLIV); victō: dative of agent with gerundive (Cap. XXXI).

403–405:

Perseō…amplectente, Paulō…tendente: ablative absolutes; ‘ut sē suaque omnia in fidem et clēmentiam populī Rōmānī permitteret’: indirect command (Cap. XXIX).

406–407:

Dum haec aguntur, classis Cn. Octāviī Samothrācam est appulsa…: in the omitted text, Octavius also tries to convince Perseus to surrender at Samothrace (cf. ll.311–312).

409–410:

trānsīre: historical infinitive (Cap. XLIV); fugae: objective genitive with cōnsilium, which is the object of capere.

413:

sublātum < tollere: “to take on board (ship).”

418:

fugae: objective genitive with cōnsciīs; postīcum: back door.

421:

dum…dēferrētur: anticipatory subjunctive (Cap. XL).

423:

vagārī, vagātum: Cap. XLIII; petēbat!: bear in mind that all punctuation in your text is modern, not ancient.

428–429:

Macedonas: Greek names in the 3rd declension plural often retain the -ăs ending (instead of -ēs), cf. l.535; ēlēctī: with līberī; rēgis: with ministerium.

430:

nē tum quidem: “not even then” (Cap. XVII).

433–435:

sī trānsīrent…servātūrōs (esse): future condition in ōrātiō oblīqua (Cap. XLIII); essent…habērent…relīquissent: verbs in subordinate clauses in ōrātiō oblīqua go into the subjunctive according to sequence of tense (Cap. XXXVI).

441:

trādidit: subject = Perseus.

443:

eōdem: adverb, “to the same place” (Cap. XLV), i.e., the praetorian ship.

446–447:

in (suā) potestāte eum esse et addūcī: “Perseus was under his (Octavius’s) control and being conducted to him (Paulus)”; esse in potestāte is a legal phrase meaning “to be under someone’s control.”

448:

Secundam eam Paulus (sīcut erat) victōriam ratus = Paulus ratus eam esse secundam victōriam: Pydna being the first {284} victory and the surrender of Perseus the second; sīcut erat: “as in fact it was.”

451:

manēre frequentēs: i.e., “to remain continuously or regularly.”

453:

aliās: adverb, “at any other time” (Cap. XLIX); Syphāx: a Numidian king during the Second Punic War.

454:

patrum aetāte: “in their fathers’ time.”

455–457:

praeterquam quod: “beyond that” (i.e., that Syphax was brought into a Roman camp as a captive king); comparandus: i.e., Syphax with Perseus; nec suā (fāmā) nec gentis fāmā: ablatives of respect with comparandus; accessiō: “an addition,” here used to mean that Syphax was not the main enemy, the caput bellī (Hannibal was); for Gentius, see lines 290–300.

458–462:

nec ipsīus tantum patris avīque cēterōrumque quōs sanguine et genere contigēbat fāma cōnspectum eum efficiēbat = nec tantum fāma ipsīus patris avīque cēterōrumque (quōs sanguine et genere contigēbat) efficiēbat eum cōnspectum; contingere aliquem aliquā rē: to be connected to someone in some way, so “the reputation of those to whom he was related by blood and family”; the nec tantum (= et non tantum) is picked up by sed in the next clause: sed effulgēbant: Perseus gets to “shine” through his association, as the king of Macedon, with Philip II and Alexander the Great.

464–465:

nūllō…quī…faceret: descriptive relative clause (Caps. XXXIX, XLII).

467:

submōtō: submovēre when used of lictors is a technical term that means “clear away (people standing in the way)”; it can be used impersonally, both as a finite verb and, as here, in the ablative.

469–472:

[Cōnsul] submittentemque sē [= rēgem] ad pedēs sustulit: attingere genua: to lower himself to the ground and touch (the consul’s) knees would have been a sign of submission; much of the action in this compressed sentence takes place in participles—pay attention to the cases to make interpretation easier.

473–476:

quā iniūriā subactus: “incited by what injustice”; quō…addūceret: the adverb quō (“to the end that,” “with the result that”) here completes the consecutive clause (result clause, Cap. XXVIII; Recēnsiō, Cap. XLII): Perseus’s intention was so reckless and dangerous that it led to his own destruction.

{285} 477–480:

Sī…accēpissēs, minus…mīrārer: contracfactual condition (Cap. XXXIII; Cap. XLI): this condition is “mixed”: the protasis is past (“if you had received”) while the apodosis is present (“I would be less amazed”); the apodosis of the condition introduces an indirect statement (ignōrāsse tē), which in turn introduces an indirect question (quam gravis aut amīcus aut inimīcus esset populus Rōmānus).

481–484:

pācis…meminissēs: verbs of remembering and forgetting (Cap. XXXII) take the genitive; quōrum: antecedent is the iīs in cum iīs (i.e., the Romans); quōrum…expertus essēs: subordinate clause in indirect statement (Cap. XXXVI).

486:

nec…nec…respondēret: take the negatives closely with the verb: Perseus didn’t respond either when questioned or blamed.

489–491:

cāsibus cognita populī Rōmānī clēmentia nōn modo spem tibi, sed prope certam fīdūciam salūtis praebet = clēmentia populī Rōmānī cognita cāsibus (ablative of the source of the information: “known in”) multōrum rēgum populōrumque (genitives with cāsibus) praebet tibi nōn modo spem (salūtis) sed prope certam fīdūciam salūtis.

492:

Graecō sermōne…Latinē: Paulus, like many elite Romans, spoke Greek in addition to Latin.

496:

decet: with both cōnsulere and crēdere; cum: causal; quid…ferat: indirect question.

499:

infringet < in + frangere.

501:

invītātus: entertained.

Macedonia prōvincia [Ex librō XLV]: 507–601

510–511:

inclutī with regnī, genitive with fīnis; numerābant: the implied subject is the Macedonians.

514:

obscūrā…famā: ablative of description (Cap. XXXII).

515–517:

inde ac per eum: ac (atque) = et: both from the time of Philip (inde) and through his efforts (per eum); sē…continuit…amplexa: subject is gēns Macedonum (also the subject of superfūdit in line 518).

519–520:

prīmum: the list is continued by hinc (l.521), tum (l.522), and inde (l.523); quā: adverb, “where” (Cap. XXXVII); prope: modifies {286} immēnsō; immēnsō spatiō: ablative of description; omnia…suae diciōnis fēcit: (Alexander) “put all under his authority.”

521:

Arabas: Greek names in the 3rd declension plural often retain the -ăs ending (instead of -ēs).

524:

distractum < distrahere: “pull apart, break up” (Cap. XLIII).

527:

stetit: subject is Macedonum rēgnum.

528–529:

dē prōvinciīs referentibus: the idiom referre (ad senātum) is used about submitting an issue for the deliberation of the Senate (Cap. XLVIII).

530–531:

dē sententiā lēgātōrum: “in accordance with the judgment of the legates”; rēs componere: “restore to their proper condition”; dōnec…composuissent: represents a future perfect indicative in a subordinate clause in ōrātiō oblīqua in secondary sequence.

533–534:

decem…quīnque (lēgātōs); in: i.e., to be sent into.

536:

ut…appārēret: impersonal, as frequently, “to make it clear” + dative.

540:

ad Aeginium et Agassās dīripiendās: dīripere is a military term meaning “plunder, lay waste.”

542:

ūtī: + ablative initiō (Cap. XXVII).

544–545:

Your text leaves out Paulus’s command that statue bases in front of the Temple of Apollo, begun by Perseus to support statues of himself, be used to support statues of Paulus. A base from one of these statues survives in the museum at Delphi.

545–546:

ad spectāculum: i.e., sightseeing; the Eurīpus is a strait between the Greek mainland and the island of Euboea; tantae īnsulae…iūnctae: in apposition to Euboea; ponte: ablative of means; continentī: dative of the participle, sc. terrae: the mainland.

548–549:

statiōne: ablative of respect with inclutum; quondam: “formerly”; mīlle navium: genitive with statiōne.

551:

Agamemnon is rēx ille rēgum, “that famous king of kings,” because he was head of the Greek expedition against the Trojans; he used his daughter Iphigenia as a human sacrifice to propitiate Artemis (Diana).

555:

praeses, praesidis: guardian, the one who presides over, with arcis: the acropolis.

{287} 556:

alterō diē: “the next day.”

557–558:

praebuēre: praebuērunt.

559:

opibus: ablative of respect with haud parem.

562:

aegrī…sacrāverant; mercēdem: in apposition to quae (= dōna); remediōrum salūtārium: objective genitive with mercēdem.

567–568:

haud secus quam sī…immolātūrus esset: “hardly otherwise than if” = “just as if”; the sense of futurity is achieved through the use of a future participle; imperfect subjunctive in a conditional clause of comparison in secondary sequence.

572–573:

dēnōs prīncipēs: a group of ten leaders from each of the city-states (cīvitātēs); distributive number (Cap. XXX).

577–579:

sermōne Graecō referēbat: Octavius translated everything Paulus had said into Greek.

584–587:

Nōmina deinde sunt recitāta…mors dēnūntiāta: in a section omitted from your text, Livy explains that the people deported to Italy were all cronies of Perseus and thus represented a danger to Greek freedom; with this in mind, the next sentence (that Paulus gave laws as if to allies) does not seem so odd; placēret: see Cap. XLVI for the language of official decrees and resolutions.

591–594:

artificum…multitūdō et āthlētārum et nōbilium equōrum: multitūdō with all three genitives; convēnit: singular to agree with multitūdō but applies to both multitūdō and lēgātiōnēs; omnis generis: gentive of description (Cap. XIX).

594–595:

quidquid…solet: subject of factum est; deōrum hominumque causā: causa with preceding genitive (Cap. XXVI).

597:

ad quae: i.e., ad spectācula danda; prūdentia: “skill”; Paulus wanted the Greeks to see how sophisticated he was at giving games (a skill at which Romans at that point had little practice: rudēs).

599:

epulae, -ārum: “a feast”; et opulentiā et cūrā eādem: ablatives of manner; dictum: “saying.”

600:

eiusdem esse: “characteristic of the same person”: see grammar section above.

{288} Fortūna pūblica et prīvāta [Ex librīs et periochā librōrum XLV]: 602–676

608:

Secūtī…filiī duo Q. Māximus et P. Scīpiō: Paulus originally had four sons; the two that followed their birth father’s chariot had been given up in adoption to Quintus Fabius Maximus and P. Cornelius Scipio. They took the names of their adoptive families and added a form of the birth name as a further cognōmen (thus the Aemiliānus in both their names); see lines 670–671.

613:

hostium: i.e., the Romans, Perseus’s enemies.

615–616:

duōbus datīs in adoptiōnem (the two in line 608); quōs…sōlōs nōminis, sacrōrum familiaeque hērēdēs: hērēdēs is predicative (whom he had as the sole heirs); the genitives give the content of the legacy (nōminis, sacrōrum familiaeque).

619–621:

dēstinantēs: “intending, fixing their minds on” with similēs…triumphōs; vehī…oportuerat: “should have been carried” (but weren’t): see Cap. XLIII, note to lines 353–354.

623:

mōre cēterōrum imperātōrum: for mōre (“in the manner of”) and the genitive, see note above to lines 32–34.

626–627:

et quā felictāte…et quae duo fulmina: indirect questions; perculerint < percellere (Cap. XLII).

629:

spectāculō vōbīs: double dative (Cap. XXXVI).

630:

paucīs: sc. verbīs.

631–632:

eō quō dēbeō animō (see marginalia = eō animō quō dēbeō): ablative of manner (Cap. XXV).

633–634:

classem…solvere: “launch the fleet.”

641:

saltus, -ūs: “a narrow pass” (Cap. XLI); ad: “near.”

642:

redēgī < redigere: “drive back” (Cap. XLVI).

645:

gravius: adjective with bellum (not the comparative adverb).

646:

secundārum: here, “favorable”; velut prōventus, -ūs: like a “crop,” “harvest” (i.e., successful result).

648:

gaza: a Persian word that passed into Greek and then Latin, meaning “treasure.”

651:

eōque: “and for that reason” (i.e., nimia).

653:

trāiciendā < trāicere < trans iacere: “throw across”: here, “transport” (contrast meaning in note on lines 81–88 above).

{289} 655:

quod ultrā precārer: descriptive relative clause with indefinite antecedent (as often).

660:

meā tam īnsignī calamitāte: ablative of cost; dēfūnctam: finished (its cycle of rolling downward) (ex summō retrō volvī) from being too much (nimia, l.651).

661–662:

lūdibrium: “mockery of” + genitive; interpositus (< inter-ponere) + dative: triumphus interpositus est duōbus fūneribus: “set in between.”

Graecia Capta [Q. Horātius Flaccus: Epistulae II.1.156–157]: 677–680

Grae–cĭă cāptă fĕrūm vīctōrēm cēpĭt, ĕt ārtēs

īntŭlĭt āgrēstī Lătĭō.

III. VOCĀBULA

NŌMINA

1st

ārea, -ae

open space, site

āthlēta, -ae (m.)

athlete, prizefighter

clēmentia, -ae

clemency, mercy

disciplīna, -ae

instruction, discipline

fīdūcia, -ae

trust, confidence

gaza, -ae

treasure

impēnsa, -ae

cost, expenditure

māceria, -ae

brick or stone wall, garden wall

mercātūra, -ae

trade, commerce

opulentia, -ae

sumptuosness

scālae, -ārum (pl.)

ladder

trānsfuga, -ae (m.)

deserter

2nd

coniūrātī, -ōrum (pl.)

conspirators

documentum, -ī

example, proof

impedīmentum, -ī

obstacle

lembus, -ī

small boat

{290} ministerium, -ī

office of a minister, ministry, service

postīcum, -ī

backdoor

subsidium, -ī

support, help, resource

tabernāculum, -ī

tent

tribūtum, -ī

tax

trīduum, -ī

three days

3rd

accessiō, -ōnis (f.)

addition, accessory

adoptiō, -ōnis (f.)

adoption

artifex, -icis (m.)

craftsman, master, artist

callis, -is (f.)

track, path

expedītiō, -ōnis (f.)

foray, raid, expedition

fōns, fontis (m.)

spring, source

incolumitās, -ātis (f.)

soundness, safety

līs, litis (f.)

dispute, lawsuit

māiōrēs, -um (m. pl.)

ancestors

miserātiō, -ōnis (f.)

compassion, pity

murmur, -uris (n.)

mutter, murmur

mūtātiō, -ōnis (f.)

change, alteration

nāvālia, -ium (n. pl.)

dockyard

ōmen, -inis (n.)

sign, token, omen

percontātiō, -ōnis (f.)

interrogation, question

praeses, -idis (m./f.)

guardian

pulvīnar, -āris (n.)

couch for the gods

rādīx, -īcis (f.)

root, foot, base

servātor, -ōris (m.)

savior

successor, -ōris (m.)

successor

supplicātiō, -ōnis (f.)

thanksgiving

trānsitiō, -ōnis (f.) (< trānsīre)

crossing over, defection

tribūnal, -ālis (n.)

dais, platform

vertex, -icis (m.)

whirlpool, peak, pole

vīcīnitās, -ātis (f.)

neighborhood, vicinity

voluptās, -ātis (f.)

pleasure, delight

{291} 4th

conventus, -ūs

assembly

ēventus, -ūs

outcome, result

flātus, -ūs

blowing, breeze

fremitus, -ūs

rumble, growl

mercātus, -ūs

market, fair

peculātus, -ūs

embezzlement

prōventus, -ūs

growth, crop, harvest

sēnsus, -ūs

power of perception, sensation

5th

prōgeniēs, -ēī

offspring, descent

VERBA

-āre

(abaliēnō) abaliēnāre

separate, alienate

(acclāmō) acclāmāre

shout, proclaim

(amplō) amplāre

extend, enlarge

(contemplor) contemplārī

look at, observe

(continuō) continuāre

continue, prolong

(dēportō) dēportāre

convey, bring back

(dēstinō) dēstināre

designate, establish

(distō) distāre

be distant

(exaequō) exaequāre

make equal

(hībernō) hībernāre

spend the winter

(illacrimō) illacrimāre

weep over

(pācō) pācāre

subdue

(praeoccupō) praeoccupāre

preoccupy

(prōnūntiō) prōnūntiāre

proclaim, announce

(trānsportō) trānsportāre

carry across, transport

-ēre

(aveō) avēre

be eager, desire, long

(dēfleō) dēflēre (< flēre)

weep for

(effulgeō) effulgēre, -fulsisse, -fulsum

shine forth

(percēnseō) percēnsēre, -cēnsuisse

enumerate, survey

{292} -ere

(abscēdō) abscēdere (< cēdere)

go away, withdraw

(cōnsurgō) cōnsurgere (<surgere)

stand up, rise

(dēlitēscō) dēlitēscere, -uisse

hide oneself

(dēvehō) dēvehere (< vehere)

carry, convey

(dīlūcēscō) dīlūcēscere, -lūxisse

dawn, become light

(dirimō) dirimere (< emere)

divide, interrupt

(ēdisserō) ēdisserere, -seruisse, -serutum

set forth, expound

(incrēscō) incrēscere (< crēscere)

grow, increase

(īnsīdō) īnsīdere (< sīdere)

occupy, settle, be fixed

(intercēdō) intercēdere (< cēdere)

intervene, intercede

(intermittō) intermittere (< mittere)

interupt, discontinue

(porrigō) porrigere (< regere)

stretch out

(prōsequor) prōsequī (< sequī)

accompany, honor

(submittō) submittere (< mittere)

lower

(superfundō) superfundere (< fundere)

pour over

(trānsmittō) trānsmittere (< mittere)

send over, cross

-īre

(permūniō) permūnīre

fortify

irregular

(circumeō) circumīre (< īre)

go around, outflank

(introeō) introīre (< īre)

enter

ADIECTĪVA

1st/2nd

artus, -a, -um

close, tight, deep

cōnscius, -a, -um

privy (to), accomplice (+ gen.)

cōnspectus, -a, -um

conspicuous, remarkable

contentus, -a, -um

stretched, content, satisfied

diurnus, -a, -um

of the day, daily

īnfectus, -a, -um

unwrought, not effected

invius, -a, -um (< via)

trackless, impassable

{293} laureātus, -a, -um

adorned with laurel

mīrābundus, -a, -um

wondering, full of wonder

perexiguus, -a, -um

very small

praetextātus, -a, -um

wearing a toga praetexta

praetōrius, -a, -um

of the praetor; of the general

pullus, -a, -um

somber, grey

quīnquāgēsimus, -a, -um

fiftieth

signātus, -a, -um

marked, sealed

violentus, -a, -um

violent, impetuous

3rd

extorris, -e (< terra)

exiled, banished

ignōbilis, -e

unknown, of low birth

immemor, (gen. -oris)

unmindful, forgetful (of) (+ gen.)

inexpugnābilis, -e

impregnable

sēmiermis, -e (< arma)

half-armed

ADVERBIA

plērumque

mostly

porrō

forward, ahead

raptim

hurriedly

tantummodo

only, merely

utcumque

no matter how, however

violenter

violently, impetuously

vulgō

commonly

PRAEPOSITIŌNĒS

secus

otherwise

CONIUNCTIŌNĒS

nī

= nisi: unless, if not

ALIA

quaesō

I ask you, please

____________

1. For an explanation of the line number references convention, see p. xxvi.

2. As you will learn the more you read Latin, a simple and exact classification of a clause is not always possible—or necessary.

3. As the marginalia tells you, these are Antiochus’s soldiers drawn up in Macedonian fashion.

{294} LI: VNVM ET QVINQVAGESIMVM: SCIPIO AEMILIANVS (Livy/Sallust)[1]

[Ex T. Līviī ‘ab Urbe Conditā’ librōrum XLVIII–LXI Periochīs]

I. ØRBERG’S INTRODUCTION

Book 45 of Livy’s ab Urbe Conditā is the last to have survived. The hope of finding at least some of the remaining books has never been fulfilled. But instead of the full text, we have brief summaries, called the Periochae, of the content of the 142 books. In this chapter, we reproduce extracts from the Periochae of books 48–61, which deal with the period from the Third Punic War (149–146 BC) to the death of Gāius Gracchus (121).

Under the terms of the peace following the Second Punic War, Carthage was not allowed to build ships nor conduct wars (XLVIII.825–834). The Numidians were an inveterate problem for Carthage (XL.25–28). In a shrewd political move, Masinissa had befriended Rome during the Second Punic Wars (XLVIII.750–752). Following the Second Punic War, the Numidians made incursions into Carthaginian territory. Reports of Carthage mobilizing to defend itself and of supplies of timber (for the building of ships) angered the Romans.

The son of Aemilius Paulus, P. Cornēlius Scīpiō Aemiliānus, figures largely in this period of Roman history. He had been adopted by P. Cornelius Scipio, the son of Scipio Africanus, and in accordance with Roman custom, he was given the name of his adoptive father with the second cognomen Aemiliānus after his birth father. He was an outstanding general and statesman. When the Third Punic War broke out in 149, he served with distinction in Africa. In the following year, he was elected consul although under the normal age, and in 146 he conquered and destroyed Carthage. In the same year, the Romans destroyed the rich Greek city of Corinth, the center of the Achaean League (Concilium Achāicum) which had rebelled against Rome. Scipio’s last exploit was the conquest {295} of Numantia, the capital of the Celtibērī in Spain, in 133. This put an end to organized resistance to the Romans in Spain.

During the following years, internal conflicts emerged in Rome. There was popular discontent with the ruling class, the nōbilitās or ōrdō senātōrius, who had a monopoly of all public offices. This discontent was fostered by social problems resulting from the wars, which had dispossessed many Italian peasants of their land. Tiberius and Gāius Gracchus proposed agrarian reforms intended to provide land for the thousands of landless peasants who had come to Rome.

The Gracchi paid with their lives for their reform policy, but their work had a lasting effect on Roman politics. From then on the conservative senators, who called themselves optimātēs, “the best,” struggled with a strong reformist party, known as populārēs.[2] At the end of the chapter you read an extract from the Bellum Iugurthīnum (see Cap. LII) by Sallust (Sallustius); the historian gives his opinion of the political conflicts in Rome and the reasons for them. While the summaries represent Livy taking a censorious tone about the activities of the Gracchi, the excerpt from Sallust clearly shows his sympathy for the reformers. The waning of Roman values is a recurrent theme in Latin literature. Sallust dates the onset of this decline to the removal of Rome’s greatest enemies (especially Carthage):[3]

luxuriae enim peregrīnae orīgō ab exercitū Asiāticō invecta in urbem est. iī prīmum lēctōs aerātōs, uestem strāgulam pretiōsam, plagulās et alia textilia, et quae tum magnificae supellēctilīs habēbantur, monopodia et abacōs Rōmam advēxērunt. tunc psaltriae sambūcistriaeque et convīvālia alia lūdōrum oblectāmenta addita epulīs; epulae quoque ipsae et cūrā et sūmptū maiōre apparārī coeptae. tum coquus, vīlissimum antīquīs mancipium et aestimātiōne et ūsū, in pretiō esse, et quod ministerium fuerat, ars habērī coepta. vix tamen illa quae tum cōnspiciēbantur, sēmina erant futūrae luxuriae.

Tiberius and Gaius Gracchus were closely connected with the family of the Scipios. Their mother, Cornēlia, was a daughter of Scipio Africanus, and their sister, Semprōnia, married Scipio Aemilianus. These family relations are shown in the genealogical table of the Scipio family on p. 294 of RŌMA AETERNA. The first ancestor is Scīpiō Barbātus, whose sarcophagus with a legible inscription is pictured at the beginning of the chapter.

{296} II. AUXILIA LEGENDĪ

Bellum Pūnicum tertium: 1–118

1:

Gulussa, Masinissae fīlius: for Masinissa, king of Numidia and friend of Rome during the Second Punic War, see XLVIII.750–751: Et amīcitiā factā cum Masinissā, rēge Numidārum. Gulussa continued the tradition of being amīcus Rōmānus.

4:

bellum indīcere: “declare war” (Cap. XLIII).

5–6:

temere: adv.: “heedlessly, rashly” (Cap. XLVII); explōrātum: supine (Cap. XXII).

9:

dēprehendere: “observe” or “detect” (especially to catch someone doing wrong); the subject of dēprendisse is sē.

11:

cōnfestim (Cap. XLII) = statim.

13:

placuit: “it was decided” (by the Senate); so too line 25 below (Cap. XLVI: resolutions of the senate).

14:

exussissent < exūrere (Cap. XLVII): “burn up.”

15–16:

referrent (ad senātum): see XLVIII, section on technical vocabulary.

20–23:

Inter C. & S…dīversīs certātum sententiīs est: impersonal (certātum est): Cato and Scipio exchange arguments (dīversae sententiae) in the Senate; alter sapientissimus: Cato; alter optimus: Scipio.

26–27:

sociō, amīcō: datives with compound intulissent.

30–31:

Uticēnsēs: citizen of Utica (XLVIII.760): “cīvitās Āfricae maritima” (marginalia).

36:

perstārētur: impersonal passive.

38–39:

acceptīs…īnstrumentīs bellī (sī qua Carthāgine erant): all part of one ablative absolute, with the clause quōs imperāverant referring to obsidibus and sī qua Carthāgine erant to the weapons and instruments of war; sī qua = sī aliqua.

44–45:

Obsidērī oppugnārīque coepta est Carthāgō ā L. Mārcio M’. Mānīlio cōnsulibus: with passive infinitives the perfect passive of incipere, here coepta est, is used in preference to the active coepit, -ērunt (i.e., L. Mārcius M’. Mānīlius cōnsulēs Carthāginem obsidēre et oppugnāre coepērunt).

{297} 46–49:

cum…caderentur: all one clause; irrūpissent < irrumpere: “burst into, force one’s way in” (Cap. XLII); oppidānus, -ī: “a townsman” (< oppidum).

48–53:

Reading help (a good sentence for comparing the style of Livy with the much more careless prose of the periochae): et…castrōrumque connect the two main clauses (reworded): per Scīpiōnem castellum Rōmānum līberātum est and Scīpiō praecipuam glōriam castrōrum līberātōrum tulit; castrōrum līberātōrum: objective genitive with glōriam.

53–54:

irritus: “invalid, ineffectual”; Carthāginis: objective genitive with oppugnātiōne.

56:

saltum inīquum: “a steep, disadvantageous mountain pass”; prīmō: adverb (cf. deinde, l.57).

58–59:

complūrium: genitive plural with sententiīs, which in turn is an ablative of means with victus: Scipio was overruled.

62–63:

turma, -ae: troop, division of the Roman cavalry (XLIII.297); incolumēs < incolumis, -e: “safe, unharmed” (Caps. XXXIII, XLI); et = etiam, “even.”

64:

prōmptus, -a, -um: “prompt, keen, ready” (Cap. XLV); prōmptiōris linguae: genitive of description (Caps. XIX, XXXVI).

66:

umbrās volitāre: “flit about like shadows.”

69:

fābulam: i.e., that he is the son of Perseus (for whom, see Cap. L): he apparently physically favored the former king.

72:

ēducandum: gerundive of purpose with traditum (Cap. XXXVI).

80–81:

ēdidit < ēdere: produce, perform; adeō…ut…genuerit: result clause.

86:

item: Scipio; Phamae: Phameas Hamilco.

94–95:

suffragantis plēbis is genitive with certāmine, while repugnantibus eī (plēbī) aliquamdiū patribus is an ablative absolute; lēgibus solūtus: “exempted from the laws.”

97:

Pseudo-Philippus: i.e., Andriscus (l.67); caesō…praetōre.

101:

per partēs: “part by part, bit by bit.”

103:

extrā sortem: “without drawing lots”; see the note at XLVIII.220 (Nōminātae iam anteā cōnsulibus prōvinciae erant; tum sortīrī iussī).

106–108:

castra…sita…dēlēta sunt.

{298} 110:

quam = postquam.

116:

patris suī: Aemilius Paulus.

117–118:

lūdōs fēcit trānsfugāsque ac fugitīvōs bēstiīs obiēcit: deserters and runaways were thrown to the beasts as a part of the lūdī in thanksgiving to the gods and celebration of the Roman victory.

Bellum Achāicum: 119–138

120:

Achaeīs: the inhabitants of Achaea, the Achaean league (Achāicum concilium, l.122), an organization of the city-states of Achaea (territory to the west of Corinth) which may date back to the fifth century BC. By this period, membership included all of the Peloponnese, including Corinth; Corinthī: locative.

121:

sub diciōne Philippī: see Cap. L Graecia Līberāta.

125–126:

mortem sibi cōnsciscere: “commit suicide”; cf. XLVIII.720 (Prīncipēs Campānōrum venēnō sibi mortem cōnscīvērunt).

131:

auxiliō: dative of purpose (Cap. XXXVI).

132:

abstinetissimum virum ēgit: “behaved/acted as a most temperate man” (cf. XLVI.388:

nihil quasi Rōmānus ēgit).

135:

Andriscō: see l.67.

137–138:

signa aerea marmoreaque: bronze and marble statues removed from Greece and brought to Rome.

Hispānia pācāta: 139–215

142:

Lūsītānia: territory on the west-central and southern coast of Hispānia.

144–146:

nihilō: ablative of comparison with comparative adverb fēlīcius: Tantumque terrōris…ut…exercitū: fear clause (Cap. XXXII); cōnsulārī with both duce, exercitū.

147:

Celtibērōs: the Celtiberians lived in central Spain.

150:

Termestīnōs: the inhabitants of Termes, a town in Celtiberia.

151–152:

Numantīnī: the inhabitants of Numantia, a city in Celtiberia; pācem īnfīrmātam: īnfīrmāre: “nullify, make void.”

153–154:

rēbus in Hispāniā prosperē gestīs: not an ablative absolute, but a dative with lābem (“stigma, blot”) imposuit; aequīs {299} condiciōnibus: “on equal terms,” as opposed to ones that favored Rome.

162:

salūbris, -e: conducive to health; here, conducive to better behavior, “improving”; genitive of description.

165:

caesus: i.e., flogged, but not killed, as sēstertiō nummō vēniit (from vēnīre, not venīre) shows.

172:

accidit: you have learned accidere (Cap. XXVI) as “happen,” but it can also be used (as here, with vōx) to mean “strike the senses” + dative (cōnscendentī).

174:

exūtus: deprived of + ablative of separation.

180:

Gallaecōs: inhabitants of Gallaecia, also called Callaecia, territory in northwest Hispānia.

181:

Vaccaeōs: the Vaccaeī lived in central Hispānia.

182–183:

Ad exsolvendum foederis Numantīnī religiōne populum (Rōmānum): religiōne: ablative of separation with exsolvendum; religiōne foederis: the sacred oath contained within a treaty.

188–190:

cōnsulātus: “the office of consul”; illī: dative with nōn licēret.

196:

in opere: “at work.”

197–198:

septēnōs: distributive, “seven each” (Cap. XXX); incēdentī: dative with dīcēbat; vāllāre: to use vāllī (“stakes”) to build a vāllum (“rampart”), here used metaphorically to mean “protect.”

199–201:

dēsinitō: future imperative (Cap. XXXIII); Scipio will give the order to stop carrying the stakes after…; Quem mīlitem…dēprehendit, sī Rōmānus esset…cedīdit: general condition with an iterative subjunctive in the protasis for repeated action.

200:

vītis: grapevine; cecīdit: see note above to line 165 on caesus.

205:

mōs esset: often followed by a noun clause of result (Caps. XXXVII), also, as here, with dative (aliīs imperātōribus) and infinitive.

206:

in pūblicās tabulās: “into the public accounts.”

205:

ex hīs (mūneribus).

208ff:

pābulātum: supine of purpose (Cap. XXIII); quia dīceret: quia almost always takes the indicative, unless it is followed by a subjunctive of reported reason (Cap. XLV); rarely, as here, the verb of saying can get drawn into the subjunctive as reported reason; “velōcius eōs absūmptūrōs frūmentī quod habērent, sī {300} plūrēs fuissent”: future condition in ōrātiō oblīqua in secondary sequence. In direct speech, the condition would have been: “velōcius iī absūment frūmentī quod habent, sī plūrēs fuerint”; frūmentī quod: partitive genitive; the antecedent of quod (i.e., id) is, as often, to be supplied by the reader.

Gracchī et lēgēs agrāriae: 216–279

220–222:

exardescere: to be inflamed into (such a state of rage); in eum furōrem exārsit ut: result clause; abrogāret: deprive + accusative of thing and dative of person (i.e., M. Octāviō…dēfendentī); lēge lātā: ablative absolute, “by passing a law.”

224:

creāret: second part of the result clause.

225:

quā sibi lātius agrum patefeceret: “by which law a greater expanse of land would lie open to them”; i.e., the triumvirs expanded the amount of land that could be judged private or part of the ager pūblicus.

226:

quā…quā: adverbs, “where.”

228–229:

spērandī: with cupiditātem; amplum modum: object of spērandī.

230–232:

“ut…dīviderētur”: i.e., the terms of the law he revealed.

235–236:

in Gracchum: “against Gracchus”; perōrāsset: the perōrātiō is the end of the speech, but the verb means, in addition to “bring a speech to its close,” to “argue from beginning to end.”

236–237:

ad populum: i.e., compelled to go (raptus) from the Senate to the Rostra in the forum; plēbī: dative with dēlātus; cōntiōnārī: “to deliver a speech before the assembly.”

239:

ab optimātibus: see the introduction to this chapter.

243:

rogātio: a proposed law; + ferre = lēgem ferre (marginalia).

244:

licēret: impersonal; vellet: subject is the candidate for tribūnus plēbis.

251:

adversārētur: i.e., opposed the commission of the triumvirs.

253:

tamquam: “as if, on the grounds that” + subjunctive of reported reason (Cap. XLVI).

255:

simultās: quarrel (Cap. XLV).

263:

frūmentāriam (sc. lēgem); sēnīs (assibus): distributive number (Cap. XXX); triens, -entis: one third (as an as), both are ablatives of price.

{301} 267:

consentientem…corrumperet: i.e., seduce (by offer of more power) the knights, destroying the current agreeable balance of power; in Cūriam: i.e., be enrolled in the Senate; the Equestrians were a separate order, although they shared the same interests as the Senators.

269–270:

bis tantum vīrium: “twice as much power” (i.e., six hundred of the nine hundred members of the Senate would be Equestrians).

272:

colōniae dēducerentur: colōniam dēducere: “to lead out (and establish) a colony”; ūna: sc. colōnia.

277–278:

vocātō…populō: ablative absolute.

Cīvitas Dīlacerāta [Ex C. Sallustiī Crispī ‘Bellō Iugurthīnō’]: 280–326

284–285:

ortus est (< orīrī) + ablative of source; dūcere, like habēre, can mean “consider”; ante Carthāginem dēlētam: same construction as ab urbe conditā: “before the destruction of Carthage.”

288:

bonae artēs: “good moral practices.”

290–292:

incessēre = incessērunt; quod: antecedent is ōtium; asperius acerbiusque: comparative adjectives with ōtium.

293:

nōbilitās: collective noun with plural verb: coepēre = coepērunt.

299:

agitābātur: agitāre, frequentative of agere, is a favorite word of Sallust; bellī domīque: like domī mīlitiaeque (Caps. XLI, XLIV): locatives; paucōrum: i.e., the nobles.

302:

cum paucīs: i.e., they share the plunder with few; dīripere: “plunder, ravage.”

303–304:

Intereā parentēs aut parvī līberī mīlitum, uti quisque potentiōrī cōnfīnis erat, sēdibus pellēbantur: poor farmers called off to war left behind parents and children unable to keep up small farms, which were taken over by their wealthy neighbors to create huge farms, called lātifundia.

306:

ipsa = avāritia cum potentiā.

308:

quī…antepōnerent: descriptive relative clause (Cap. XXXIX); antepōnere: “to put x (accusative) in front of y (dative).”

309:

permixtiō: “disturbance created by mixing together.”

313:

in lībertātem vindicāre: “set free, emancipate”; paucōrum: again, the nobles.

{302} 314:

eō: “for that reason” (with perculsa).

316:

eadem: neuter plural object of ingredientem.

317–318:

alterum…alterum: “the one…the other”; colōnīs dēdūcendīs: dative of purpose (Cap. XLVII).

319:

Gracchīs: dative.

320–321:

bonō: dative, sc. hominī; satius: “better”; iniūriam: object of vincere; malō mōre: ablative of manner.

322:

eā victōriā: ablative with ūsa (< ūtor).

323–324:

plūs…timōris quam potentiae.

325:

pessum: adverb: “to the ground”; pessum dare: “put an end to, ruin, destroy.”

III. VOCĀBULA

NŌMINA

1st

abundantia, -ae

overflow, abundance

cavea, -ae

cage, coop

colōnia, -ae

settlement, colony

furca, -ae

fork, forked frame

lascīvia, -ae

wantonness

luxuria, -ae

extravagance, luxury

modestia, -ae

restraint

offēnsa, -ae

offense, resentment

senecta, -ae

old age

2nd

dēcrētum, -ī (< cernere)

resolution, decree

fragmentum, -ī (< frangere)

fragment, piece

nervus, -ī

sinew, muscle; vigor

praeverbium, -ī

prefix

scortum, -ī

prostitute, harlot

subsellium, -ī

bench

vāllus, -ī

stake (for a palisade)

{303} 3rd

aedīlitās, -ātis (f.)

aedileship

āctiō, -ōnis (f.) (< agere)

action, delivery

dissēnsiō, -ōnis (f.) (< sentīre)

disagreement

dominātiō, -ōnis (f.)

dominion, power

ēruptiō, -ōnis (f.) (<rumpere)

a breaking out, sally, eruption

formīdō, -inis (f.)

dread, terror

lābēs, -is (f.)

stain, disgrace

optimātēs, -ium (m. pl.)

the nobility

paelex, -icis (f.)

concubine

permixtiō, -ōnis (f.)

mixture, disturbance, chaos

prōditor, -ōris (m.)

traitor

quaestiō, -ōnis (f.)

inquiry, subject of inquiry

rogātiō, -ōnis (f.)

proposed law, bill

triēns, -entis (m.)

third of an as

vēnātor, -ōris (m.)

hunter

4th

circuitus, -ūs

rotation, circumference

tribūnātus, -ūs

office of tribune

VERBA

-āre

(adversor) adversārī

oppose, resist (+ dat.)

(agitō) agitāre

move, stir, plan

(complōrō) complōrāre

lament, bewail

(dīlacerō) dīlacerāre

tear to pieces

(exonerō) exonerāre

unburden

(īnfirmō) īnfirmāre

weaken, refute, annul

(pābulor) pābulārī

forage

(perrogō) perrogāre

ask in turn

(perstō) perstāre

stand firm, persist

(prōmulgō) prōmulgāre

announce, publish

(suffrāgor) suffrāgārī

vote for, support

(vāllō) vāllāre

fortify, defend

(vindicō) vindicāre

claim, avenge

(vituperō) vituperāre

criticize, blame

-ēre

{304} (admisceō) admiscēre -miscuisse

mix (in), add

(polleō) pollēre

be strong

(vigeō) vigēre, -uisse

be vigorous

-ere

(abstrahō) abstrahere (< trahere)

remove, separate

(antepōnō) antepōnere (< pōnere)

place before, prefer

(dētegō) dētegere (< tegō)

uncover, disclose

(dispergō) dispergere, -sisse, -sum

scatter, disperse

(ēvincō) ēvincere (< vincere)

conquer; persuade

(exārdēscō) exārdēscere, -ārsisse

flare up

(fingō) fingere, finxisse, fictum

form, make up, invent

(obstruō) obstruere, -struxisse, -structum

bar, block

(polluō) polluere, -uisse, -ūtum

soil, violate, degrate

(recīdō) recīdere, -cidisse, -āsum (< caedere)

cut away, cut down

(revincō) revincere (< vincere)

conquer

(sēcernō) sēcernere (< cernere)

separate, detach

(sublegō) sublegere (< legere)

gather

irregular

(coēo) coīre (< īre)

come together, gather

ADIECTĪVA

1st/2nd

agrārius, -a, -um

agrarian

bellicus, -a, -um

of war, military

ērudītus, -a, -um

well instructed, learned

extrāneus, -a, -um

foreign, stranger

frūmentārius, -a, -um

of or belonging to wheat, grain

ignōminiōsus, -a, -um

disgraceful

irritus, -a, -um

invalid, ineffectual

moderātus, -a, -um

restrained, moderate

{305} modestus, -a, -um

restrained, modest, calm

noxius, -a, -um

guilty

perniciōsus, -a, -um

destructive, disasterous

prōgnātus, -a, -um

born, son (of) (+ abl.)

ratus, -a, -um

valid, fixed, certain

remōtus, -a, -um

remote, distant

sēditiōsus, -a, -um

seditious

3rd

abstinēns, (gen. -entis)

self-restrained

asper, -era, -erum

rough, harsh, grievous

cōnfīnis, -e

adjacent, neighboring

ēloquēns, (gen. -entis) (< loquī)

eloquent

praedīves, (gen. -itis)

very rich

salūber, -bris, -bre

healthy, salutary

triumvirālis, -e

of the triumvirs

PRONŌMINA

quīvīs, quaevīs, quodvīs

no matter what, any

ADVERBIA

satius

better, preferable

NUMERĪ

octōgēsimus, -a, -um

eightieth

septēnī, -ae, -a

seven (each)

ALIA

per vicem

by turns, one after another

pessum dāre

destroy, ruin

____________

1. For an explanation of the line number references convention, see p. xxvi.

2. Although populārēs had been in use since Plautus, the word optimātēs was coined by Cicero, so makes its first recorded appearance at least fifty years after the Gracchi.

3. Livy puts it earlier, when Gaius Manlius Vulso triumphed over the Asiatic Gauls (ab Urbe Conditā 39).

{306} LII: ALTERVM ET QVINQVAGESIMVM: IVGVRTHA (Sallust)[1]

[Ex C. Sallustiī Crispī ‘Bellō Iugurthīnō’]

{307} I. ØRBERG’S INTRODUCTION

The Roman historian Sallust, C. Sallustius Crispus (86–ca. 34 BC), was on Caesar’s side during the civil war between Caesar and Pompey. Caesar rewarded him by making him governor of Numidia. His knowledge of this province was useful to him in writing his Bellum Iugurthīnum, a description of the war that the Romans had to wage for six years (112–106) against the Numidian king Jugurtha (Iugurtha), the grandson of Masinissa. Cap. LII contains excerpts from this work.

If Jugurtha was able to become a dangerous adversary of Rome, it was largely due to the incompetence and corruption of Roman politicians. Time after time Jugurtha succeeded in bribing influential Romans to comply with his demands. In this way he became absolute ruler of Numidia; when finally the Romans declared war, he bribed the consul Calpurnius Bēstia to cease hostilities. The disclosure of such corruption within the Senate aroused a storm of indignation in the Roman people. Jugurtha was summoned to Rome under safe conduct to give evidence, but he bribed one of the tribunes to forbid him to speak.

The first Roman commander to oppose Jugurtha effectively was Q. Metellus; but before winning a final victory, he was succeeded by C. Marius. Marius was a novus homō in Roman politics, i.e., the first man in his family to obtain high public office. Marius put an end to the war in Numidia and with the help of his young staff officer Lucius Cornēlius Sulla, caught Jugurtha in a trap. The king was taken to Rome to adorn Marius’s triumph.

An opponent of the aristocratic senatorial government, Sallust emphasizes the inefficiency of the ruling class and the achievements of Marius during the Jugurthine war.

II. AUXILIA LEGENDĪ

4:

obviam itum est: impersonal passive + dative (for the idiom, see Cap. XXXIX).

5:

huiusce modī: -ce is a demonstrative particle adding further “pointing” to the demonstrative huius, genitive of description dependent on reī, itself dependent on initium.

10:

Scīpiō Āfricānus: Cf. XLVIII.266–267.

12:

facinora: facinus is often used in Latin to denote a crime, but it comes from facere and can just mean, as here, “deed, act.”

13:

Syphax: XLVIII.764–774; L.453–457.

15:

rēgī dōnō dedit: double dative (Cap. XXXVI); object is quāscumque…cēperat.

21:

ortus: i.e., nātus.

24–26:

Quī = et is (Cap. XXXIX); vīribus, faciē, ingeniō: ablatives of respect (Cap. XXXIX); multō māximē: multō intensifies the adverb māximē; nōn sē luxuī neque inertiae corrumpendum dedit: Cap. XXXVI. Note the switch after l.26 from indicative to historical infinitives.

28:

cum…anteīret…tamen…esse: cum concessive (Cap. XXXVII) in a subordinate clause in indirect statement; glōriā: ablative of respect (Cap. XXXIX).

33:

rēgnō suō glōriae fore: double dative (Cap. XXXVI).

34–35:

exāctā suā aetāte et parvīs līberīs: ablative absolutes; crescere: increase in power and esteem.

36–37:

multa cum animō suō volvēbat: volvere here, “reflect upon,” as often: mortālium, i.e., hominum.

39:

ad hoc: adverbial “moreover, in additon.”

40–41:

ex quibus, sī tālem virum dolīs interfēcisset, nē qua sēditiō aut bellum orīrētur, ānxius erat: interfēcisset represents a future perfect indicative in the protasis reported condition in secondary sequence; the apodosis is a fear clause (nē…orīrētur) from ānxius erat.

42–43:

neque per vim neque insidiīs: Sallust likes such unparallel juxapostions (instead of neque vī neque insidiīs or neque per vim neque per insidiās).

{308} 44:

manū prōmptus: “ready in respect to his hand,” i.e., a man of action, quick to take action.

45:

obiectāre: “expose him to” + dative (“toss him in front of”).

47:

bellō Numantīnō: see Cap. LI, Hispānia pācāta.

49–50:

ostentandō, saevitiā: ablatives of means, again, note lack of strict parallelism; occāsūrum: future particple of occĭdere (“die,” related to cadere) not occīdere (“strike down,” related to caedere).

52:

aliter ac = aliter quam.

53:

ubi = ubi prīmum (Cap. XXXVII).

56–57:

pārendō/eundō: ablatives of means of the gerund (Cap. XXVI).

57–59:

tantam…ut: result clause (Cap. XLII); Numantīnīs māximō terrōrī esset: double dative.

61–62:

novī: for the novus homo, see the introduction to this chapter; quibus: dative; bonō honestōque: neuter substantives, ablatives of comparison with potiōrēs; potior (“more preferable”) comes from same root as posse and has a positive form potis (“possible, able”); factiōsī: i.e., given to allying themselves with factions supporting political interests; apud sociōs: i.e., in the provinces among the allies.

64–66:

accendēbant: imperfect of repeated action; sī…occidisset fore uti…potīrētur…esse: indirect statement dependent on the gerund (abl.) of the frequentative pollicitandō; potīrī: usually with the ablative, here with the genitive; occidisset: represents future perfect indicative in protasis of a reported future condition, with the apodosis fore uti.

69:

prō cōntiōne: i.e., in a speech given before the assembled soldiers.

70–72:

prīvātim: i.e., he should not solicit the friendship of individuals but the state; neu quibus: neu = nēve (nē-ve) and thus quibus = aliquibus; quibus is dative with largīrī, which you learned in Cap. XVII means “give generously,” but which often carries the pejorative meaning “to bribe.”

74:

multōrum: genitive of possesssion; suīs artibus: see Cap. LI, note on line 288.

75–76:

quās…redderet: relative clause of purpose; eārum (litterārum).

78:

certō sciō: “I know for a fact”; tibi…gaudiō: double dative.

{309} 79:

ut…sit…nītēmur: final (purpose) clause of the end strived after (verba curandī); cf. l.120: ēnītiminī nē.

81:

Ēn: exclamatory particle, like ecce; tē atque avō suō Masinissā: ablatives of respect with dignum.

84:

grātiā: not only the favor and esteem (both given and received) but also the influence standing and influence one attains through this esteem.

91:

huiusce modī: see note above on line 5.

93–94:

quam sī genuissem: comparative clauses follow sequence of tense; exīstimāns nōn minus mē tibi quam sī genuissem ob beneficia cārum fore: i.e., exīstimāns mē, ob beneficia, tibi fore nōn minus cārum quam sī genuissem.

95–96:

ut omittam: “Leaving out the other (alia)…”

103–105:

moneō obtestorque tē uti hōs, quī tibi genere propinquī, beneficiō meō frātrēs sunt, cārōs habeās: i.e., moneō obtestorque tē uti habeās hōs cārōs, quī tibi genere propinquī, beneficiō meō frātrēs sunt; uti…mālīs: present subjunctive of mālle (Caps. XXVIII, XXXIII).

108:

queas: quīre (see marginalia) is not found in all forms; queas is 2nd person singular present subjunctive “one is not able” (Cap. XLI).

109–110:

fīdum is predicate: “what person outside the family (aliēnum) will you find loyal.”

114–115:

aetāte…prior: i.e., māior nātū; nē aliter quid ēveniat: like line 79, final (purpose) clause of the end strived after (verba curandī); aliter: other than the good situation they now enjoy.

117:

facere: sc. iniūriam (as opposed to accipere iniūriam).

121:

ficta: i.e., insincere.

122:

animō agitabat: cf. ll.36–37.

125:

iūsta, -ōrum: fitting ceremonies, esp. for funerals; rēgulī: diminuitive of rēgēs: princes.

129:

cōnsulta: i.e., cōnsulta rēgis: all of Micipsa’s decrees.

132:

ipsum illum: Jugurtha himself (emphatic).

135–137:

ea…quibus; cum animō habēre = in animō habēre: “intend, have in mind”; ea…quibus…caperētur: indirect question.

{310} 140–141:

fīnēs…cōnstituī: i.e., they divided the kingdom among them (singulīs); ad utramque rem: i.e., thēsaurōs and fīnēs imperiī.

144:

thesaurīs: with propinqua; proximus līctor: for the lictors see the introduction to Cap. XLII; the prīmus līctor walked first in the procession and the proximus līctor was last in line and therefore closest to the magistrate and the one most likely to receive the magistrate’s orders. Either the idea of attendants like lictors had been adopted in Numidia, or Sallust is describing the relationship in the cultural terms of his audience.

145–146:

quem…cāsū ministrum oblātum: “whom by chance was offered to him as an accomplice.”

146–147:

ille: Jugurtha; impellitque uti…eat: indirect command; tamquam with vīsēns: “as if/as though going to look it over.”

148:

vērae (clāvēs).

149:

postulāret: subordinate clause in ōrātiō oblīqua.

155:

clausa: “locked rooms.”

156:

tugurium: “hut,” like casa (in margins), a very simple dwelling, as opposed to domus or villa.

157:

quō: adverb of place to which; initiō: ablative of time when.

164:

illum alterum: Jugurtha.

165–166:

partim…aliās: another example of Sallust’s fondness for variātiō in the same phrase; imperiō suō: dative.

167–168:

quī…docērent: relative clause of purpose (Cap. XXXIX).

169:

frētus, -a, -um: “relying upon” + ablative.

172:

patrātīs: patrāre, cf. impetrāre = in + patrāre (Cap. XLII).

173:

omnis Numidiae potiēbatur: potīrī with genitive instead of ablative.

177–178:

praecipit…uti: indirect command.

179–180:

postrēmō quaecumque possint largiundō parāre nē cūnctentur = postrēmō nē cūnctentur largiundō parāre quaecumque possint.

181–182:

aliīs: indirect object of misēre.

187–209:

This is an abridged version of Adherbal’s speech as found in Sallust.

190: nepōtem: “grandson.”

{311} 195–196:

vōs in meā iniūriā dēspectī estis: “in the wrongdoing done to me, you are being scorned.”

199–201:

quod in familiā nostrā fuit: “as much as was in our family’s power”; quod in familiā nostrā fuit praestitit uti in omnibus bellīs adesset vōbīs = (nostra familia) praestitit (id) quod in familiā nostrā fuit: uti in omnibus bellīs adesset vōbīs.

201–202:

per ōtium: as opposed to in omnibus bellīs; uti…sīmus: consecutive noun clause with in vestrā manū est.

205–206:

Quid agam? Aut quō…accēdam?: deliberative questions (Caps. XXIX, XLI).

211:

frētī: see note to line 69; paucīs: sc. verbīs.

216:

Numantiae: locative.

218–219:

Senātus…consulitur: the consul or presiding member of the Senate put the matter formally before the Senate to get their opinion.

221–223:

grātiā, vōce…omnibus modīs: ablatives of means with nitēbantur: nitēbantur = contendēbant; prō: “on behalf of.”

229:

verō: dative with anteferēbat (ferre/ponere x [accusative] to y [dative]).

230:

dēcrētum…uti: subjunctive noun clause with the words of the decree.

232–235:

Opīmius: as with Scaurus (ll.226–228), Sallust first praises the man he is about to vituperate; C. Gracchō et M. Fulviō Flaccō interfectīs: see LI.275–279.

238:

perfēcit ut: consecutive noun clause of result (Cap. XXXVII); anteferre + accusative and dative: see note to line 229.

240:

paucīs (hominibus): dative with cārior.

247–252:

Reading help: Postquam…Iugurtha…videt,…animum intendit; clauses in ōrātiō oblīqua follow videt [sēsē adeptum [esse] praemia sceleris], ratus [certum esse [id] quod ex amīcīs apud Numantiam accēperat] and accēperat [omnia Rōmae vēnālia esse]; accēperat: sometimes subordinate clauses in ōrātiō oblīqua are left in the indicative; simul et: “and at the same time”; animum intendere: “direct one’s thoughts.”

263:

questum: supine.

{312} 265:

dēcrēvit: i.e., Adherbal dēcrēvit.

265–266:

eō magis: “all the more because he” but with the negative neque it becomes “not at all” or “no less”; quippe quī: quippe introduces an explanation; it can be used, as here, with indicative (“inasmuch as”) or with a descriptive relative clause.

268:

manū: “band.”

270:

cēterum: “moreover”; quā: adverb “wherever.”

271–272:

vāstāre…augēre: historical infinitives (Cap. XLIV).

272:

eō…uti…esset: result.

278:

plerumque noctis: neuter pronoun with partitive genitive (Cap. XLIV): “the greater part of the night.”

280–281:

partim, aliōs: see note above on lines 165–166; sumentēs: with aliōs.

282–285:

multitūdō togātōrum: a great number of Roman civilians (not soldiers); moenibus: ablative of separation; nī…fuisset…coeptum atque patrātum bellum foret: past contrafactual condition.

286:

vīneīs: see note on XLVIII.113.

287–288:

tempus lēgātōrum…antecapere: “take (the town) before the time of the legates’ return.”

291:

adulēscentēs: perhaps underscores the Senate’s disparagment of the Numidian problem; lēgantur, quī ambōs rēgēs adeant…nūntient: relative clause of purpose (Cap. XXXIX).

292:

verbīs: “on behalf of,” “in the name of.”

297:

rūmor clēmēns: i.e., milder than the truth of the situation.

298:

quōrum: with ōrātiō.

300–301:

ab optimō quōque: for quisque with the superlative, see Cap. XXXI = “all the best men.”

304–305:

quō plūra…eō minus: quō and eō are used with comparatives as correlatives: “the more…the less”; fēcisset: subordinate clause in ōrātiō oblīqua.

305–306:

dolīs: ablative of means; vītae suae: dative with īnsidiātum (esse).

308:

iūs gentium: i.e., the law of nations, to act in self-defense; factūrum…sī…prohibuerit: future condition in ōrātiō oblīqua.

{313} 311:

cōpia: + genitive “opportunity of.” Adherbal was in the besieged town of Cirta.

317:

temptāre: historical infinitive (Cap. XLIV).

320:

trahī: “extended, prolonged.”

321–323:

eōs…cōnfirmat uti…pergerent: indirect command, “encouraged, inspired.”

325:

fuēre quī + descriptive relative clause with an indefinite antecedent (Caps. XXXIX, XLII).

327–328:

illīs rēgis fautōribus: dative of agent with ēnīsum est, a verbum curandī that takes the clause nē tāle dēcrētum fieret (see note to line 79 above).

330:

grātiā: as often, “influence.”

336–337:

accēdat: jussive: a reported command; ubi: “when”; accēpit: “heard”; audīverat: indicative even though it is in ōrātiō oblīqua because it represents a fact outside of the indirect speech.

341–342:

quod ab oppugnātiōne nōn dēsisteret: subjunctive of reported reason (Cap. XLII).

344:

Cirtae: locative; Ītalicī: i.e., the togātī mentioned above, Italians living in Cirta.

345–347:

cōnfīsī: “trusting”: begins the indirect statement (propter magnitūdinem populī Rōmānī) inviolātōs sēsē fore; dēditiōne factā: ablative absolute; dēfensābantur: Sallust likes frequentative verbs (dēfensārī < defendere); see also adventāre (below, l.363).

348:

vītam pacīscatur: i.e., surrender on the condition that his life be spared.

349:

fidē: ablative of comparison with potiōra; see note to lines 61–62.

350:

sī adversārētur: imperfect subjunctive representing a future indicative in virtual ōrātiō oblīqua (Cap. XLII); Adherbal was thinking “if I go against them” (sī adversar); adversārī: “to resist or oppose in what one says or thinks,” as opposed to what one does (resistere, obsistere).

359:

quī…portārētur: relative clause of purpose.

362:

iīsque praecipit…aggrediantur: indirect command without ut.

{314} 365–366:

dēditum: supine; nisi…vēnissent = nisi vēnistīs; dēcrēvēre…uti…dēcēderent: jussive noun clause.

376:

bellum trahere: see note above on line 320.

381:

potentiae: dative with infestus.

383:

datā fidē pūblicā: i.e., a guarantee of safe conduct; indicium: “evidence, testimony.”

384–385:

pecūniae acceptae: genitive of the charge (Cap. LXVI).

390–391:

tametsī…erat…C. Baebium…parat: Sallust leaves out the tamen that one might expect after tametsī; although (tametsī) Jugurtha was very confident, bolstered (cōnfirmātus)…he (still) acquired (parat) Baebius; cuius impudentiā…mūnītus foret: consecutive clause (result) stemming from the magnā mercēde (but this is one of many Latin clauses about whose syntactical classification one could argue at length—other candidates are purpose and virtual ōrātiō oblīqua).

397–401:

quamquam…intellegat: subordinate clause in ōrātiō oblīqua introducing an indirect question (quibus…ēgerit); sī aperiat…sitam: reported condition: “if he tells the truth, there is hope for him.”

404–405:

Baebius, as tribūnus plēbis, has the right of veto, against which the Senate can do nothing.

407:

quae īra fierī amat: “the things which anger loves to give rise to.”

408:

lūdibriō: dative of purpose “held as an object of derision.”

410:

exagitābat: i.e., made them anxious; animī augēscunt: i.e., at again besting the Senate and the people.

413:

Iugurthae: dative with adversus = contrā Iugurtham.

416–417:

Huic…persuādet…petat: indirect command with ut omitted; quoniam ex stirpe Masinissae sit: subjunctive of reported reason (Cap. XLII).

419:

Quae postquam = et postquam ea (quae = et ea).

420–422:

Bomilcarī…imperat…paret ac…interficiat: indirect command with ut omitted; Iugurtha is subject of imperat.

426–427:

īnsidiās tendit: tendere on analogy with stretching out nets for prey; ex eō numerō quī ad caedam parātī erant = ex eō numerō {315} eōrum quī ad caedam parātī erant; paulō incōnsultius: comparative adverb with ablative of degree of difference.

433:

eō: adverb, i.e., toward Rome.

434–435:

urbem vēnālem et mātūrē peritūram, sī ēmptōrem invēnerit!: future condition in ōrātiō oblīqua.

445:

armōrum aliquantum: “a considerable amount of weaponry”; neuter with partitive genitive.

452:

homō novus: see introduction to this chapter and lines 61–62.

455:

aegrē ferēns: fere with adverb: to “take” in a certain way (Cap. XXI)—also aegerrimē tulit in line 458; Metellus is angry because he wants sole credit for the victory; bellum trahere: see note on line 320 above.

457:

Quirītēs: a Sabine name that the Romans used of themselves as citizens in their civic as opposed to military capacity.

459–463:

num…sit: indirect question; sī quem…mittātis: fills out the thought of num id mutāre melius sit—to send another member of the nobility instead of Marius; Hominem multārum imāginum et nūllīus stipendiī: genitives of description; imāginēs were the ancestral portraits of noble ancestors on which the nobility prided themselves; these were carried in funeral processions; a man of nūllīus stipendiī is one who has never served in the army and thus has no military experience; ēvenit ut…quaerat: noun clause of result (consecutive noun clause) (Cap. XXXII).

463–466:

sciō…quī…coeperint: descriptive relative clause (Caps. XXXIX, XLII); i.e., they don’t begin to study military science until they are already in an office that will require military leadership; Marius’s speech has been abridged.

471:

faciant idem māioribus: “let them do the same thing (i.e., contemnere) to their ancestors.”

475–476:

quantō…tantō: ablatives of degree of difference of the correlatives (Cap. XLIII); illōrum: their ancestors.

477:

Huiusce reī inopiam: objective genitive; huiusce reī refers to illustrious ancestors; meamet: mea + met (intensive particle), i.e., as opposed to those of his ancestors.

481:

nova nōbilitās: as soon as he became consul, Marius became nōbilis.

{316} 484:

fideī causā: “in order to obtain your trust.”

487:

adversō corpore: because he was facing the battle, not running away.

491:

composita: polished and rhetorical; parvī: genitive of value (Cap. XXIX); facere + genitive of value and accusative of thing is a common idiom.

492:

illīs: dative; artificiō: ablative with opus est (Cap. XXXII).

494–496:

quippe quae: see note above on lines 265–266; doctōribus: dative with intransitive prōfuerant; nihil is adverbial; doctus sum + accusative of thing learned.

505–507:

tūtārī < tūērī: “guard, protect”: another example of Sallust’s fondness for frequentatives; avāritiam, imperītiam atque superbiam: i.e., not Jugurtha’s but the Roman generals’ who fought him; locōrum sciēns: objective genitive; the army (and leaders—ducum, l.508) referred to are Roman, not Numidian: Marius is recruiting soldiers.

514–515:

Quae sī dubia aut procul essent, tamen omnēs bonōs reī pūblicae subvenīre decēbat: mixed condition with present contrafactual as protasis and imperfect indicative in apodosis: even were the protasis true (which it isn’t), it would still be fitting; verbs of obligation and duty, already have a potential sense and occur in the indicative in contrafactual apodoses.

519–520:

commeātū: “supplies.”

522–523:

scrībere = conscrībere: “enlist, enroll”; ex classibus: for the division of the Roman people into five classes based on wealth, see introduction to Cap. XLIV; uti cuiusque libīdō erat: “according to each one’s eagerness” (i.e., he signed up anyone who wanted to go); capite cēnsōs: described at XLIV.327–329.

533–534:

effūsōs hostēs: i.e., the Romans will have to split up to pursue the dispersed kings.

539:

antevenīre: “anticipate.”

542:

armīs: ablative of separation with exuere: “strip of, deprive of”; they had to divest themselves of their weapons and flee.

545:

levī imperiō: ablative of description: “ruled with a light hand”; habēbantur: “considered” (Cap. XXVIII).

{317} 548:

praeter oppidō propinqua = praeter loca oppidō propinqua: alia omnia (sunt)…

549–550:

eius (oppidī) potiundī…cupīdō: objective genitive of gerundive (potīrī often takes the genitive in Sallust, but it can also take the ablative and the accusative, the easiest explanation here).

550–551:

cum…tum = et…et.

556–557:

uti…ēgrederentur parātōs esse iubet: noun clause giving the content of parātōs.

560–561:

intervallō: ablative of degree of difference with nōn amplius; quam occultissimimē potest: quam + superlative (Cap. XXVII).

568–569:

ad hoc…potestāte: last item in the list of subjects of coēgēre.

572–573:

The abridgment of the narrative causes a slightly jarring transition here. In the full narrative Sallust explains that the treatment of Capsa, although it was contrā iūs bellī, was a military necessity because of its strategic location and the inhabitants’ character.

579:

tantī virī rēs admonuit: admonēre can mean “recalls to mind” + accusative, or, as here, genitive; nōs: Sallust inserts himself into the narrative.

585:

altitūdō: “height” or, as here, “depth, extent”; ad simulanda negōtia: “for feigning things are other than they are.”

591–592:

simul et: “and at the same time” (above 249); Bocchum: see lines 449–451.

593:

addūceret: imperative in indirect statement.

596–597:

sī…compositum foret = compositum esset: pluperfect subjunctive representing a future perfect indicative in a conditional protasis in ōrātiō oblīqua in secondary sequence (apodosis to be understood from pollicētur Numidiae partem tertiam); bellum compōnere: “bring a war to an end.”

600–601:

vix decimā parte diēī relictā: the day was divided into twelve parts, the length of which varied with the time of year (and thus position of the sun).

604:

capientēs: subject of dēfensābant; aliōs: object.

606:

tegere, sc. mīlitēs.

{318} 613:

locī difficulitātis: in a section that has been omitted, Marius has led the army up a steep slope.

620:

dē imprōvīsō: adverbial, “unexpectedly.”

629–630:

hībernācula, -ōrum: “tents for winter quarters,” “winter quarters”; expedītus, -ī < expedīre: i.e., a lightly armed (unimpeded) soldier who can therefore move quickly; loca sōla: “deserted places.”

631:

obsessum: supine; turrim < turris, -is (f.) (Cap. XXXVII) one of the few pure i-stem nouns (Cap. XVI).

635:

sī placeat: i.e., Mariō.

638:

cognōscit: “makes himself familiar with.”

639:

indūtiae, -ārum: “truce, cessation of hostilities.”

640–641:

lēgātīs: with petentibus.

644:

memor + genitive (Cap. XXXVIII).

645:

facere grātiam: “grant dispensation,” “overlook an offense.”

646:

meruerit: future perfect.

649:

funditor: a soldier who fights with a sling, “a slinger.”

650:

in campīs patentibus: “on the open plains.”

653:

praesidiō: dative of purpose.

654:

eum (diem).

658–659:

totiēs fūsum: with Numidam.

661:

castra mētābatur: “was pitching camp”; cum…nūntiant: cum inversum (Cap. XXVII).

662–663:

duum mīlium intervāllō: see note on lines 560–561.

671:

dēligeret: reported command.

675:

id omittō: id = bellum facere; omittere: “stop, cease.”

681–682:

in grātiā habēre: “to feel grateful.”

685:

rētulisse: see grammar section above on rēferre.

686–688:

cōpiam Iugurthae: access to Jugurtha; Quem sī…trādidisset…adventūram: future condition in ōrātiō oblīqua.

691–692:

cuius: objective genitive with avidissimus.

{319} 695–697:

posse…pōnī: indirect statement within an indirect statement, dependent on cognitum (esse); pōnī = compōnī; for bellum compōnere, see note on lines 596–597 above; exquīreret: indirect imperative (so too daret at line 701).

700–702:

parum: “too little”; operam dare: see Cap. XLIX, idioms; ūnā: adverb, “together”; venīrētur: impersonal passive, with ab omnibus.

707:

ex illīus sententiā: “in accordance with Sulla’s demand.”

712:

prōcēdit: subject is Bocchus; facillimum vīsū: supine in ablative of respect (Cap. XXXIX); īnsidiantibus (Rōmānīs).

723:

magnā glōriā: ablative of manner (Cap. XXV).

III. VOCĀBULA

NŌMINA

1st

adulēscentia, -ae

youth

concubīna, -ae

concubine

ignāvia, -ae

idleness, cowardice

imperītia, -ae

inexperience, ignorance

impudentia, -ae

shamelessness

inertia, -ae

idleness, sloth

pēnūria, -ae

scarcity, want

phalerae, -ārum (pl.)

military decoration

sapientia, -ae

wisdom

sarcina, -ae

pack, kit

socordia, -ae

sluggishness, indolence

2nd

ācta, -ōrum (n. pl.)

deeds, actions

administer, -trī

assistant, helper

artificium, -ī

skill, art, cunning

flāgitium, -ī

disgrace

hībernācula, -ōrum (n. pl.)

winter camp/quarters

inceptum, -ī

undertaking, enterprise

indicium, -ī

information, disclosure

{320} iūsta, -ōrum (n. pl.)

due ceremonies, funeral rites

latrōcinium, -ī

robbery

necessārius, -ī

relative, friend

quīnquennium, -ī

five years

rēgulus, -ī

petty king, prince

reus, -ī

defendant, accused

suffīxum, -ī

suffix

vexillum, -ī

standard, ensign

3rd

adoptātiō, -ōnis (f.)

adoption

altitūdo, -inis (f.)

height, depth

asperitās, -ātis (f.)

roughness, ruggedness

cicātrīx, -īcis (f.)

scar

clāritūdo, -inis (f.)

fame, renown

commūtātiō, -ōnis (f.)

change

cōnsultor, -ōris (m.)

adviser, counselor

difficultās, -ātis (f.)

difficulty

dīvīsiō, -ōnis (f.)

division

ēmptor, -ōris (m.)

buyer

funditor, -ōris (m.)

slinger

īnsidiātor, -ōris (m.)

waylayer, one who lies in ambush

largītiō, -ōnis (f.)

largesse, bribery

largītor, -ōris (m.)

one who gives generously

negōtiātor, -ōris (m.)

trader, agent

pollicitātiō, -ōnis (f.)

promise

speculātor, -ōris (m.)

scout, spy

4th

ēgressus, -ūs

going out

sonitus, -ūs

noise, sound

VERBA

-āre

(adoptō) adoptāre

adopt

(adventō) adventāre

approach

(arrogō) arrogāre

claim as one’s own; claim for someone else

{321} (cōnfīrmō) cōnfīrmāre

assure, encourage

(dēprāvō) dēprāvāre

pervert, distort

(disceptō) disceptāre

decide, debate, discuss

(dīvulgō) dīvulgāre

make public, divulge

(equitō) equitāre

ride on horseback

(haesitō) haesitāre

hesitate, be uncertain

(iaculor) iaculārī

throw (the javelin)

(impugnō) impugnāre

attack, oppose

(negitō) negitāre

deny repeatedly

(obiectō) obiectāre

throw before or against; expose, abandon

(observō) observāre

observe, respect

(obtestor) obtestārī

beseech, implore

(occursō) occursāre

run to meet

(patrō) patrāre

achieve, carry through

(pollicitor) pollicitārī

promise

(scrūtor) scrūtārī

examine, search

(sustentō) sustentāre

sustain, maintain, endure

(tūtor) tūtārī

protect

-ēre

(permaneō) permanēre (< manēre)

remain, continue

-ere

(accersō) accersere, -īvisse, -ītum

send for, fetch

(acquīrō) acquīrere, -īvisse, -ītum

acquire, procure

(adnītor) adnītī, -īsum

exert oneself, strive

(antecapiō) antecapere (< capere)

anticipate

(anteferō) anteferre (< ferre)

prefer

(appetō) appetere (< petere)

try to reach, seek, desire

(atterō) atterere (< terere)

wear (down), weaken

(augēscō) augēscere

begin to grow, increase

(dēfēndō) dēfendere, -isse, -ēnsum

defend, maintain

{322} (dērelinquō) dērelinquere (< relinquere)

leave behind

(dīlābor) dīlābī (< lābī)

fall apart, perish

(ēnītor) ēnītī, ēnīsum

strive, exert oneself

(extollō) extollere (< tollere)

raise, praise, extol

(exuō) exuere, -uisse, -ūtum

take off, deprive of

(illicō) illicere, -ēxisse, -ectum

entice, attract

(īnsuēscō) īnsuēscere, -ēvisse, -ētum

become accustomed

(intendō) intendere, -disse, -tum

strain, direct, strive

(pacīscor) pacīscī, pactum

contract/stipulate for

(pertimēscō) pertimēscere, -muisse (< timēre)

be frightened (of)

rēfert (meā) rēferre

it is important (for me)

(strepō) strepere, -uisse

make a noise

(tābēscō) tābēscere, -uisse

waste away, decay

-īre

(anteveniō) antevenīre (< venīre)

forestall, anticipate

(mōlīōr) mōlīrī, mōlītum

labor, strive

(obveniō) obvenīre (< venīre)

meet, fall to the lot of

(subveniō) subvenīre (< venīre)

come to help (+ dat.)

irregular

(queō) quīre, quīvisse, quitum

be able to

ADIECTĪVA

1st/2nd

abditus, -a, -um

hidden, remote

adulterīnus, -a, -um

forged, false

avidus, -a, -um

greedy, eager (+ gen.)

contumēliōsus, -a, -um

insulting, outrageous

decōrus, -a, -um

becoming, fitting

dēfessus, -a, -um

worn out, tired

factiōsus, -a, -um

factious, scheming

fācundus, -a, -um

eloquent

flāgitiōsus, -a, -um

disgraceful

frētus, -a, -um

relying on, confident of (+ abl.)

{323} imbēcillus, -a, -um

weak

incōnsultus, -a, -um

thoughtless, rash

incultus, -a, -um

uncultivated, untilled

opportūnus, -a, -um

convenient, exposed (to)

permagnus, -a, -um

very large

portuōsus, -a, -um

having many harbors

praedātōrius, -a, -um

plundering

sēmisomnus, -a, -um

half-asleep

tumulōsus, -a, -um

hilly

3rd

familiāris, -e

intimate (as noun: close friend)

mediocris, -e

moderate, ordinary

pollēns (gen. pollentis)

strong, powerful

sciēns (gen. scientis)

having knowledge of (+ gen.)

vehemēns (gen. vehementis)

violent, vigorous

vēnālis, -e

for sale

ADVERBIA

abundē

amply, more than needed

accūrātē

carefully

dē/ex imprōvīsō

unexpectedly, suddenly

dehinc

next, then

īlicō

at once

in prōmptū

visible, manifest, easy

mātūrē

quickly, early

necessāriō

necessarily, unavoidably

ōcissimē

most quickly

partim

in part, partly

quipped

inasmuch as, for

sēcrētō

in private

CONIUNCTIŌNĒS

tametsī

although, notwithstanding

____________

1. For an explanation of the line number references convention, see p. xxvi.

{324} LIII: CAPITVLVM QVINQVAGESIMVM TERTIVM: MARIVS ET SVLLA[1]

[Ex Eutropiī Breviāriō ab urbe conditā, V et VI]

I. ØRBERG’S INTRODUCTION

This chapter contains the part of Eutropius’s history which deals with the years 105–67 BC. In this period Rome continued to expand its power in the East, while at home it was weakened by internal dissension that finally ended in a bloody civil war. The great generals Marius, Sulla, and Pompey (Pompēius) saved Rome from external enemies. In the years 102 and 101 Marius checked and defeated the advancing Germanic tribes of the Cimbrī and Teutonēs. In 90 a number of Italic peoples, who had been allies of Rome, started a revolt in order to obtain Roman citizenship; in this “Social War” (bellum sociāle, from socius, “ally”) Sulla distinguished himself. He was therefore chosen by the senate to command the Roman army that was sent to fight Rome’s new enemy, king Mithridātēs of Pontus, who had subjugated most of Asia Minor and Greece. However, the Roman people wanted Marius to be sent against Mithradates, so Sulla had first to march on Rome to oust Marius and his supporters. Then he crossed to Greece, where he defeated Mithridates in several battles; but before he had won the final victory, he made peace with Mithridates and returned with his army to Rome. The popular party had seized power during his absence, but Sulla crushed his opponents and took cruel revenge on them.

In this civil war young Pompey fought on Sulla’s side and won such spectacular victories in Sicily and Africa that Sulla granted him a triumph in spite of his young age. In 76 BC Pompey went to Spain, where he helped to crush the rebellion of Sertōrius, a supporter of Marius who had offered strong resistance for several years. Returning from Spain in 71 BC Pompey conducted mopping-up operations after the Servile War (Bellum servīle) against Spartacus, the gladiator {325} who had incited a large number of slaves to open warfare against their Roman masters.

In the meantime Mithridates had started a new war against Rome by occupying Bithynia, whose late king had bequeathed his kingdom to the Romans. The Roman general Lūcullus drove Mithridates out of Bithynia and even invaded his own kingdom of Pontus, so that he had to seek refuge with king Tigrānēs of Armenia, his son-in-law. Lucullus marched into Armenia and defeated Tigranes, but a mutiny among the troops he had left in Pontus prevented him from following up his victories. Mithridates launched a new offensive and regained Pontus. Lucullus was then recalled and superseded by M’. Acīlius Glabriō in 67 BC.

In the same year Pompey was given the command of the war against the well-organized pirates who, in collusion with king Mithridates, made the whole Mediterranean unsafe and even threatened Rome’s supply lines. Within a few months Pompey succeeded in ridding the seas of pirates.

In 66 BC, while Pompey was in Cilicia on the south coast of Asia Minor with his army, the tribune of the people, C. Mānīlius, proposed a law (Lēx Mānīlia) giving Pompey supreme command of the war against Mithridates. Among the speakers who pleaded for the law in the popular assembly were C. Iūlius Caesar and M. Tullius Cicerō.

This is the time when Cicero began to assert himself in Roman politics. The chapter ends with an extract from Cicero’s work Brūtus or dē clārīs ōrātōribus, in which he tells us about his training as an orator, his relations with other famous orators of the time, and his election as praetor for 66 BC—the year he made his great speech for Pompey—and as consul for the year 63 BC.

II. AUXILIA LEGENDĪ

Bellum Cimbricum: 1–28

7–9:

Timor…nē…venīret: fear clause (Cap. XLVIII).

11:

eī…dēcrētum: allotted to him by decree.

13:

prōtrahēbatur: imperfect of repeated action.

26:

ex hīs: sc. signīs.

Bellum sociāle: 29–48

32:

cessārent: syncopated perfect.

37:

occīsus est: repeat with all three subjects.

43:

Sulla: Cap. LII.

{326} Bellum Mithridāticum prīmum: 49–104

52:

bellō cīvīlī: dative.

53–59:

Structure: cum Sulla…mitterētur…isque…tenēret, ut…tollerentur, Marius affectāvit ut…mitterētur; affectāre: “aim at,” “strive to.”

69:

eī: populō Rōmānō.

70–71:

sī…faceret…et ipse paterētur: condition in indirect discourse but apodosis attracted into the subjunctive; see marginal note in text.

96:

dē pāce agī: passive of agere dē + ablative: “negotiate about.”

Bellum cīvīle: 105–152

110:

prōscrīpsērunt: people who were proscribed were not only exiled (exsulem, margins) but also forfeited their property.

115:

trāiēcit < trāicere (Cap. XLVIII); gestūrus: future participle of purpose or intention (Cap. XLII).

127:

Praeneste: accusative of place to which (Cap. XL).

132:

īnsatiābilī īrā: ablative of cause (Cap. XXXVII).

143:

ingentī glōriā: ablative of manner (Cap. XXV).

144:

quod: “a thing which.”

150:

[bella] cōnsūmpsērunt.

Sertōrius: 153–187

161:

quī Iugurtham rēgem vīcit: Cap. LII.

164:

impār pugnae: “unequal to the fight.”

181:

in diciōnem redēgit: “he brought (the Isauri) back (redigere) under (Roman) dominion (diciō).”

Bellum Mithridāticum tertium: 188–275

195:

ab eō aciē: “by him (Mithradates) in a battle.”

204:

mīlia: sc. mīlitum.

216:

Italiae: dative with calamitātēs; bellō: dative with compound verb.

223:

nāvālem: sc. pugnam; eius: i.e., Mithradates’s.

{327} 226:

invāsit (sc. et) cēpit: asyndeton (lack of connectives) adds to the sense of Lucullus’s rapidity.

232:

eīdem: dative of separation or disadvantage (Cap. XXXVIII); susceptus: “received,” “given shelter to.”

233–235:

quī…imperābat, vīcerat, …occupāverat: another list in asyndeton.

238–240:

rēgem…venientem.

246–247:

occāsiōnem…irrumpendī.

248:

Lūcullō parantī: dative with successor est missus.

251:

Bessīs: dative with intulit.

258–259:

māiōre glōriā: ablative of manner; tantōrum rēgnōrum: objective genitive; cum…redīsset: cum causal.

273:

ēgregius: predicate.

M. Tullius Cicerō [Ex M. Tulliī Cicerōnis ‘Brūtō’ sīve ‘Dē clārīs ōrātōribus’]: 276–412

286:

iūre cīvīlī īnstituerētur: instituere (“form the mind,” “instruct”) + ablative; iūs cīvīle: “civil law.”

288:

audiēbat: often used of listening to the lectures (or as here, speeches) as a student.

295–296:

genere ferventī ac vehementī: ablative with ūterētur; a vigorous (vehmens) and passionate (fervens)—and physically taxing—oratorical style (genus).

297:

aliquamdiū: “for some time” (Cap. XLVII).

309:

meditātiō: a synonym for cōgitātiō, as the marginal note says, but also, and more to the point here: “practice,” “exercise”; cf. exercitātiōnibus in l.309.

312–315:

vel quod…vel quod: quod causal, vel gives not mutually exclusive alternatives and is almost et…et; cōnsuētūdinem: + objective genitive dīcendī; nisi…docērī: contrafactual condition.

318–319:

quantum nōs efficere potuissēmus: “to the (greatest) extent that we (i.e., “I”) had been able to accomplish”; subjunctive by attraction because it is an integral part of the thought in the purpose clause to which it is subordinated.

322–323:

tantum…ut…esset: result clause; commendātiōnis is partitive genitive with neuter pronoun tantum (Cap. XLIV); ūlla… {328} quae…vidērētur: generic relative clause after negative antecedent (Cap. XXXIX).

333–334:

laterum magna contentiō: great straining of the lungs; latera are the flanks of the upper body, also used to refer to the power of the lungs in oratory; eō magis…quod: “all the more because.”

337–338:

potius…quam: rather than; quodvīs: Cap. LI; addeundum…discēdendum: sc. esse with both.

341–342:

ut: substantive noun clause with ea causa, i.e., ea causa ut (Cap. XXXVII); proficīscendī: gerund with causa.

348:

veteris Acadēmīae: the “old” Academy refers to Plato’s philosophical school in the grove of Academus; in Cicero’s time there was a school of Platonic philosophy called the “new” Academy.

349–351:

fuī: Cicero’s use of the perfect here shows he is thinking of this time as an episode in his past rather than the extent of time (six months) that he spent with Antiochus. studium…renovāvī: the thought between the object (studium) and the verb (renovāvī) is expanded by cultum, auctum, both of which refer to studium; hōc…doctōre: ablative absolute.

355–356:

post = posteā; studeō + dative: devote (oneself) to; ipsīs libentibus: a nod both to their graciousness and his own talent.

358–359:

assiduissimē: constantly.

361:

prīncipēs: predicate (“were counted as the most distinguished”).

363–364:

cum…tum: et…et; in vērīs causīs: i.e., ones that he actually delivered; scrīptōrem: implies not just for his own cases but as a writer for others.

366–367:

sī modo: “if only” limits the statement; Molon applied himself to subdue, “if he could,” Cicero’s overly exuberant style.

368:

iuvenīlī quādam: take with both nouns impūnitāte et licentiā; dīcendī: also with both nouns.

372:

dēferverat: “had stopped boiling,” “had calmed down,” cf. l.295 (genere ferventī).

372–373:

vīrēs: take also with acccesserat; mediocris habitus: a normal appearance (i.e., Cicero’s body was no longer too thin but in the middle between extremes).

374–375:

mē: object of incitārent.

{329} 377–378:

rēs est mihi cum aliquō: “I am concerned with”: i.e., Cicero saw Hortensius as his principal rival.

380:

ūnum…annum: accusative of extent of time: “during that one year.”

383:

Siciliēnsis annus: “a year in Sicily.”

384:

prīnceps: i.e., prīnceps ōrātōr.

386–387:

quidquid esset: with illud, a gesture of modesty in regard to his talent; subordinate clause in indirect discourse.

389:

nimis multa videor dē mē (sc. loquī or dīcere): “I seem to be talking much too much about myself”; ipse praesertim (sc. cum loquar): “especially (since) I myself (am doing the talking).”

394:

patrōciniō: acting as a legal advocate; Siciliēnsī: just as the annus Siciliēnsis (the Sicilian year) means “a year in Sicily,” in patrōciniō Siciliēnsī: in legal advocacy for the Sicilians.

398:

nostrum illud quod erat: sc. ingenium ōrātōrium as at l.385 (illud, quidquid esset); quod erat and quantumcumque erat: both to soften what could be construed as Cicero vaunting his talent when his point is to underscore the work necessary to succeed at oratory (ll.91–92).

399–400:

ut…omittam: “leaving a lot unsaid” (Cap. LXIX notes 15–18).

402:

nam: explains the incrēdibilī populī voluntāte in l.401; exquīsītius: “extremely attentive to detail,” with genus; novitāte: ablative of means.

III. VOCĀBULA

NŌMINA

1st

cēnsūra, -ae (f.)

censorship

doctrīna, -ae (f.)

teaching instruction

ēloquentia, -ae (f.)

eloquence

figūra, -ae (f.)

form, appearance

praetūra, -ae (f.)

praetorship

quaestūra, -ae (f.)

quaestorship

{330} 2nd

aedīlicius, -ī (m.)

exaedile

biennium, ī (n.)

two years

clībanārius, -ī (m.)

cuirassier; heavily armored soldier

patrōcinium, -ī (n.)

protection, defense

patrōnus, -ī (m.)

patron, leader, advocate

prōpositum, -ī (n.)

objective, point

sagittārius, -ī (m.)

archer, bowman

3rd

āctor, -ōris (m.)

pleader, advocate

assiduitās, -ātis (f.)

perseverance

celeritās, -ātis (f.)

speed, swiftness

commendātiō, -ōnis (f.)

recommendation, praise

contentiō, -ōnis (f.)

tension, exertion

exercitātiō, -ōnis (f.)

exercise, practice

gracilitās, -ātis (f.)

slenderness, thinness

impūnitās, -ātis (f.)

impunity, license

īnfirmitās, -ātis (f.)

weakness

interniciō, -ōnis (f.)

annihilation, massacre

mātūritās, -ātis (f.)

ripeness, maturity

meditātiō, -ōnis (f.)

reflection, practicing

moderātiō, -ōnis (f.)

moderation, restraint

remissiō, -ōnis (f.)

relaxation

rhētor, -oris (m.)

teacher of rhetoric

varietās, -ātis (f.)

variety, diversity

4th

successus, -ūs

success

VERBA

-āre

(abundō) abundāre

overflow, be rich (in) (+ abl.)

(applicō) applicāre

attach

(commentor) commentārī

think about, practice

(commoror) commorārī

stay, linger

(commūtō) commūtāre

change (completely)

{331} (congregō) congregāre

bring together, gather

(dēclāmitō) dēclāmitāre

make practice speeches

(ēlabōrō) ēlabōrāre

work out, prepare

(ēlūcubrō) ēlūcubrāre

prepare by lamplight

(exercitō) exercitāre

train, exercise

(moderor) moderārī

temper, moderate

(redundō) redundāre

overflow, be exuberant

(reportō) reportāre

carry back, bring home

(suppeditō) suppeditāre

supply

-ēre

(asserō) asserere, -uisse, -rtum

claim

(dēfervēscō) dēfervēscere

calm down

(diffluō) diffluere

overflow

(ēvertō) ēvertere

overturn, overthrow

(excellō) excellere

be outstanding, excel

(perspicō) perspicere

survey, recognize

(prōscrībō) prōscrībere

proscribe, outlaw

(reprimō) reprimere, repressisse, -essum

check, repress, restrain

(resīdō) resīdere, -sēdisse

sink back, subside

-īre

(oboediō) oboedīre

obey (+ dat.)

ADIECTĪVA

1st/2nd

celebrātus, -a, -um

crowded, celebrated, famous

commōtus, -a, -um

nervous, unsettled, emotionally moved

disertus, -a, -um

eloquent

exercitātus, -a, -um

practiced, proficient

exquīsītus, -a, -um

attentive to every detail, meticulous

īnfinītus, -a, -um

unlimited, infinite

numerōsus, -a, -um

numerous, many

ōrnātus, -a, -um

embellished, distinguished

perfectus, -a, -um

perfect

pīrāticus, -a, -um

of pirates

{332} prōcērus, -a, -um

tall, long

quantuscumque, -a, -um

however great/much

sescentēsimus, -a, -um

six hundreth

3rd

fervēns (gen. -entis)

hot, boiling, ardent

īnsatiābilis, -e

insatiable

iuvenīlis, -e

youthful

lēnis, -e

gentle, mild

locuplēs (gen. -ētis)

rich, wealth

sociālis, -e

of allies, social

vulgāris, -e

common, everyday

ADVERBIA

praesertim

especially

NUMERĪ

quīntō

for the fifth time

____________

1. For an explanation of the line number references convention, see p. xxvi.

{333} LIV: QVINQVAGESIMVM QVARTVM: CN. POMPEIVS MAGNVS (Cicero)[1]

[Ex M. Tuliī Cicerōnis ōrātiōne dē imperiō Cn. Pompēiī]

I. ØRBERG’S INTRODUCTION

This chapter contains the main part of Cicero’s speech dē imperiō Cn. Pompēiī (or prō lēge Mānīliā), the speech that Cicero delivered in support of the law that gave Pompey the command of the Roman army in the war against king Mithridates.

Cicero’s short introduction, here omitted, aims to win over his audience, thus making them more receptive to what he has to say. Cicero proceeds to his argument, telling his audience exactly how he will proceed: the character of the war, the magnitude, and the appropriate general (dē genere bellī…de magnitūdine…dē imperātōre dēligendō, 17–19). The first section gives a survey of the military situation in the East after the recall of Lucullus. His argument points to the following ways that Rome’s vital interests are at stake in the war:

1. The honor of the Roman people is involved, for Mithridates’ murderous assault on Roman citizens must not remain unavenged.

2. Rome’s Eastern allies, who are overrun or threatened to be overrun by the enemy, are eagerly hoping for Roman help.

3. The war has had serious consequences for the revenues of the Roman State, since it makes it impossibe to levy taxes (vectīgālia) in the richest of all the provinces of the Empire.

4. A large number of Roman citizens are threatened with economic ruin. Especially threatened are members of the equestrian order (ōrdō equester) including the pūblicānī, the provincial tax collectors.

In the following section (dē magnitūdine bellī), Cicero deals with the war situation in greater detail. He describes Lucullus’ successful campaign and Mithridates’ {334} headlong flight. In carefully chosen words, he alludes to the soldiers’ failing discipline, which has provoked the new enemy offensive, and the defeat of the Roman army.

After evoking the seriousness of the situation, Cicero turns to the real issue: the appointment of a new commander in the war against Mithridates. He mentions the necessary qualifications of a great general and shows that Pompey possesses them all. This leads to an unreserved eulogy of Pompey’s brilliant achievements in all the wars he has fought, especially in the recent war against the pirates. Cicero concludes that Pompey is the only one who can win the war, especially since he happens to be stationed with a strong army near the theater of war.

There is no doubt that Cicero’s admiration for Pompey’s military ability was genuine. And indeed Pompey proved to be the right man for the task. The Lex Manilia was passed, giving Pompey supreme command in the East; he defeated both Mithridates and Tigranes and extended Roman rule over vast new territories.

The Cicero text is followed by extracts from the extant summaries of books 100–102 of Livy. The subject is Pompey’s great victories in the East, ending with the conquest of Jerusalem (Hierosolyma) in 63 BC. In the same year, Cicero, as consul, disclosed the conspiracy that Catiline (Catilīna) had organized in order to seize power in Rome. Catiline was forced to leave Rome, the leaders of the conspiracy were caught and executed, and the next year Catiline himself was killed in battle.

Finally, there is an extract from Eutropius about Caesar’s wars of conquest in Gaul (which he has described himself in his Commentāriī dē bellō Gallicō) about Crassus’s unsuccessful campaign against the Parthians (Parthī) and about the civil war between Caesar and Pompey. This civil war ended with Pompey’s defeat in the battle of Pharsālus (48 BC) and his flight to Egypt, where he was killed.

II. AUXILIA LEGENDĪ

Quirītēs! 1–19

3:

Quirītēs: Cicero’s speech is not to the senate but to the people of Rome from the rostra in the forum.

4:

alter relictus, alter lacessītus: the rest of the sentence applies to each subject (i.e., alter relictus…arbitrātur, alter lacessītus arbitrātur).

6:

Equitibus Rōmānīs: dative; the knights were heavily invested in the collection of taxes in the East and thus in danger of personal {335} financial losses (in addition to the losses to the Roman treasury); honestissimīs: from the meaning of “morally probative” acquires the additional sense of “respectable.”

7–15:

all in ōrātiō oblīqua, giving the reported contents of the letter; vestrīs vectīgālibus: dative with fīnitimum: i.e., “your revenues,” meaning “the places from which you collect revenues”; successerit: perfect subjunctive in a subordinate clause in ōrātiō oblīqua; parātum esse: refers to Glabrio, accusative in indirect statement.

16:

Causa quae sit vidētis: you might expect causam (the object of vidētis) but here, as very commonly, the antecedent (causa) is attracted into the case of the pronoun (quae) that introduces the indirect question (Quae sit causa?).

Dē genere bellī: 20–178

21–23:

eius bellī quod…dēbeat: descriptive relative clause (Cap. XXXIX).

23–31:

agere, as you have already seen, has a wide range of meanings. Agere in the passive marks what is “at stake” or “in question”: in quō agitur populī Rōmānī glōria…agitur salūs sociōrum…aguntur certissima populī Rōmānī vectīgālia…aguntur bona multōrum cīvium… The repetition of the same word at the beginning of a series of clauses is called anaphora, a frequent and effective rhetorical device; cōnsulere + dative: meaning, “consult the interests of,” “take care of.”

32:

glōriae, laudis: objective genitives with appetentēs, avidī.

36–38:

quī…cūrāvit: In 88 BC over 80,000 civilians (Roman citizens and Italian settlers) were killed at Mithradates’s behest.

40–41:

sed ab illō tempore annum iam tertium et vīcēsimum rēgnat: iam is used with the accusative of duration of time (Cap. XIII) to show how long something has been going on (present, as here) or had been going on (imperfect).

45–46:

ita…ut: result (so too in lines 49–50).

46:

insignia victōriae (insigne, -is, n.): i.e., Sulla and Murena brought back the trappings of victory, but Mithrades was still in power, as the next sentence makes clear.

{336} 50–52:

laus est tribuenda [ob id] quod ēgērunt, venia [est] danda [ob id] quod relīquērunt.

56–64:

See “Reading Long Sentences” in the introduction to this book in which this complex period is made easier by separating out the subordinate clauses. Here is a rewritten simplification of the sentence:

Mithradātēs māximās classēs aedificāvit ōrnāvitque; exercitūsque permagnōs quibuscumque ex gentibus poterat comparāvit; simulavit sē Bosporānīs fīnitimīs suīs bellum īnferre. Deinde (i.e., posteā) usque in Hispāniam lēgātōs ac litterās mīsit ad eōs ducēs quibuscum tum bellum gerēbāmus. [Hoc fēcit] ut, cum duōbus in locīs disiūnctissimīs māximēque dīversīs ūnō cōnsiliō ā bīnīs hostium cōpiīs bellum terrā marīque gererētur, vōs ancipitī contentiōne districtī dē imperiō dīmicārētis.

56–58:

rem cōnferre ad/in aliquid = rē ūtī; quibuscumque…potuisset: “from whatever peoples he had been able.”

60:

quibuscum = cum quibus.

65–66:

Sertōriānae atque Hispāniēnsis: genitives referring to partis.

69:

rēs gestae: “accomplishments.”

70–72:

fēlīcitātī, virtūtī, culpae, fortūnae: datives with tribuenda esse.

74:

eī: dative of disadvantage; falsa: also with laus.

76–77:

vidēte quem vōbīs animum suscipiendum putētis: literally: “consider (vidēre) what disposition (animum) you think must be adopted by you”; quem…putētis: indirect question.

81:

quō…animō: ablative of description.

82–83:

Corinthum patrēs vestrī, tōtīus Graeciae lūmen, exstīnctum esse voluērunt = patrēs vestrī voluērunt Corinthum, tōtīus Graeciae lūmen, exstīnctum esse.

86:

Illī = patrēs vestrī (also line 88).

90–93:

Vidēte nē = cavēte nē: Cf. line 27; pulcherrimum fuit: subject is the clause tantam…trādere; so too id…posse is the subject of turpissimum sit.

94:

Quid?: Cicero is very fond of an emphatic quid beginning a sentence. Here quid quod might be translated as “what about the {337} fact that,” but sometimes the emphatic quid means something like “how” or “why,” and sometimes it is almost untranslatable.

97:

tōtī Asiae: dative with imminent.

101–104:

dēposcere: with audent; id: refers to dēposcere; cum praesertim vōs alium [i.e., M. Acīlium Glabriōnem] mīseritis: cum causal.

105:

in quō summa sint omnia: “on whom depends everything of critical importance” (lit., “all the most important things”).

107:

tametsī: “although”; vēnerit: subordinate clause in indirect statement.

111–112:

dignōs…quōrum…commendētis: descriptive relative clause (Cap. XLII).

113–115:

hōc = “for this reason”; eius modī hominēs…mittimus ut: result clause from eius modī (“men of the sort that the result is…”).

117:

hunc: i.e., Pompey (the talis vir of line 112); audiēbant: “kept hearing about.”

124:

ūnā cum: “along with.”

126–128:

cum dē māximīs vestrīs vectīgālibus agātur: impersonal agī + dē; cf. LIII.96, iussit cum Sullā dē pāce agī; tanta: i.e., so small (in comparison with Asia); iīs…contentī: satisfied with + ablative, i.e., the revenues are so small it’s almost not worth keeping the other provinces safe from incursion.

132:

omnibus terrīs: dative with antecellat.

133:

bellī ūtilitātem: “what is useful for war.”

136:

dētrīmentum accipitur: “a loss is suffered.”

139:

pecua < pecū; one of several words for “farm animals.”

141–142:

decuma = decima, from decimus, -a, -um (i.e., a tenth part of the profits); as the marginalia in the text tell you, it equals decima pars frūgum, a tithe which forms the landowners’ tax in the provinces; scrīptūra, -ae: a tax paid on public pastures (see marginalia: mercēs prō pāstiōne in agrō pūblicō).

145:

vectīgālia pēnsitant: “pay taxes.”

149:

salīnae, -ārum (f. pl.): “salt-works.”

149–150:

sē habēre: “be in a certain condition or state” (e.g., magnō perīculō).

{338} 152:

quī vōbīs frūctuī sunt: double dative: dative of tendency (frūctuī) and dative of reference (vōbīs); see Cap. XXXVI.

153–154:

eōs…calamitāte…formīdine līberātōs: ablative of separation with līberāre.

155–159:

Reading help: main clause: Ac nē illud quidem vōbīs neglegendum est followed by explanatory relative clause (quod…dīctūrus) and a relative clause explaining the content of illud (quod…pertinet: bona here means “goods” in the material sense); quōrum…habenda est ratiō, as explained in the margins, “make an account, calculation for”; antecedent of quōrum is cīvium Rōmānōrum.

160:

honestissimī: see above on line 6 for honestus; ōrnātssimī: “adorned with all the good qualities.”

161–162:

quōrum ipsōrum = the pūblicānī; vōbīs cūrae esse: another double dative (see line 152).

166–168:

hominēs…, quibus vōs absentibus cōnsulere dēbētis: cf. ll.29–31 above: cōnsulere + dative meaning “consult the interests of.”

169:

Est…hūmānitātis vestrae…sapientiae (vestrae): genitives of characteristic (a form of partitive genitive): “it is part/characteristic of your sense of human dignity…wisdom.”

171–172:

multōrum…nōn posse: indirect statement with vidēre.

175–178:

num dubitandum vōbīs sit: indirect question; ad id bellum incumbere in quō…dēfendantur: subordinate clause in the indirect statement, but the relative pronoun (id refers to bellum) can also lead to a descriptive subjunctive clause: “the kind of war in which…”

Dē magnitūdine bellī: 179–272

184:

vōbīs: dative of agent with gerundives.

185–206:

a very long period: Cicero begins with a purpose clause (ut omnēs intellegant) with a dependent indirect statement (mē L. Lūcullō…impertīre laudis) that itself contains a correlative clause of comparison (tantum…quantum); the main verb (dīcō) then ushers in a long list, in indirect statement, of what Lucullus has accomplished. The best way to approach such a long period is to read it several times: the first time, just get the structure, as outlined in the introduction (“Reading Long Sentences”). In order to do this, it’s best to look for signals:

{339}
• atque ut…intellegant: tells you we have a ut +subjunctive clause (you’ll have to wait for a bit to figure out what kind); intellegant leads you to expect ōrātiō oblīqua).

• tantum…quantum: comparative correlative clause (“as much as”) in the subjunctive because the quantum clause is a subordinate clause in ōrātiō oblīqua.

• dīcō: now you know atque ut is a purpose clause (“I am telling you so that”), and you can expect another indirect statement giving the content of what Cicero wants to tell his audience.

192:

quam (i.e., urbem)…līberāvit: indicative in a subordinate clause in ōrātiō oblīqua emphasizes the fact of Lucullus’s accomplishment; the indicative in l.200 (erant) comes in a parenthetical, explanatory clause.

206–207:

laudis: partitive genitive with satis; atque ita: also with laudis: “such praise that.”

216–219:

i.e., praedicant eam (Medeam) dissipāvisse membra frātris suī in iīs locīs quā parēns persequerētur sē (Medeam).

227:

diffīdentem rēbus suīs: dative, “in despair about his circumstances.”

231–233:

numquam…putāvit: i.e., with whom the Romans had no intention of interferring.

235–236:

causā + a preceding genitive of the gerund or gerundive (Cap. XXVI).

238:

tametsī…tamen: “although…nevertheless.”

239:

ūsus erat: “had experienced” + ablative.

242:

fuit enim illud extrēmum ut: the upshot was that… (see note above on lines 175–178).

245:

cōnfirmārat = cōnfirmāverat.

247–249:

fierī solēre…ut: consecutive noun clause; ferē: “for the most part; fortūnae alliciant opēs; eōrum: multōrum.

251–252:

tantum: object of efficere; tantum…quantum.

254:

eō: ablative with contentus and refers to the ut…attingeret.

259:

praeterīre: the praeterītiō, or “passing over,” is a common rhetorical feature in which a speaker calls attention to something {340} by saying he will not talk about it. Here Cicero spares the listeners a rehearsal of the defeat while still reminding them of the danger of the enemy; cf. praetereō (l.268).

263:

aliquā ex parte: “in some degree.”

264–266:

modum statuendum (esse) + dative (diūturnitātī); vetere exemplō: “in accordance with long-standing precedent.”

269:

quantum…putētis: subjunctive in an indirect question dependent on coniectūrā perspicite.

Dē imperātōre dēligendō: 273–536

274:

quārē esset: indirect question.

276:

restat ut: “it remains that” + consecutive noun clause.

278–280:

utinam…habērētis: unfulfilled wish in present time (Cap. XXXIX); cōpiam tantam…ut: result clause; quemnam…praeficiendum (esse) putārētis: indirect question.

282–285:

ūnus: alone; quī…glōriam, memoriam virtūte superārit: perfect subjunctive (superāverit) in a descriptive relative clause (ūnus quī) with an ablative of specification (virtūte), with the second object (memoriam) needing to be understood in terms of the first (glōriam): Pompey’s military prowess (virtūs) has surpassed the glory not only of his contemporaries but also (that recorded in) the historical accounts of men of the past (memoria antīquitātis).

286–288:

Cicero takes up each of the four qualities in order; the section on the virtues of Pompey is by far the longest, divided itself into military valor (to line 373) and then a transition (ll.374–379) to a more encompassing definition of virtue.

• scientia reī mīlitāris: ll.289–307.

• virtūs: ll.308–455.

• auctōritās: ll.456–492.

• fēlīcitās: ll.493–519.

289–290:

Quis igitur hōc homine scientior umquam aut fuit aut esse dēbuit?: One of the several examples in this speech of a rhetorical question, a formal question asked to produce an effect and not to be answered. The obvious answer to the question is: Nēmō! But no answer is expected; the rhetorical question is {341} Cicero’s way of saying that there never was a more knowledgeable man than Pompey.

291:

bellō…hostibus: ablatives of attendant circumstances.

292–293:

extrēma pueritia miles…fuit: extrēmus, -a, -um can mean “end of”; medius (Cap. XXX), “middle of” and prīmus (e.g., prīmā aestāte, XXXVIII.3), “beginning of.”

294–295:

cum hoste…cum inimīcō: Cicero is drawing a distinction between an enemy of the state (hostis) and a personal enemy (inimīcus).

301–302:

quod…genus…in quō…exercuerit: descriptive relative clause (Cap. XXXIX).

305:

gesta…confecta: “waged…brought to an end.”

306:

in ūsū mīlitārī: “in military skill” (acquired by practice).

309–310:

quid est quod quisquam…possit: this rhetorical question (see 289–290) expects the negative “nihil est quod…” The verb of the relative clause (quod…possit) is in the subjunctive because it is a relative clause of tendency (see Cap. XXXIX), also sometimes called a descriptive relative clause or a relative clause of characteristic.

312:

vulgō: the ablative of vulgus is equivalent to an adverb, “commonly.”

316ff:

testis: anaphora of the same word “witness” seven times in rapid succession at the beginning of a series of clauses (ll.316, 318, 320, 321, 323, 325, 329), the seventh an encompassing plural (testēs).

319–320:

multīs perīculīs: ablative of separation with explicāvit; terrōre, celeritāte: ablatives of means.

321:

eōrum ipsōrum: i.e., hostium.

330–332:

omnia dēnique maria, cum ūniversa, tum in singulīs ōrīs omnēs sinūs atque portūs: i.e., both the seas taken as a whole and in each of the bays and ports individually.

336:

hieme: ablative of time when; refertō…marī: ablative of attendant circumstances.

338–340:

quis umquam arbitrārētur…: arbitrārētur is imperfect potential subjunctive; the question is rhetorical: “who ever would {342} have thought?” Answer: no one. The questions that follow are indicative to emphasize their historical fact.

343:

cuī praesidiō: double dative.

346–350:

Tantam…tam…ut…audiātis: result clause.

353–354:

obeundī negōtiī…cōnsequendī quaestūs: gerundive genitives with studiō.

361–362:

duābus Hispāniīs et Galliā Trānsalpīnā praesidiīs ac nāvibus cōnfīrmātā: an adjective can modify the closer noun (Galliā Trānsalpīnā) but refer to both (duābus Hispāniīs et Galliā Trānsalpīnā).

368–369:

partim ūnīus huius sē imperiō ac potestātī dēdidērunt: the genitive depends on the datives imperiō ac potestātī but is thrown to the front of the clause to put the emphasis on Pompey. The skillful movement of words to an emphatic place in the sentence (often the very beginning or the end) is called hyperbaton.

372–373:

Pompēius extrēmā hieme apparāvit, ineunte vēre suscēpit, mediā aestāte cōnfēcit: see note on lines 292–293 above. Here extrēmā and mediā mean “end of” and “middle of.” Cicero could have written “prīmō vēre” as a parallel to extēmā hieme and mediā aestāte. Instead, he varies the expression by using ineunte vēre using the ablative absolute with the present participle of in-īre.

380:

quantā innocentiā: ablative of description; so too the following ablatives.

384:

cōnsīderēmus: hortatory subjunctive (Cap. XXX); summa enim sunt omnia: i.e., in Pompey can be found the highest quality of all the virtues.

385:

ex aliōrum contentiōne: “in comparison with other generals”: Cicero goes on to denigrate the behavior of other, unnamed imperātōrēs.

386–387:

ūllō in numerō putāre: to consider of any account/value; ūllō, used only in negative contexts, demonstrates that the question is rhetorical and expects a negative response (Cap. XIX); vēneant atque vēnierint, from vēnīre (Cap. XXXVI), not venīre.

393:

pecūniam in quaestū relinquere: “to loan money at interest.”

396:

ante: adverb.

{343} 398:

quōcumque ventum sit: for the impersonal ventum esse, see Cap. XL.

401:

recordāminī: imperative.

402–405:

plūrēs: with urbēs…an…cīvītātēs: armīs, hībernīs: ablatives of means, both with genitives.

408–409:

cētērīs: dative with excellere.

408–411:

tantum…ut nōn modo…sed nē…quidem…dīcātur: result clause; nocuisse + dative (cuiquam pācātō).

413–415:

sumptum facere in aliquem: spend money on someone; vīs: force, violence; nē cupientī…cuiquam: i.e., even those who want to incur expense on the military’s behalf are not allowed.

424:

retardārunt = retardāverunt (cf. below, obtemperārint, l.512 and obsecundārint, l.513).

430–432:

omnēs…intuentur.

433–434:

hāc quondam continentiā: ablative of description; fuisse and quondam both refer the listener to the past and liken Pompey to the great men of Roman history; quod: antecedent is ‘crēdere fuisse hominēs Rōmānōs hāc quondam continentiā’.

435:

falsō: adverb; memoriae proditum: “handed down as a record/memorial”(< prodere).

440:

dē aliōrum iniūriīs: i.e., about the wrongs done to others.

442:

dignitāte, facilitāte: ablatives of respect; principibus, īnfimīs: datives with excellit and par, respectively.

443–444:

dīcendī gravitāte et cōpiā: Pompey spoke with fluency (cōpia) serious authority (gravitās); ablatives of respect (as is cōnsiliō); in quō ipsō: i.e., in the oratorical art.

445:

hōc ipsō ex locō: addressing the people from the rostra in the forum.

446–448:

fidem: with sānctissimam; hūmānitāte tantā est: ablative of description; difficile dīctū (Caps. XXII, XXXIX).

451:

quisquam dubitābit quīn: for quīn clauses with dubitāre, see Caps. XXIX, XLII; the rhetorical question supplies the necessary negative; cf. l.457: nēminī dubium est quīn.

452:

nostrae memoriae: partitive gentive with bella.

{344} 457–458:

plūrimum posse: “to have the greatest ability.”

461–462:

ut depends on tantīs rēbus (result clause).

458–463:

The subject of pertinēre is quid hostēs, quid sociī dē imperātōribus nostrīs exīstiment (subjunctive in an indirect question with quis ignōrat); the result clause (in tantīs rēbus) ut aut metuant aut contemnant, aut ōderint aut ament separates the subject (hominēs) of the indirect statement dependent on sciāmus from its predicate (commovērī).

467:

quō: adverb.

470:

sibi: i.e., populō Rōmānō; omnium gentium: genitive with commūne.

472–475:

ut…cōnfīrmem: suggests that Cicero has much more he could say; quantum…in bellō: indirect question; sūmantur: hortatory subjunctive.

478–479:

spē ac nōmine: ablatives of cause; quantam…potuisset: comparative clause.

479–486:

Reading help: ablative absolute followed by relative clause (acceptā…admonuī), followed by cum circumstantial (cum…habēret) and a past contrafactual condition (āmīsissētis…nisi fortūna…attulisset); dīvīnitus: “by divine providence.”

489–492:

quī…perfēcerit, quī…dēfenderit: relative causal clauses (Cap. XXXIX).

493–494:

praestāre dē sē ipsō: offer surety for on one’s own behalf.

499–500:

as in lines 361–362, commissōs refers to both imperia mandāta and exercitūs but agrees only with the closer noun, exercitūs.

500–503:

quibusdam summīs virīs: dative with adiūncta.

505–507:

hāc…moderātiōne…ut…ut: result clauses; nē…videātur: purpose clause.

509:

domī mīlitiae = domī mīlitiaeque: “at home and abroad.”

517:

ut…sit: with velle et optāre (l.519).

518–519:

for causā with preceding genitives, see note above on lines 235–236.

525:

bonī: partitive gentive with tantum.

{345} 528–530:

sī…esset…erat dēligendus atque mittendus: like modal verbs (e.g., posse, dēbēre, etc., Cap. XLVI) in contrafactual conditions future participles and gerundives with a past tense of esse are regularly in the indicative, not subjunctive.

532:

ab iīs quī habent: i.e., other generals who have armies under their control.

Finis Mithridatis [Ex T. Liviī librōrum C–CIII Periochīs]: 537–569

The juxtaposition of the summaries (periochae) of Livy’s work with the Cicero you’ve just read underscore Cicero’s rhetorical periods. The summaries are just that: synopses of information, while Cicero’s points are meant to be listened to, not read, and he conveys his message as much by the construction of his sentences as by the content.

552:

parum: “too little, not sufficiently.”

554–555:

Hierosolyma: Jerusalem.

558–559:

dē caede…incendiīs…rē pūblicā.

556–564:

Catilīna: You can learn more about Lucius Sergius Catilina and his conspiracy against Rome from both Sallust (who wrote a history of the event and an excerpt of whose history of the war against Jugurtha you read in Cap. LI) and Cicero, who published four speeches against Catiline (In Catilīnam I–IV).

Finis Pompēiī [Ex Eutropiī Breviāriī librō VI]: 570–617

575:

vicendō: ablative of means with prōcessit: see Cap. XXVI.

582–583:

contrā ōmen et auspicia: the pre-battle signs showing the gods’ approval or disapproval of a proposed action; duce: in apposition to Surēnā.

601–602:

prīmō proeliō: see note above on lines 372–373.

608:

subāctūrae si…dūcerentur: as the margin note tells you, subāctūrae (agreeing with Rōmānae cōpiae) here is equivalent to quae subigere potuissent, that is, equivalent to the apodosis of a contrafactual condition: the troops would have been able to conquer the whole world were they being led against barbarians. For the imperfect (dūcerentur) and a future participle (subāctūrae) see above note on lines 528–530 and Cap. XLVI.

{346} III. VOCĀBULA

NŌMINA

1st

administra, -ae

assistant, helper

continentia, -ae

restraint, self-control

cultūra, -ae

cultivation, care

decuma, -ae

tithe, tenth part

innocentia, -ae

innocence, integrity

latebrae, -ārum

hiding place

macula, -ae

stain, blemish

misericordia, -ae

pity

repulsa, -ae

defeat (in an election)

querimōnia, -ae

complaint, protest

scientia, -ae

knowledge

scrīptūra, -ae

tax on grazing rights

temperantia, -ae

self-control, moderation

2nd

dēsīderium, -ī

desire, longing

domicilium, -ī

dwelling, residence

firmāmentum, -ī

support, strength

incommodum, -ī

disadvantage, misfortune

nāviculārius, -ī

ship-owner

perfugium, -ī

place of refuge, shelter

pūblicānus, -ī

tax-gatherer, publican

3rd

admurmurātiō, -ōnis (f.)

murmur

amoenitās, -ātis (f.)

pleasantness, beauty

amplitūdō, -inis (f.)

size, extent, greatness

antīquitās, -ātis (f.)

antiquity, ancient times

cognitiō, -ōnis (f.)

getting to know, study

collēctiō, -ōnis (f.)

collecting, gathering

comparātiō, -ōnis (f.)

preparation, provision, comparison

coniūrātiō, -ōnis (f.)

conspiracy, plot

cōnspīrātiō, -ōnis (f.)

agreement, conspiracy

dēlectātiō, -ōnis (m.)

delight, pleasure

{347} dēlīberātiō, -ōnis (f.)

deliberation

excursiō, -ōnis (f.)

sortie, sally

facilitās, -atis (f.)

ease, facility

gravitās, -ātis (f.)

weight, gravity, dignity

hūmānitās, -atis (f.)

human feeling, culture

irruptiō, -ōnis (f.)

violent entry, assault

longinquitās, -ātis (f.)

remoteness

mānsuētūdō, -inis (f.)

mildness, clemency

oblīviō, -ōnis (f.)

a forgetting; oblivion

offēnsiō, -ōnis (f.)

setback, misfortune

opīniō, -ōnis (f.)

opinion, belief

opportūnitās, -ātis (f.)

convenience, advantage

pāstiō, -ōnis (f.)

pasturage

petītiō, -ōnis (f.)

pursuit, candidature

prōgressiō, -ōnis (f.)

advance

rēmex, -igis (m.)

oarsman, rower

splendor, -ōris (m.)

brightness, splendor

ūbertās, -ātis (f.)

fruitfulness

ūtilitās, -ātis (f.)

interest, advantage

vīlitās, -ātis (f.)

cheapness, low price

4th

centuriātus, -ūs

office of century

exōrsus, -ūs

beginning

frūctus, -ūs

produce, fruit

quaestus, -ūs

income, profit

sūmptus, -ūs

expenditure, expense

Heteroclitic

pecua, -um (n. pl.)[2]

farm animals

VERBA

-āre

(adōrnō) adōrnāre

equip

(attenuō) attenuāre

make thin, reduce

(commendō) commendāre

entrust, commit

{348} (concertō) concertāre

fight

(coniūrō) coniūrāre

swear together, conspire

(cōnsalūtō) cōnsalūtāre

greet, hail

(dēvocō) dēvocāre

call away, divert

(exportō) exportāre

export

(dissipō) dissipāre

scatter, spread

(īnflō) īnflāre

inflate, puff up, elate

(minitor) minitārī

threaten

(negōtior) negōtiārī

do business, trade

(obsecundō) obsecundāre

comply with, obey (intr. + dat.)

(obtemperō) obtemperāre

obey (intr. + dat.)

(opīnor) opīnārī

think, believe

(pēnsitō) pēnsitāre

pay

(praedicō) praedicāre

declare

(recordor) recordārī

call to mind, recollect

(recreō) recreāre

restore, revive

(retardō) retardāre

delay, hold up

(remoror) remorārī

delay, linger

(tardō) tardāre

make slow, delay

-ēre

(medeor) medērī (+ dat.)

heal, cure, remedy

-ere

(affingō) affingere (< fingere)

add, fabricate

(afflīgō) afflīgere, -ixisse, -ictum

cast down, deject, afflict

(antecellō) antecellere

surpass, excel

(concupīscō) concupīscere, -īvisse (< cupere)

desire, covet

(congerō) congerere (< gerere)

bring together, collect

(dēprimō) dēprimere (< premere)

press down, sink

(dēprōmō) dēprōmere (< prōmere)

take out

(ēmergō) ēmergere (< mergere)

come out, emerge

(ēruō) ēruere, -uisse, -utum

unearth, clear up

(expetō) expetere (< petere)

request, demand, desire

{349} (inveterāscō) inveterāscere, -āvisse (< vetus)

grow old, become fixed

(īrāscor) īrāscī, īrātum (< īra)

be angry

(lacessō) lacessere, -īvisse, -ītum

challenge, provoke

(prōficiō) prōficere (< facere)

progress, be successful

-īre

(impertiō) impertīre, -īsse, -ītum (< pars)

give a share of, impart

ADIECTĪVA

1st/2nd

adventīcius, -a, -um

from without, foreign

coniūrātus, -a, -um

sworn, joined by an oath

disiūnctus, -a, -um

distant

exsecrandus, -a, -um

accursed

gnāvus, -a, -um

diligent, active

imperātōrius, -a, -um

of a general

inaudītus, -a, -um

unheard (of)

ingrātus, -a, -um

unpleasant, ungrateful

iniūriōsus, -a, -um

unjust, wrongful

īnsolitus, -a, -um

unusual, unwonted

opīmus, -a, -um

rich

ōrnātus, -a, -um

adorned, distinguished

permultī, -ae, -a

a great many

religiōsus, -a, -um

devout, holy

taeter, -tra, -trum

foul, horrible

tempestīvus, -a, -um

timely, suitable

ūndēquīnquāgēsimus, -a, -um

forty-ninth

3rd

impudēns (gen. impudentis)

shameless, impudent

innocēns (gen. innocentis)

innocent, blameless

lacrimābilis, -e

mournful, pitiful

perbrevis, -e

very short

vectīgālis, -e

tax-paying, tributary

{350} ADVERBIA

cōnsultō

deliverately

quōcumque

(to) wherever

ALIA

propter esse

to be nearby

____________

1. For an explanation of the line number references convention, see p. xxvi.

2. For pecus see grammar section for this chapter.

{351} LV: QVINQVAGESIMVM QVINTVM: DE RE PVBLICA (Cicero)[1]

[Ex M. Tullii Cicerōnis dē rē pūblicā librīs]

I. ØRBERG’S INTRODUCTION

After suppressing the Catilinarian conspiracy, Cicero regarded himself as the savior of the Roman people. Nevertheless, his expectation of a brilliant political career as the leader who was to unite all good forces in defense of the established order was deeply disappointed. The optimates, fearing Catiline, had ensured Cicero’s election as consul. But in the following years, Cicero was pushed into the background, as Pompey came to an understanding with the leaders of the democratic party, Caesar and Crassus (the First Triumvirate, 60 BC, LIV.555–556). When the tribune P. Clōdius, Cicero’s bitter opponent, had him exiled in the spring of 58, Pompey and Caesar acquiesced. When, after eighteen months in exile, he returned to Rome (in 57), Cicero largely retired from public life and devoted himself to literary work. During the years 54–52, he wrote the dē Rē Pūblicā, a treatise on political science. The last two chapters of RŌMA AETERNA contain extracts from this work.

Dē Rē Pūblicā is a dialogue in six books modeled on the Republic of Plato (who is mentioned by the participants more frequently than appears in our excerpt). Apart from the conclusion, Somnium Scīpiōnis, the work was lost until December 1819, when Angelo Mai, the head of the Vatican Library, discovered a manuscript from ca. AD 400 containing most of books I and II and fragments of books III–V. The manuscript was discovered in a palimpsest (palimpsestus, from Greek, meaning ‘re-scraped’): often the costly pages of a book were reused by painting over an older text (in this case, Cicero’s dē Rē Pūblicā) to make room for a new one. Dē Rē Pūblicā was discovered underneath {352} Augustine’s commentary on the Psalms. Page 386 shows the text (with Augustine’s text removed); as you can see, the scribes wrote in narrow columns in captial letters without word breaks or punctuation.

In Cap. LV, you read extracts from books I and II of dē Rē Pūblicā. It is a dialogue between Scīpiō Aemiliānus and some of his friends who arrive at his country house in 129 BC during the fēriae Latīnae, a three-day religious holiday (that commemorated the alliance of the Latins with the Romans: Varro, de linguā Latīnā, 6.25). Immediately after this holiday, Scipio was found dead in his bed (see Cap. LI.251–253). It was widely held that he had been murdered at the instigation of his brother-in-law C. Gracchus, whose reform efforts he had opposed. This turbulent political situation is the background for Cicero’s dialogue.

After a preliminary discussion about astronomy, Scipio’s learned friend C. Laelius raises the question of how to unite the conflicting parties in Rome. He asks Scipio to set out his ideas about the best form of government. Government, according to Cicero, is the exercise and application of virtue; knowledge of virtue is not enough. This exercise and application is government: Nec vērō habēre virtūtem satis est, quasi artem aliquam, nisi ūtāre (= ūtāris). Etsi ars quidem, cum eā nōn ūtāre, scientia tamen ipsa tenērī potest, virtūs in ūsū suī tota posita est. Ūsus autem eius est maximus cīvitātis gubernātiō (dē Rē Pūblicā I.2).

Our text begins with Scipio’s definition of ‘rēs pūblica’ and goes on to discuss the three forms of government: rēgnum, cīvitās optimātium, and cīvitās populāris (Cicero’s translation of the Greek terms monarchía, aristocratía, and dēmocratía). As serious objections can be raised to each of the forms, he advocates a combination of the three. The essence of the Roman republic derives from this combination.

In book II, Scipio describes the development of Rome from earliest times. This selection includes his account of the first two kings, Romulus and Numa, and his presentation of Tarquinius Superbus as an illustration of the degeneration of monarchy into tyranny.

The discussion continues for two days (books III–VI). Recovered fragments and references in later authors show that they discussed the qualities of the ideal statesman (rēctor reī pūblicae) and the honors and rewards that await him. Scipio then relates a strange dream he had twenty years before. The dialogue ends with this dream, the Somnium Scīpiōnis (see Cap. LVI).

II. AUXILIA LEGENDĪ

Persōnae: 1–10

P. Scīpiō Aemilānus Āfricānus, senex

Q. Aelius Tūberō, iuvenis

L. Fūrius Philus, senior

{353} P. Rutilius Rūfus, adulēscēns

C. Laelius, senex

Sp. Mummius, senex

C. Fannius, iuvenis

Q. Mūcius Scaevola, iuvenis

M’. Mānīlius, senex

Fēriae Latīnae (from Book I): 11–156

11–15:

Sentence structure: double cum clause: cum P. Āfricānus…cōnstituisset and (cum) familiārissimīque…dīxissent; each of the cum clauses has an accusative + infinitive: cōnstituisset in hortīs esse and dīxissent ventitātūrōs sē esse (= ad tē ventitābimus); main subject/verb: Q. Tūberō, sorōris fīlius, prīmus vēnit; hic Paulī fīlius: for Scipio Aemilianus Africanus as the son of Aemilius Paulus, see L.670–672; ventitāre: frequentative verb of venīre; māne (Cap. XIII): “in the morning.”

15–16:

cōmiter: adverb from cōmis, -e (Cap. XLIV), “kindly, affably”; tam māne: idiomatic, “so early.”

22:

permagnum est: “a very great thing”; ōtiōsum: with tē; mōtū: “disturbance,” “upheaval.”

24:

mehercule: see Cap. XLVII; operā: Cap. XXXIV: “exertions, labor”; ablative of respect (Cap. XXXIX; so too animō).

26:

relaxēs oportet: see grammar section above.

28:

abūtī: here in a good sense (not “abuse”): fully enjoy + ablative of means (ūtī, Cap. XXVII); fierī potest: Cap. XXXVI.

29–30:

aliquid: accusative as adverb, “somewhat, in some degree”; ut…admoneāmur: purpose.

31:

vīsne…videāmus: see grammar section above.

32–33:

dē istō “alterō sōle”: Cicero talks about this (among others) prodigy also at dē Dīvīnātiōne (Book I.97).

35:

Quam vellem…habērēmus: see grammar section; Panaetius: Stoic philopher from Rhodes, to whom Cicero refers frequently and whose Middle Stoicism was the basis for Cicero’s dē Officiīs.

36:

cum…tum: Cap. XXXVI.

38:

loquar: future indicative.

{354} 39:

nostrō illī familiārī: dative with assentior; quō: ablative of comparison, i.e., Panaetiō.

40:

eius modī: genitive of description (Cap. XLII).

41–43:

quī…dēposuerit…dīxerit: causal clause (Caps. XXXIX, XLII); dīxerit ea (quae…quaererentur) aut māiōra…aut nihil…attinēre; quam…possit: comparative clause.

54:

Numantiae: for Scipio at Numantia, see LI.186ff.

59:

puer: Romans often referred to male slaves as “puer.”

61:

ē cubiculō: Tubero had come to him māne, before Scipio had a chance to dress; it was not unusual for Romans to entertain close friends in cubiculō.

62:

inambulāre: “walk up and down.”

65:

generōs < gener, -erī: “son-in-law.”

67–68:

convertit sē in porticū et coniēcit in medium Laelium: i.e., he had been facing them, turned around, and arranged the group around Laelius.

69:

mīlitiae: locative (XLII.222), as is domī (l.70).

72–73:

ūnō aut alterō spatiō: spatium, “space,” can be used to refer to the act of walking through a space: “one or two rounds of the portico”; essent: with collocūtī.

74–75:

placitum est ut: “it seemed a good idea to.”

81–82:

agendum accūrātius: i.e., speak and behave more formally (lit.: “with more care”) as a reflection of respect in which the assembled company is held.

86–87:

quidnam (Cap. XXIII: “what in the world?”) sentīrem: indirect question; dē hōc quod…cōnstāret: “about this thing about which there is agreement” (cōnstāre: Cap. XLVII).

88:

ain’ vērō = aisne vērō: other than here, this expression occurs only in the Roman comedians Plautus and Terence; Cicero usually uses “ain’ tu” and “ain’ tandem.” The expressions are very colloquial (humorously so, coming so soon after agendum accūrātius).

92:

quae: i.e., domus.

94:

quamque = et quam; domicilium, patriam: both predicate, “as a home,” “as a fatherland.”

{355} 98:

avidōs sapientiae: objective genitive (Cap. XXV).

102:

aliquid: i.e., about the two suns; sērius: “too late.”

104:

integrum: “fresh, new” (they haven’t started a discussion yet).

105:

concesserō: using an independent future perfect where we might expect the future is a feature of colloquial speech.

106:

immō vērō: immō means “on the contrary,” and vērō strengthens it.

107:

parumper: “for a little while.”

109:

quōs: antecedent astrōrum: Archimēdēs, cf. XLVIII.708–710; the spaera aēnea of which they speak is one of two models of the heavens that Marcellus (see Cap. XLVIII) took after the siege of Syracuse; one he had in his home, and the other was deposited in the Temple of Virtue; arte mīrābilī: ablative of manner with effectā.

111:

eius modī: “of that sort,”(Cap. XLII) genitive of description.

117:

cum tū…quaesieris, ego…putem: both verbs go with cum.

118–120:

quid enim mihi: quid “why”; mihi: ethical dative (see grammar section above); hōc avunculō: “with this man (i.e., Scipio) as an uncle”: ablative of attendant circumstances with nātus.

122–123:

Tiberius Gracchus: LI.57ff.

125:

nē metueritis: perfect subjunctive in a negative command (Cap. XXXII).

126:

nūllus: i.e., sōl alter; sit sānē: jussive: “by all means (sānē) let there be (a second sun)”; modo nē: “provided it is not.”

127:

scīre: with possumus (l.129).

129–130:

fierī potest ut (Cap. XXXVI).

131–132:

secus: adverb “other than it should be”; sī id effectum sit: i.e., an undivided Senate and people.

134:

nōbīs: dative of agent.

136:

ūsuī cīvitātī: double dative (Cap. XXXVI).

140–141:

potissimum: superlative adverb; rogēmus: hortatory subjunctive followed by an indirect command.

{356} 148–149:

prīncipem reī pūblicae: you have seen prīnceps meaning “emperor” (Cap. XXXVI) and “leading men”; Laelius is calling Scipio the “most distinguished citizen of the republic”; dē…dīcere: the content of id…fierī voluī; aequum: fair and right that the leading man should speak first.

150:

solitum: modifies tē; the historian Polybius (ca. 200–118 BC, cf. XLIX.246) was deported to Italy after the battle of Pydna (L.302ff) against Perseus, where he met and became close to Scipio. He was with Scipio at the destruction of Carthage (Bellum Pūnicum Tertium, LI.1ff) and the destruction of Corinth (Bellum Achāicum, LI.119ff).

152:

multa colligere: i.e., bring together many points, arguments.

154–156:

fēceris…gratum: “you will have done all of us (nōbīs omnibus) a favor.”

Dē tribus rērum pūblicārum generibus: 157–242

158:

ut poterō: “as much as I am able.”

159–161:

eā lēge…ut: “on the grounds that”: noun clause of result (Caps. XXXII, XXXVII); omnibus: ablative with ūtendum esse; velīs: 2nd person singular indefinite in a condition in ōrātiō oblīqua dependent on crēdō; eius reī depends on nōmen; quod sit nōmen eius reī: indirect question with conveniat; quid dēclārētur: indirect question with explicētur; Scipio wants to begin by defining terms, specifically, rēs pūblica.

170:

quōquō modō congregātus: quōquō modō (“in any way at all”) is disparagaing.

175:

domiciliōrum causā: “for the sake of” + preceding genitive.

177–178:

distīnctam: agrees with the closer noun (urbem) but applies also to oppidum.

189:

rĕgī: from rĕgĕre, not rēx, rēgis.

191:

sī teneat: protasis of ideal condition (Caps. XXXIII, XLI).

199:

aliquō…nōn incertō statū: ablative of description.

200–202:

expertēs…coummūnis iūris et cōnsiliī: genitive with adjective expers (< ex + pars, Cap. XLV); particeps < partem capere: “take a share in” + genitive.

203:

careat: carēre + ablative of separation (Cap. XX).

{357} 215–216:

In the sections ommitted, Scipio says each of the three unmixed constitutions contain the seeds of their own destruction and on their own do not make for a stable state.

218–220:

praestat…praestābit: on praestāre, “stand out, be superior,” see Cap. XXXVIII; rēgiō…ipsī: dative with praestābit; ex tribus prīmīs…modīs: Scipio recommends a mixed constitution.

222–223:

auctōritātī: dative with impartītum ac tribūtum; prīncipum: genitive; iūdiciō voluntātī: dative with servātās.

225:

quā (auctōritāte); carēre: see note above on line 203; diūtius: comparative adverb: “for too long a time”; līberī: “free people.”

226–229:

prīma: neuter plural: the three unmixed constitutions (ll.182–185); the rest of the sentence gives a summary of the flaws discussed in the omitted passage (see ll.215–216).

233–236:

nōta sunt omnibus quaesīta autem ā nōbīs iam diū: i.e., they have subjected the general opinion to detailed inquiry: nūllam (rem pūblicam) omnium rērum pūblicārum…conferendam esse.

240:

ad exemplum: “as a model, example.”

Dē vetere rē pūblicā Rōmānā (from Book II): 243–471

250–251:

fuissent: causal clause in ōrātiō oblīqua; cōnstituissent: subjunctive in descriptive relative clause in indirect statement; singulī…quī suam quisque…cōnstituissent: for suam quisque, see Cap. XVIII: “individuals who each established his own…”; rem pūblicam: the list of prominent political leaders which follows shows Scipio is not talking about a rēs pūblica in the Roman sense.

253:

quae (rēs pūblica); esset: subordinate clause in indirect statement.

255–257:

nōn ūnīus…ingenīo sed multōrum: the ablative of means goes with both genitives; vīta…saeculīs et aetātibus: ablatives of time within which (“during the lifetime…”).

257–259:

neque ūllum ingenium tantum…ut: result clause; quem: the antecedent is quisquam.

259–261:

ūnō tempore: take closely with cūncta ingenia collāta: i.e., the intelligence of those living at one time if gathered into one could not…; tantum…ut: result.

267:

aliquam: sc. rem pūblicam.

{358} 269–272:

Easier word order: Quod exōrdium īnstitūtae reī pūblicae habēmus tam clārum ac tam omnibus nōtum quam huius urbis condendae prīncipium profectum ā Rōmulō? (Quod is an interrogative adjective.)

272–275:

Quī nātus…dīcitur…iussus esse: dīcitur with nominative and accusative, Caps. XIII and XXXVI; ob labefactandī rēgnī timōrem: objective genitive (Cap. XXV).

275–276:

silvestris bēluae: with ūberibus; esset…sustentātus: although the myth applies to both brothers, only Romulus is the focus.

277–280:

ut adolēverit: “when”: subjunctive in a subordinate clause in ōrātiō oblīqua; vīribus, fērōcitāte: ablatives of respect; omnibus: dative with praestitisse; tantum…ut: result; quī…agrōs ubi hodiē est haec urbs incolēbant: the indicative shows that, in the mind of the speaker, these clauses are extraneous to the indirect statement.

285:

auspicātō: one word ablative absolute < auspicārī, “after taking the auspices,” part of Romulus’s thinking (i.e., if the auspices were good); easier word order: prīmum cōgitāvisse urbem condere et firmāre rem pūblicam dīcitur.

287–290:

novum quoddam et subagreste cōnsilium: object of persecūtus est; perceleriter…subagreste: per as a prefix “very”; sub: “somewhat.”

291:

magnī hominis et iam tum longē prōvidentis: genitive of characteristic with cōnsilium.

292:

honestō…locō: ablative of source with ortās; when they went to neighboring villages asking for wives, the early Romans were mocked with a questioning suggestion that they open the city to the asylum of women as well (Cap. XLII.28–31). The only woman, the assumption is, who would need an asylum is one of damaged virtue, thus the stress on women of virtuous character in honestō locō.

293:

lūdōrum grātiā: grātiā with a preceding genitive, like causā (l.175); quōs (ludōs).

295:

amplissimārum: here, “esteemed.”

298:

īcit: perfect tense (present: ĭcit).

299:

mātrōnīs ipsīs quae raptae erant ōrantibus: ablative absolute surrounding a relative clause.

{359} 300:

ascīvit: ascīscere involves a measure of decision-making: “to approvingly receive (information) as true or (a person/state) in some capacity.”

303–312:

Reading help: cum clause, followed by concessive clauses (quamquam dēlēgerat…populumque…discrīpserat…sed quamquam) that contain two subordinate clauses, followed by the main (tamen) clause; nōmine: with agreeing suō and both genitives (Tatiī, Lucumōnis); quās cūriās eārum nōmine…quae: antecedent of quae is eārum; pācis et foederis: objective genitives with ōrātrīcēs; quae ex Sabīnīs virginēs raptae posteā fuerant ōrātrīcēs pācis et foederis: see Cap. XLII.151–159; ea = tribūs et cūriās; multō: with magis.

314:

Lycūrgus: cf. l.252; Spartae: locative.

316:

Easier word order: cīvitātēs (singulārī imperiō et potestāte rēgiā) tum melius gubernārī et rēgī sī auctōritās optimī cuiusque ad illam vim dominātiōnis adiuncta esset; singulārī…rēgiā: ablatives of means; optimī cuiusque…auctōritās: quisque with superlative: “all the best men” (Cap. XXXI).

317–318:

quasi senātū fultus: Cicero uses quasi when employing metaphorical speech; fulcīre (“prop up”): applicable only metaphorically to the Senate.

319:

cum concessive: “although.”

322:

auspiciīs…obsecūtus est: “yielded to.”

325–326:

auspiciīs…augurēs: the augurēs were a group of priests whose responsibility it was to observe natural signs (including the flights of birds: auspicium < avēs, spicio) as signs from the gods meant to guide future actions (XLII.289–302); cooptāvit: Romulus chose augurs.

327–330:

Death of Romulus: XLII.221ff.

329:

tantum est cōnsecūtus ut: “he was so successful that”; cōnsequī: “succeed.”

330–331:

opīniōnem: i.e., even if not true, the rumor proves his greatness; nēmō…mortālis.

332:

potuit: past potential: “one one could have” (Cap. XL).

334–336:

with sense markers: ut id (dē Rōmulō) (Proculō Iūliō, hominī agrestī), crēderētur quod multīs iam ante saeculīs (nūllō aliō dē mortālē) homines credidissent; id: an adverbial accusative with {360} the impersonal passive crēderētur; Proculō Iūliō, hominī agrestī: dative with crēderētur: i.e., he was believed.

337:

quō (= ut) illī (patrēs) ā sē invidiam interitūs (objective genitive with invidiam) Rōmulī pellerent.

343:

ut: “as.”

345–347:

vidēmus…tē ingressum (esse); ratiōne ad disputandum novā quae nusquam est in Graecōrum librīs: Scipio has broken away from the Greek precedent and is taking a new approach to analyzing the best form of state; the Romans were in constant competition with the Greeks, and this is a reminder that they were innovators on their own terms; prīnceps ille: Plato (cf. ll.267–268); Laelius’s comparison of Scipio’s process versus Plato’s seems a bit tendentious.

348:

āream: Plato’s building ground was his Republic.

350–351:

ā vītā hominum abhorrentem et mōribus: i.e., because it was an ideal state, not one based on actual lived experience; exemplārī: cf. exemplum (l.240).

354–355:

ut…tribuere…mālīs quam…fingere et disputēs…

358:

tē reliquōs rēgēs persquente: ablative absolute.

360:

quibus: dative with tribuisset; eōrum līberōs: the descendants of the original pātrēs were called patriciī.

365:

dēsīderiō: ablative of cause.

366–367:

novam et inaudītam…ratiōnem; interrēgnī ineundī: objective genitive with ratiō; cēterīs gentibus: dative of reference: “by other peoples.”

368:

quoad: “as long as; up to the point that”; like dum (Cap. XL), quoad takes the subjunctive when it looks forward to what is anticipated; ut…esset: purpose clause.

371–373:

fūgit: i.e., escaped his mind; nōn dēligendum…sed habendum: “not chosen but held” (Sparta’s kingship was hereditary); sī modo: “if only”; potuit: indicative for subjunctive with a modal verb (see line 332).

374:

quī modo = dummodo + subjunctive: “provided that” (Cap. XL); Herculis stirpe generātus: ablative of source (Caps. XXXVII): the two royal families of Sparta were thought to be descendants of Hercules.

{361} 375–376:

etiam: modifies tum; vīdērunt virtūtem et sapientiam rēgālem (quaerī oportēre), nōn prōgeniem quaerī oportēre.

379–380:

Numa: XLII.281ff; ascīvit: see note above on line 300; accīvit: XLIV.150 (marginalia): accīre: “summons” (rare); Sabīnum = Numa; Curibus: Cures, a Sabine town, ablative of place from which.

381–383:

incēnsōs: with hominēs Rōmānōs; īnstitūtō Rōmulī: because of Romulus’s practice; bellicīs studiīs: ablatives of means with incēnsōs; exīstimāvit eōs paulum ab illā cōnsuētūdine esse revocandōs: Cf. XLII.303–305.

385:

virītim: adverb < vir.

386:

colendīs agrīs: ablative of means; commodīs omnibus: ablative with abundāre.

388:

convalēscere: “gain strength”; quōrum: i.e., iūstitia et fidēs; patrōciniō: “defense,” “protection” Cf. LIII.293.

390–391:

auspiciīs māiōribus inventīs: i.e., auspices marked as especially significant.

390–400:

Numa and the priesthoods: cf. XLIII.325ff.

392–393:

sacrīs…pontificēs quīnque praefēcit: praeficere + accusative and dative (“put ‘acc.’ in charge of ‘dat.’”); cōnsuētūdine et cupiditāte: ablatives of cause (Cap. XXXVII).

403:

Polybius: see note above to line 150.

405:

for the importance of diūrnitas, see lines 179–183.

407–411:

Cf. Cap. XLV.

412:

rēx ille: Tarquinius Superbus; prīmum: picked up by deinde (l.415).

413:

integrā mente: ablative of description.

418ff:

Cap. XLV.230ff.

421:

ingeniō et virtūte: ablatives of respect with praestāns (Cap. XXXIX).

423:

prīvātus: i.e., did not hold public office.

425–430:

Quō auctōre et prīncipe: ablative absolute.

concitāta: with ablatives of means querēllā and recordātiōne; exsulem…esse iussit: XLV.317–320.

{362} 431–432:

dē rēge dominus: i.e., from being a king he turned into a master; ūnīus-que vitiō: because of the fault of one man; reī pūblicae: with genus; cf. ll.179–286.

435:

consulere + dative: “take care of, look to the interests of”; ut parēns < parēns, -entis (părĕre), not pārēre.

436:

quam + superlative (Cap. XXVII): “the best possible condition.”

439:

simulatque = simul atque (Cap. XXXVII).

442–443:

figūrā, immanitāte: ablatives of respect (Cap. XXXIX); immānitas: “monstrousness.”

448–449:

sit: jussive; perītus, tūtor, prōcūrātor + objective genitives (Cap. XXV).

451:

facite ut agnōscātis: noun clause of result (Cap. XXXVII).

455:

decemvirōs: XLV.85–88.

462:

virīs bene dē rē pūblicā meritīs: “for men who have deserved good from the republic.”

466–468:

bonīs…rēctōribus: dative of agent with servāta, which refers to stabiliōra…genera.

III. VOCĀBULA

NŌMINA

1st

aliēnigena, -ae (m.)

foreigner, stranger

bēlua, -ae

beast, wild animal

caerimōnia, -ae

rite, ceremony

fēriae, -ārum (pl.)

festival days, holidays

īnsolentia, -ae

unusualness; arrogance

sphaera, -ae

globe, sphere

2nd

prātulum, -ī

meadow, lawn

cūnābula, -ōrum (n. pl.)

cradle

{363} 3rd

aequābilitās, -tātis (f.)

equality

celebritās, -tātis (f.)

large assembly; renown

commūniō, -ōnis (f.)

partnership, sharing

cōnfūsiō, -ōnis (f.)

mixture; disorder, confusion

coniūnctiō, -ōnis (f.)

union, conjunction

cōnsīderātiō, -ōnis (f.)

consideration, reflection

cōnstitūtiō, -ōnis (f.)

constitution; order, arrangement

dēpopulātiō, -ōnis (f.)

plundering

discrīptiō, -ōnis (f.)

distribution

disputātiō, -ōnis (f.)

an arguing, discussion

exemplar, -āris (n.)

pattern, model

ferōcitās, -ātis (f.)

fierceness; ferocity

firmitūdo, -dinis (f.)

stability, firmness

immānitās, -tātis (f.)

monstrousness, brutality

inīquitās, -tātis (f.)

unfairness

ōrātrīx, -trīcis (f.)

female suppliant

pariēs, -etis (m.)

wall (of a house)

perceptiō, -ōnis (f.)

a gathering; perception

prōcūrātor, -ōris (m.)

manager, superintendent

rēctor, -ōris (m.)

ruler, governor

4th

arbitrātus, -ūs (< arbitrārī Cap. XXII)

choice, decision

coetus, -ūs (< coīre Cap. LI)

gathering, society

dominātus, -ūs (< dominārī Cap. XXXVII)

dominion, power

excessus, -ūs (< excēdere Cap. XXXVIII)

departure, death

impulsus, -ūs (< impellere Cap. XXXIX)

impact, impulse

interitus, -ūs (< interīre Cap. XLI)

death

interventus, -ūs (< intervenīre (Cap. XLIV)

arrival

{364} VERBA

-āre

(accomodō) accommodāre

fit, adapt

(approbō) approbāre

approve

(commūnicō) commūnicāre

share

(cooptō) cooptāre

choose (as colleague)

(disputō) disputāre

argue, discuss

(flāgitō) flāgitāre

demand insistently

(generō) generāre

beget, produce

(investīgō) investīgāre

inquire into, investigate

(labefactō) labefactāre

shake, undermime

(locuplētō) locuplētāre

enrich

(maculō) maculāre

stain, defile

(multō) multāre

punish

(nūncupō) nūncupāre

designate, call

(obscūrō) obscūrāre

obscure, darken

(relāxō) relaxāre

relax, relieve

(sociō) sociāre

join, unite

(ventitō) ventitāre

come frequently

-ēre

(attineō) attinēre (< tenēre)

concern, relate to

(compāreō) compārēre, -uisse

appear

(perhibeō) perhibēre (< habēre)

report, say

-ere

(abūtor) abūtī, -ūsum (+ abl.)

use up, take advantage of

(ascīscō) ascīscere, -scīvisse, -scītum

admit, adopt

(assequor) assequī (< sequī)

attain to, achieve

(assīdō) assīdere (< sidere)

sit down

(conquīrō) conquīrere (< quaerere)

search out, investigate

(distinguō) distinguere, -xisse, -ctum

distinguish, mark, characterize

(existō) exsistere, -itisse, -itum

appear, arise

{365} (nancīscor) nancīscī, nactum/nanctum

get, obtain, find, meet

(recidō) recidere (< cadere)

fall back

-īre

(dēvinciō) dēvincīre (< vincīre)

bind

(dissentiō) dissentīre (< sentīre)

disagree

(fulciō) fulcīre, -sisse, -tum

hold up, support

(impartīo) impartīre = impertīre (Cap. LIV)

give a share of, impart

ADIECTĪVA

1st/2nd

adultus, -a, -um (< adolēscere Cap. XLI)

fullgrown, adult

aprīcus, -a, -um

sunny

fēriātus, -a, -um

keeping holiday

inveterātus, -a, -um

hardened by age, of long-standing

pergrātus, -a, -um

very pleasing

periūcundus, -a, -um

very agreeable

permolestus, -a, -um

very troublesome

perpaucī, -ae, -a

very few

prōnus, -a, -um

leaning forward, inclined

quaestōrius, -a, -um

of, belonging to a quaestor

ratus (reor)

valid, fixed, certain in proportion

sempiternus, -a, -um

everlasting, eternal

subnīxus, -a, -um

resting on, relying on

3rd

aequābilis, -e

equal

dēterior, -ius

worse

particeps (gen. participis) (+ gen.)

having a share in

populāris, -e

of the people, popular

pudēns (gen. pudentis)

modest, behaving properly

silvestris, -e

of the woods, wild

stabilis, -e

firm, stable

subagrestis, -e

somewhat rustic

{366} PRONŌMINA

quāliscumque, quālecumque

of whatever sort

ADVERBIA

parumper

for a short while

paululum

a little

perceleriter

very quickly

postrīdiē

on the following day

sērius (comp. of sērō)

rather late, too late

sērō

late, too late

vicissim

in turn

CONIUNCTIŌNĒS

atquī

but, and yet

quamvīs

however, although

ALIA

hercule

by Hercules! really!

____________

1. For an explanation of the line number references convention, see p. xxvi.

{367} LVI: QVINQVAGESIMVM SEXTVM: SOMNIVM SCIPIONIS (Cicero/Horace)[1]

[Ex M. Tullii Cicerōnis dē rē pūblicā librō VI
et
Ex Q. Horātiī Flaccī ‘Carminum’ librō I, carmen XXII ad Fuscum]

I. ØRBERG’S INTRODUCTION

The Somnium Scīpiōnis has been preserved in full because it was separately transcribed and annotated by the Neo-Platonist Macrobius in the fifth century AD. Even in antiquity, it was considered a free-standing narrative in addition to being a part of dē Rē Pūblicā.

Scipio tells about his visit to king Masinissa of Numidia during the Third Punic War. The ninety-year-old king entertained his Roman visitor with stories about his famous grandfather, Scipio Africanus the Elder (Māior), whom he remembered from the Second Punic War. After this conversation, Scipio dreamed that his grandfather appeared before him among the heavenly stars and spoke to him about the great deeds he was to perform for his country and about the reward awaiting him in heaven. Scipio’s dead father, Aemilius Paulus (Cap. L.608ff.), also stepped forward and spoke admonitory words to his son. The grandfather went on to describe the structure of the universe—the immovable earth surrounded by eight revolving spheres—and the music of the spheres, which the human ear cannot perceive. He pointed out the five zones of the globe, only two of which are habitable. He put forward evidence for the immortality of the soul (taken from Plato’s Phaedrus) and concluded with an exhortation to use one’s immortal soul in the service of one’s country.

The Somnium Scipiōnis should not be taken as “the ancient view” but one ancient view. It is heavily influenced by Stoicism.

As an appendix, the Cicero text is followed by an Ode, i.e., a lyric poem, by Horace (Q. Horātius Flaccus, 65–8 BC). The poem begins with a Stoic sentiment {368} that coordinates well with Cicero’s text. It also demonstrates the kind of rhetorical argument often found in Horace’s poetry: the first two stanzas make a claim, the middle two give an illustrative example, and the final two the poet’s broad application of the lesson to be learned. Guiltlessness is a safeguard against all dangers, the poet solemnly declares. He illustrates (not very solemnly) this maxim with an incident that happened while he was strolling in the woods and singing about his beloved Lalagē: a formidable wolf turned away and fled! The poem concludes that he will always love and sing about Lalage wherever he may travel.

The addressee, Aristius Fuscus, was Horace’s close friend. As the addressee, he appears here and in Epistles 1, letter 10. He also plays a role in Satire 1.9 (as the man who refuses to help Horace get away from the unwanted attentions of a man in the forum) and in Satire 1.10 (as a respected reader of Horace’s poetry). If Horace’s poetry is any guide, the two friends shared a sense of humor and, although this ode was set to music as a hymn in the early nineteenth century and solemnly sung, there is little solemn about it.

Horace’s models are the Greek lyric poets Alcaeus (Alkaios) and Pindar (Pindaros). The meter in the present poem is called Sapphic after the Greek poetess Sapphō. In the GRAMMATICA LATINA section, there is an explanation of the meter and the division of the poem into four-line stanzas (strophae).

II. AUXILIA LEGENDĪ

Masinissa senex: 1–19

4:

nihil…potius, quam ut Masinissam convenīrem: comparative clause + subjunctive (Cap. XLVIII).

6:

ut = when + indicative.

7:

grātēs: archaic form of grātiam, used especially in prayers.

10–11:

nōmine ipsō: as it recalls his good friend Africanus; ablative of means with recreor: “invigorated.”

16:

apparātū rēgiō: “with royal magnificence,” a different sense from XLVIII.126.

Fātōrum via: 20–60

21:

cubitum: accusative supine of purpose.

22–23:

quī…vigilāssem: causal clause; artior…somnus: “a deeper sleep” or, taken closely with complexus: “sleep embraced me more close(ly).”

{369} 24:

fit…ut: noun clause of result (Cap. XXXVII).

26:

Ennius: see Cap. XXXVI note on line 162.

28:

imāgine: a wax image of distinguished ancestors kept in the home: see Cap. LII, note on lines 459–463.

30:

cohorruī < cohorrescere: “shudder”; ades: imperative + animō: “pull yourself together”; although the phrase can also mean “pay attention.”

34–35:

dē excelsō et plēnō stēllārum illūstrī et clārō quōdam locō: four adjectives in two pairs describe quōdam locō: excelsō et plēnō stēllārum and illūstrī et clārō.

37–38:

id cognōmen…partum quod.

40:

obieris < ob-eō, īre (cf. obviam).

41–42:

dēligēre: future passive (dēligēris); absēns: i.e., even though not in Rome for the elections.

43:

currū in Capitōlium invectus: i.e., in a triumph.

44:

nepōtīs: for land reform of Tiberius Gracchus, see LI.216ff.

46:

ostendās oportēbit: see grammar section above; patriae: dative with ostendās.

47–48:

ancipitem: “two-headed”; i.e., unfixed, undecided.

49–52:

septēnōs octiēs: distributive adjective + distributive adverb: 8 x a group of 7 years; mystical numbers (plēnus, “complete”); alter alterā (Cap. XXXVII, Recēnsiō), matched by mystical language (summam fātālem).

55–56:

nē multa (dīcam): idiomatic: “lest I go on too long” (of getting to the point); cōnstituās oportet: see grammar section above; sī…effūgeris: on the rumors surrounding Scipio’s death, see LI.251–256.

Mors et vīta: 61–113

62:

quō = ut when used with a comparative (alacrior): Cap. XLIX.

66:

fruor + ablative (Cap. XXXVIII).

67–68:

quod quidem in terrīs fiat: descriptive relative clause expressing a limit or restriction (“nothing more acceptable (acceptius) of what (at least) happens on earth”); sociātī: agrees with closer noun (coetūs), refers also to concilia.

{370} 73:

Paulus: Aemelius Paulus, father of Scipio (L.668–671).

84:

nōn est ita: “no” (just as est ita can mean “yes”).

87:

hāc lēge: according to this law; hāc lēge…quī = hāc lēge ut: relative noun clause (verba postulandī, Caps. XXVII, XXXVII); these clauses are partly result explaining the content of the lēx, and partly purpose, looking to the inherent demand.

90:

sīdera: constellations, while stella is an individual star.

92–93:

et tibi…et piīs omnibus: datives of agent with gerundive retinendus.

94:

iniūssū: “without the order”; ille refers to animus.

98:

cole: imperative (colere); in parentibus, propinquīs, patriā: “in the case of/in respect of.”

107:

eae magnitūdinēs: “those vastnesses.”

112–113:

me imperiī nostrī…paenitēret: for paenitēre with accusative of person and genitive of thing, see Cap. XL; subjunctive in a result clause (ita…parva…ut).

Cursūs stēllārum: 114–139

117:

tibi: ethical dative (Cap. LV).

120:

arcēns: “enclosing” (arcēre, Cap. XXXIX).

121:

īnfixī illī cursūs sempiternī: the “fixed stars” of the outermost rim that seems not to move relative to the other stars.

122–123:

septem: sc. cursūs; contrārio mōtū…atque: a movement different than (the movement of) the sky.

126:

horribilis terrīs: because Mars is the god of war.

138:

nūtū: nūtus is a downward movement, usually of the head, a nod, but also, as here, the force of gravity.

Cantus sphaerārum: 140–170

The description of the music of the spheres is difficult and has inspired much scholarly argument. The notes below aim at elucidating the Latin not the dynamics of the vision.

144–148:

Hic: sc. sonus; prō ratā parte: “proportionally”; coniūnctus: “composed”; intervāllīs: understand (from the next clause) the pushing onward (impulsū) and movement (mōtū) of the {371} heavenly bodies (orbium)—these cause the irregular but harmonized pauses (musical intervals) that occur in the constant motion of the heavens; acūta: “sharp or high-pitched”; gravibus: “heavy or low-pitched”; concentus, -ūs: “harmony.”

149:

nātūra fert ut: verba postulandī: “nature requires that” (Cap. XXVII); extrēma: as the context makes clear, this refers to the outer edges as judged from the middle, not just the outer rim.

156–158:

eadem vīs est duōrum: the rotation of the moon and the caelum move at different speeds but with the same power or energy; septem…quī numerus rērum omnium ferē nōdus est: for seven as one of the perfect numbers, see lines 49–52.

159:

nervīs: strings on a musical instrument; cantibus: cantus, -ūs is properly the music made by voice or instrument.

162:

obsurduērunt: “have grown deaf.”

164:

Catadūpa, -ōrum: a famous waterfall (cataract) on the Nile.

166–168:

hic: the sound of the music of the spheres; tōtīus mundī: genitive with conversiōne; sonitus: “the sound (made by)” + ablative, incitātissimā conversiōne.

169–170:

nequītis: < nequeō, nequīre, plural because although he is talking to Scipio, he refers to all living people; aciēs is often used of acuity of vision.

Angustiae terrārum: 171–231

178–181:

quam celebritātem…quam…glōriam: interrogative adjectives; expetendam: “that ought to be sought,” i.e., worthwhile; habitārī, habitātur: impersonal; ubi habitātur with in ipsīs quasi maculīs; vāstās sōlitūdinēs interiectās (esse) with vidēs.

187–188:

quibusdam…cingulīs: ablative of means dependent on and enclosing redimītam (< redimīre: “encircle”) and circumdatam (“wrapped around”), which refer to terram.

189–190:

verticibus ipsīs: ablative with subnīxōs (“propped up by, supported by”); ex utrāque parte: “on both sides” (i.e., poles of the earth); pruīnā: “frost.”

193:

nihil ad vestrum genus: a common idiom sc. (as in margins), pertinet.

{372} 194:

aquilō, -ōnis (m.): “the north wind”; cerne: imperative of cernere, “perceive”; quam: interrogative adverb introducing indirect question (so too in line 199: quam sit parvus vidēs).

197–198:

marī quod ‘Atlanticum’, quod ‘Magnum’, quem ‘Ōceanum’: Atlanticum and Magnum are both adjectives, while Oceanus is a proper name (masculine gender), and the gender of the relative (antecedent marī) has been attracted into the gender of Oceanus.

200–201:

cuiusquam nostrum nōmen: “the name of any of us”: cuiusquam (< quisquam, used in negative contexts) is genitive with nōmen and nostrum is partitive genitive with cuiusquam (Caps. XXIX, XL).

203–204:

in reliquīs (orientis aut obeuntis sōlis) ultimīs aut (aquilōnis austrīve) partibus: reliquīs, ultimīs refer to all partibus, while the partitive gentives, east (orientis…sōlis) or west (obeuntis sōlis), north or south (aquilōnis austrīve) enumerate them; Quibus: i.e., the furthest regions of the world.

208–210:

sī cupiat…prodere; prōlēs: “offspring” (XLVI.851); nostrum: see note above on lines 200–201.

211:

tempore certō: “at fixed times.”

214:

quid…interest + accusative and infinitive: “what difference does it make that…”

215–216:

nūllus: sc. sermo; certē meliōrēs: according to the persistent Roman belief that their ancestors were more virtuous than their contemporaries.

217–218:

nōmen nostrum: adjective, not genitive of pronoun; memoriam cōnsequī, “achieve the memory (of)”; ūnīus annī: i.e., of a year measured by the completion of all stellar rotations.

225:

dēficere sōl: an eclipse of the sun; a second eclipse (l.228) will signal the end of a complete year.

230:

habētō: future imperative, “consider the year complete.”

Dē glōriā aeternā et animō immortālī: 232–298

233–234:

dēspērāveris: perfect subjunctive in the protasis of a future-less-vivid condition; the sense of the condition: if you should lose hope of eternal life here, what value is the tiny bit of glory that you attain on earth? (i.e., “none”); magnīs et praestantibus {373} virīs: dative of possession with omnia sunt; quantī: genitive of value (Cap. XXIX).

236:

partem exiguam: i.e., vīcēsimam partem (ll.230–231).

237–239:

sī volēs…dēderis…posueris: indicatives in a future-more-vivid condition.

241:

quid…loquantur: indirect question; ipsī videant: jussive, “let them see to it” (i.e., that’s their concern, not yours).

247:

bene meritīs dē patriā: meritīs is dative with aditum patet; the expression is idiomatic: to those who have “earned well” (proved deserving) from the point of view of someone else (dē + the ablative).

248–249:

vestīgiīs: dative with ingressus (cf. our “followed in your footsteps”); decorī vestrō: dative with intransitive dēfuī.

251:

ēnītere: imperative.

253:

mēns cuiusque is est quisque: “the mind (heart, soul) of each person is that person”; mēns is that hegemonic principle of life (in the Tusculan Disputations 3.5, Cicero says mēns cui regnum totīus animī ā natūrā tribūtum est).

254–258:

tam…quam.

258–260:

ut…sic: “as…so”: Points of Style, Cap. XIX; mundum…mortālem: object of movet.

261:

movētur: “is in motion, moves itself,” not “is moved” (which implies an external propulsion); see line 265: quod sē ipsum movet.

266:

cēterīs: dative with hic fōns, hoc prīncipium.

269–270:

nec enim esset id prīncipium quod gignerētur aliunde: contrafactual (quod “whatever” instead of sī): “whatever arises/comes into being from another source (other than itself) could not be this beginnning/first principle/originator.”

271–272:

prīncipium exstīnctum: the participle (as often) implies a condition: “if the beginning has been deprived of life.”

275–277:

vel concidat…cōnsistat necesse est nec…nancīscātur: see grammar section above on necesse est + the subjunctive; both subjects go with all verbs: omne caelum omnisque nātūra concidat et cōnsistat nec vim ūllam nancīscātur; quā moveātur: generic/descriptive consecutive clause (see below l.280).

{374} 279–280:

quod…moveātur: subordinate clause in indirect statement; quis est qui…neget: descriptive relative clause (Caps. XXXIX, XLII).

292–293:

dēdidērunt: < dēdere + accusative and dative, “surrender” (Cap. XLI); eārum = voluptātibus.

294:

libīdinum: genitive with impulsū; oboedientium agrees with libīdinum; voluptātibus is dative with oboedientium.

295:

corporibus: ablative of separation with ēlāpsī.

296–297:

multīs…saeculīs: ablative of time within which.

Integer Vītae: 299–325

300–301:

carminum: genitive plural of carmen, “lyric poem”; Fuscum: see introduction to this chapter above.

302:

integer vītae scelerisque pūrus: epexegetical genitives (see grammar section).

303–304:

eget: egēre (Cap. XXXVII), like carēre, with ablatives of separation iaculīs, arcū, gravidā phaeretrā; Maurus, -a, -um: the Maurī live in Maurētānia; cf. Cap. LII.

306:

Syrtēs: Syrtis (Greek Σύρτις) means “sandbank”; Syrtis Māior and Syrtis Minor are gulfs in the area of the Mediterranean Sea around Africa (see margins).

307:

facturus: with integer, pūrus; iter facere: “journey.”

308:

Caucasus: mountain range between Black Sea and Caspian Sea in Asia; cf. above, line 201 and margin; quae loca = loca quae; fābulōsus: “storied”; i.e., about which people tell a lot of stories.

309:

lambit: like the lupa of XLI.230–231: Quōs lupa nūtrit…,/et lambit linguā corpora bīna suā.

310:

namque: introduces the exemplum that “proves” Horace’s assertion in lines 1–8 of the poem; silvā…in Sabīnā: Horace owned a farm and villa in the Sabine hills.

311:

Lalagēn: A girl’s name, Lalagē, from the Greek Λαλαγή, related to the Greek verb “lalein” (λαλεῖν), which means “chatter, prattle.”

312:

cūrīs…expedītīs: expedīre means “to unshackle the feet, to free”; it is used of light-armed soldiers who are free of heavy burdens (in this case, anxieties, cūrae) and thus able to travel quickly.

{375} 313:

inermem: sine armīs, modifies mē (l.9).

314:

portentum (Cap. XLVI): “monster.”

315:

Dauniās: only here in Latin; Daunus a legendary king of Apulia (in the Aeneid, Turnus’s father); subject of alit.

316–317:

Iuba: king of Numidia and part of Mauretania (contemporary with Horace); leōnum: objective genitive with nūtrix; ārida nūtrix: in apposition to tellūs.

318:

piger, -ra, -rum (Cap. XXI): “lazy” (see margins); pigrīs: ablative of place where.

320:

latus: i.e., the furthest edge.

320–321:

urget: agrees with malus Iuppiter but refers to nebulae as well.

323:

domibus: dative with negātā.

III. VOCĀBULA

NŌMINA

1st

illecebra, -ae

enticement, allurement

pharētra, -ae

quiver

pruīna, -ae

hoarfrost, rime

zōna, -ae

belt, zone

2nd

aesculētum, -ī

oak forest

aevum, -ī

lifetime, life

cingulus, -ī (also: cingulum, -ī)

belt

nōdus, -ī

knot, bond

pūnctum, -ī

dot, point, speck

radius, -ī

ray

3rd

caelitēs, -um (m. pl.)

gods

candor, -ōris (m.)

whiteness, brightness

cōnservātor, -ōris (m.)

savior, guardian

conversiō, -ōnis (f.)

rotation, revolution

ēluviō, -ōnis (f.)

flood, inundation

{376} exustiō, -ōnis (f.)

conflagration

fulgor, -ōris (m.)

flash; flash of lightning

līmes, -ītis (m.)

path, track

moderātor, -ōris (m.)

ruler, director

pietās, -tātis (f.)

respect, devotion, dutiful conduct

posteritās, -tātis (f.)

future, posterity

tellūs, -ūris (f.)

earth

temperātiō, -ōnis (f.)

fit proportion, organizing principle

4th

ānfrāctus, -ūs

orbit (of the sun); lit. bending, recurving

concentus, -ūs

harmony

nūtus, -ūs

nod, gravitation

pulsus, -ūs

thrust, impulse

VERBA

-āre

(amputō) amputāre

cut off

(animō) animāre

give life to

(collācrimō) collācrimāre

burst into tears

(dīlātō) dīlātāre

spread, expand

(laxō) laxāre

loose, untie, release

(lūstrō) lūstrāre

irradiate, purify, survey

(pervolō) pervolāre

move rapidly, rush, fly

(trānatō) trānatāre

swim across

(volūtō) volūtāre

roll, pass, whirl

-ēre

(arrīdeō) arrīdēre (< ridēre)

smile at

(cieō) ciēre, cīvisse, citum

set in motion, move

(contueor) contuērī (< tuērī)

look at, contemplate

(ēlūceō) ēlūcēre (< lūcēre)

shine forth

-ere

(accolō) accolere (< colere)

live near

(cohorrēscō) cohorrēscere

shudder

(cōnectō) cōnectere, -uisse, -xum

join together

{377} (dēfugiō) dēfugere (< fugere)

escape, avoid

(īnfīgō) īnfīgere (< fīgere)

fix, fasten

(ingemēscō) ingemēscere

groan, moan

(īnsistō) īnsistere, -itisse

stand (on), pursue

(interrumpō) interrumpere (< rumpere)

break up, cut, interrupt

(obrigēscō) obrigēscere, -uisse

become stiff

(obsurdēscō) obsurdēscere, -uisse

become deaf

(offendō) offendere, -disse, -sum

hit upon, come upon, find

(renāscor) renāscī, -ātum

be reborn, be recreated

-īre

(dēfīniō) dēfīnīre (< finīre)

delimit

(redimiō) redimīre, -isse, -ītum

encircle, surround

ADIECTĪVA

1st/2nd

aestīvus, -a, -um

of summer

aestuōsus, -a, -um

sweltering, seething

āridus, -a, -um

dry, barren

cadūcus, -a, -um

ready to fall, perishable

citimus, -a, -um (sup. of citer)

nearest

concitātus, -a, -um

fast, rapid

excelsus, -a, -um

lofty, high

excitātus, -a, -um (< excitāre Caps. XIV, XIX)

lively, vigorous, loud

extimus, -a, -um (sup. of exter)

outermost, farthest

fābulōsus, -a, -um

fabulous, celebrated in fable

globōsus, -a, -um

spherical, round

hērēditārius, -a, -um

inherited, hereditary

inanimus, -a, -um

lifeless, inanimate

incitātus, -a, -um (< incitāre Caps. XXXVII, XXXVIII)

fast-moving, rapid

lacteus, -a, -um

milky

rutilus, -a, -um

red

stēllifer, -era, -erum

star-bearing

subiectus, -a, -um (+ dat.)

situated under

{378} torridus, -a, -um

scorched, parched

trānsversus, -a, -um

placed crosswise

3rd

alacer, -cris, -cre

lively, eager, keen

austrālis, -e

southern

fātālis, -e (cf. fātum, -ī Caps. XXXIV, XXXIX)

fateful, destined

fragilis, -e (< frangere Caps. XXIV, XLIII, XLVI)

fragile, frail

habitābilis, -e (< habitāre Caps. V, XLIII)

habitable

hebes (gen. hebetis)

dull, blunt

immōbilis, -e (< movēre)

immovable, motionless

inhospitālis, -e (< hospes, l.30, hospitālis, ll.42, 45)

inhospitable

lūnāris, -e (< luna, l.13)

of the moon, lunar

septentrionālis, -e (< septentriōnēs, ll.16, 50)

northern

ADVERBIA

aliunde

from another place, person, thing

citrō: ultrō citrōque

to and fro, on both sides

quōcircā

hence, therefore

quoūsque

how long? till when?

ōcius (comp. without positive)

quicker, sooner

octiēs (Cap. XXX: distributive numbers)

eight times

subter

below, underneath

____________

1. For an explanation of the line number references convention, see p. xxvi.

{379} Latin–English Vocabulary

Reprinted with permission from LINGVA LATINA PER SE ILLVSTRATA:
LATIN–ENGLISH VOCABULARY II. © Hans H. Ørberg 1998

A

ā/ab/abs prp + abl from, of, since, by

ab-aliēnāre turn away, alienate

ab-dere -didisse -ditum hide

ab-ditus -a -um hidden, remote

ab-dūcere take away, carry off

ab-errāre wander away, stray

ab-esse ā-fuisse be absent/away/distant, fall short, be wanting

ab-horrēre ab be inconsistent with

ab-icere throw away

ab-igere -ēgisse -āctum drive away

ab-īre -eō -iisse go away

ab-olēre efface, obliterate

ab-olēscere -ēvisse be effaced/forgotten

ab-ripere drag away, carry off

ab-rogāre repeal, cancel

ab-rumpere break off

abs v. ā/ab/abs

abs-cēdere go away, withdraw

absēns -entis adi absent

ab-solvere free, acquit

abs-terrēre frighten away, deter

abs-tinēns -entis self-restrained

abs-tinēre -uisse -tentum keep off

abs-trahere remove, separate

ab-sūmere consume, waste, destroy

abundāns -antis overflowing, abundant

abundantia -ae f overflow, abundance

abundāre (+ abl) overflow, be rich (in)

abundē amply, more than needed

ab-ūtī + abl use up, take advantage of

ac v. atque/ac

ac-cēdere approach, come near

ac-cendere -disse -ēnsum light, inflame

acceptus -a -um + dat well-liked, popular

accersere -īvisse -ītum send for, fetch

accessiō -ōnis f addition, accessory

ac-cidere -disse happen, occur, be heard

ac-cingere gird, pass gird oneself

ac-cipere receive, get, hear

ac-cīre summon, send for

ac-clāmāre shout, proclaim

ac-colere live near

ac-commodāre fit, adapt

ac-cubāre recline at table

ac-cumbere -cubuisse lie down at table

accūrātē carefully

ac-currere -rrisse -rsum come running

ac-cūsāre accuse

ācer -cris -cre keen, active, fierce

acerbus -a -um sour, bitter

acervus -ī m heap, pile

aciēs -ēī f line of battle, battle, sight

ac-quiēscere go to rest, die

ac-quīrere -sīvisse -sītum acquire, procure

ācta -ōrum n pl deeds, actions

āctiō -ōnis f action, delivery

āctor -ōris m pleader, advocate

acūtus -a -um sharp

ad prp + acc to, toward, by, at, till

ad-amāre fall in love with

ad-dere -didisse -ditum add

ad-dūcere lead, bring (to)

ad-eō adv to such a degree, so, too

ad-esse af-fuisse (+ dat) be present, stand by

ad-hortārī encourage, urge on

ad-hortātor -ōris m one who encourages

ad-hūc so far, till now, still

ad-icere add

ad-igere -ēgisse -āctum drive, compel (to)

ad-imere -ēmisse -ēmptum take away (from), steal

{380} ad-ipīscī -eptum obtain

ad-īre -eō -iisse -itum go to, approach

aditus -ūs m approach, access

ad-iungere join to, add, attach

ad-iuvāre help

ad-minister -trī m assistant, helper

ad-ministra -ae f assistant, helper

ad-ministrāre conduct, administer

ad-mīrārī admire, wonder at

admīrātiō -ōnis f wonder, admiration

ad-miscēre mix (in), add

ad-mittere let in, admit

ad-modum adv very much, quite

ad-monēre remind, advise, urge

ad-monitus -ūs m advice, prompting

ad-movēre move near, put to

admurmurātiō -ōnis f murmur

ad-nectere -xuisse -xum attach, connect

ad-nītī exert oneself, strive

adnotātiuncula -ae f short note

adolēscere -ēvisse grow up

ad-optāre adopt

adopt(āt)iō -ōnis f adoption

ad-ōrāre worship, adore

ad-orīrī attack

ad-ōrnāre equip

ad-stāre stand by

ad-suēscere get accustomed

adulēscēns -entis m young man

adulēscentia -ae f youth

adulter -erī m adulterer

adulterīnus -a -um forged, false

adulterium -ī n adultery

adultus -a -um full-grown, adult

aduncus -a -um hooked, curved

ad-vehere carry, convey (to)

advena -ae m/f immigrant, foreigner

ad-venīre arrive

adventāre approach

adventicius -a -um from without, foreign

adventus -ūs m arrival

adversārī oppose, resist

adversārius -ī m opponent, adversary

adversus/-um prp + acc toward, against

adversus -a -um facing, opposed, front, contrary, unfavorable

ad-vertere turn, direct (toward)

ad-vocāre call, summon

aedēs -is f temple, pl house

aedificāre build

aedificium -ī n building

aedīlicius -ī m ex-aedile

aedīlis -is m aedile (magistrate)

aedīlitās -ātis f aedileship

aeger -gra -grum sick, ill

aegrē with pain, unwillingly

aegrōtāre be ill

aegrōtus -a -um sick

aēneus -a -um of bronze/copper

aequābilis -e equal

aequābilitās -ātis f equality

aequālis -is m/f person of the same age

aequāre make equal, equal

aequē equally

aequinoctium -ī n equinox

aequor -is n surface, sea

aequus -a -um level, equal, fair, calm

āēr -eris m air

aerārium -ī n public treasury

aerātus -a -um fitted with bronze

aereus -a -um of bronze/copper

aes aeris n copper, bronze, money

aesculētum -ī n oak forest

aestās -ātis f summer

aestimāre value, estimate

aestīvus -a -um of summer

aestuōsus -a -um sweltering, seething

aetās -ātis f age, lifetime, life

aeternus -a -um eternal, everlasting

aethēr -eris m heaven, upper air, ether

aevum -ī n time space, lifetime, life

affectāre strive after, aspire to

affectus -a -um affected by illness, ill

affectus -ūs m mood, feeling

af-ferre at-tulisse al-lātum bring, report, announce, bring about, cause

af-ficere affect, stir, visit with

af-fingere add, fabricate

af-fīrmāre assert, affirm, prove

af-flīgere -xisse -ctum cast down, deject, afflict

af-fluere flow near

Āfricus -ī m south-west wind

age -ite + imp come (on)! well, now

ager -grī m field

agere ēgisse āctum drive, do, perform, act, spend, live, pass go on

agere (cum) discuss, plead

agitur (rēs/dē rē) is at stake

āctum est (dē) it is all up (with)

agger -eris m rampart

ag-gredī -ior -gressum attack, set about, try

agitāre move, stir, plan (vītam) agitāre live

animō/sēcum agitāre think about, consider

agitātiō -ōnis f brandishing

agmen -inis n army on the march, file

agna -a f ewe lamb

{381} agnōscere -ōvisse recognize

agnus -ī m lamb

agrārius -a -um agrarian

agrestis -e rustic, boorish, m peasant

agricola -ae m farmer, peasant

ain’ you don’t say? really?

āiō ais ait āiunt say

āla -ae f wing

alacer -cris -cre lively, eager, keen

ālātus -a -um winged

albus -a -um white

alere -uisse altum nurse, feed, nourish

āles -itis f large bird

aliās adv at another time

al-ibī adv in another place, elsewhere

alinēnigena -ae m foreigner, stranger

aliēnus -a -um someone else’s

aliō adv elsewhere

ali-quamdiū for some time

ali-quandō once, at last

ali-quantum a good deal

ali-quī -qua -quod some

ali-quis -quid someone, something

ali-quot indēcl some, several

aliter otherwise

ali-unde from elsewhere, from others

alius -a -ud another, other

aliī…aliī some…others

alius aliā viā each in his own way

al-licere -iō -lēxisse -lectum attract

al-ligāre tie, fasten (to)

al-loquī speak to, address

altāria -ium n pl altar

altē deep, deeply

alter -era -erum one, the other (of two), second

altitūdō -inis f height, depth

altum -ī n the open sea

altus -a -um high, tall, deep

alveus -ī m trough

amāns -antis m lover

amāre love

amārus -a -um bitter

amātōrius -a -um of love

ambō -ae -ō both, the two

ambulāre walk

ā-mēns -entis out of one’s mind, mad

amīca -ae f girlfriend

amīcitia -ae f friendship

amictus -ūs m mantle, cloak

amīcus -ī m friend

amīcus -a -um friendly

ā-migrāre go away, remove

ā-mittere lose

amnis -is m river

amoenitās -ātis f pleasantness, beauty

amoenus -a -um lovely, pleasant

amor -ōris m love

amphitheātrum -ī n amphitheater

amphora -ae f amphora (jar)

am-plectī -xum embrace, cling to

ampliāre enlarge

amplificāre enlarge

amplitūdō -inis f size, extent, greatness

amplius adv comp more

amplus -a -um large, big

amputāre cut off

an or,…(really)? if

anceps -cipitis double, undecided

ancīle -is n sacred shield

ancilla -ae f female slave, servant

ānfrāctus -ūs m orbit (of the sun)

anguis -is m snake, serpent

angulus -ī m angle, corner

angustiae -ārum f pl narrowness, pass, defile

angustus -a -um narrow

anima -ae f breath, life, soul, ghost

anim-ad-vertere notice

animal -ālis n animal, living being

animāre give life to

animus -ī m mind, soul, courage

in animō est (mihi) I have in mind, intend

annālēs -ium m pl annals

anniversārius -a -um annual

annus -ī m year

annuus -a -um for one year, annual

ante prp + acc, adv in front of, before

anteā before, formerly

ante-capere anticipate

ante-cēdere precede, surpass

ante-cellere surpass, excel

ante-ferre prefer

ante-hāc formerly

ante-īre precede, surpass

ante-pōnere place before, prefer

ante-quam before

ante-venīre forestall, anticipate

antīquitās -ātis f antiquity, ancient times

antīquus -a -um old, ancient, former

antrum -ī n cave, cavern

ānulus -ī m ring

anus -ūs f old woman

ānxius -a -um worried, worrying

aper aprī m wild boar

aperīre -uisse -rtum open, disclose

apertus -a -um open

apis -is f bee

ap-parāre prepare, arrange

apparātus -ūs m preparation, equipment

ap-pārēre appear

appellāre call, address

ap-pellere drive, bring (to)

ap-petere try to reach, seek, desire

ap-plicāre attach

ap-pōnere place (on), serve

ap-portāre bring

ap-prehendere seize

ap-probāre approve

ap-propinquāre (+ dat) approach, come near

aprīcus -a -um sunny

Aprīlis -is (mēnsis) April

{382} aptē neatly, aptly

aptus -a -um suitable, convenient

apud prp + acc beside, near, by

aqua -ae f water

aquārī fetch water

aquātor -ōris m one who fetches water

aquila -ae f eagle

Aquilō -ōnis m north (north-east) wind

āra -ae f altar

arānea -ae f spider, cobweb

arāre plow

arātor -ōris m plowman

arātrum -ī n plow

arbiter -trī m eyewitness, arbitrator

arbitrārī think, believe

arbitrātus -ūs m choice, decision

arbitrium -ī n decision, wish

arbor -oris f tree

arcēre keep away

arcessere -īvisse -ītum send for, fetch

arcuātus -a -um arched

arcus -ūs m bow, (triumphal) arch

ārdēns -entis burning, ardent

ārdēre -sisse -sum burn

ārdor -ōris m burning, fire, ardor

arduus -a -um steep

ārea -ae f open space, site

argenteus -a -um silver-, of silver

argentum -ī n silver

arguere -uisse -ūtum reveal, affirm, accuse

argūmentum -ī n proof, argument

āridus -a -um dry, barren

ariēs -etis m ram, battering ram

arma -ōrum n pl arms

armāre arm, equip

armātūra -ae f armament, armed troops

armātus -a -um armed

armentum -ī n (herd of) cattle

armilla -ae f bracelet

ar-rīdēre smile at

ar-ripere grasp, take hold of

ar-rogāre claim

ars artis f art, skill

artifex -icis m craftsman, master, artist

articifium -ī n skill, art, cunning

artus -a -um close, tight, deep

arvum -ī n (plowed) field

arx arcis f hill-top, citadel

as assis m as (copper coin)

a-scendere -disse climb, go up, mount

a-scīscere -īvisse -ītum admit, adopt

asinīnus -a -um ass’s

asinus -ī m ass, donkey

asper -era -erum rough, harsh, grievous

a-spergere -sisse -sum sprinkle, scatter (on)

asperitās -ātis f roughness, ruggedness

a-spicere look at, look

assēnsus -ūs m approval, assent

as-sentīre/-rī + dat agree with, assent

as-sequī attain to, achieve

as-serere -uisse-rtum claim

as-sīdere sit down

assiduitās -ātis f perseverance

assiduus -a -um constantly present

as-signāre assign, allocate

as-sūmere take, lay claim to

as-surgere rise

astrologus -ī m astronomer

astrum -ī n star, constellation

asȳlum -ī n refuge, asylum

at but, yet, at least

āter -tra -trum black, dark

āthlēta -ae m athlete, prizefighter

atque/ac and, as, than

atquī but, and yet

ātrium -ī n main room, hall, house

atrōx -ōcis adi dreadful, atrocious

attat! ah!

attentus -a -um attentive

at-tenuāre make thin, reduce

at-terere wear (down), weaken

at-tinēre ad concern, relate to

at-tingere -tigisse -tāctum touch, reach, arrive at, adjoin

attonitus -a -um stunned, stupefied

auctor -ōris m originator, founder, advocate, guarantor

auctor esse advise, advocate, relate

auctōritās -ātis f authorization, authority

audācia -ae f boldness, audacity

audāx -ācis adi bold, audacious

audēre ausum esse dare, venture

audīre hear, listen

dictō audiēns esse obey

au-ferre abs-tulisse ab-lātum carry off, take away

au-fugere run away, escape

augēre -xisse -ctum increase

augēscere grow, increase

augur -is m augur

augurium -ī n augury, omen

augustus -a -um venerable, majestic

Augustus -ī (mēnsis) August

aula -ae f palace

aura -ae f breeze, wind

aurātus -a -um gilded

aureus -a -um gold-, m gold piece

aurīga -ae m charioteer, driver

auris -is f ear

aurōra -ae f dawn

aurum -ī n gold

auspicārī take the auspices

{383} auspicium -ī n omen taken from birds

Auster -trī m south wind

austrālis -e southern

aut or

aut…aut either…or

autem but, however

autumnus -ī m autumn

auxilium -ī n help, assistance

auxilia -ōrum n pl auxiliary forces

avāritia -ae f greed, avarice

avārus -a -um greedy, avaricious

ā-vehere carry off; pass go away

ā-vellere -lisse -vulsum tear away

avēre be eager, desire, long

āversus -a -um having the back turned

ā-vertere turn aside, divert, avert

avidus -a -um (+ gen) greedy, eager

avis -is f bird

avītus -a -um of his grandfather

ā-volāre fly off, rush off

avunculus -ī m (maternal) uncle

avus -ī m grandfather

B

baculum -ī n stick

bālāre bleat

balneae -ārum f pl public baths

balneum -ī n bath, bathroom

barba -ae f beard

barbarus -a -um foreign, barbarian

basilica -ae f basilica

bāsium -ī n kiss

beātus -a -um happy

bellāre wage war, fight

bellātor -ōris m warrior

bellicōsus -a -um warlike

bellicus -a -um of war, military

bellum -ī n war

bellus -a -um lovely, pretty

bēlua -ae f beast, wild animal

bene well

beneficium -ī n benefit, favor

benignus -a -um kind, benevolent

bēstia -ae f beast, animal

bēstiola -ae f small animal, insect

bibere -bisse drink

bibliothēca -ae f library

bīduum -ī n two days

biennium -ī n two years

bīnī -ae -a two (each)

bis twice

blandīrī coax, urge

blandus -a -um charming, ingratiating

boārius -a -um cattle-

bonum -ī n good, blessing

bonus -a -um good

bōs bovis m/f ox

bracchium -ī n arm

brevī adv soon

breviārium -ī n summary

brevis -e short

brūtus -a -um brutish

C

cachinnus -ī m laugh, guffaw

cadere cecidisse fall

cadūcus -a -um ready to fall, perishable

caecus -a -um blind

caedere cecīdisse caesum beat, fell, kill

caedēs -is f killing, slaughter, blood

caelestis -e celestial, m pl gods

caelitēs -um m pl gods

caelum -ī n sky, heaven

caerimōnia -ae f rite, ceremony

calamitās -ātis f misfortune, calamity

calamus -ī m reed, pen

calcar -āris m spur

calceus -ī m shoe

calida -ae f hot water

calidus -a -um warm, hot

callidus -a -um clever, cunning

callis -is f track, path

calor -ōris m warmth, heat

campus -ī m plain

cancer -crī m crab, Cancer

candēlābrum -ī n candelabrum

candidus -a -um white, bright

candor -ōris m whiteness, brightness

canere cecinisse sing, crow, play, sound, sing of, prophesy

canis -is m/f dog

cantāre sing, sing of

cantus -ūs m singing, music

capere -iō cēpisse captum take, catch, capture, get, hold

capillus -ī m hair

capitulum -ī n chapter

capra -ae f goat

captīvus -ī m prisoner-of-war

caput -itis n head, chief, capital, person, life, death penalty

carcer -eris m prison

cardō -inis m door pivot, hinge

carēre + abl be without, lack

carīna -ae f keel, ship

cāritās -ātis f high price, love, esteem

carmen -inis n song, poem

carō carnis f flesh, meat

carpentum -ī n two-wheeled carriage

carpere -psisse -ptum gather, pick, crop

cārus -a -um dear

casa -ae f cottage, hut

castellum -ī n fort, stronghold

castīgāre correct, reprove

castīgātor -ōris m one who reproves

castitās -ātis f chastity

castra -ōrum n pl camp

castus -a -um chaste

cāsus -ūs m fall, chance, accident

catēna -ae f chain

{384} caterva -ae f band, troop, crowd

cauda -ae f tail

caudex -icis m trunk, blockhead

causa -ae f cause, reason, case

gen (/meā) + causā for the sake of

causālis -e causal

cautus -a -um cautious

cavea -ae f cage, coop

cavēre cāvisse cautum beware (of)

cavus -a -um hollow

cēdere cessisse go, withdraw

cēlāre conceal (from)

celeber -bris -bre crowded, well-known

celebrāre celebrate, extol

celebrātus -a -um celebrated

celebritās -ātis f crowding, reputation

celer -eris -ere swift, quick

celeritās -ātis f speed, swiftness

cella -ae f temple chamber, chapel

celsus -a -um tall

cēna -ae f dinner

cēnāre dine, have dinner

cēnsēre -uisse -sum think, decide, assess

cēnsor -ōris m censor (magistrate)

cēnsūra -ae f censorship

cēnsus -ūs m assessment, registration

centēsimus -a -um hundredth

centum a hundred

centuria -ae f century (unit of 100)

centuriātus -a -um voting in centuries

centuriātus -ūs m office of centurion

centuriō -ōnis m centurion (officer)

cēra -ae f wax

cerebrum -ī n brain

cernere crēvisse crētum discern, perceive

certāmen -inis n contest, fight

certāre contend, fight

certē certainly, at any rate

certō adv for certain

certus -a -um certain, sure

certiōrem facere inform

certum mihi est my mind is made up

cervus -ī m stag, deer

cessāre leave off, cease

cēterī -ae -a the other(s), the rest

cēterum adv besides, however

cēterus -a -um remaining

charta -ae f paper

chronicī -ōrum (librī) annals

cibus -ī m food

cicātrīx -īcis f scar

ciēre cīvisse citum set in motion, move

cingere -nxisse -nctum surround

cingulus -ī m belt

cinis -eris m ashes

-cipere -iō-cēpisse -ceptum

circā prp + acc, adv round, round about

circēnsēs -ium m pl games in the circus

circēnsis -e of the circus

circiter about

circu-īre -eō -iisse -itum go round, outflank

circuitus -ūs m rotation, circumference

circum prp + acc, adv round, round about

circum-agere cause to turn round

circum-dare surround, put round

circum-dūcere lead round

circum-fundere pour/spread round

circum-īre -eō -iisse -itum go round/about, outflank

circum-sedēre besiege

circum-silīre -uisse hop about

circum-sistere -stitisse surround

circum-stāre stand round, surround

circum-vāllāre beset, surround

circum-vehī go round, travel round

circum-venīre surround

circus -ī m circle, orbit, circus

cis prp + acc on this side of

citātus -a -um speeded up, swift

citerior -ius comp nearer

citimus -a -um sup nearest

citō adv, comp citius quickly

citrā prp + acc on this side of

citrō: ultrō citrōque to and fro, on both sides

cīvīlis -e civic, civil

cīvis -is m/f citizen, countryman

cīvitās -ātis f state, city, citizenship

clādēs -is f disaster, defeat

clam secretly

clāmāre shout

clāmitāre shout loudly

clāmor -ōris m shout, shouting

clandestīnus -a -um secret, clandestine

clāritūdō -inis f fame, renown

clārus -a -um bright, clear, loud, famous

classiāriī -ōrum m pl marines

classis -is f fleet, class (of citizens)

claudere -sisse -sum shut, close, enclose

claudus -a -um lame

clāva -ae f club, cudgel

clāvis -is f key

clēmēns -entis adi mild, lenient

clēmentia -ae f clemency, mercy

clībanārius -ī m cuirassier

clipeus -ī m round shield

clīvus -ī m slope, sloping street

cloāca -ae f sewer

co-alēscere -aluisse grow together, coalesce

{385} cocus -ī m cook

coep- coept- v. incipere

coepta -ōrum n pl undertaking, enterprise

co-ercēre keep in control, restrain

coetus -ūs m gathering, society

cōgere co-ēgisse -āctum compel, force, summon

cōgitāre think

cōgitātiō -ōnis f thought, reflection

cognātus -a -um related

cognitiō -ōnis f getting to know, study

cognōmen -inis n surname

cognōmentum -ī n surname

cognōscere -ōvisse -itum get to know, recognize

co-horrēscere -ruisse shudder

cohors -rtis f cohort, bodyguard

cohortārī exhort

cohortātiō -ōnis f exhortation

co-īre -eō -iisse -itum come together, gather

colere -uisse cultum cultivate, foster, devote oneself to, worship

col-lābī fall down, collapse

col-lacrimāre burst into tears

col-laudāre commend, praise

collēctiō -ōnis f collecting, gathering

collēga -ae m colleague

col-ligāre tie up, bind

col-ligere -lēgisse -lēctum gather, collect

collis -is m hill

col-locāre place

col-loquī talk, converse

colloquium -ī n conversation, parley

col-lūcēre shine

collum -ī n neck

colōnia -ae f settlement, colony

colōnus -ī m (tenant-)farmer, settler

color -ōris m color

colossus -ī m large statue, colossus

columba -ae f pigeon, dove

columna -ae f column

coma -ae f hair

comes -itis m companion

cōmicus -a -um of comedy, comic

cōmis -e kind

comitārī accompany

comitātus -ūs m escort, retinue

comitia -ōrum n pl assembly of the people

commeātus -ūs m supplies, provisions

com-memorāre mention

com-mendāre entrust, commit

commendātiō -ōnis f recommendation, praise

commentārī think about, practice

commentārius -ī m notebook, record

com-migrāre move, go and live

com-mittere engage (in battle), entrust, expose (to)

commodum -ī n advantage, interest

com-morārī stay, linger

commōtus -a -um excited, passionate

com-movēre move, excite, cause

commūnicāre share

commūniō -ōnis f partnership, sharing

com-mūnīre fortify

commūnis -e common

com-mūtāre change (completely)

commūtātiō -ōnis f change

cōmoedia -ae f comedy

com-parāre (1) prepare, provide

com-parāre (2) compare

comparātiō -ōnis f (1) preparation, provision

comparātiō -ōnis f (2) comparison

com-pārēre appear

com-pellere drive, force

com-perīre -risse -rtum find out, learn, discover

com-plectī -plexum hug, embrace, surround, include

com-plēre -ēvisse -ētum fill, complete

complexus -ūs m embrace

com-plōrāre lament, bewail

complōrātiō -ōnis f lamentation

com-plūrēs -a several

com-pōnere settle, arrange, compose

compos -otis + gen in possession of

compositum: ex c.ō by prearrangement

compositus -a -um well-ordered, compound

com-prehendere seize, include

com-primere -pressisse -pressum compress, crush, suppress, rape

com-probāre approve, confirm

com-putāre calculate, reckon

cōnārī attempt, try

con-cēdere go (away), yield, give up, concede, allow

concentus -ūs m harmony

con-certāre fight

con-cidere -disse fall (down), collapse

con-cīdere -disse -sum kill, beat

con-ciēre -cīvisse -citum stir up, excite

conciliāre win over

concilium -ī n assembly, league

con-cipere receive, catch, conceive

con-citāre stir up, incite

concitātus -a -um fast, rapid

con-clāmāre shout, cry out

concordia -a f concord

concors -rdis adi harmonious, concordant

concubīna -ae f concubine

{386} con-cumbere -cubuisse sleep (with)

con-cupīscere -īvisse desire, covet

con-currere -rrisse -rsum hurry together, clash

concursus -ūs m concourse, encounter

con-cutere -iō-ssisse -ssum shake

con-demnāre condemn

con-dere -didisse -ditum put, hide, found, close

condiciō -ōnis f condition

conditor -ōris m founder

cō-nectere join together

cōn-ferre con-tulisse col-lātum bring (together), carry, confer, compare, apply

sē cōnferre betake oneself, go

arma/signa cōnferre join battle, fight

cōnfertus -a -um dense, compact

cōnfessiō -ōnis f admission, confession

cōnfestim at once, immediately

cōn-ficere make, accomplish, exhaust, subdue, kill

cōn-fīdentia ae f self-confidence

cōn-fīdere (+ dat) trust, be sure

cōnfīnis -e adjacent, neighboring

cōn-fīrmāre assure, encourage

cōn-fitērī -fessum confess

cōn-flagrāre be burnt

cōnflīctāre harass, distress

cōn-flīgere -xisse -ctum clash, fight

cōn-fluentēs -ium m pl confluence

cōn-fluere flow together, meet

cōn-fugere flee for refuge

cōn-fundere mingle, upset, confuse

cōnfūsiō -ōnis f disorder, confusion

con-gerere bring together, collect

con-gredī -ior -gressum meet, join battle, fight

con-gregāre bring together, gather

con-icere throw, put

coniectūra -ae f inferring, conjecture

con-iugium -ī n marriage

con-iūnctiō -ōnis f union, conjunction

coniūnctus -a -um connected, associated

con-iungere join, connect

coniūnx -iugis m/f consort, wife

con-iūrāre swear together, conspire

coniūrātus -a -um sworn, joined by an oath

con-iūrātī -ōrum m pl the conspirators

con-iūrātiō -ōnis f conspiracy, plot

con-quiēscere rest

con-quīrere -sīvisse -sītum search out, investigate

cōn-salūtāre greet, hail

cōn-scendere -disse mount, board

cōn-scīscere -īvisse -ītum decree, inflict (on)

cōnscius -a -um (+ gen) privy (to), accomplice

cōn-scrībere enrol, compose, write

cōnscrīptī: patrēs c. senators

cōn-secrāre consecrate, deify

cōn-senēscere -nuisse grow old

cōnsēnsus -ūs m concord, agreement

cōn-sentīre agree (on)

cōn-sequī follow, overtake, achieve

cōn-serere -uisse -rtum join

manum cōnserere join battle

cōn-servāre preserve, maintain

cōnservātor -ōris m savior, guardian

cōn-sīderāre observe, reflect

cōnsīderātiō -ōnis f observation, reflection

cōn-sīdere -sēdisse sit down, settle

cōnsilium -ī n advice, decision, council, intention, plan, sense

cōn-sistere -stitisse stop, halt

cōn-sociāre associate, share

cōn-sōlārī comfort, console

cōnsonāns -antis f consonant

cōnspectus -a -um conspicuous, remarkable

cōnspectus -ūs m sight, view, survey

cōn-spicere catch sight of, see

cōnspicuus -a -um conspicuous, spectacular

cōnspīrātiō -ōnis f agreement, conspiracy

cōnstāns -antis adi steady, firm

cōnstantia -ae f steadyness, persistence

cōn-stāre -stitisse stand firm, remain, cost

cōnstāre ex consist of

cōnstat it is a fact, is is known

cōn-stituere -uisse -ūtum establish, erect, set up, fix, decide

cōnstitūtiō -ōnis f organization

cōn-suētūdō -inis f custom, habit

cōn-suēscere - ēvisse get used/accustomed to

cōn-suēvisse perf be accustomed

cōnsul -is m (cōs.) consul

cōnsulāris -e consular, m ex-consul

cōnsulātus -ūs m consulate

cōn-sulere -uisse -ltum consult, take counsel

cōnsulere + dat look after, take care of

{387} cōnsultāre deliberate, debate

cōnsultō adv deliberately

cōnsultor -ōris m adviser, counselor

cōnsultum -ī n resolution

cōn-sūmere use up, spend, exhaust

cōn-surgere stand up, rise

con-temnere -mpsisse -mptum despise, scorn

con-templārī look at, observe

contemptus -a -um despicable

con-tendere -disse -tum strain, exert (oneself), hasten, contend

contentiō -ōnis f tension, exertion, contest, comparison

contentus -a -um content

con-ticēscere -ticuisse fall silent

continēns -entis adi unbroken, adjacent

continēns -entis f (terra) continent

continentia -ae f restraint, self-control

con-tinēre -uisse -tentum keep, retain, contain

con-tingere -tigisse touch, be close to, (+ dat)

-tāctum be granted to, happen

continuāre continue, prolong

continuō adv immediately

continuus -a -um continuous, successive

cōntiō -ōnis f meeting, assembly

cōntiōnārī address a meeting

contrā prp + acc, adv against, facing, on the other side, in return

contrā-dīcere speak against, oppose

con-trahere contract, wrinkle

contrārius -a -um opposite, contrary

con-tremēscere -muisse tremble, quake

con-tuērī look at, contemplate

contumēlia -ae f insult, affront

contumēliōsus -a -um insulting, outrageous

con-turbāre mix up, confound

cōnūbium -ī n marriage, intermarriage

con-valēscere -luisse grow strong, recover

convallis -is f valley

con-vehere carry, gather

con-venīre come together, meet, be agreed, be settled

convenīre (ad/+ dat) fit, be fitting

conventus -ūs m meeting

conversiō -ōnis f rotation, revolution

con-vertere turn, change

con-vincere find guilty, convict

convīva -ae m/f guest

convīvium -ī n dinner-party

con-vocāre call together

co-optāre choose (as colleague)

co-orīrī break out, arise

cōpia -ae f abundance, means, control, pl resources, troops

cōpulāre join, connect

cōpulātīvus -a -um copulative

coquere -xisse -ctum cook

cor cordis n heart

cordī esse + dat be dear/pleasing

cōram prp + abl, adv before, in person

cornicen -inis m horn-blower, bugler

cornū -ūs n horn, wing (of army)

corōna -ae f wreath

corpus -oris n body

cor-rigere -rēxisse -rēctum correct

cor-ripere seize, rebuke

sē corripere start up, hurry off

cor-rumpere spoil, corrupt, bribe

corvus -ī m raven

cotīdiē every day

crās tomorrow

crassus -a -um thick, fat

crātis -is f hurdle (of wickerwork)

creāre create, appoint

crēber -bra -brum frequent, numerous

crēdere -didisse -ditum believe, trust, entrust

cremāre burn, cremate

crēscere -ēvisse grow, increase

crīmen -inis n charge, accusation

crīminārī accuse

crīnis -is m hair

cruciāre torture, torment

cruciātus -ūs m torture

crūdēlis -e cruel

crūdēlitās -ātis f cruelty

cruentus -a -um blood-stained, bloody

cruor -ōris m blood

crūs -ūris n leg

crux -ucis f cross

cubāre -uisse -itum lie (in bed)

cubiculum -ī n bedroom

cubīle -is n bed, couch

culīna -ae f kitchen

culmen -inis n summit, top, peak, roof

culpa -ae f blame, fault, guilt

culter -trī m knife

cultūra -a f cultivation

cultus -ūs m cultivation, care, mode of life, worship

cum prp + abl with

cum coniūnctiō when, as

cum prīmum + perf as soon as

cum…tum… not only…but also

cūnābula -ōrum n pl cradle

cūnae -ārum f pl cradle

cūnctārī hesitate

{388} cūnctātor -ōris m one who hesitates

cūnctus -a -um whole, pl all

cuneus -ī m wedge

cupere -iō -īvisse desire

cupiditās -ātis f desire

cupīdō -inis f desire, passion

cupidus -a -um (+ gen) desirous (of), eager (for)

cūr why

cūra -ae f care, anxiety, concern

cūrae esse + dat be of concern

cūrāre care for, look after, take care, undertake

curāre + acc., ger. undertake

cūria -ae f curia (division of the people, Senate-house)

currere cucurrisse run

currus -ūs m chariot

cursus -ūs m running, race, journey, course, orbit, career

curvus -a -um curved, crooked, bent

cūstōdia -ae f guard, custody, post

cūstōdīre guard

cūstōs -ōdis m guardian, guard

D

dactylus -ī m dactyl (—∪∪)

damnāre condemn, sentence

damnum -ī n loss

dapēs -um f pl feast, meal, food

dare dedisse datum give

sē dare give oneself up (to)

dē prp + abl (down) from, of, about, for, after

dea -ae f, pl dat/abl -ābus goddess

dē-bellāre finish the war, subdue

dēbēre owe, be obliged

dēbilis -e weak

dēbilitāre weaken

dē-cēdere go away, depart, die

decem ten

December -bris (mēnsis) December

decem-virī -ōrum m pl commission of ten

decēre be fitting, become

dē-cernere decide, settle, fight

deciēs ten times

decimus -a -um tenth

dē-cipere deceive

dē-clām(it)āre make practice speeches

dē-clārāre show, declare, express

dēclīnāre decline, inflect

decor -ōris m beauty, grace

decorāre adorn, glorify

decōrus -a -um handsome

dēcrētum -ī n resolution, decree

decuma -ae f tithe

dē-currere -rrisse -rsum run down

decus -oris n honor, ornament

dē-cutere -iō -cussisse -cussum knock off

dē-decus -oris n disgrace, dishonor

dē-dere -didisse -ditum give up, devote

dē-dicāre dedicate

dēditio -ōnis f surrender, capitulation

dē-dūcere lead/bring down, launch

de-esse dē-fuisse (+ dat) be missing, fail

dē-fendere -disse -ēnsum defend, maintain

dēfēnsāre defend

dēfēnsor -ōris m defender

dē-ferre carry, bring, report, confer, denounce

dē-fervēscere calm down

dēfessus -a -um worn out, tired

dē-ficere fail, sink, wane, defect

dē-figere fix, thrust, paralyse

dē-fīnīre delimit

dē-flēre weep for

dē-fōrmis -e ugly

dēfōrmitās -ātis f ugliness

dē-fugere escape, avoid

dē-fungī finish, have done, die

de-hinc next, then

dē-icere throw/bring down

dein afterward, then

deinceps in succession, next

de-inde/dein afterward, then

dē-iūrāre swear

dē-lābī slip down, descend

dēlectāre delight, please

dēlectātiō -ōnis m delight, pleasure

dēlēre -ēvisse -ētum delete, efface, destroy

dē-līberāre deliberate

dē-līberātiō -ōnis f deliberation

dēliciae -ārum f pl delight, pet

dēlictum -ī n misdeed, offense

dē-ligāre tie up, fasten

dē-ligere -lēgisse -lēctum pick out, choose

dē-linquere misbehave, do wrong

dēlīrāre be mad

dē-litēscere -tuisse hide oneself

delphīnus -ī m dolphin

dēlūbrum -ī n temple, shrine

dē-mandāre entrust, hand over

dē-mēns -ēntis out of one’s mind, mad

dēmere -mpsisse -mptum remove

dē-mergere sink, plunge

dē-mittere let fall, drop, lower

dē-mōnstrāre point out, show

dēmum adv at last, only

dēnārius -ī m denarius (silver coin)

dēnī -ae -a ten (each)

dēnique finally, at last

{389} dēns dentis m tooth

dēnsus -a -um thick, dense

dē-nūntiāre announce, order

dē-nuō anew, again

deorsum adv down

dē-pellere drive down/off, avert

dē-pōnere put/lay down, deposit

dē-populārī sack, plunder

dē-populātiō -ōnis f plundering

dē-portāre convey, bring back

dē-poscere demand

dē-prāvāre pervert

dē-precārī beg, entreat

dē-precātiō -ōnis f entreaty, plea

dē-prehendere/-prēndere seize, come on, surprise

dē-primere -essisse -essum press down, sink

dē-prōmere take out

dēpulsiō -ōnis f rebuttal

dē-relinquere leave behind

dē-rīdēre laugh at, make fun of

dē-scendere -disse go down, descend

dē-scīscere -īvisse -ītum defect

dē-scrībere draw, describe

dē-serere -uisse -rtum leave, desert

dēsertus -a -um deserted

dēsīderāre long for, miss

dēsīderium -ī n desire, longing

dē-signāre mark out

dēsignātus -a -um appointed, designate

dē-silīre -uisse jump down

dē-sinere -siisse -situm finish, stop, end

dē-sipere -iō be out of one’s mind

dē-sistere -stitisse leave off, cease

dē-spērāre lose hope, despair (of)

dēspērātiō -ōnis f despair

dē-spicere look down (on), despise

dē-spondēre -disse -sum betroth, engage

dēstināre designate, destine

dē-struere demolish

dē-tegere disclose

dē-tergēre wipe off

dēterior -ius comp worse

dē-terrēre deter

dēterrimus -a -um sup worst

dē-trahere pull off

dētrīmentum -ī n harm, loss

de-ūrere burn

deus -ī m, pl deī/diī/dī god

dē-vehere carry, convey

dē-venīre come, arrive

dē-vincere defeat completely

dē-vincīre bind

dē-vocāre call away, divert

dē-vorāre swallow up, devour

dexter -t(e)ra -t(e)rum right; f right hand, the right

dicāre dedicate

dīcere -xisse dictum say, call, speak

diciō -ōnis f dominion, power

dictāre dictate

dictātor -ōris m dictator

dictātūra -ae f dictatorship

dictitāre keep saying

dictum -ī n saying, words

dictō audiēns esse obey

diēs -ēī m (f) day, date

in diēs daily

dif-ferre dis-tulisse dīlātum postpone, defer, differ

dif-ficilis -e, sup -illimus difficult, hard

difficultās -ātis f difficulty

difficulter adv with difficulty

dif-fidere + dat distrust, despair of

dif-fluere overflow

digitus -ī m finger

dignitās -ātis f worthiness, dignity, rank

dignus -a -um worthy

dī-gredī -ior -gressum go away, depart

dī-lābī fall apart, perish

dī-lacerāre tear to pieces

dī-lātāre spread, expand

dīlēctus -a -um beloved, dear

dīlēctus -ūs m recruitment

dīligēns -entis adi careful, diligent

dīligentia -ae f carefulness

dīligere -ēxisse -ēctum love, be fond of

dī-lūcēscere -lūxisse dawn, become light

dī-micāre fight

dīmicātiō -ōnis f fight

dīmidium -ī n half

dīmidius -a -um half

dī-mittere send away, dismiss

diphthongus -ī f diphthong

dī-rigere -rēxisse -rēctum arrange, direct

dir-imere -ēmisse -ēmptum divide, interrupt

dī-ripere plunder, loot, rob

dī-ruere demolish

dīrus -a -um dreadful

dis-cēdere go away, depart

dis-ceptāre debate, discuss

discere didicisse learn

dis-cernere distinguish

discessus -ūs m departure

disciplīna -ae f instruction, discipline

discipulus -ī m pupil, disciple

discordia -ae f disagreement, discord

di-scrībere divide up, distribute

discrīmen -inis n distinction, grave danger

discrīptiō -ōnis f distribution

dis-cumbere -cubuisse take one’s place at table

dis-currere -rrisse -rsum run in several directions

disertus -a -um eloquent

dis-icere scatter, break up

disiūnctīvus -a -um separative, disjunctive

dis-iūnctus -a -um distant

dis-iungere separate

{390} dis-pālārī wander about

dis-pār -paris adi unequal, different

dis-pellere drive apart

di-spergere -sisse -sum scatter, disperse

dis-plicēre + dat displease, offend

dis-pōnere arrange, station

dis-putāre argue, discuss

disputātiō -ōnis f argument, discussion

dissēnsiō -ōnis f disagreement

dis-sentīre disagree

dis-serere -uisse -rtum discuss

dis-sidēre -sēdisse disagree, differ

dis-similis -e unlike, different

dis-simulāre conceal

dis-sipāre scatter, spread

dis-suādēre advise not to

di-stāre be distant

di-stinguere -stīnxisse -stīnctum distinguish, mark, characterize

dis-trahere pull apart, break up

dis-tribuere divide, distribute, share

districtus -a -um busy

dītāre enrich

diū, comp diūtius, sup diūtissimē long

diurnus -a -um of the day, daily

diūtinus -a -um long, prolonged

diūturnitās -ātis f long duration

diūturnus -a -um long, prolonged

dīversus -a -um opposite, different

dīves -itis/dīs dītis adi rich, wealthy

dīvidere -īsisse -īsum separate, divide, share

dīvīnitus adv by divine will

dīvīnus -a -um divine

dīvīsiō -ōnis f division

dīvitiae -ārum f pl riches

dīvortium -ī n divorce

dī-vulgāre make public, divulge

dīvum -ī n the open sky

dīvus -a -um divine, m god

docēre -uisse doctum teach, instruct, produce

doctor -ōris m teacher

doctrīna -ae f teaching, instruction

doctus -a -um learned, skilled

documentum -ī n example, proof

dolēre hurt, feel pain, grieve

dolor -ōris m pain, grief

dolus -ī m guile, deceit, cunning

domāre -uisse -itum tame, subdue

domesticus -a -um domestic, household-

domī loc at home

domicilium -ī n dwelling, residence

domina -ae f mistress

dominārī be master, rule

dominātiō -ōnis f dominion, power

dominātus -ūs m dominion, power

dominus -ī m master

domum adv home

domus -ūs f, abl -ō house, home

dōnāre give, present with

dōnec as long as, until

dōnum -ī n gift, present, reward

dormīre sleep

dorsum -ī n back, ridge

dubitāre doubt, be in doubt

dubitāre + īnf hesitate

dubius -a -um undecided, doubtful

n: sine/procul dubiō without doubt, certainly

du-centēsimus -a -um two hundredth

du-centī -ae -a two hundred

dūcere -xisse ductum lead, guide, draw, trace, construct, consider

uxōrem dūcere marry

ductor -ōris m leader

ductus -ūs m leadership, command

aquae ductus aqueduct

dūdum adv a little while ago

duellum -ī n war

dulcis -e sweet

dum while, as long as, till, provided that, if only

dum-modo provided that, if only

dumtaxat only, just

duo -ae -o two

duo-decim twelve

duo-decimus -a -um twelfth

duo-dē-trīgintā twenty-eight

duo-dē-vīgintī eighteen

duplex -icis adi double

duplicāre double

dūrāre harden, hold out, last

dūrus -a -um hard

duum-virī -ōrum m pl board of two men

dux ducis m leader, chief, general

E

ē v. ex/ē

eā adv that way, there

ēbrius -a -um drunk

ecce see, look, here is

ecquid …? if, whether

ec-quis/quī (if) any(one)?

edepol by Pollux!

ē-dere -didisse -ditum emit, bring forth, make known, publish, do

ē-dīcere decree, fix

ē-disserere set forth, expound

ēducāre bring up

ē-dūcere lead out, draw out

ef-ferre ex-tulisse ē-lātum carry/bring out, lift, elate

sē efferre exult

ef-ficere make, effect, cause

effigiēs -ēī f likeness, portrait

ef-fringere -ēgisse -āctum break open

{391} ef-fugere escape, run away, avoid

ef-fulgēre shine forth

ef-fundere shed, overflow, loosen

effūsus -a -um disorderly, headlong

egēns -entis poor, needy

egēre + abl need

ego mē mihi/mī (gen meī) I, me, myself

ego-met I (myself)

ē-gredī -ior -gressum go out, go beyond

ēgregius -a -um outstanding, excellent

ēgressus -ūs m going out

eia ah! hey!

ē-icere throw out

sē ēicere rush out

ē-lābī slip out, escape

ē-labōrāre work out, prepare

ēlēctus -a -um selected, picked

ēlegāns -antis adi refined, skilful

elephantus -ī m elephant

ē-līdere -sisse -sum omit, elide

ē-ligere -lēgisse -lēctum choose, select

ēloquēns -entis adi eloquent

ēloquentia -ae f eloquence

ē-loquī express, tell

ē-lūcēre shine forth

ē-lūcubrāre prepare by lamplight

ē-lūdere deceive, mock

ēluviō -ōnis f flood, inundation

emere ēmisse ēmptum buy

ē-mergere come out, emerge

ē-minēre stick out, project

ē-mittere send out, emit, utter

ēmptor -ōris m buyer

ē-mūnīre fortify

ēn look, here is

ē-nervāre weaken, enervate

enim for

enim-vērō truly, certainly

ē-nītī -nīsum strive, exert oneself

ēnsis -is m sword

ē-numerāre count up, enumerate

eō adv to that place, there

eō abl + comp so much

eōdem adv to the same place

epigramma -atis n epigram

epistula -ae f letter

epulae -ārum f meal, feast

epulārī dine, feast

eques -itis m horseman, knight

equester -tris -tre cavalry-, equestrian

equidem indeed, for my part

equitāre ride on horseback

equitātus -ūs m cavalry

equus -ī m horse

ergā prp + acc toward

ergō therefore, so

ē-rigere -rēxisse -rēctum lift, erect, cheer

ē-ripere -iō -uisse -reptum snatch away, deprive of

errāre wander, stray

error -ōris m wandering, error

ē-rubēscere -buisse blush

ē-rudīre instruct, educate

ērudītus -a -um well-instructed, learned

ē-ruere -ruisse -rutum unearth, clear up

ē-rumpere break out

ēruptiō -ōnis f sally, sortie

erus -ī m master

ē-scendere -disse ascend, go up

esse sum fuisse futūrum esse/fore be

ēsse edō ēdisse ēsum eat

et and, also

et…et both…and

et-enim and indeed, for

etiam also, even, yet

etiam atque etiam again and again

etiam-nunc still

et-sī even if, although

euax! bravo!

Eurus -ī m south-east wind

ē-vādere -sisse -sum get out, escape, pass, turn out

ē-vānēscere -nuisse vanish, disappear

ē-vehere carry out, pass ride out

ē-venīre happen, fall by lot

ēventus -ūs m outcome, result

ē-vertere overturn, overthrow

ē-vincere persuade, bring about

ē-vocāre call out, summon

ē-volāre fly out

ē-volvere unroll

ex/ē prp + abl out of, from, of, since, after, according to

ex-aequāre make equal

ex-agitāre stir, worry, harass

ex-animāre kill, pass die

ex-ārdēscere -ārisse flare up

ex-audīre hear

ex-cēdere go away, depart

excellēns -entis adi outstanding

ex-cellere be outstanding, excel

excelsus -a -um lofty, high

ex-cerpere -psisse -ptum pick out

excessus -ūs m departure, death

ex-cidere -disse fall out, be dropped

ex-cīdere -disse -sum destroy

excidium -ī n destruction

ex-cipere receive, catch

ex-cīre -cīvisse call out, summon

ex-citāre wake up, arouse

excitātus -a -um loud, shrill

ex-clāmāre cry out, exclaim

ex-clūdere -sisse -sum shut out, cut off

ex-cōgitāre think out, devise

ex-cruciāre torture, torment

{392} ex-currere -rrisse -rsum run out, rush out

excursiō -ōnis f sortie, sally

ex-cūsāre excuse

exemplar -āris n pattern, model

exemplum -ī n example, model

ex-ercēre exercise, practice, worry

exercitāre train, exercise

exercitātiō -ōnis f exercise, practice

exercitātus -a -um practiced, proficient

exercitus -ūs m army

ex-haurīre drain, empty, exhaust, endure

ex-igere -ēgisse -āctum drive out, exact, require, pass

exiguus -a -um small, scanty

ex-imere -ēmisse -ēmptum take away, remove

eximius -a -um choice, outstanding

ex-īre -eō -iisse -itum go out

ex-īstimāre consider, think

exitus -ūs m exit, way out, end

ex-onerāre unburden

exōrdium -ī n beginning

ex-orīrī rise, arise

ex-ōrnāre adorn, decorate

exōrsus -ūs m beginning

ex-pavēscere -pāvisse become frightened (at)

ex-pedīre make ready, extricate, explain

expedītiō -ōnis f foray, raid, expedition

expedītus -a -um ready for action

ex-pellere dive out, expel

ex-pergīscī -perrēctum wake up

ex-perīrī -pertum try, experience

ex-pers -rtis adi + gen having no share in

ex-petere request, demand, desire

ex-plānāre explain

ex-plēre -ēvisse -ētum fill, complete, satisfy

explētīvus -a -um expletive

ex-plicāre -uisse -itum extricate, unfold, explain

ex-plōrāre reconnoitre, investigate

explōrātor -ōris m scout, spy

ex-pōnere put out, put ashore, expose

ex-portāre export

ex-poscere ask for, demand

ex-pugnāre conquer

ex-pugnātiō -ōnis f conquest

ex-quīrere -sīvisse -sītum ask about, examine

exquīsītus -a -um studied, meticulous

ex-sanguis -e bloodless, lifeless

ex-scindere demolish, destroy

exsecrandus -a -um accursed

ex-secrārī curse

ex-sequī pursue, go on, execute

exsequiae -ae f pl funeral

ex-silīre -uisse jump up

exsilium -ī n exile

ex-sistere -stitisse appear, arise

ex-solvere set free, release

ex-spectāre wait (for), expect

exspectātiō -ōnis f exspectation

ex-spīrāre breathe one’s last, die

ex-stimulāre stir up, incite

ex-stinguere -stīnxisse -stīnctum extinguish, put out, kill, annihilate

ex-struere erect, build

exsul -is m/f banished person, exile

exsulāre live in exile

ex-sultāre rejoice greatly, exult

ex-suscitāre rouse, kindle

extemplō at once

ex-tendere -disse -tum stretch out, extend

exter -era -erum external, foreign

externus -a -um external, extraneous

ex-terrēre scare, terrify

extimus -a -um sup outermost, farthest

ex-tollere raise, praise, extol

ex-torris -e exiled, banished

extrā prp + acc, adv outside

ex-trahere pull out, extract

extrāneus -a -um foreign, stranger

extrēmus -a -um sup outermost, utmost, last; n end, utmost danger

ex-uere -uisse -ūtum take off, deprive of

ex-ūrere burn up

exustiō -ōnis f conflagration

exuviae -ārum f pl clothing, armor

F

faber -brī m artisan, smith

fabricāre forge, build, construct

fābula -ae f story, fable, play

fābulārī talk, chat

fābulōsus -a -um fabulous, celebrated

facere -iō fēcisse factum make, do, cause esteem,

facere + gen value

facessere go away, be off

faciēs -ēī f appearance, form, face

facile adv, sup -illimē easily, readily

facilis -e, sup -illimus easy, complaisant

facilitās -ātis f ease, complaisance

facinus -oris n deed, act, misdeed

factiō -ōnis f party, faction

factiōsus -a -um factious, scheming

factum -ī n deed, act

factus -a -um wrought

facultās -ātis f possibility; pl resources

{393} fācundus -a -um eloquent

fallāx -ācis adi deceitful

fallere fefellisse falsum deceive, fail to keep

falsus -a -um, adv -ō false, deceived, wrong

falx -cis f sickle

fāma -ae f rumor, reputation

famēs -is f hunger, famine

familia -ae f household, family, slaves

familiāris -e intimate; m close friend

famula -ae f servant-girl, maid

famulus -ī m servant, slave

fānum -ī n shrine, conse-crated spot

fārī speak

fās n indēcl divine law, right

fās est it is right, it is allowed

fascēs -ium m pl bundle of rods, fasces

fāstī -ōrum m pl list of festivals, calendar

fāstus -a -um: diēs fāstus court-day, workday

fātālis -e fateful, destined

fatērī fassum admit, confess, profess

fatīgāre tire out, weary, worry

fātum -ī n fate, destiny, death

faucēs -ium f pl pass, defile

faustus -a -um fortunate, favorable

fautor -ōris m supporter

favēre fāvisse + dat favor, support

favor -ōris m goodwill, favor

fax facis f torch

Februārius -ī (mēnsis) February

fēlīcitās -ātis f good fortune, luck

fēlīx -īcis adi fortunate, propitious

fēmina -ae f woman

fenestra -ae f window

fera -ae f wild animal

ferē about, almost, usually

fēriae -ae f pl festival days, holidays

fēriātus -a -um keeping holiday

ferīre strike, hit, kill

fermē about, almost

ferōcitās -ātis f fierceness, ferocity

ferōx -ōcis adi fierce, ferocious

ferrātus -a -um tipped with iron

ferre tulisse lātum carry, bring, bear, endure, report, propose

ferreus -a -um of iron, iron-

ferrum -ī n iron, steel, sword

fertilis -e fertile

ferus -a -um wild

fervēns -entis hot, boiling, ardent

fervere/-ēre ferbuisse boil, seethe, swarm

fessus -a -um tired, weary

festīnāre hasten, hurry

fēstus -a -um: diēs fēstus holiday, festival

fētiālis -e fetial

fētus -a -um having young

-ficere -iō -fēcisse -fectum

fictilis -e earthen, earthenware-

fictus -a -um untrue, made up

fidēlis -e faithful, loyal

fīdere fīsum esse + dat trust, rely on

fidēs -eī f trust, faith, loyalty, promise

fidēs -ium f pl lyre

fidicen -inis m lyre-player

fīdūcia -ae f trust, confidence

fīdus -a -um faithful, reliable

fierī factum esse be made, be done, become, happen, result

figere -xisse -xum fix, fasten, pierce

figūra -ae f form, appearance

fīlia -ae f, pl dat/abl -ābus daughter

fīliola -ae f little daughter

fīliolus -ī m little son

fīlius -ī m son

fīlum -ī n thread, fillet

fingere finxisse fictum form, make up, invent

fīnīre limit, finish, delimit

fīnis -is m boundary, end; pl territory

fīnitimus -a -um adjacent, neighboring

firmāmentum -ī n support, strength

firmāre reinforce, strengthen

firmitūdō -inis f stability, firmness

firmus -a -um strong, stable, firm

fiscus -ī m public treasury

flāgitāre demand insistently

flāgitiōsus -a -um disgraceful

flāgitium -ī n disgrace

flagrāre burn

flāmen -inis m flamen (priest)

flamma -ae f flame

flāre blow

flātus -ūs m blowing, breeze

flēbilis -e plaintive

flectere -xisse -xum bend, turn

flēre -ēvisse cry, weep (for)

flētus -ūs m weeping

flōrēre bloom, flourish

flōs -ōris m flower

flūctus -ūs m wave

fluere -ūxisse flow

flūmen -inis n river

fluvius -ī m river

foculus -ī m brazier

focus -ī m hearth

foederātus -a -um federated, allied

foeditās -ātis f ugliness, shame

foedus -a -um ugly, hideous, shameful

foedus -eris n treaty

folium -ī n leaf

{394} fōns fontis m spring, source

forās adv out

fore īnf fut < esse

forī -ōrum m pl seats (in the circus)

foris -is f leaf of a door, door

forīs adv outside, out of doors

fōrma -ae f form, shape, beauty

formīdō -inis f dread, terror

fōrmōsus -a -um beautiful

fōrmula -ae f terms, formula

forsitan/forsan perhaps, maybe

fortasse perhaps, maybe

forte adv by chance

fortis -e strong, brave

fortitūdō -inis f strength, bravery

fortuītō adv by chance, fortuitously

fortūna -ae f fortune

fortūnātus -a -um fortunate

forum -ī n square

fossa -ae f ditch, trench

fragilis -e fragile, frail

fragmentum -ī n fragment, piece

fragor -ōris m crash

frangere frēgisse frāctum break, shatter

frāter -tris m brother

fraus -audis f deceit, guile

fremere -uisse growl

fremitus -ūs m rumble, growl

frendere gnash one’s teeth

frequēns -entis adi numerous, frequent

fretum -ī n strait

frētus -e -am + abl relying on, confident of

frīgēre be cold

frīgidus -a -um cold, chilly, cool

frīgus -oris n cold

frōns -ondis f foliage, leaves

frōns -ontis f forehead, brow, front

frūctus -ūs m produce, fruit

frūgēs -um f pl fruit, crops

fruī + abl enjoy

frūmentārius -a -um corn-

frūmentum -ī n corn, grain

frūstrā in vain

frūstrārī deceive

fuga -ae f flight

fugāre put to flight, rout

fugere -iō fūgisse run away, flee

fugitīvus -a -um runaway

fulcīre -sisse -tum hold up, support

fulgēre -sisse flash, gleam

fulgor -ōris m flash

fulgur -uris n flash of lightning

fulmen -inis n flash of lightning

fūmus -ī m smoke

funda -ae f sling

fundāmentum -ī n foundation

fundere fūdisse fūsum pour, shed, rout

funditor -ōris m slinger

funditus adv to the bottom, utterly

fundus -ī m bottom

fūnestus -a -um grievous, sinister

fungī fūnctum + abl discharge, complete

vītā fungī die

fūnis -is m rope

fūnus -eris n funeral, death

fūr -is m thief

furca -ae f fork, forked frame

furere be mad, rage, rave

furor -ōris m madness

fūrtum -ī n theft

futūrus -a -um (v. esse) future

(tempus) futūrum future

G

gallus -ī m cock, rooster

gaudēre gavīsum esse be glad, be pleased

gaudium -ī n joy, delight

gaza -ae f treasure

gemellus -ī m twin

gemere -uisse -itum groan (for)

gemināre double

geminus -a -um twin

gemitus -ūs m groaning

gemma -ae f precious stone, jewel

gemmātus -a -um set with a jewel

gena -ae f cheek

gener -erī m son-in-law

generāre beget, produce

generōsus -a -um noble

genetrīx -īcis f mother

geniālis -e marriage-, conjugal

genitor -ōris m father

gēns gentis f people, race, family

genū -ūs n knee

genus -eris n kind, sort, race, gender

genus hominum human race, mankind

gerere gessisse gestum carry, bear, carry on, do, act as; pass go on

gestāre carry

gignere genuisse genitum beget, create, bear

glaciēs -ēī f ice

gladiātor -ōris m gladiator

gladiātōrius -a -um gladiatorial

gladius -ī m sword

globōsus -a -um spherical, round

globus -ī m globe, sphere, ball, band

glōria -ae f glory

glōriārī boast

glōriōsus -a -um glorious, boastful

gnāvus -a -um diligent, active

gracilis -e, sup gracillimus slender, slim

gracilitās -ātis f slenderness, thinness

gradī -ior gressum walk, proceed

gradus -ūs m step, degree

Graecus -a -um Greek

grammatica -ae f grammar

{395} grammaticus -a -um grammatical

grandaevus -a -um aged

grandis -e big, large

grandō -inis f hail

grātēs f pl thanks

grātia -ae f favor, goodwill, popularity, gratitude

grātiā (/meā) + gen for the sake of

grātiam habēre + dat be grateful

grātiās agere + dat thank

grātificārī + dat oblige, gratify

grātuītus -a -um gratuitous, futile

grātulāri + dat congratulate

grātus -a -um pleasing, grateful

gravidus -a -um pregnant, laden

gravis -e heavy, grave, low

gravitās -ātis f weight, gravity, dignity

gremium -ī n lap

grex -egis m flock, herd, band

gubernāre steer, govern

gubernātor -ōris m steersman

gurges -itis m whirlpool, flood

gustāre taste

H

habēre have, hold, make, regard

sē habēre + adv get on, be

habilis -e fit, appropriate

habitābilis -e inhabitable

habitāre dwell, live, inhabit

habitus -ūs m state, condition

hāc adv this way

haerēre -sisse -sum stick, cling

haesitāre hesitate, be uncertain

hasta -ae f lance

haud not

haud-quāquam by no means

haurīre -sisse -stum draw, bail, drink, engulf

hebes -etis dull, blunt

heia ah! come on!

hendeca-syllabus -a -um of eleven syllables

herba -ae f grass, herb

hercule by Hercules! really

hērēditārius -a -um inherited, hereditary

hērēditās -ātis f inheritance

hērēs -ēdis m heir

herī yesterday

hesternus -a -um of yesterday

heu o! alas!

heus hey! hello!

hexa-meter -trī m hexameter

hībern(ācul)a -ōrum n pl winter camp/quarters

hībernāre spend the winter

hībernus -a -um winter-, of winter

hic haec hoc this

hīc here

hiems -mis f winter

hinc from here, hence

historia -ae f account, story, history

historicus -ī m historian

hodiē today

hodiernus -a -um today’s, of today

holus -eris n vegetable

homō -inis m human being, person

honestās -ātis f honesty, virtue

honestus -a -um honorable; n virtue

honor v. honōs

honōrāre honor

honōrificus -a -um honorable

honōs/honor -ōris m honor, high office

hōra -ae f hour

horrendus -a -um dreadful

horrēre bristle, stand on end, shudder (at)

horribilis -e horrible, terrifying

horror -ōris m dread, horror

hortārī encourage, urge

hortus -ī m garden

hospes -itis m guest, guest-friend

hospita -ae f (female) guest, stranger

hospitālis -e hospitable, guest-

hospitium -ī n guest friendship/house

hostia -ae f sacrificial animal

hostīlis -e enemy-, hostile

hostis -is m enemy

hūc here, to this place

hūmānitās -ātis f human feeling, culture

hūmānus -a -um human

humī loc on the ground

humilis -e, sup -illimus low, humble, lowly

humus -ī f ground, earth

I

iacere -iō iēcisse iactum throw, hurl, utter, lay

iacēre lie

iactāre throw, toss, hurl, utter

iactūra -ae f throwing away, loss

iaculārī throw (the javelin)

iaculum -ī n throwing-spear, javelin

iam now, already

iambus -ī m iamb (∪—)

iānitor -ōris m doorkeeper

iānua -ae f door

Iānuārius -ī (mēnsis) January

ibi there

ibī-dem in the same place

īcere īcisse ictum strike, make, conclude

-icere -iō -iēcisse -iectum

ictus -ūs m stroke, blow

īdem eadem idem the same

identidem repeatedly

id-eō for that reason

idōneus -a -um fit, suitable, capable

{396} īdūs -uum f pl the 13th/15th (of the month)

iecur -oris n liver

igitur therefore, then, so

ignārus -a -um ignorant, unaware

ignāvia -ae f idleness, cowardice

ignis -is m fire

ignōbilis -e unknown, of low birth

ignōminiōsus -a -um disgraceful

ignōrāre not know

ignōscere -ōvisse + dat forgive

ignōtus -a -um unknown

īlicō at once

il-lacrimāre + dat weep over

ille -a -ud that, the one, he

illecebra -ae f attraction, allurement

illīc there

il-licere -iō -ēxisse -ectum entice, attract

illinc from there

illūc there, thither

il-lūcēscere -lūxisse dawn, grow light

il-lūdere make game of, fool

illūstrāre illuminate, make clear

illūstris -e brilliant, illustrious

imāgō -inis f picture, portrait, vision

imbēcillus -a -um weak

im-bellis -e unwarlike, cowardly

imber -bris m rain, shower

imitārī imitate

im-mānis -e savage, fierce

immānitās -ātis f brutality, fierceness

im-mātūrus -a -um unripe, premature

im-memor -oris adi (+ gen) unmindful, forgetful (of)

im-mēnsus -a -um immeasurable, endless

im-minēre + dat overhang, be imminent

im-minuere make smaller, reduce

im-miscēre: sē i. (+ dat) mingle, merge (into)

im-mittere send in, send (into)

immō no, on the contrary

im-mōbilis -e immovable, motionless

im-molāre sacrifice, immolate

im-mortālis -e immortal

im-mūnis -e (+ abl) exempt (from), tax-free

im-pār -aris adi unequal

im-partīre give a share of, impart

im-patiēns -entis adi not enduring, impatient

impatientia -ae f impatience

im-pavidus -a -um fearless

impedīmentum -ī n obstacle

impedīre impede, obstruct

impedītus -a -um obstructed, encumbered

im-pellere strike, drive, compel

im-pendēre + dat impend, threaten

impēnsa -ae f cost, expenditure

imperāre (+ dat) command, order, levy, requisition, rule

imperātor -ōris m general, emperor

imperātōrius -a -um of a general

im-perfectus -a -um unfinished

imperitāre (+ dat) govern, be in command

imperītia -ae f inexperience, ignorance

im-perītus -a -um unskilled, ignorant

imperium -ī n command, empire

im-pertīre give a share of, impart

impetrāre obtain (by request)

impetus -ūs m onset, attack, charge

im-piger -gra -grum active, industrious

im-pius -a -um impious

im-plēre -ēvisse -ētum fill, fulfill, achieve

im-plicāre -uisse -itum enfold

im-plōrāre beseech, implore

impluvium -ī n water basin

im-pōnere place (in/on), put

impraesentiārum at the present moment

im-primere -pressisse-pressum press (into), stamp, impress

im-probus -a -um bad, wicked

im-prōvīsus -a -um unforeseen, unexpected

ex/dē imprōvisō unexpectedly, suddenly

im-prūdēns -entis adi unwise, incautious

im-pudēns -entis adi shameless, impudent

impudentia -ae f shamelessness

im-pudīcus -a -um unchaste, immoral

im-pugnāre attack, oppose

impulsus -ūs m impact, impulse

impūne with impunity

impūnitās -ātis f impunity, licence

īmus -a -um sup lowest

in prp + abl in, on, at

prp + acc into, on (to), against

in-ambulāre walk up and down

in-animus -a -um lifeless, inanimate

inānis -e empty, gaping

in-audītus -a -um unheard (of)

in-calēscere -luisse become heated

in-cautus -a -um incautious, unsuspecting

in-cēdere walk, advance, occur

{397} in-cendere -disse -ēnsum set on fire, inflame

incendium -ī n fire, conflagration

inceptum -ī n undertaking, enterprise

in-certus -a -um uncertain

in-cidere -disse occur, present itself

in-cīdere -disse -sum cut

in-cipere -iō coepisse coeptum begin

in-citāre set in motion, stir up

incitātus -a -um fast-moving, rapid

in-clāmāre shout (at)

in-clīnāre turn, bend, incline

in-clūdere -sisse -sum shut up

inclutus -a -um famous

in-cognitus -a -um unknown

incohāre start work on, begin

incola -ae m/f inhabitant

in-colere inhabit

incolumis -e unharmed, safe, intact

incolumitās -ātis f safety

in-commodum -ī n disadvantage, misfortune

inconditus -a -um unpolished, rough

in-cōnspectus -a -um unfounded

in-cōnsultus -a -um thoughtless, rash

in-crēdibilis -e incredible, unbelievable

in-crepāre -uisse -itum rattle, clash, scold

in-crēscere grow, increase

in-cultus -a -um uncultivated, untilled

in-cumbere -cubuisse lie down on

incumbere ad/in apply/devote oneself to

in-currere -rrisse -rsum rush in, make an inroad

in-cursiō -ōnis f incursion, inroad

in-cūsāre reproach, accuse

inde from there, thence (forth)

in-demnātus -a -um uncondemned

index -icis m list, catalog

in-dicāre make known, declare

in-dīcere notify, declare

indicium -ī n information, disclosure

indigēre be without, lack

indignārī resent, be indignant

indignātiō -ōnis f indignation, resentment

indignitās -ātis f indignity, humiliation

in-dignus -a -um unworthy, shameful

in-doctus -a -um ignorant

indolēs -is f character, nature

in-dūcere lead, bring (in), introduce

induere -uisse -ūtum put on (clothes)

indūtus (+ abl) dressed (in)

industria -ae f hard work, industry

industrius -a -um diligent, industrious

indūtiae -ae f pl armistice, truce

in-ēluctābilis -e inescapable, inevitable

in-ermis -e unarmed, defenceless

in-ers -ertis inactive, idle

inertia -ae f idleness, sloth

in-esse be (in)

in-explōrātō adv without reconnoitering

in-expugnābilis -e impregnable

in-exspectātus -a -um unexpected

īn-fāmis -e disgraced

īn-fandus -a -um horrible

īnfāns -antis m/f little child, baby

īn-fectus -a -um unwrought, not effected

īn-fēlīx -īcis adi unlucky, unfortunate

īnfēnsus -a -um hostile

īnferior -ius comp lower, inferior

īnfernus -a -um of the underworld

īn-ferre in-tulisse il-lātum bring (in), cause, inflict

īnferus -a -um lower

Īnferī -ōrum m pl the underworld

īnfēstāre make unsafe, infest

īnfēstus -a -um unsafe, infested, hostile

īn-fīdus -a -um faithless

īn-fīgere fix, fasten

īnfimus -a -um sup lowest, the bottom of

īnfīnītus -a -um unlimited, infinite

īnfīrmāre weaken, refute, annul

īnfīrmātiō -ōnis f invalidation, rebuttal

īnfīrmitās -ātis f weakness

īn-fīrmus -a -um weak

īnfitiārī deny

īn-flammāre kindle, inflame

īn-flāre inflate, puff up, elate

īn-flectere bend, turn, inflect

īn-fluere flow into

īn-fōrmis -e unshapely, ugly

īnfrā prp + acc, adv below

īn-fringere -frēgisse -frāctum break, crush

in-gemēscere -muisse groan, moan

ingenium -ī n nature, character

ingēns -entis adi huge, vast

in-grātus -a -um ungrateful

in-gredī -ior -gressum enter, begin, walk

in-hospitālis -e inhospitable

in-hūmānus -a -um

inhuman

in-icere throw/lay on, instil

in-imīcus -ī m (personal) enemy

{398} in-inimīcus -a -um unfriendly

inīquitās -ātis f unfairness

in-īquus -a -um uneven, unfair

in-īre -eō -iisse -itum enter (upon), begin

initium -ī n beginning

iniūria -ae f injustice, wrong

iniūriōsus -a -um unjust, wrongful

in-iussū + gen without orders

in-iūstus -a -um unjust, unfair

in-nocēns -entis adi innocent, blameless

innocentia -ae f innocence, integrity

in-numerābilis -e countless, innumerable

inopia -ae f lack, scarcity

inquit -iunt (he/she) says/said

inquam I say

in-quīrere -sīvisse -sītum inquire, make inquiries

īn-sānābilis -e incurable

īnsānia -ae f madness

īn-sānus -a -um mad, insane

īn-satiābilis -e insatiable

īn-sciēns -entis adi not knowing, unaware

īn-scius -a -um not knowing, unaware

īn-scrībere write on, inscribe, entitle

īnscrīptiō -ōnis f inscription, title

īn-sepultus -a -um unburied

īn-sequī follow, pursue

īn-sīdere -sēdisse -sessum occupy, settle, be fixed

īn-sidēre -sēdisse hold, occupy, be seated

īnsidiae -ārum f pl ambush, plot, wiles

īnsidiārī (+ dat) lie in wait, lie in ambush

īnsidiātor -ōris m waylayer, bandit

īnsigne -is n mark, token, symbol

īnsignis -e noted, remarkable

īn-sistere -stitisse stand (on)

īn-solēns -entis adi haughty, arrogant

īnsolentia -ae f arrogance

īn-solitus -a -um unusual, unwonted

īn-sōns -ontis adi innocent

īn-spērātus -a -um unhoped for, unexpected

īn-spicere examine, inspect

īn-stāre press, urge, insist

īn-staurāre renew

īnstigāre incite, urge

īnstīnctus -a -um roused

īn-stituere -uisse -ūtum set up, establish, start, appoint, train, instruct

īnstitūtum -ī n practice, custom, usage

īn-struere draw up, arrange, equip

īnstrūmentum -ī n tool(s), instrument

īn-suēscere -ēvisse -ētum become accustomed

īnsula -ae f island

īn-super in addition

īnsuper habēre overlook, neglect

in-tāctus -a -um untouched, uninjured

integer -gra -grum intact, unhurt, blameless

intel-legere -lēxisse -lēctum understand, realize

in-tendere -disse -tum strain, direct, strive

intentiō -ōnis f charge, accusation

intentus -a -um intent, attentive

inter prp + acc between, among, during

inter sē (with) one another

inter-cēdere intervene, intercede

inter-clūdere -sisse -sum cut off, block

inter-diū by day

inter-dum now and then

inter-eā meanwhile

inter-esse be between

interesse + dat attend, take part in

interest it matters

inter-ficere kill

inter-icere place between, insert, add

interiectus situated between

interiectīs… (abl) after…, at the end of…

interim meanwhile

inter-imere -ēmisse -ēmptum kill

interior -ius comp interior, inner (part of)

inter-īre -eō -iisse die, perish

interitus -ūs m death

inter-mittere interrupt, discontinue

interniciō -ōnis f annihilation, massacre

internus -a -um inner, internal

inter-pellāre interrupt

inter-pōnere place between

inter-rēgnum -ī n interval between reigns

inter-rēx -rēgis m intermediary regent

inter-rogāre ask, question

inter-rumpere break up, cut, interrupt

inter-vāllum -ī n interval, space, distance

inter-venīre (+ dat) turn up, occur, disturb

interventus -ūs m arrival

intrā prp + acc inside, within

intrāre enter

intrō-dūcere lead/bring in, introduce

intro-īre -eō -iisse -itum go inside, enter

intuērī look at, watch

intus adv inside

in-ultus -a -um unavenged

in-ūtilis -e useless

in-vādere -sisse -sum enter, attack, invade

{399} in-validus -a -um infirm, weak

in-vehere import; pass ride in

invehī in attack in words, inveigh

in-venīre find, meet, devise, invent

inventiō -ōnis f art of devising arguments

in-vestīgāre inquire into, investigate

in-veterāscere -rāvisse grow old, become fixed

in-vicem mutually, one another

in-victus -a -um unconquered, invincible

in-vidēre + dat envy, grudge

invidia -ae f envy, ill will, dislike

in-violātus -a -um unhurt

in-vīsere go to see

invīsus -a -um odious, disliked

invītāre invite, entertain

invītus -a -um unwilling, against…’s will

in-vius -a -um trackless, impassable

in-vocāre call upon, invoke

iocōsus -a -um humorous, funny

ipse -a -um himself, that very

īra -ae f anger

īrāscī be angry

īrātus -a -um angry

īre eō iisse itum go

irrītāre excite, stimulate

ir-ritus -a -um invalid, ineffectual

ir-ruere rush in, charge

ir-rumpere break, force one’s way

irruptiō -ōnis f violent entry, assault

is ea id he, she, it, that

iste -a -ud this, that (of yours)

ita so, in such a way

ita-que therefore

item likewise, also

iter itineris n journey, march, way

iterāre repeat, renew

iterum again, a second time

iubēre iussisse iussum order, tell

iūcundus -a -um pleasant, delightful

iūdex -icis m judge

iūdicāre judge, try, decide

iūdicātiō -ōnis f point at issue

iūdicium -ī n judgement, trial, court

iugālis -e marriage-, conjugal

iūgerum -ī n area of ±2500 m^2

iugulāre kill, slaughter

iugulum -ī n throat

iugum -ī n yoke, ridge

Iūlius -ī (mēnsis) July

iūmentum -ī n beast of burden/draft

iungere iūnxisse iūnctum join, combine, form

iūniōrēs -um m pl younger men (17–45)

Iūnius -ī (mēnsis) June

iūrāre swear

iūs iūris n law, right, justice, court

iūre justly, rightly

iūs iūrandum iūris -ī n oath

iussū abl + gen by order of

iussum -ī n command, order

iūsta -ōrum n pl the last honors

iūstitia -ae f justice

iūstus -a -um just, fair, due, proper

iuvāre iūvisse iūtum help, delight

iuvenālis -e youthful

iuvencus -ī m young bull

iuvenīlis -e youthful

iuvenis -is m young man

iuventa -ae f youth

iuventūs -ūtis f youth, young men

iūxtā prp + acc, adv by, next to, after, alike

K

kalendae -ārum f pl the 1st (of the month)

kalendārium -ī n calendar

L

labefactāre shake, undermine

lābēs -is f stain, disgrace

lābī lāpsum slip, drop, fall

labor -ōris m work, toil

labōrāre work, take trouble, suffer

labōriōsus -a -um hard, laborious

labrum -ī n lip

labyrinthus -ī m labyrinth

lac lactis n milk

lacerāre tear

lacertus -ī m (upper) arm

lacessere -īvisse -ītum challenge, provoke

lacrima -ae f tear

lacrimābilis -e mournful, pitiful

lacrimāre shed tears, weep

lacrimōsus -a -um tearful, sad

lacteus -a -um milky

lacus -ūs m lake

laedere -sisse -sum injure, hurt

laetārī rejoice, be glad

laetitia -ae f joy

laetus -a -um glad, happy

laevus -a -um left, f the left (hand)

lambere -bisse lick, wash

lāmentātiō -ōnis f wailing, lamentation

lāna -ae f wool, wool spinning

lancea -ae f lance, spear

laniāre tear

lapideus -a -um of stone, stone-

lapis -idis m stone, milestone

laqueus -ī m loop, noose

largīrī give generously

largītiō -ōnis f largesse, bribery

largītor -ōris m who gives generously

{400} largus -a -um generous

lascīvia -ae f wantonness

latebra -ae f hiding-place

later -eris m brick

latēre be hidden, hide

latericius -a -um of brick

Latīnus -a -um Latin

lātrāre bark

latrō -ōnis m brigand, robber

latrōcinium -ī n robbery

latus -eris n side, flank

lātus -a -um broad, wide

laudāre praise

laureātus -a -um adorned with laurel

laurus -ī f laurel

laus laudis f praise, merit

lavāre lāvisse lautum wash, bathe

laxāre loose, untie, release

lectīca -ae f litter, sedan

lectulus -ī m (little) bed

lectus -ī m bed, couch

lēctus -a -um select, picked

lēgāre bequeath, send, delegate

lēgatiō -ōnis f embassy, deputation

lēgātus -ī m envoy, lieutenant, legate

legere lēgisse lēctum read, choose, gather

legiō -ōnis f legion

legiōnārius -a -um legionary

lēgitimus -a -um legal, lawful

lembus -ī m small boat

lēnīre placate, appease

lēnis -e gentle, mild

lentus -a -um slow

leō -ōnis m lion

levāre lift, raise

levis -e light, slight

lēx lēgis f law, condition, term

lībāre make a libation, pour

libellus -ī m little book

libēns -entis adi willing, glad

libenter with pleasure, gladly

liber -bri m book

līber -era -erum free

līberāre free, set free, deliver

līberātor -ōris m deliverer, liberator

libēre: libet (+ dat) it pleases

līberī -ōrum m pl children

lībertās -ātis f freedom, liberty

libertīnus -ī m freedman

libīdō -inis f desire, lust

lībra -ae f balance, pound (327 g)

licentia -ae f wantonness, licence

licēre: licet + dat it is allowed, one may

līctor -ōris m lictor

ligāre bind

ligneus -a -um wooden

lignum -ī n wood

līlium -ī n lily

līmen -inis n threshold

līmes -itis m path, track

līmus -ī m mud

līnea -ae f string, line

lingua -ae f tongue, language

linquere līquisse lictum leave

linter -tris m small boat

līs lītis f dispute, lawsuit

littera -ae f letter

lītus -oris n beach, shore

lituus -ī m augur’s staff, trumpet

loca -ōrum n pl regions, parts

locāre place

locuplēs -ētis adi rich, wealthy

locuplētāre enrich

locus -ī m (pl -a -ōrum n: v. suprā) place, position, rank, room, opportunity

longē far, by far

longinquitās -ātis f remoteness

longinquus -a -um remote

longitūdō -inis f length

longus -a -um long

loquī locūtum speak, talk

lūcēre lūxisse shine

lucerna -ae f lamp

lucrum -ī n profit, gain

luctārī wrestle

lūctus -ūs m grief, mourning

lūcus -ī m sacred grove

lūdere -sisse -sum play

lūdibrium -ī n toy, laughing-stock

lūdic(er) -cra -crum of sport, of games

lūdicrum -ī n show

lūdus -ī m play, game, school

lūgēre -xisse mourn, grieve (over)

lūgubris -e sad, grievous

lūmen -inis n light

lūna -ae f moon

lūnāris -e of the moon, lunar

lupa -ae f she-wolf

lupus -ī m wolf

lūstrāre irradiate, purify, survey

lūstrum -ī n ceremony of purification

lūx lūcis f light, daylight

luxuria -ae f extravagance, luxury

luxuriārī revel, live in luxury

luxus -ūs m extravagance, luxury

M

māceria -ae f stone wall, garden wall

māchina -ae f machine

māchinārī devise, plot

macte virtūte (estō) well done! bravo!

macula -ae f stain, blemish

maculāre stain, defile

maerēre grieve

maeror -ōris m grief

maestitia -ae f sadness, sorrow

maestus -a -um sad, sorrowful

magis more

magister -trī m schoolmaster, teacher

{401} magister equitum master of the horse

magistrātus -ūs m office, magistrate

magnificentia -ae f magnificence

magnificus -a -um magnificent, splendid

magnitūdō -inis f size, greatness

magnus -a -um big, large, great

māior -ius comp bigger, greater, older

māiōrēs -um m pl ancestors

Māius -ī (mēnsis) May

male adv badly, ill

male-dīcere + dat abuse, insult

maleficium -ī n evil deed, crime

malitia -ae f wickedness

mālle māluisse prefer

malum -ī n evil, trouble, harm

mālum -ī n apple

malus -a -um bad, wicked, evil

mamma -ae f mummy

mānāre flow, be wet, drip

mandāre assign, order

mandātum -ī n order

māne indēcl n, adv morning, in the morning

manēre mānsisse remain, stay

Mānēs -ium m pl Manes, spirits of the dead

manifēstus -a -um flagrant, plain

manipulus -ī m maniple

mānsuētūdō -inis f mildness, clemency

manus -ūs f hand, power, force, troop

mare -is n sea

margarīta -ae f pearl

maritimus -a -um sea-, coastal

marītus -ī m husband

marmor -oris n marble

marmoreus -a -um made of marble, marble-

Mārtius -ī (mēnsis) March

māter -tris f mother

māteria -ae f material, occasion

māternus -a -um maternal

mātrimōnium -ī n matrimony, marriage

mātrōna -ae f married woman

mātrōnālis -e of a married woman

mātūrāre make haste, hurry

mātūrē quickly, early

mātūritās -ātis f ripeness, maturity

mātūrus -a -um ripe, mature, timely, early

mausōlēum -ī n mausoleum

māximē most, especially

māximus -a -um sup biggest, greatest, oldest

mecastor by Castor!

medērī + dat heal, cure, remedy

medicus -ī m physician, doctor

mediocris -e moderate, ordinary

meditārī think about, contemplate

meditātiō -ōnis f reflection, practicing

medium -ī n middle, centre

medius -a -um mid, middle

meherc(u)le by Hercules!

mel mellis n honey

melior -ius comp better

melius adv better, rather

mellītus -a -um sweet

membrum -ī n limb

mementō -tōte imp remember! don’t forget!

mē-met me, myself

meminisse + gen/acc remember, recollect

memor -oris adi (+ gen) mindful, reminding

memorābilis -e memorable

memorāre mention, speak (of)

memoria -ae f memory, record

m.ae trādere/mandāre put on record

post hominum m.am in human memory

mendum -ī n mistake, error

mēns mentis f mind

mēnsa -ae f table

mēnsa secunda dessert

mēnsis -is m month

mentiō -ōnis f mention, reference

mentīrī lie

mercārī buy, purchase

mercātor -ōris m merchant

mercātōrius -a -um merchant-

mercātūra -ae f trade, commerce

mercātus -ūs m market, fair

mercēs -ēdis f wage, fee, rent

merēre/-rī earn, deserve

bene m. dē behave well toward

mergere -sisse -sum dip, plunge, sink

merīdiēs -ēī m midday, noon, south

meritum -ī n merit

meritus -a -um well-deserved

merum -ī n neat wine

merus -a -um pure, neat, undiluted

merx -rcis f commodity; pl goods

metallum -ī n metal

mētārī measure off, lay out

metere -messum reap, harvest

mētīrī mēnsum measure

metuere -uisse fear

metus -ūs m fear

meus -a -um, voc mī my, mine

micāre flicker, flash

migrāre move, migrate

mīles -itis m soldier

mīliārium -ī n milestone

mīlitāre serve as a soldier

{402} mīlitāris -e military

mīlitia -ae f military service

mīlitiae (loc) in the field, in war

mīlle, pl mīlia -ium n thousand

minae -ārum f pl threats

minārī threaten

minimē by no means, not at all

minimum adv very little

minimus -a -um sup smallest, youngest

minister -trī m servant

ministerium -ī n attendance

ministra -ae f female servant

minitārī threaten

minor -us comp smaller, younger

minuere -uisse -ūtum diminish, reduce

minus -ōris n, adv less

sī minus if not

mīrābilis -e marvelous, wonderful

mīrābundus -a -um wondering

mīrāculum -ī n marvel

mīrārī wonder (at), be surprised

mīrus -a -um surprising, strange

miscēre -uisse mixtum mix, mix up, stir up

misellus -a -um poor, wretched

miser -era -erum unhappy, miserable

miserābilis -e pitiable

miserārī feel sorry for, pity

miserātiō -ōnis f compassion, pity

miserērī + gen feel pity for

miseria -ae f misfortune, misery

misericordia -ae f compassion, pity

missile -is n missile

mītigāre soothe

mītis -e gentle, mild, tame

mittere mīsisse missum send, throw

moderārī temper, moderate

moderātiō -ōnis f moderation, restraint

moderātor -ōris m ruler

moderātus -a -um restrained, moderate

modestia -ae f restraint

modestus -a -um restrained, modest

modicus -a -um moderate

modius -ī m peck (8.75 1)

modo only, just

modo…modo now…now

modus -ī m manner, way, measure, size, amount, limit

nūllō modō by no means

huius/eius modī of this/that kind

moenia -ium n pl walls

mōlēs -is f mass, bulk, effort

molestus -a -um troublesome

molestē patī/ferre be annoyed (at)

mōlīrī labor, strive

mollīre make soft, soften

mollis -e soft

mōmentum -ī n moment

monēre remind, advise, warn

monitus -ūs m advice, prompting

mōns montis m mountain

mōnstrāre point out, show

mōnstrum -ī n monster

monumentum -ī n memorial, monument

mora -ae f delay

morārī delay, stay, stop

morbus -ī m disease, illness

mordēre momordisse -sum bite

morī mortuum die

moribundus -a -um dying

mors mortis f death

mortālis -e mortal, human

mortuus -a -um (< morī) dead

mōs mōris m custom, usage, manner

mōtus -ūs m movement, rising

movēre mōvisse -tum move, stir, ponder

mox soon

mūgīre low, bellow

muliebris -e of a woman

mulier -eris f woman

multāre punish

multī -ae -a many, a great many

multitūdō -inis f large number, multitude

multō + comp/sup much, by far

multum -ī n, adv much, a good deal

multum diēī late in the day

multus -a -um much, a good deal of

in/ad multam noctem till late in the night

mundus -ī m world, universe

mundus -a -um clean, neat

mūnīmentum -ī n fortification

mūnīre fortify, guard, construct

mūnītiō -ōnis f fortification

mūnītus -a -um well fortified, secure

mūnus -eris n gift, task, duty

murmur -uris n mutter, murmur

mūrus -ī m wall

mūs mūris m mouse

Mūsa -ae f Muse

mūtābilis -e changeable

mūtāre change, exchange

mūtātiō -ōnis f change

mūtus -a -um dumb

mūtuus -a -um on loan

mūtuum dare/sūmere lend/borrow

N

nam for

-nam …ever?

namque for

nancīscī nactum get, obtain, find, meet

nāre swim

nārrāre relate, tell

{403} nārrātiō -ōnis f narrative

nāscī nātum be born

nāsus -ī m nose

nāta -ae f daughter

natāre swim

nātiō -ōnis f people, nation

nātū abl: māior/minor n. older/younger

nātūra -ae f nature

nātūrālis -e natural, of nature

nātus -a -um (< nāscī) born

XX annōs nātus 20 years old

nātus -ī m son

naufragium -ī n shipwreck

nauta -ae m sailor

nauticus -a -um nautical, naval

nāvālia -ium n pl dockyard

nāvālis -e naval

nāvicula -ae f boat

nāviculārius -ī m shipowner

nāvigāre sail

nāvigātiō -ōnis f sailing, voyage

nāvis -is f ship

-ne …? if, whether

nē that not, lest, that

nē…quidem not even

nē multa to be brief, in short

nebula -ae f mist, fog

nec v. ne-que/nec

necāre kill

nec-/neque-dum and (/but) not yet

necessārius -a -um, adv -ō necessary

necessārius -ī m relative, friend

necesse est it is necessary, one must

necessitās -ātis f need, necessity

nectere -x(u)isse -xum attach

ne-fandus -a -um heinous

ne-fās indēcl n impious act, crime

ne-fāstus -a -um: diēs n. public holiday

negāre deny, say that…not

negitāre deny repeatedly

neglegēns -entis adi careless

neglegere -ēxisse -ctum neglect, disregard

negōtiārī do business, trade

negōtiātor -ōris m trader

negōtium -ī n business, activity, affair

nēmō, acc -inem, dat -inī no one, nobody

nepōs -ōtis m grandson

nēquam adi indēcl sup nēquissimus worthless, bad

nē-quāquam by no means, not at all

ne-que/nec and/but not, nor, not

n. …n. neither…nor

nē-quīquam to no effect, in vain

ne-quīre -eō -īvisse be unable to

nervus -ī m sinew, muscle

nescio-quis someone or other, some

ne-scīre not know

neu v. nē-ve/neu

neuter -tra -trum neither

nē-ve/neu and (that) not, nor

n. …n. (that) neither…nor

nex necis f killing, murder

nī v. nisi

nīdus -ī m nest

niger -gra -grum black

nihil/nīl nothing; adv not at all

nihilō + comp no, by no means

nihilō minus/sētius nonetheless

nimbus -ī m rain-cloud

nī-mīrum adv without doubt, evidently

nimis too, too much

nimium -ī n, adv too much, too

nimius -a -um too big

nisi/nī if not, except, but

nītī nīsum exert oneself, strive

nītī in depend on

niveus -a -um snow-white

nix nivis f snow

nōbilis -e well known, famous

nōbilitāre make famous

nōbilitās -ātis f renown, nobility, nobles

nocēre + dat harm, hurt

noctū by night, at night

nocturnus -a -um nocturnal, at night

nōdus -ī m knot

nōlī -īte imp (< nōlle) + inf don’t…!

nōlle nōluisse be unwilling, not want

nōmen -inis n name, fame, nation

nōmen dare offer oneself, enroll

nōmināre name, call

nōn not

nōnae -ārum f pl 5th/7th (of the month)

nōnāgēsimus -a -um ninetieth

nōnāgintā ninety

nōn-dum not yet

nōn-gentī -ae -a nine hundred

nōn-ne not?

nōn-nihil not a little, something

nōn-nūllī -ae -a some, several

nōn-numquam sometimes

nōnus -a -um ninth

nōs nōbīs we, us, ourselves

nōscere nōvisse get to know; perf know

nōscitāre recognize

noster -tra -trum our, ours

nostrum gen of us

nota -ae f mark, sign, slur

notāre mark, note, censure

Notus -ī m south wind

nōtus -a -um known

novellus -a -um new, young

novem nine

November -bris (mēnsis) November

nōvisse (<nōscere) know

novissimē quite recently

novissimus -a -um last

{404} novitās -ātis f novelty, inexperience

novus -a -um new, inexperienced

nox noctis f night

noxa -ae f harm, guilt

noxius -a -um guilty

nūbere -psisse + dat marry

nuptum dare give in marriage

nūbēs -is f cloud

nūbilus -a -um cloudy

nūdāre bare, leave unprotected

nūdus -a -um naked, bare, unarmed

nūgae -ārum f pl idle talk, rubbish

nūllus -a -um no

num …? if, whether

nūmen -inis n divine will

numerāre count

numerōsus -a -um numerous, many

numerus -ī m number, class

nummus -ī m coin, sesterce

numquam never

nunc now

nūncupāre designate, call

nūntia -ae f messenger

nūntiāre announce, report

nūntius -ī m messenger, message

nūper recently

nupta -ae f wife

nuptiae -ārum f pl wedding

nurus -ūs f daughter-in-law

nusquam nowhere

nūtrīre feed, suckle

nūtrīx -īcis f nurse

nūtus -ūs m nod, gravitation

nux nucis f nut

Nympha -ae f nymph

O

ō o!

ob prp + acc on account of, before

ob-dūcere draw over (to cover)

ob-equitāre ride up to

ob-icere place before, expose

ob-iectāre expose

ob-īre -eō -iisse -itum meet, visit, go into, enter upon, set

obitus -ūs m death

ob-ligāre bind

oblīquus -a -um slanting, indirect

oblīviō -ōnis f oblivion

oblīvīscī -lītum + gen/acc forget

ob-mūtēscere -tuisse become speechless

ob-nūbere veil, cover

ob-oedīre + dat obey

ob-orīrī spring up

ob-rēpere creep up, steal up

ob-rigēscere -guisse become stiff

ob-ruere -ruisse -rutum cover up, bury, crush

obscūrāre obscure, darken

obscūrus -a -um dark, obscure, uncertain

ob-secundāre + dat comply with, obey

ob-sequī + dat comply with, obey

ob-servāre observe, respect

obses -idis m hostage

ob-sidēre -sēdisse -sessum besiege

obsidiō -ōnis f siege

ob-sistere -stitisse resist

ob-stāre stand in the way

obstinātus -a -um stubborn, obstinate

ob-struere bar, block

ob-stupēscere -puisse be stunned/astounded

ob-surdēscere -duisse become deaf

ob-temperāre + dat obey

ob-testārī beseech, implore

ob-tinēre -uisse -tentum hold, gain, obtain

ob-trectāre criticize, disparage

obtrectātiō -ōnis f criticism, disparagement

ob-truncāre slaughter, kill

obtūnsus -a -um blunt, dull

ob-venīre fall to the lot of

ob-viam ire (+ dat) (go to) meet, oppose

obvius -a -um coming to meet

obvius esse/fīerī + dat meet

occāsiō -ōnis f opportunity, chance

occāsus -ūs m setting

occidēns -entis m west

oc-cidere -disse fall, sink, set, die, end

oc-cīdere -disse -sum kill

occultāre hide

occultus -a -um hidden, secret

occupāre occupy, take possession of

oc-currere -rrisse + dat meet

oc-cursāre run to meet

ōceanus -ī m ocean

ocellus -ī m (little) eye

ōcissimē sup most quickly

ōcius comp more quickly

octāvus -a -um eighth

octiēs eight times

octingentī -ae -a eight hundred

octō eight

Octōber -bris (mēnsis) October

octōgēsimus -a -um eightieth

octōgintā eighty

oculus -ī m eye

ōdisse hate

odium -ī n hatred

odor -ōris m smell

of-fendere -disse -ēnsum come upon, fīnd

offēnsa -ae f offense, resentment

offēnsiō -ōnis f setback, misfortune

of-ferre ob-tulisse -lātum offer, present

officium -ī n duty, task

ōlim once, long ago, one day

ōmen -inis n omen, augury

o-mittere abandon, leave off/out

omnīnō altogether

{405} omnis -e all, every

onerāre load

onus -eris n burden, load

opācus -a -um shady

opem -is -e acc gen abl power, aid, assistance

opera -ae f effort, pains, service

operam dare (ut + dat) apply oneself

operae nōn est (mihi) (I) can’t spare the time

operārius -ī m labourer

operīre -uisse -rtum cover

opēs -um f pl resources, wealth, power, influence

opifex -icis m workman, artisan

opīmus -a -um rich

opīnārī think, believe

opīniō -ōnis f opinion, belief

oportēre: oportet it is right, you should

opperīrī -ertum wait (for), await

oppidānī -ōrum m pl townspeople

oppidum -ī n town

op-plēre -ēvisse -ētum fill up, cover

op-pōnere put in the way, oppose

opportūnitās -ātis f convenience, advantage

opportūnus -a -um convenient, exposed

op-primere -pressisse -pressum press on, overwhelm

op-pugnāre attack

oppugnātiō -ōnis f attack, assault

optāre wish

optimātēs -ium m pl the nobles/conservatives

optimus -a -um sup best, very good

opulentia -ae f sumptuousness

opulentus -a -um wealthy, powerful

opus -eris n work, task

opus est it is needed

ōra -ae f border, coast

ōrāculum -ī n oracle

ōrāre pray, beg

ōrātiō -ōnis f speech

ōrātor -ōris m speaker, orator, envoy

ōrātōrius -a -um oratorical

ōrātrīx -īcis f female suppliant

orbis -is m circle, orbit, sphere

orbis (terrārum) the world

orbitās -ātis f loss of children/parents

orbus -a -um childless, orphaned

ōrdināre arrange, regulate

ōrdīrī ōrsum begin (to speak)

ōrdō -inis m row, rank, order, class

(ex) ōrdine in order, in sequence

oriēns -entis m east

orientālis -e eastern

orīgō -inis f beginnings, origin

orīrī ortum rise, appear, spring

ōrnāmentum -ī n ornament, jewel

ōrnāre equip, adorn

ōrnātus -a -um ornate, distinguished

ortus -ūs m rising, sunrise, origin

os ossis n bone

ōs ōris n mouth, face

ōscitāre gape, yawn

ōsculārī kiss

ōsculum -ī n kiss

ostendere -disse show, demonstrate

ostentāre display ostentatiously

ōstiārius -ī m door-keeper, porter

ōstium -ī n door, entrance

ōtiōsus -a -um leisured, idle

ōtium -ī n leisure, peace

ovāre exult, rejoice

ovis -is f sheep

ōvum -ī n egg

P

pābulārī forage

pābulum -ī n fodder

pācāre subdue

pacīscī pactum contract/stipulate for

pactō: quō pactō how

paelex -icis f concubine

paene nearly, almost

paen-īnsula -ae f peninsula

paenitēre: p.et mē (+ gen) I regret/repent

pāgina -ae f page

palam openly, publicly

palam facere make generally known

pālārī stray, be dispersed

pallēre be pale

pallēscere -luisse grow pale

pallidus -a -um pale

pallium -ī n cloak, mantle

palma -ae f palm, hand

palpitāre beat, throb

palūdāmentum -ī n military cloak

palūs -ūdis f fen, swamp

pālus -ī m stake

pandere -disse passum spread out

pānis -is m bread, loaf

papae! hey!

papāver -eris n poppy

papȳrus -ī f papyrus

pār paris adi equal, adequate

parāre prepare, provide, get

parātus -a -um ready

parcere pepercisse + dat spare

parēns -entis m/f father, mother

parentēs -um m pl parents

parere -iō peperisse -rtum give birth to, lay, produce

pārēre (+ dat) obey

paries -etis m wall (of a house)

pariter equally, together

parricīda -ae m parricide

parricīdium -ī n murder of near relation

pars -rtis f part, direction, party

{406} particeps -ipis adi + gen having a share in

partim in part, partly

partim…partim/aliī some…others

partīrī share, divide, distribute

parturīre be ready to give birth to

partus -ūs m (giving) birth

parum too little, not quite

parum-per for a short while

parvulus -a -um little, tiny

parvus -a -um little, small

pāscere pāvisse pāstum pasture, feed, feast

passer -eris m sparrow

passim far and wide, everywhere

passus -ūs m pace (1.48 m)

pāstiō -ōnis f pasturage

pāstor -ōris m shepherd

pate-facere open, reveal

pate-fierī be revealed

patēns -entis adi open

pater -tris m father; pl senators

patera -ae f bowl

patēre be open, spread

paternus -a -um of the father, paternal

patēscere -tuisse open

patī passum suffer, bear, allow

aegrē/molestē patī resent, be indignant

patiēns -entis adi patient

patientia -ae f forbearance, patience

patrāre carry through

patria -ae f native country/town

patricius -a -um patrician

patrimōnium -ī n patrimony, fortune

patrius -a -um of the father, paternal

patrōcinium -ī n protection, defence

patrōnus -ī m patron, pleader, advocate

patruus -ī m father’s brother, uncle

paucī -ae -a few, a few

paucitās -ātis f small number, paucity

paulātim little by little, gradually

paulisper for a short time

paulō + comp, ante/post a little

paululum a little

paulum a little, little

pauper -eris adi poor

pavēre be terrified

pavidus -a -um terrified

pavor -ōris m terror, fright

pāx pācis f peace

peccāre do wrong

peccātum -ī n error, offense

pectus -oris n breast

pecua -um n pl farm animals

peculātus -ūs m embezzlement

pecūlium -ī n money given to slaves

pecūnia -ae f money

pecūniōsus -a -um wealthy

pecus -udis f farm animal, sheep

pecus -oris n livestock, sheep, cattle

pedes -itis m foot-soldier

pedester -tris -tre pedestrian, infantry

pēior -ius comp worse

pellere pepulisse pulsum push, drive (off)

-pellere -pulisse -pulsum

Penātēs -ium m Penates, tutelary gods

pendere pependisse pēnsum weigh, pay

pendēre pependisse hang

penes prp + acc in the possession of

penetrālia -ium n pl the interior

penetrāre penetrate

penitus adv from within, deep, far

penna -ae f feather

pēnsāre weigh, ponder, consider

pēnsiō -ōnis f payment, installment

pēnsitāre pay

pēnsum -ī n task

penta-meter -trī m pentameter

pēnūria -ae f scarcity, want

per prp + acc through, by, during

per sē by oneself, single-handed

per-agere carry out, complete

per-agrāre travel over

per-angustus -a -um very narrow

per-blandus -a -um very charming

per-brevis -e very short

per-celer -is -e very fast

per-cellere -ulisse -ulsum strike (with fear)

per-cēnsēre enumerate

perceptiō -ōnis f gathering

per-contārī inquire (about), ask

percontātiō -ōnis f interrogation, question

per-currere -rrisse -rsum run over, pass over

per-cutere -iō -cussisse -cussum strike, hit

per-dere -didisse -ditum destroy, ruin, waste, lose

per-domāre subjugate

perduelliō -ōnis f treason

peregrīnus -a -um foreign, alien

perennis -e enduring, perpetual

per-errāre wander through

per-exiguus -a -um very small

perfectus -a -um perfect

per-ferre carry, endure

per-fīcere complete, accomplish

perfidia -ae f faithlessness, treachery

perfidus -a -um faithless, treacherous

perfuga -ae m deserter

per-fugere take refuge

per-fugium -ī n place of refuge, shelter

per-fundere wet, drench, imbue, fill

{407} per-fungī + abl carry through, finish

pergere per-rēxisse proceed, go on

per-grātus -a -um very pleasing

per-hibēre report, say

perīculōsus -a -um dangerous, perilous

perīculum -ī n danger, peril

per-imere -ēmisse -ēmptum destroy, kill

periocha -ae f summary

per-īre -eō -iisse perish, be lost

peristȳlum -ī n peristyle

perītus -a -um + gen practiced, expert

per-iūcundus -a -um very agreeable

per-magnus -a -um very large

per-manēre remain, continue

per-miscēre mix, blend

per-mittere allow, permit, leave

permixtiō -ōnis f disturbance, chaos

per-molestus -a -um very troublesome

per-movēre move deeply

per-multī -ae -a a great many

per-mūnīre fortify thoroughly

per-mūtāre exchange

permūtātiō -ōnis f exchange

perniciēs -ēī f destruction

perniciōsus -a -um destructive, disastrous

per-ōrāre conclude

per-paucī -ae -a very few

per-pellere enforce

perpetuus -a -um continuous, permanent

per-rogāre ask in turn

per-saepe very often

per-sequī follow, pursue

per-sevērāre persist, continue

per-solvere pay in full, fulfill

persōna -ae f character, person

per-spicere survey, recognize

per-stāre stand firm, persist

per-suādēre -sisse + dat persuade, convince

per-territus -a -um terrified

per-timēscere -muisse be frightened (of)

per-tinēre (ad) relate, pertain (to)

per-turbāre upset

per-vādere -sisse -sum spread, pervade

per-vāstāre devastate completely

per-venīre get to, reach

per-volāre move rapidly, rush, fly

pēs pedis m foot

pessimus -a -um sup worst

pessum dare destroy, ruin

pesti-fer -era -erum disastrous, pernicious

pestilentia -ae f plague, pestilence

pestis -is f plague, disaster

petasus -ī m hat

petere -īvisse -ītum make for, aim at, attack, seek, ask for, request

petītiō -ōnis f pursuit, candidature

phalerae -ārum f pl military decoration

phantasma -atis n ghost, apparition

pharetra -ae f quiver

philosophia -ae f philosophy

philosophus -ī m philosopher

pietās -ātis f respect, devotion, piety

piger -gra -grum lazy, torpid

pigēre: piget mē (+ gen) I am displeased, I regret

pignus -oris n pledge

pila -ae f ball

pilleus -ī m felt cap

pīlum -ī n spear, javelin

pingere pīnxisse pictum paint, embroider

tabula picta painting

pīpiāre chirp

pīrāta -ae m pirate

pīrāticus -a -um of pirates

pirum -ī n pear

piscātor -ōris m fisherman

piscis -is m fish

pius -a -um dutiful, devoted, pious

placēre + dat please

placidus -a -um quiet, calm, gentle

placitus -a -um pleasing, agreeable

plānē plainly, clearly

plānus -a -um plain, clear

plaudere -sisse (+ dat) clap, applaud

plausus -ūs m applause

plēbēiī -ōrum m pl plebeians

plēb(ē)s -is f the (common) people

plēnus -a -um (+ gen/abl) full (of)

plērī-que plērae- plēra- most, most people

plērumque adv mostly

plērus-que plēra- plērum- most (of), the greater part

plōrāre cry

plūma -ae f feather

plumbum -ī n lead

plūrēs -a comp more

plūrimī -ae -a sup most, a great many

plūrimum -ī n, adv most, very much

plūrimus -a -um very much, a lot of

plūs plūris n, adv more

pōculum -ī n cup, glass

poēma -atis n poem

poena -ae f punishment, penalty

poenās dare suffer punishment

poēta -ae m/f poet

poēticus -a -um poetical

pollēns -entis adi strong

pollēre be strong

{408} pollicērī promise

pollicitārī promise

pollicitātiō -ōnis f promise

polluere -uisse -ūtum soil, violate, degrade

pōmērium -ī n open space round town

pompa -ae f ceremonial procession

pondō indēcl in weight, pounds

pondus -eris n weight

pōnere posuisse positum place, put, pitch, lay down, take off, give up

positum esse (in) be situated, lie, depend

pōns pontis m bridge

pontifex -icis m high priest

pontus -ī m sea

populārī ravage, plunder

populāris -e of the people, popular

populāris -is m fellow citizen

populus -ī m people, nation

porcus -ī m pig

por-rigere stretch out

porrō forward, ahead

porta -ae f gate

portāre carry

por-tendere -disse -tum portend, presage

portentum -ī n portent, prodigy

porticus -ūs f portico, colonnade

portuōsus -a -um having many harbors

portus -ūs m harbor

poscere poposcisse demand, call for

posse potuisse be able

possessiō -ōnis f possession, occupation

possidēre -sēdisse possess, own

post prp + acc, adv behind, after, later

post-eā afterward, later

posteā-quam after, since

posterī -ōrum m pl descendants, posterity

posterior -ius comp back-, hind-, later

posteritās -ātis f future, posterity

posterus -a -um next, following

posthāc from now on, hereafter

postīcum -ī n backdoor

post-quam after, since

postrēmō adv finally

postrēmum adv for the last time

postrēmus -a -um sup last

postrī-diē on the following day

postulāre demand, require

postulātum -ī n demand

pōtāre drink

potēns -entis adi powerful, master(ing)

potentia -ae f power

potestās -ātis f power

pōtiō -ōnis f drinking, drink

potior -ius comp preferable, better

potīrī + abl/gen take possession of, hold

potissimum adv sup preferably, especially

potius adv comp rather

prae prp + abl before, for

praebēre present, offer, show

prae-cēdere go on ahead, precede

praeceps -ipitis adi headlong, precipitous

praeceptum -ī n instruction, order

prae-cipere anticipate, advise, order

praecipitāre throw/fall/rush headlong

praecipuē especially, above all

praecipuus -a -um outstanding, exceptional

prae-clārus -a -um splendid, excellent

praecō -ōnis m crier, announcer, herald

praeda -ae f booty, prey

praedārī plunder, loot

praedātōrius -a -um plundering

prae-dicāre declare

prae-dīcere foretell, prophesy

praedictum -ī n prediction, prophecy

praedium -ī n estate

prae-dīves -itis adi very rich

praedō -ōnis m robber, pirate

prae-esse (+ dat) be in charge (of)

praefectus -ī m prefect, commander

prae-ferre prefer

prae-ficere put in charge of

prae-mittere send in advance

praemium -ī n reward, prize

prae-nōmen -inis n first name

prae-occupāre preoccupy

prae-parāre prepare

prae-pōnere (+ dat) put in charge of

prae-potēns -entis adi very powerful

praesēns -entis adi present, instant

(tempus) praesēns present

prae-sentīre have a presentiment of

praesertim especially

praeses -idis m/f guardian

praesidium -ī n protection, aid, garrison

praestāns -antis adi outstanding

prae-stāre -stitisse furnish, fulfill, surpass

praestat it is better

prae-sūmere take for oneself, assume

praeter prp + acc past, besides, except

praeter spem contrary to expectation

praeter-eā besides

praeter-īre pass by, pass, pass over

praeteritus -a -um past

(tempus) praeteritum the past

{409} praeter-mittere omit, neglect, let pass

praeter-quam quod apart from the fact that

praeter-vehī ride/drive/sail past

prae-texta: toga p. toga with purple border

praetextātus -a -um wearing a toga praetexta

praetor -ōris m praetor, commander

praetōrium -ī n general’s tent

praetōrius -a -um of the commander

praetōrius -ī m ex-praetor

praetūra -ae f praetorship

praeverbium -ī n prefix

prāt(ul)um -ī n meadow, lawn

prāvus -a -um faulty, wrong

precārī pray

precēs -um f pl prayers

prehendere -disse -ēnsum grasp, seize

premere pressisse press, harass, press hard

pressum on, repress

pretiōsus -a -um precious

pretium -ī n price, value, reward

prīdem long ago

prī-diē the day before

prīmō adv at first, first

prīmōrēs -um m pl leading men, front ranks

prīmum adv first

quam prīmum as soon as possible

prīmus -a -um first

prīnceps -ipis adi, m first, chief, emperor

prīncipium -ī n beginning, origin, basis

prior -ius first, former, front-

prīstinus -a -um former, previous

prius adv before

prius-quam before

prīvātim adv privately, personally

prīvātum -ī n private property

prīvātus -a -um private, holding no office

prō prp + abl before, on, for, instead of, as, according to

prō! o!

probāre approve of, prove

probātus -a -um acceptable, pleasing

probus -a -um good, honest, proper

prō-cēdere advance, go on, succeed

procella -ae f violent wind, gale

procērus -a -um tall, long

prō-cidere -disse fall forward, collapse

prō-clāmāre cry out

prō-cōnsul -is m (prōcōs.) proconsul, governor

prō-creāre engender, beget

procul far away, far (from)

procul dubiō without doubt

prō-cumbere -cubuisse lean forward, bow down

prō-cūrāre attend to, administer

prōcūrātor -ōris m manager, superintendent

prō-currere -rrisse -rsum run forward, charge

prō-dere -didisse -ditum hand down, betray

prōd-esse prō-fuisse + dat be useful, do good

prōdigium -ī n prodigy

prōd-īre -eō -iisse -itum come forward, go forth

prōditiō -ōnis f betrayal

prōditor -ōris m traitor

prō-dūcere bring forth, extend

proelium -ī n battle

profectō indeed, certainly

prō-ferre fetch, produce, extend

prō-ficere progress, be successful

proficīscī -fectum set out, depart

pro-fitērī -fessum declare, offer

prō-flīgāre defeat decisively, crush

pro-fugere run away, flee

profugus -a -um fleeing; m fugitive

pro-fundere pour out, shed

prōgeniēs -ēī f offspring, descent

prō-gnātus -a -um (+ abl) born, son (of)

prō-gredī -ior -gressum go forward, advance

prōgressiō -ōnis f advance

pro-hibēre keep off, prevent, forbid

prō-icere throw (forward)

pro-inde (+ imp) accordingly

prō-lābī slip, overbalance

prōlēs -is f offspring

prōlētāriī -ōrum m pl lowest class of citizens

prōmere -mpsisse -mptum take out

prō-minēre project, stick out

prōmissum -ī n promise

prō-mittere promise

prō-movēre push forward, advance

prōmptū: in p. within reach, easy

prōmptus -a -um prompt, keen, ready

prō-mulgāre announce, publish

prōmunturium -ī n headland, promontory

prō-nūntiāre proclaim, announce

prōnus -a -um leaning forward, inclined

prōpatulum -ī n forecourt

prope prp + acc, adv near, nearly

properāre hurry

properē quickly

propinquus -a -um near, close, m relative

propior -ius comp nearer, closer

{410} propius adv comp nearer

prō-pōnere set up, propose

prōpositum -ī n objective, point

prō-praetor -ōris m propraetor

proprius -a -um own, proper

propter prp + acc, adv because of, near

propter-eā therefore

prōra -ae f prow

prō-scrībere proscribe, outlaw

prō-sequī accompany, honor

prō-silīre -uisse spring forth

prosperus -a -um successful, favorable

prō-spicere look out, look ahead

prō-sternere knock down, overthrow

prō-tegere protect

prōtinus at once

prō-trahere pull out, draw out

prō-vehī -vectum sail out

prōventus -ūs m growth, crop, harvest

prō-vidēre see to it, take care

prōvincia -ae f province, charge

prō-vocāre challenge, appeal

prōvocātiō -ōnis f appeal

prō-volāre rush forth

proximus -a -um sup nearest, next

proximus -ī m close relative

prūdēns -entis adi prudent, clever

prūdentia -ae f intelligence, proficiency

pruīna -ae f hoarfrost, rime

pūbēs -eris adi mature, grown-up

pūblicānus -ī m tax-gatherer, publican

pūblicāre confiscate

pūblicum -ī n public funds

pūblicus -a -um public, state-

rēs pūblica affairs of state, the state

pudēns -entis adi modest, virtuous

pudēre pudet mē (+ gen) I am ashamed (of)

pudibundus -a -um shamefaced

pudīcitia -ae f chastity, virtue

pudīcus -a -um chaste

pudor -ōris m shame, decency

puella -ae f girl

puer -erī m boy, slave; pl children

puerīlis -e of children

pueritia -ae f boyhood

puerulus -ī m small boy

pugna -ae f fight

pugnāre fight

pugnātor -ōris m fighter, combatant

pugnus -ī m fist

pulcher -chra -chrum beautiful, fine

pulchritūdō -inis f beauty

pullus -ī m young one, chicken

pullus -a -um somber, grey

pulmō -ōnis m lung

pulsāre strike, hit, knock (at)

pulsus -ūs m thrust, impulse

pulvīnar -āris n couch for the gods

pulvis -eris m dust

pūnctum -ī n dot, point, speck

pūnīre punish

puppis -is f, acc -im, abl -ī stern, poop

pūrgāre clean, purge, excuse

purpura -ae f purple

pūrus -a -um clean, pure

putāre think, suppose

Q

quā which way, where

(sī/nē/num) quā by any road, anywhere

quā-cumque wherever

quadrāgēsimus -a -um fortieth

quadrāgintā forty

quadrātus -a -um square

quadriennium -ī n four years

quadrīgae -ārum f pl team of four horses

quadringentēsimus -a -um four hundredth

quadringentī -ae -a four hundred

quaerere -sīvisse -sītum look for, seek, ask (for)

quaesō I ask you, please

quaestiō -ōnis f inquiry, question

quaestor -ōris m quaestor

quaestōrius -a -um fit to be a quaestor

quaestūra -ae f quaestorship

quaestus -ūs m income, profit

quālis -e what sort of, (such) as

quālis-cumque of whatever sort

quālitās -ātis f quality

quam how, as, than

quam + sup as…as possible

quam-diū how long, (as long) as

quam-ob-rem why

quamquam although

quam-vīs however, although

quandō when, seeing that

(sī/nē/num) quandō at any time, ever

quantitās -ātis f quantity, size

quantō + comp (tantō…) how much, the… (the…)

quantum -ī n, adv how much, (as much) as

quantī gen pretiī of what worth

quantus -a -um how large, (as large) as

quantus-cumque -a- -um- however great/much

quā-propter why

{411} quā-rē why, therefore, hence

quārtum/quārtō adv for the fourth time

quārtus -a -um fourth

quārta pars fourth, quarter

quasi as, like, as if

quassāre shake, damage, batter

quater four times

quatere -iō shake

quaternī -ae -a four (each)

quattuor four

quattuor-decim fourteen

-que and

quercus -ī f oak

querēlla -ae f complaint

querī questum complain, grumble

querimōnia -ae f complaint, protest

quī quae quod who, which, he who

quī quae quod (…?) what, which

quī qua quod (sī/nē…) any

quia because

quic-quam -quid v. quid-

quī-cumque quae- quod- whoever, whatever, any

quid (v. quis) what, anything

quid adv why

quī-dam quae- quod-/quid- a certain, some(one)

quidem indeed, certainly

nē quidem not even

quidnī why not

quid-quam/quic-quam anything

quid-quid/quic-quid whatever, anything that

quiēs -ētis f rest, repose, sleep

quiēscere -ēvisse rest

quiētus -a -um quiet

quī-libet quae- quod- no matter what/which

quīn why not, do…! come!

quīn (etiam) indeed, even

(nōn…) quīn + coni (but) that

quī-nam v. quis-nam

quīn-decim fifteen

quīndecim-virī -ōrum m pl board of fifteen priests

quīngentēsimus -a -um five hundredth

quīn-gentī -ae -a five hundred

quīnī -ae -a five (each)

quīnquāgēsimus -a -um fiftieth

quīnquāgintā fifty

quīnque five

quīnquennium -ī n five years

quīnque-rēmis (nāvis) having five banks of oars

quīnquiēs five times

Quīntīlis -is (mēnsis) July

quīntum/quīntō adv for the fifth time

quīntus -a -um fifth

quippe (quī/quae) inasmuch as, for

quīre -eō -īvisse be able to

Quirītēs -ium m pl Roman citizens

quis quae quid who, what

quis quid (sī/num/nē…) anyone, anything

quis-nam (quī-) quid-nam who/what ever?

quis-quam anyone

quis-que quae- quod- each

quis-quis anyone who, whoever

quī-vīs quae- quod- no matter what, any

quō adv where (to)

quō + comp (eō…) the… (the…)

quō + coni in order that (thereby)

quo-ad until

quō-circā hence, therefore

quō-cumque adv wherever

quod (= quia) because, that

quod sī if however, but if

quod n what, which, that which

quō-modo how

quondam once, some day

quoniam since, seeing that, as

quoque also, too

quot indēcl how many, (as many) as

quot-annīs every year

quotiēs how often, as often as

quotiēs-cumque every time that

quo-ūsque how long? till when?

R

rabiēs -ēī f rage, fury

radius -ī m ray

rādīx -īcis f root, foot, base

rāmus -ī m branch, bough

rapere -iō -uisse -ptum carry off, pass rush off

rapidus -a -um rushing, rapid

rapīna -ae f carrying off, plunder

raptim hurriedly

rārō adv rarely, seldom

rārus -a -um rare

ratiō -ōnis f account, consideration, reason, method, affair

ratiōnem habēre + gen take into account

ratiōnālis -e of reasoning

ratis -is f raft

ratus -a -um valid, fixed, certain

prō ratā parte in proportion

re-bellāre reopen the war, revolt

re-cēdere go back, retire

recēns -entis adi fresh

re-cidere reccidisse fall back

re-cīdere -disse -sum cut off, remove

reciperāre recover, recapture

re-cipere receive, admit, accept

sē recipere retire, return, recover

recitāre read aloud

re-cognōscere recognize

re-conciliāre win back, reconcile

re-cordārī call to mind, recollect

recordātiō -ōnis f recollection

{412} re-creāre restore, revive

rēctor -ōris m ruler, governor

rēctus -a -um straight, direct, straightforward, right, correct

rēctā (viā) straight

re-cumbere -cubuisse lie down

re-cūsāre reject, refuse

red-dere -didisse -ditum give back, render

red-igere -ēgisse -āctum drive back, bring, reduce

red-imere -ēmisse -ēmptum ransom

redimīre encircle, surround

red-īre -eō -iisse -itum go back, return

ad sē redīre return to one’s senses

reditus -ūs m return

re-dūcere lead back, bring back

red-undāre overflow, be exuberant

re-fellere -lisse refute

re-ferre rettulisse relātum bring back, return, report, enter, refer

referre (dē) make a proposal

rē-ferre rē-fert (meā) it is important (for me)

re-ficere restore, repair

re-fugere flee back, escape, recoil

rēgālis -e royal

regere rēxisse rēctum direct, guide, govern

rēgia -ae f royal palace

rēgīna -ae f queen

regiō -ōnis f region, district

rēgius -a -um royal

rēgnāre reign, rule

rēgnum -ī n kingship, kingdom, reign

re-gredī -ior -gressum go back, return

rēgula -ae f ruler

rēgulus -ī m petty king, prince

re-laxāre relax, relieve

religiō -ōnis f fear of the gods, religion

religiōsus -a -um sacred

re-linquere leave

reliquiae -ārum f pl remnants, remains

reliquum -ī n remainder, future

reliquus -a -um remaining, left

re-mandāre send back word

re-manēre remain, stay behind

remedium -ī n remedy

rēmex -igis m oarsman, rower

rēmigāre row

re-minīscī + gen/acc recollect

remissiō -ōnis f relaxation

remissus -a -um gentle, relaxed

re-mittere send back, relax

re-morārī delay

remōtus -a -um remote, distant

re-movēre remove

rēmus -ī m oar

re-nāscī be reborn, be re-created

re-novāre renew, resume

re-nūntiāre report, renounce

re-parāre repair, restore, renew

re-pellere reppulisse -pulsum drive back, repel, rebuff

repēns -entis adi sudden, unexpected

repente adv suddenly

repentīnus -a -um sudden

rēpere -psisse -ptum crawl

reperīre repperisse repertum find, discover, devise, invent

re-petere return to, repeat, claim back, recall

rēs repetere claim return of property

re-pōnere put back

re-portāre carry back, bring home

re-prehendere blame, censure

re-primere -essisse -essum check, repress, restrain

repudiāre reject, refuse to accept

re-pugnāre fight back, resist

repulsa -ae f defeat (in an election)

re-putāre think over, reflect on

re-quiēscere rest

re-quīrere -sīvisse -sītum seek, ask

rērī ratum reckon, think, believe

rēs reī f thing, matter, affair

rēs (pūblica) affairs of state, the state

re-scindere demolish, cancel, annul

re-sīdere -sēdisse sink back, subside

re-sistere -stitisse + dat halt, resist

re-sonāre resound

re-spergere -sisse -sum sprinkle, splatter

re-spicere look back (at), heed, regard, have regard for

re-spondēre -disse -sum answer

respōnsum -ī n answer

re-stāre -stitisse remain, be left

restat (ut) it remains

re-stinguere -stīnxisse -stīnctum put out, extinguish

restis -is f rope

re-stituere -uisse -ūtum rebuild, restore, reinstate

re-surgere rise again, be restored

re-tardāre delay, hold up

rēte -is n net

re-ticēre keep silent

re-tinēre -uisse -tentum hold back

re-trahere pull back, bring back

retrō back

reus -ī m defendant, accused

re-vehere bring back

re-venīre come back

revertī -tisse -sum return, come back

re-vincere conquer

{413} re-vīsere revisit, visit

re-vocāre call back, recall, revoke

rēx rēgis m king

rhētor -oris m teacher of rhetoric

rīdēre -sisse -sum laugh, make fun of

rīdiculus -a -um ridiculous

rigāre irrigate

rigēre be stiff

rīpa -ae f bank

-ripere -iō -uisse -reptum

rīsus -ūs m laughter, laugh

rīte adv with due rites, properly

rītus -ūs m rites, ceremonies

rīvus -ī m brook, channel

rixa -ae f quarrel, brawl

rōbur -oris n oak, strength, force

rōbustus -a -um strong, robust

rogāre ask, ask for

rogātiō -ōnis f proposed law, bill

rogitāre ask (repeatedly)

rogus -ī m funeral pyre

Rōmānus -a -um Roman

rosa -ae f rose

rōstra -ōrum n pl speakers’ platform

rōstrātus -a -um having a beaked prow

rōstrum -ī n beak, beaked prow

rota -ae f wheel

rotundus -a -um round

ruber -bra -brum red

rubēre be red, blush

rudis -e crude, rude

ruere ruisse rush, tumble down

ruīna -ae f collapse, ruin

rūmor -ōris m rumor

rumpere rūpisse ruptum burst, break, break off

rūpēs -is f crag, rock

ruptor -ōris m one who breaks

rūrī loc in the country

rūrsus adv again

rūs rūris n the country

rūsticus -a -um rural, rustic, farm-

rutilus -a -um red

S

sacculus -ī m purse

saccus -ī m sack

sacer -cra -crum holy, sacred

sacerdōs -ōtis m/f priest, priestess

sacrāre consecrate

sacrārium -ī n sanctuary

sacrificāre make a sacrifice

sacrificium -ī n sacrifice

sacrum -ī n sacred object, sacrifice

saeculum -ī n generation, age, century

saepe -ius -issimē often

saepīre surround

saevitia -ae f savageness, cruelty

saevus -a -um fierce, cruel

sagitta -ae f arrow

sagittārius -ī m archer, bowman

sāl salis m salt, wit

salīnae -ārum f pl salt-pans

salīre -uisse jump

saltāre dance

saltem at least, anyhow

saltus -ūs m wooded hills

salūber -bris -bre healthy, salutary

salūs -ūtis f health, salvation, safety

salūtem dīcere + dat greet

salūtāre greet

salūtāris -e wholesome, salutary

salvāre save

salvē -ēte hallo, good morning

salvēre iubēre greet

salvus -a -um safe, unharmed

sānāre heal, cure

sānctus -a -um holy

sānē certainly, quite

sanguineus -a -um blood-stained, bloodshot

sanguinulentus -a -um blood-stained

sanguis -inis m blood, race, relationship

sānus -a -um healthy, well

sapere -iō -iisse be wise, have sense

sapiēns -entis adi wise

sapientia -ae f wisdom

sarcina -ae f pack, kit

sarmentum -ī n brushwood, branch

satelles -itis m henchman, attendant

satis enough, rather

satius comp < satis better, preferable

saucius -a -um wounded

saxum -ī n rock

scaena -ae f scene, stage

scaenicus -a -um theatrical

scālae -ārum f pl ladder

scalpellum -ī n scalpel, surgical knife

scamnum -ī n stool

scandere -disse -ānsum climb, mount

scelerātus -a -um accursed, criminal

scelestus -a -um criminal, wicked

scelus -eris n crime

scēptrum -ī n sceptre

sciēns -entis adi + gen having knowledge of

scientia -ae f knowledge

scīlicet of course

scindere -idisse -issum tear, tear up

scīre know

scīscitārī inquire, ask

scopulus -ī m rock

scortum -ī n prostitute, whore

scrībere -psisse -ptum write, describe, enroll

scrīptor -ōris m writer

scrīptum -ī n writing, book

scrīptūra -ae f tax on grazing rights

scrūtārī examine, search

scūtum -ī n shield

sē/sēsē acc/abl, dat sibi himself, each other

secāre -uisse -ctum cut

sē-cernere separate, detach

sēcrētō adv in private

{414} sēcrētum -ī n seclusion, privacy

secundō adv for the second time

secundum prp + acc along, after, according to

secundus -a -um second, favorable

secūris -is f, acc -im, abl -ī axe

secus adv otherwise

sed but

sēdāre allay, appease, calm

sē-decim sixteen

sedēre sēdisse sit

sēdēs -is f seat, abode, dwelling

sēditiō -ōnis f discord, insurrection

sēditiōsus -a -um seditious

sēgnis -e slothful, inactive

sē-iungere separate

sella -ae f stool, chair

semel once

sēmen -inis n seed, offspring

sē-met himself, themselves

sēmi-animis -e half-alive

sēmi-ermis -e half-armed

sēmi-somnus -a -um half-asleep

semper always

sempiternus -a -um everlasting, eternal

senātor -ōris m senator

senātus -ūs m senate, assembly, sitting

senecta -ae f old age

senectūs -ūtis f old age

senēscere -nuisse grow old, weaken

senex senis m old man

sēnī -ae -a six (each)

senior -ōris comp older

sēnsim gradually, little by little

sēnsus -ūs m sense, sensation

sententia -ae f opinion, sentence

sentīre sēnsisse -sum feel, sense, think

sepelīre -īvisse -ultum bury

septem seven

September -bris (mēnsis) September

septen-decim seventeen

septēnī -ae -a seven (each)

septentriōnālis -e northern

septentriōnēs -um m pl north

septimus -a -um seventh

septingentēsimus -a -um seven hundredth

septin-gentī -ae -a seven hundred

septuāgēsimus -a -um seventieth

septuāgintā seventy

sepulcrum -ī n tomb, grave

sequī secūtum follow

serēnus -a -um clear, cloudless, calm

serere sēvisse satum sow, plant

sērius comp adv < sērō later, too late

sērius -a -um serious

sermō -ōnis m talk, language

serō adv, comp sērius late

serpēns -entis m snake, serpent

sērus -a -um late

serva -ae f female slave

servāre preserve, save

servātor -ōris m savior

servīlis -e of a slave, servile

servīre + dat be a slave, serve

servitium -ī n slavery

servitūs -ūtis f slavery

servus -ī m slave, servant

sescentēsimus -a -um six hundredth

ses-centī -ae -a six hundred

sēsē v. sē

sēstertius -ī m sesterce (coin)

sētius nihilō sētius none the less

seu v. sī-ve/seu

sevērus -a -um stern, severe

sex six

sexāgēsimus -a -um sixtieth

sexāgintā sixty

sexiēs six times

Sextīlis -is (mēnsis) August

sextus -a -um sixth

sī if

sīc in this way, so, thus

siccāre dry, drain

siccus -a -um dry

sīc-ut/-utī just as, as

sīdere sēdisse sessum sit down, settle

sīdus -eris n star, heavenly body

signāre mark, seal, stamp

significāre indicate, mean

significātiō -ōnis f intimation, meaning

signum -ī n sign, seal, signal, statue, ensign

silentium -ī n silence

silēre be silent

silva -ae f wood, forest

silvestris -e of the woods, wild

similis -e (+ gen/dat), sup -illimus similar, like

vērī similis probable, convincing

simplex -icis adi simple, single, plain

simul together, at the same time

simul (atque) + perf as soon as

simulācrum -ī n image, statue

simulāre pretend

simultās -ātis f enmity, quarrel

sīn but if

sine prp + abl without

sinere sīvisse situm let, allow

singulāris -e single, singular, unique

singulī -ae -a one (each), each

sinister -tra -trum left, f the left (hand)

sinus -ūs m bay, fold (of toga), breast

sī-quidem seeing that, since

sistere halt, stop

sitīre be thirsty

sitis -is f thirst

{415} situs -a -um situated, based, dependent

situs -ūs m position, situation

sī-ve/seu or, or if

s. …s. whether…or

socer -erī m father-in-law

sociālis -e of allies, social

sociāre join, unite

societās -ātis f partnership, alliance

socius -ī m companion, partner, ally

socordia -ae f sluggishness, indolence

sōl -is m sun

sōlārī comfort

solēre -itum esse be accustomed

sōlitūdō -inis f loneliness, lonely place

solitus -a -um usual

solium -ī n throne

sollicitāre solicit, incite

solum -ī n soil, ground, floor

sōlum adv only

sōlus -a -um alone, lonely

solūtus -a -um ōrātiō s.a prose

solvere -visse solūtum untie, loosen, dissolve, abolish, discharge, pay

nāvem solvere cast off, set sail

somnium -ī n dream

somnus -ī m sleep

sonāre -uisse sound

sonitus -ūs m noise, sound

sonus -ī m sound

sōpīre cause to sleep, stun

sōpītus sleeping, asleep

sordēs -ium f pl dirt

sordidus -a -um dirty, mean, base

soror -ōris f sister

sors -rtis f lot, drawing lots, fortune

sortīrī draw lots

sōspes -itis adi safe and sound

spargere -sisse -sum scatter

spatium -ī n space, distance, interval, walk, time, period

speciēs -ēī f sight, appearance, shape, semblance, sort, species

spectāculum -ī n sight, spectacle, pl seats

spectāre watch, look at

spectāre ad face, tend to, aim at

spectātor -ōris m spectator

spectātus -a -um manifest, undisputed

speculārī spy, reconnoiter

speculātor -ōris m scout, spy

speculum -ī n mirror

specus -ūs m cave, grotto

spēlunca -ae f cave, grotto

spērāre hope (for)

spernere sprēvisse -ētum disdain, scorn

spēs -eī f hope

sphaera -ae f globe, sphere

-spicere -iō -spexisse -spectum

spīrāre breathe, blow

splendēre shine

splendidus -a -um shining, splendid

splendor -ōris m brightness, splendor

spolia -ōrum n pl spoils, booty

spoliāre strip (of arms), rob

spondēre spopondisse spōnsum pledge, promise, betroth

spondēus -ī m spondee (——)

spōnsus -ī m fīancé

sponte (meā/suā) of my/his own accord

stabilis -e firm, stable

stabulum -ī n stable

stadium -ī n running-track

stāgnum -ī n pool, pond

stāre stetisse stand, endure, cost

statim at once

statiō -ōnis f post, guard, anchorage

statīva -ōrum n pl permanent camp

statua -ae f statue

statuere -uisse -ūtum fix, determine, decide

status -ūs m state, condition, order

stēlla -ae f star

stēllifer -era -erum star-bearing

sterilis -e barren, sterile

sternere strāvisse strātum spread, knock down

viam sternere pave a road

stīllāre drip

stilus -ī m stylus, writing

stimulāre spur on, stimulate

stipendium -ī n soldier’s pay, service

stīpes -itis m stake, stick

stirps -pis f origin, stock, offspring

strāgēs -is f slaughter

strāmentum -ī n straw

strēnuus -a -um active, vigorous

strepere -uisse make a noise

strepitus -ūs m noise, din

stringere -īnxisse -ictum draw, unsheathe

strophē -ae f verse, stanza

struere -ūxisse -ūctum arrange, contrive, devise

studēre + dat devote oneself to

studiōsus -a -um (+ gen) interested (in)

studium -ī n interest, study

stultitia -ae f stupidity, folly

stultus -a -um stupid, foolish

stupe-factus -a -um amazed, stupefied

stupēre be aghast

stuprāre violate, rape

stuprum -ī n rape

suādēre -sisse -sum + dat advise

sub prp + abl/acc under, near

sub-agrestis -e somewhat boorish

sub-dere -didisse -ditum set (spurs to)

{416} sub-dūcere draw up, beach, lead off

sub-icere put under, subject, add

sub-iectus -a -um + dat situated under

sub-igere -ēgisse -āctum subdue, drive, force

sub-inde immediately afterward

sub-īre -eō -iisse -itum go under, undergo

subitō adv suddenly

subitus -a -um sudden

sub-legere appoint

sublīmis -e high (up), aloft

sub-mergere sink

sub-mittere lower

sub-movēre remove, drive off

sub-nīxus -a -um + abl resting on, relying on

sub-scrībere write underneath

subsellium -ī n bench

subsidium -ī n support, help, resource

subter adv below, underneath

sub-terrāneus -a -um underground

sub-urbānus -a -um near the city

sub-venīre + dat come to help

suc-cēdere (+ dat) enter, succeed, follow

successor -ōris m successor

successus -ūs m success

suc-cingere surround

suc-clāmāre shout in response

suc-cumbere -cubuisse + dat yield, submit

suc-currere -rrisse + dat (run to) help

sūdor -ōris m sweat

suf-ficere appoint, substitute

suffixum -ī n suffix

suf-frāgārī vote for, support

suffrāgium -ī n vote

sūmere -mpsisse -mptum take, take up, adopt, assume

summa -ae f total, sum, main part

summus -a -um sup highest, greatest, top of

sūmptus -ūs m expenditure, expense

su-ove-taurīlia -ium n pl purificatory sacrifice

super prp + acc, adv on, on top (of), above

prp + abl on, about

superāre cross, surpass, overcome, defeat, remain

superbia -ae f arrogance, pride

superbus -a -um haughty, proud

super-ēminēre stand out above

super-esse be left, be over, survive

super-fundere pour over, spread

superior -ius comp higher, superior, former

superus -a -um upper

super-venīre (+ dat) appear, surprise

suppeditāre supply

supplēmentum -ī n reinforcement

sup-plēre -ēvisse -ētum fill up, reinforce

supplex -icis adi suppliant

supplicātiō -ōnis f thanksgiving

supplicium -ī n (capital) punishment

suprā prp + acc above, on, over

adv above, further back

suprēmus -a -um sup highest, sovereign

surdus -a -um deaf

surgere sur-rēxisse rise, get up

sur-ripere steal

sūrsum adv up, upward

sūs suis f pig

sus-cipere take up, receive, adopt

suscitāre wake up, rouse

suspectus -a -um suspected, suspect

sus-pendere -disse -ēnsum hang, suspend

suspicārī guess, suspect

su-spicere look up (at)

suspiciō -ōnis f suspicion

sustentāre sustain, maintain, endure

sus-tinēre -uisse -tentum support, sustain, maintain, endure

suus -a -um his/her/their (own)

syllaba -ae f syllable

synōnymum -ī n synonym

T

tabella -ae f (writing-)tablet

tabellārius -ī m letter-carrier

taberna -ae f shop, stall

tabernāculum -ī n tent

tabernārius -ī m shopkeeper

tābēscere -buisse waste away, decay

tabula -ae f (writing-)tablet, painting

tabulārium -ī n record-office

tacēre be silent (about)

tacitus -a -um silent

taedēre taedet mē (+ gen) I am tired/sick of

taeter -tra -trum foul, horrible

talentum -ī n talent

tālis -e such

tam so, as

tam-diū so long, as long

tamen nevertheless, yet

tam-etsī although

tam-quam as, like, as though

tandem at last, do…! then (…?)

tangere tetigisse tāctum touch

tantum -ī n so much

tantī gen pretiī of such worth

alterum tantum twice as much

tantum adv so much, only

tantum-modo only, merely

{417} tantun-dem just as much

tantus -a -um so big, so great

tardāre delay

tardus -a -um slow, late

tata -ae m daddy

taurus -ī m bull

tēctum -ī n roof, house

tēctus -a -um covered, decked

tegere tēxisse tēctum cover, conceal

tellūs -ūris f earth

tēlum -ī n spear, weapon

temerārius -a -um reckless

temere adv heedlessly

temeritās -ātis f recklessness

temperantia -ae f self-control, moderation

temperāre moderate, temper, refrain

temperātiō -ōnis f organizing power

temperātus -a -um moderate, restrained

tempestās -ātis f storm, period

tempestīvus -a -um timely, suitable

templum -ī n temple, (sacred) space

temptāre try (to influence), attack

tempus -oris n time, opportunity

tendere tetendisse stretch, spread, lay, make

tentum/tēnsum one’s way, insist

tenebrae -ārum f pl darkness

tenebricōsus -a -um dark

tener -era -erum tender, delicate

tenēre -uisse -ntum hold, keep (back), reach, hold one’s course, sail

tenuis -e thin

ter three times

terere trīvisse trītum wear out, use up, spend

tergēre -sisse -sum wipe

tergum -ī n back

terminus -ī m boundary (-stone)

ternī -ae -a three (each)

terra -ae f earth, ground, country

terrēre frighten

terrestris -e earthly, terrestrial

terribilis -e terrible

terror -ōris m fright, terror

tertium/tertiō adv for the third time

tertius -a -um third

testāmentum -ī n will, testament

testārī call to witness

testis -is m/f witness

thalamus -ī m bedroom

theātrum -ī n theater

thema -atis n stem, theme

thermae -ārum f pl public baths

thēsaurus -ī m treasure

tībiae -ārum f pl flute

tībīcen -inis m flute-player

tigris -is f tiger

timēre fear, be afraid (of)

timidus -a -um fearful, timid

timor -ōris m fear

tingere tīnxisse tīnctum wet, soak

tīrō -ōnis m recruit

titulus -ī m title

toga -ae f toga

togātus -a -um wearing the toga

tolerābilis -e tolerable

tolerāre bear, endure

tollere sus-tulisse sublātum raise, pick up, remove, abolish, put an end to

tonāre -uisse thunder

tonitrus -ūs m thunder

torquātus -a -um wearing a collar

torquis -is m collar

torrēre -uisse tōstum scorch, parch

torridus -a -um scorched, parched

torus -ī m bed

tot indēcl so many

tot-idem indēcl as many

totiēs so many times

tōtus -a -um the whole of, all

trabs -bis f beam, ship

tractāre handle, treat, manage

trā-dere -didisse -ditum hand over, deliver, tell

trā-dūcere move (across), pass

tragicus -a -um tragic

tragoedia -ae f tragedy

trāgula -ae f spear, javelin

trahere -āxisse -actum drag, pull, draw, derive, draw out, protract

trā-icere take across, cross, pierce

trā-natāre swim across

tranquillitās -ātis f calmness

tranquillus -a -um calm, still

trāns prp + acc across, over, beyond

trān-scendere -disse climb across, cross

trāns-ferre transfer, convey, carry

trāns-fīgere pierce

trāns-fuga -ae m deserter

trāns-fugere go over, desert

trāns-gredī -ior -gressum cross

trāns-igere -ēgisse -āctum carry through, finish

trān-silīre -uisse jump over

trāns-īre -eō -iisse -itum cross, pass, go over

trānsitiō -ōnis f crossing over, defection

trānsitus -ūs m crossing, passage

trāns-marīnus -a -um from beyond the seas

trāns-mittere send over, cross

trāns-portāre carry across, transport

trāns-vehere carry (pass sail) across

trāns-versus -a -um placed crosswise

trecentēsimus -a -um three hundredth

{418} tre-centī -ae -a three hundred

trē-decim thirteen

tremere -uisse tremble

trepidāre be in panic, tremble

trepidātiō -ōnis f alarm, panic

trepidus -a -um alarmed, in panic

trēs tria three

tribuere -uisse -ūtum grant, attribute

tribūnal -ālis n dais, platform

tribūnātus -ūs m office of tribune

tribūnus -ī m tribune

tribus -ūs f tribe (division of citizens)

tribūtum -ī n tax

trīcēsimus -a -um thirtieth

trīclīnium -ī n dining-room

tridēns -entis m trident

trīduum -ī n three days

triennium -ī n three years

triēns -entis m third of an as

trigeminus -a -um triplet

trīgintā thirty

trīnī -ae -a three

trirēmis -e trireme

trīstis -e sad

trīstitia -ae f sadness

trīticum -ī n wheat

triumphālis -e triumphal

triumphāre celebrate a triumph

triumphus -ī m triumph

trium-virī -ōrum m pl commission of three

trium-virālis -e of the triumvirs

trochaeus -ī m trochee (—∪)

trucīdāre slaughter

trux -ucis adi savage, grim

tū tē tibi (gen tuī) you, yourself

tuba -ae f trumpet

tubicen -inis m trumpeter

tuērī tūtum guard, protect, look at

tugurium -ī n hut

tum then

cum…tum… not only…but also…

tumēre swell

tumidus -a -um swollen

tumulōsus -a -um hilly

tumultuārī make an uproar

tumultuārius -a -um casual, unplanned

tumultus -ūs m uproar

tumulus -ī m hillock, burial-mound

tunc then

tunica -ae f tunic

turba -ae f disorder, throng, crowd

turbāre stir up, disturb, upset

turbidus -a -um agitated, stormy

turgid(ul)us -a -um swollen

turma -ae f squadron

turmātim in squadrons

turpis -e ugly, foul, shameful

turris -is, acc -im, abl -ī tower

tūtārī protect

tūtō adv safely

tūtor -ōris m guardian

tūtus -a -um safe

tuus -a -um your, yours

tyrannis -idis f tyranny

tyrannus -ī m tyrant

U

ūber -eris n udder

ūber -eris adi fertile

ūbertās -ātis f fruitfulness

ubi where

ubi (prīmum) + perf as soon as

ubi-cumque wherever

ubī-que everywhere

ūdus -a -um wet

ulcīscī ultum revenge, avenge

ūllus -a -um any

ulterior -ius comp farther, more distant

ultimus -a -um sup most distant, last

ad ultimum finally

ultor -ōris m avenger

ultrā prp + acc, adv beyond, further

ultrīx -īcis adi f avenging

ultrō spontaneously

ultrō citrō(que) back and forth

ululāre howl

ululātus -ūs m howling

umbra -a f shade, shadow

umerus -ī m shoulder

ūmidus -a -um wet, moist

umquam ever

ūnā adv together

unda -ae f wave

unde from where

ūn-dē-centum ninety-nine

ūn-decim eleven

ūndecimus -a -um eleventh

ūn-dē-trīgintā twenty-nine

ūn-dē-vīcēsimus -a -um nineteenth

ūn-dē-vīgintī nineteen

undique from all sides

unguis -is m nail, claw

ūnī -ae -a one

ūnicē particularly

ūnicus -a -um one and only, sole

ūniversus -a -um the whole of, entire

ūnus -a -um one, only

ad ūnum without exception

ūnus-quisque each one

urbānus -a -um of the city, urban

urbs -bis f city

ūrere ussisse ustum burn

urgēre -sisse press, oppress

usquam anywhere

ūsque up (to), all the time

ūsus -ūs m use, practice, usage

ūsū venīre occur

ūsuī/ex ūsū esse be of use

ut/utī like, as, how

ut + coni that, in order that, to

ut (prīmum) + perf as soon as

{419} ut-cumque no matter how, however

uter utra utrum which (of the two)

uter-que utra- utrum- each of the two, both

utī v. ut

ūtī ūsum + abl use, enjoy

ūtilis -e useful

ūtilitās -ātis f interest, advantage

utinam I wish that, if only…!

utpote namely

utrimque on/from both sides

utrobīque in both places

utrum… an … or…? whether… or

ūva -ae f grape

uxor -ōris f wife

uxōrius -a -um attached to one’s wife

V

vacuus -a -um empty

vādere advance, go

vadum -ī n ford; pl shallows

vagārī wander, roam

vāgīna -ae f sheath

vāgīre wail, squall

vāgītus -ūs f wail, squall

vagus -a -um wandering, roaming

valdē strongly, very (much)

valē -ēte farewell, goodbye

valēns -entis adi strong

valēre be strong, be well

valētūdō -inis f health, illness

validus -a -um strong

vāllāre fortify, defend

vallis -is f valley

vāllum -ī n rampart

vāllus -ī m stake (for a palisade)

vānus -a -um empty, useless, vain

varietās -ātis f variety, diversity

varius -a -um varied, different

vās vāsis n, pl -a -ōrum vessel, bowl

vāstāre lay waste, ravage

vāstus -a -um desolate, vast, huge

vātēs -is m/f prophet(ess), seer

-ve or

vectīgal -ālis n (indirect) tax

vectīgālis -e tax-paying, tributary

vehemēns -entis adi violent

vehere vēxisse vectum carry, convey; pass ride, sail, travel

vehiculum -ī n waggon, vehicle

vel or, even

vēlāre cover

velle volō voluisse want, be willing

vēlōx -ōcis adi swift, rapid

vēlum -ī n sail

vel-ut like, as

vēna -ae f vein

vēnālis -e for sale

vēnārī go hunting, hunt

vēnātor -ōris m hunter

vēn-dere -didisse sell

venēnātus -a -um poisoned, poisonous

venēnum -ī n poison

venia -ae f favor, leave, pardon

venīre vēnisse ventum come

vēn-īre -eō -iisse be sold

venter -tris m belly, stomach

ventitāre come frequently

ventus -ī m wind

vēnun-dare put up for sale

venustus -a -um charming

vēr vēris n spring

verbera -um n pl lashes, flogging

verberāre beat, flog

verbum -ī n word, verb

verērī fear

vergere slope, point, turn

vērō really, however, but

neque/nec vērō but not

versāre turn over, ponder

versārī turn, move about, be

versiculus -ī m short verse

versus -ūs m line, verse

versus ad…v. toward

vertere -tisse -sum turn, change

vertex -icis m whirlpool, peak, pole

vērum but

vērum -ī n truth

vērī similis probable, convincing

vērus -a -um true, real, proper

vescī + abl feed on, eat

vesper -erī m evening

vesperī adv in the evening

vester -tra -trum your, yours

vestibulum -ī n forecourt

vestīgium -ī n footprint, trace

vestīmentum -ī n garment, clothing

vestīre dress

vestis -is f clothes, cloth

vestrum gen of you

vetāre forbid

vetus -eris, sup -errimus old

vetustās -ātis f age

vetustus -a -um ancient, old

vexāre harass, trouble, ravage

vexillum -ī n standard, ensign

via -ae f road, way, street

viāticum -ī n provision for a journey

vicem in/per vicem in turn, mutually

vīcēsimus -a -um twentieth

vīcīnitās -ātis f neighborhood, vicinity

vīcīnus -a -um neighboring

vicissim in turn

victima -ae f victim

victor -ōris m, adi conqueror, victorious

victōria -ae f victory

victrīx -īcis adi f victorious

vīcus -ī m street, village

vidēlicet evidently, of course

{420} vidēre vīdisse vīsum see; pass seem

vidua -ae f widow

vigēre be vigorous

vigil -is adi wakeful, watchful

vigilāns -antis adi waking, wakeful

vigilāre be awake

vigilia -ae f night watch, vigil

vīgintī twenty

vigor -ōris m vigor

vīlis -e cheap

vīlitās -ātis f cheapness, low price

vīlla -ae f country house, villa

vincere vīcisse victum defeat, overcome, win

vincīre -nxisse -nctum tie

vinc(u)lum -ī n bond, chain

vindicāre claim, avenge

vīnea -ae f vineyard, mantlet

vīnum -ī n wine

violāre violate

violentus -a -um, adv -nter violent, impetuous

vir -ī m man, husband

vīrēs -ium f pl strength

virga -ae f rod

virginitās -ātis f virginity

virgō -inis f maiden, young girl

virīlis -e male

virītim man by man, evenly

virtūs -ūtis f valor, courage

vīs, acc vim, abl vī force, violence, power, value, quantity, number

viscera -um n pl internal organs

vīsere -sisse go and see, visit

vīsum -ī n sight

vīsus -ūs m sight

vīta -ae f life

vītāre avoid

vītis -is f vine, centurion’s staff

vitium -ī n defect, fault, vice

vituperāre criticize, blame

vīvere vīxisse live, be alive

vīvus -a -um living, alive, live

vix hardly

vix-dum scarcely yet, only just

vocābulum -ī n word

vōcālis -is f vowel

vocāre call, summon, invite

vocāre in + acc bring into, expose to

volāre fly

volitāre fly about, flutter

volucris -is f bird

voluntārius -a -um voluntary

voluntās -ātis f will

voluptās -ātis f pleasure, delight

volūtāre roll, pass whirl

volvere -visse volūtum roll, turn (over), ponder; pass turn, revolve

vorāgō -inis f abyss, whirlpool

vorāre swallow, devour

vōs vōbīs you, yourselves

vōs-met you, yourselves

vovēre vōvisse vōtum promise, vow

vōx vōcis f voice

vulgāris -e common, everyday

vulgō adv commonly

vulgus -ī n the (common) people

vulnerāre wound

vulnus -eris n wound

vultur -is m vulture

vultus -ūs m countenance, face

Z

zephyrus -ī m west wind

zōna -ae f girdle, zone

{421} Grammatica Latina

THE PARTS OF SPEECH

NOUNS

{422}

{423}

{424}

{425} ADJECTIVES

{426}

{427} ADJECTIVES AND ADVERBS

{428} NUMERALS

{429} PRONOUNS

{430}

{431} VERBS

{432}

{433}

{434}

{435}

{436}

{437}

{438}

{439}

{440}

{441}

{442}

{443}

{444}

{445} ALPHABETICAL LIST OF IRREGULAR VERBS

{446}

{447} INDEX OF NOUNS, ADJECTIVES AND VERBS

{448}

{449}

{450}

{451} ADJECTIVES

{452}

{453} VERBS

{454}

{455}

{456}

{457} GRAMMATICAL TERMS

{458}

{459} Index

Page number citations refer to the print edition.

ablative

absolute, 76; examples, 80; perfect participles in, 63

cause, 12

comitātus, with, 36

comparison, 35

degree of difference, 67; examples, 89

description, 103

examples of usage, 89

locative, 44; of plural place names, 75

means, with certain verbs, 26

opus est, with, 79

origin, source, 12

place, 5, 104

plēnus, verbs formed with, 20

respect, 35

separation, 5, 103

time when, examples, 89

time, duration, 105

accidit ut, 16

adjective

comparison of, 6

summus, medius, infimus, 8, 108

accusative

duration of time, 105

exclamation, 34

exclamation, with infinitive, 35

gerund/gerundive for purpose, 3, 4, 61

supine, for purpose, 61

adverb

neuter for, 112

numerical, 106

ut as adverb of manner, 9

adjectives

comparative meaning “too,” 88

dative with, 21

genitive with, 29, 81

-eus,-ius,-uus: comparison, 6

objective genitive with, 81

superlatives in -limus, a, um, 69

summus, medius, infimus, 8, 108

agitur dē, rēs agitur, 108

alius…alius, 22

alter…alter, 22

anaphora, 182, 335.23, 341

antequam, 14, 22

with subjunctive, 56

archaisms, 88, 102

audēre, semi-deponent, 110

cēnsēre, 94

certiōrem facere/fierī, 30

chiasmus, 192.74

comitātus, with ablative, 36

commands, negative, 49

complēre, 20

conditions

apodosis vs. protasis, 52

contrafactual, 47; indicative in, 40, 82, 83

ideal, future less vivid, “should/would,” 47

iterative subjunctive in, 54

ōrātiō oblīqua in, 52, 66

summary of, 50

cōnfīdere, semi-deponent, 110

{460} conjunctions, xxxiii

cum…tum, 58

disjunctive an, 40

priusquam, antequam, 14, 22, 27, 56

temporal, 12, 22

summary of, 22

cōnstat, impersonal, 47

cōnsulere, 108

convenit, impersonal, 48

cum

with indicative, 14

with subjunctive, 15

cum…tum, 58

cum prīmum, 22

dative

adjectives, with, 21

attraction, by, 74

compound verb, with, 18

cōnsulere, with, 108

disadvantage, 25

ethical, 110

impersonal certum, with, 21

interest, reference, 19

purpose, 2, 96, 103

separation, 25

dēbēre

in contrafactual conditions, 82

past tense, with present infinitive, 65

deliberative questions, 49, 92

diēs, feminine, 85

difficulter, 79

diffīdere, semi-deponent, 110

dōnō dare, 96

dōnum dōnare, 96

dubitāre, 39

dum, 12, 22

with subjunctive, 43

dummodo, 43

est, it is possible, 87

euphemisms, 90

ēvenit ut, 16

exclamation

accusative of, 34

accusative and infinitive of, 35

interrogative pronouns in, 44

extrēmus, -a, -um, 108

fās, 21

ferre, 75

fīdere, semi-deponent, 110

fierī potest, 7, 16

fit ut, 16

fore, 65

fore ut/ futūrum esse ut instead of future passive infinitive, 79

forem, 65

fruī, 26

fungī, 26

gaudēre, semi-deponent, 110

genitive

accumulation of, 10

adjectives, with, 29, 61

charge or accusation, 82

description, 8, 103

epexegetical (explanatory), 111

gerund/gerundive preceding causā/gratiā (purpose), 61

objective: adjectives, with, 81; personal pronouns, 41; with verbs, 38

partitive: neuter pronoun, with, 74; personal pronouns, 41

verbs formed from plēnus, with, 20

gerund, gerundive, 3, 4, 61, 77

archaic spelling of, 62

gerundive for gerund + object, 77

object of verb of effecting, 4

instead of future passive infinitive, 85

purpose, 3, 4, 61

heteroclitic nouns, 107

historical infinitive, 72

examples, 80

historical present, 11

hyperbaton, 342.328

indirect commands, 23, 67, 84

indirect discourse

{461} conditions in, 52, 66

implied, 55

nominative and infinitive, 4

pronoun change in, 68

reflexive pronouns in, 25

subordinate clauses in, 1

infimus, -a, -um, 8, 108

interest, impersonal, 112

ipse = ille, 85

iussū, 49

iuvāre, 20

libra, 88

locative, 44, 75

medius, -a, -um, 8, 108

meminisse, 39

meter, 10

miserēre/ miserērī, 39

mōs est ut, 16

names, Greek, 18, 28

necesse est, with subjunctive, 109

in contrafactual conditions, 82

noun

1st declension dative/ ablative in -ābus, 7

-duum, ending in, 105

-ennium, ending in, 104

2nd declension genitive -um = -ōrum, 62

heteroclitic, 107

verbal, 4th declension, 27, 48

numerical adverbs, 106

obīre, 87

oblīvīscī, 39

obviam, 36

operam dare, 96

oportēre

past tense, with present infinitive, 65

with subjunctive, 109

in contrafactual conditions, 82

opus esse, 79

in contrafactual conditions, 82

paenitēre, 38

participles, 45

ablative absolute, 76; examples, 80; perfect participles in, 63

examples of translation, 45

deponent verbs, 63

future, for purpose, 61

passive periphrastic, 3

perdere, 7

perīre, 7

pigēre, 39

placēre as semi-deponent, 110

plēnus, -a, -um, 20

poenās dare, 20

pondus, 88

posse

past tense, with present infinitive, 40, 65

in contrafactual conditions, 40

postquam, 14, 22, 27

postulandī, verba. See indirect commands

potīrī, 26

praestāre, 27

praeterītiō, 339.259

priusquam, 14, 22

with subjunctive, 56

pronouns

change from direct to indirect discourse, 68

-cumque, suffix, 29

-met, suffix, 29

indefinite, 57

interrogatives, in exclamations, 44

personal pronouns, genitive, 41

reflexive, in indirect statement, 25

pudēre, 38

purpose, 9

gerund/gerundive + ad, 61

genitive of gerund/gerundive preceding causā/gratiā, 61

negation in, 59

relative clause: quī = ut is, 31, 61, 95; quō + comparative, 61, 95

purpose vs. result, 58

summary, 60

{462} quaesō, 111

quam

quam prīmum, 75

superative, with, 102

quasi, 84

quīn, 42

with dubitāre, 39, 42

quōminus, 91

relative clauses

causal (quī = cum is), 32

characteristic, 98. See also relative clauses: descriptive/generic

comparative, 93

consecutive, 16, 58. See also result

descriptive/ generic, 32, 55

fear, 93

final, 58. See also purpose

indirect commands, 23, 84; resolutions of the senate, 84

indirect discourse, in 1, 31

purpose (quī = ut is), 31, 61

purpose vs. result, 58

result, 9; noun clauses of, 7, 16

tendency, 32, 55. See also relative clauses: descriptive/generic

rēferre, 101

res gestae, 169.222

rēs repetere, 70

result

negation in, 59

noun clauses of, 7

vs. purpose, 58

words signaling, 59

sequence of tense in, 58, 59

rhetorical questions, 50, 93, 108

senātus cōnsultum, 94

sententia, 94

sequence of tense, 16, 52

in purpose/result clauses, 58, 59

simul atque, 22

solēre, semi-deponent, 110

stāre, compounds of, 43

subjunctive

comparative clauses, 93

conditions, in, 47

descriptive/generic clauses, 32, 55

hindering, clauses of, 91

independent clauses, in, 49; deliberative

questions, 49; hortatory, 49; jussive, 49; negative commands, 49; potential, 46; rhetorical

questions, 50, 93, 108; wishes, 49

indirect commands, 23, 25, 84

potential, 46, 91; generalizing (indefinite), 46, 92; cautious assertion, 92, 93; deliberative questions, 49, 92; rhetorical questions, 50, 93, 108

purpose. See purpose

reported reason, 55

result. See result

sequence of tense, 16, 52, 59

subordinate clauses, in indirect discourse, 1, 31, 52

wishes, 33, 41, 92

subordinate clauses

indirect discourse, in, 1

summus, 8, 108

supine

accusative of purpose, 61, 78

ablative of respect with adjectives, 35

motion implied, 78

taedēre, 38

tamquam, 84

temporal conjunctions, 12, 22, 56

tense

historical present, 11

sequence of, 16, 52

perfect/pluperfect passive, 84

ut, 13, 22

interrogative adverb, 33

possibilities with, 9

temporal conjunction, 13, 22

ut prīmum, 13, 22

ūsū venīre, 97

ubi, 13, 22

ubi prīmum, 13, 22

uter, uterque, 69

{463} utrimque, 70

ūtī (ūtor), 26

uti (ut), 64

velle

subjunctive, with, 41, 109

velut, 70

vēndere, 6

vēnīre, 6

variātiō: variation of expression, 54, 71, 90

verbs

2nd sing. passive ending in -re, 16

3rd pl. perfect in -ēre, 17

ablative with, 26

compound, dative with, 18

compound, dative and accusative with, 19

deponent, participles, 63

esse, omission of, 74

fitting, necessary, possible w/infinitive, 65

historical infinitive, 72, 80

historical present, 11

impersonal: passive of intransitives, 37; passive periphrastic, 37; passives, examples, 76; cōnstāre, 47, 87; convenīre, 48; interesse, 112; iuvāre, 20; miserēre, 39; paenitēre, 38; pigēre, 39; praestāre, 27; pudēre, 38; rēferre, 101; taedēre, 38

perfect tense, syncopated, 95

semi-deponent, 110

summary of -ere endings, 17

vescī, 26

vīsum est, 170.276

wishes, 33

word order: “sandwich” effect, 24